<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<rss version="2.0"
     xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/"
     xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/"
     xmlns:dcterms="http://purl.org/dc/terms/"
     xmlns:media="http://search.yahoo.com/mrss/"
     xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom"
     xmlns:cf="https://www.futureplc.com/rss/content-flags"
>
    <channel>
                    <atom:link href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/feeds/tag/camera-supports" rel="self" type="application/rss+xml" />
                            <title><![CDATA[ Latest from Digital Camera World in Camera-supports ]]></title>
                <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/camera-accessories/camera-supports</link>
        <description><![CDATA[ All the latest camera-supports content from the Digital Camera World team ]]></description>
                                    <lastBuildDate>Thu, 01 Oct 2026 07:48:58 +0000</lastBuildDate>
                            <language>en</language>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ "We owe quite a few people an apology..." says Xtra. An unusal message from a camera company, but then it might have an even more unusual reason behind it... ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Xtra has used its official social feed to share a release with an apology for the delay in the promised Muse 2 and Muse 2 Pro, cameras which were trailed on August 13 but have yet to appear on sale.</p><p>The US-based camera and drone company seems to be trying to fill the gap in the market that is being left as the American government clamps down on free trade in general and Chinese company DJI specifically, which has meant the recent <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/gimbals/dji-osmo-pocket-4-review">DJI Osmo Pocket 4</a> and <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/video-cameras/dji-osmo-pocket-4p-review-the-twin-lenspocket-gimbal-camera-weve-all-been-waiting-for">Pocket 4P</a> have been released everywhere <em>except</em> America.</p><p>The Muse 2 Pro <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/action-cameras/best-pocket-gimbal-cameras">pocket gimbal camera</a> seems to offer very similar specifications to the Pocket 4P (as, some have observed, the original Muse did the Pocket 3). Indeed Xtra has taken the opportunity not just to make its apology, but to point out that the original Muse is still available and an appealing prospect at its current price.</p><div class="see-more see-more--clipped"><figure><blockquote class="twitter-tweet hawk-ignore" data-lang="en" cite="https://twitter.com/cantworkitout/status/2104571241105596868"><p lang="en" dir="ltr">The XTRA MUSE vlogging camera is the ultimate Bridge CameraIf you’re ready to level up your content TODAY: Don't wait on sidelines. Grab the original XTRA MUSE right now at our limited-time promo price of just $329. #XTRAcamera #XTRAmuse #BridgeCamera #VlogCamera #MUSE2PRO pic.twitter.com/YU9yp7aHyk<a href="https://twitter.com/cantworkitout/status/2104571241105596868">September 28, 2026</a></p></blockquote></figure><div class="see-more__filter"></div></div><p>If you're planning on waiting, it's worth remembering that while Xtra's last re-iteration of the launch was in August, it actually showed the Muse 2 Pro in July at a launch event, which is a long time to not release a product.</p><p>Even before that, DJI is being clamped down on by the US government, so any connection between the companies (and the technological similarities are undeniable). At first what was just a ban on drones now seems to cover all new DJI products in 2026, while the FCC – which imposed that ban – expanded its investigation to include Xtra. This was based on a claim that the XTRA devices were exact hardware copies.</p><p>Xtra has also issued refunds to pre-orders made after that announcement, around the same time the FCC proposed a $25,000 penalty to Xtra, partly because it didn't respond to the Commission's investigations.</p><p>Many saw the Muse series as the way round the DJI ban, but clearly that was a temporary phenomenon at best.</p><p>That said, those looking for the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-action-cameras">best action cameras</a> and the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/action-cameras/best-pocket-gimbal-cameras">best pocket gimbal cameras</a> may now be more interested by the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/action-cameras/insta360-luna-ultra-review">Insta360 Luna Ultra</a> as a credible alternative to the chimaera of a Muse 2 Pro – it is already on sale (and I was thoroughly impressed in my review).</p><div data-widget-type="multimodelreview" data-model-name="Xtra Muse,DJI OSMO Pocket 3,DJI Osmo Pocket 4,DJI Osmo Pocket 4P"></div> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/gimbals/we-owe-quite-a-few-people-an-apology-says-xtra-an-unusal-message-from-a-camera-company-but-then-it-might-have-an-even-more-unusual-reason-behind-it</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ US drone and Gimbal company Xtra posted an unusual apology for the delay of its next-generation Muse 2 Pro gimbal camera, but is it sharing the whole reason? ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">okT3yiCzrpEbeACrghqac</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/a2w5auhiUHD2SwYiH5f5tE-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Thu, 01 Oct 2026 07:48:58 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Gimbals]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ adam.juniper@futurenet.com (Adam Juniper) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Adam Juniper ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/72ckUfmgPdyE9rg429R7Md-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/a2w5auhiUHD2SwYiH5f5tE-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Xtra Technology]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Xtra Muse 2 Pro against a pale background]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Xtra Muse 2 Pro against a pale background]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Xtra Muse 2 Pro against a pale background]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/a2w5auhiUHD2SwYiH5f5tE-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Xtra has used its official social feed to share a release with an apology for the delay in the promised Muse 2 and Muse 2 Pro, cameras which were trailed on August 13 but have yet to appear on sale.</p><p>The US-based camera and drone company seems to be trying to fill the gap in the market that is being left as the American government clamps down on free trade in general and Chinese company DJI specifically, which has meant the recent <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/gimbals/dji-osmo-pocket-4-review">DJI Osmo Pocket 4</a> and <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/video-cameras/dji-osmo-pocket-4p-review-the-twin-lenspocket-gimbal-camera-weve-all-been-waiting-for">Pocket 4P</a> have been released everywhere <em>except</em> America.</p><p>The Muse 2 Pro <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/action-cameras/best-pocket-gimbal-cameras">pocket gimbal camera</a> seems to offer very similar specifications to the Pocket 4P (as, some have observed, the original Muse did the Pocket 3). Indeed Xtra has taken the opportunity not just to make its apology, but to point out that the original Muse is still available and an appealing prospect at its current price.</p><div class="see-more see-more--clipped"><figure><blockquote class="twitter-tweet hawk-ignore" data-lang="en" cite="https://twitter.com/cantworkitout/status/2104571241105596868"><p lang="en" dir="ltr">The XTRA MUSE vlogging camera is the ultimate Bridge CameraIf you’re ready to level up your content TODAY: Don't wait on sidelines. Grab the original XTRA MUSE right now at our limited-time promo price of just $329. #XTRAcamera #XTRAmuse #BridgeCamera #VlogCamera #MUSE2PRO pic.twitter.com/YU9yp7aHyk<a href="https://twitter.com/cantworkitout/status/2104571241105596868">September 28, 2026</a></p></blockquote></figure><div class="see-more__filter"></div></div><p>If you're planning on waiting, it's worth remembering that while Xtra's last re-iteration of the launch was in August, it actually showed the Muse 2 Pro in July at a launch event, which is a long time to not release a product.</p><p>Even before that, DJI is being clamped down on by the US government, so any connection between the companies (and the technological similarities are undeniable). At first what was just a ban on drones now seems to cover all new DJI products in 2026, while the FCC – which imposed that ban – expanded its investigation to include Xtra. This was based on a claim that the XTRA devices were exact hardware copies.</p><p>Xtra has also issued refunds to pre-orders made after that announcement, around the same time the FCC proposed a $25,000 penalty to Xtra, partly because it didn't respond to the Commission's investigations.</p><p>Many saw the Muse series as the way round the DJI ban, but clearly that was a temporary phenomenon at best.</p><p>That said, those looking for the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-action-cameras">best action cameras</a> and the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/action-cameras/best-pocket-gimbal-cameras">best pocket gimbal cameras</a> may now be more interested by the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/action-cameras/insta360-luna-ultra-review">Insta360 Luna Ultra</a> as a credible alternative to the chimaera of a Muse 2 Pro – it is already on sale (and I was thoroughly impressed in my review).</p><div data-widget-type="multimodelreview" data-model-name="Xtra Muse,DJI OSMO Pocket 3,DJI Osmo Pocket 4,DJI Osmo Pocket 4P"></div>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ 3 Legged Thing Lexie QD review: uprated universal L-bracket with ‘Quick Detach’ and XPAND functions ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>You can’t beat an L-bracket for convenience if you want to shoot in landscape and portrait orientation when using a tripod, while maintaining precisely the same shooting position. An L-bracket also ensures an optimum center of gravity in portrait orientation shooting, rather than your camera hanging off to one side of your tripod head. However, I have a problem. I’m a bit of a camera addict and have quite a few in my current collection. 3 Legged Thing makes dedicated L-brackets for a vast range of specific bodies, but buying an L-bracket for each and every camera would be a costly business.</p><p>The original 3 Legged Thing Lexie solved the problem with its universal design. Thanks to easy adjustability, you could tailor it to fit just about any camera in just a couple of minutes. One size really does fit all. I’ve been using one for years and didn’t really think it could be improved upon. I was wrong. The new Lexie QD adds a Quick Detach socket and is an even better fit for the 3 Legged Thing XPAND system, which I’ll come to a bit later. The new Lexie definitely has her eyes on the prize for being one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-l-bracket">best L-brackets</a> on the market, as well as one of the most adaptable and versatile.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="CQUd2eTSNb9iBTgFawoDrm" name="3LTLQD 01 intro 3234.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Lexie QD product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CQUd2eTSNb9iBTgFawoDrm-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CQUd2eTSNb9iBTgFawoDrm-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The kit of parts is supplied in a retail box that’s made and printed with the company’s typical design flourish, giving an instant feel-good factor. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-lexie-qd-specifications"><span>3 Legged Thing Lexie QD: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Material</p></td><td  ><p>Magnesium alloy</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Base length</p></td><td  ><p>94mm / 3.7in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Working base range</p></td><td  ><p>94-124mm /<br>3.7-4.88in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Vertical aspect height</p></td><td  ><p>84mm / 3.3in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Vertical aspect width</p></td><td  ><p>38 mm / 1.5in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Shoe compatibility</p></td><td  ><p>38mm / 1.5in Arca-Swiss</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>QD socket</p></td><td  ><p>Yes</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>XPAND compatible</p></td><td  ><p>Yes</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight</p></td><td  ><p>92g / 3.2oz</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-lexie-qd-price"><span>3 Legged Thing Lexie QD: Price</span></h3><p>Everything’s going up in price nowadays, even more so when a ‘new and improved’ replacement comes along. Bucking the trend in a surprisingly budget-friendly move, the new Lexie QD costs $60 / £50 / AU$129. That’s pretty remarkable, considering that the original version of the Lexie universal L-bracket still lists for a more expensive $65 / £60 / AU$138 (although you might be able to pick up one of the last few remaining on special offer if you’re quick). Either way, I reckon the new Lexie QD is excellent value for money, if the features, build quality and performance all hold up. Let’s find out…</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="3 Legged Thing Lexie QD"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-lexie-qd-design-handling"><span>3 Legged Thing Lexie QD: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>Some people like bright colors; others prefer to go to the dark side. The Lexie QD caters to different tastes, being made in alternative orange and black options. Both are engineered from aerospace-grade magnesium alloy, with stainless steel QD sockets and screws, and anodized in their respective colors. Naturally, the different colorways match up with 3 Legged Thing’s tripods, monopods, heads, and other accessories in its extensive catalog.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="EmxCXtdTTG9nbQaaacpZrm" name="3LTLQD 3237.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Lexie QD product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EmxCXtdTTG9nbQaaacpZrm-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EmxCXtdTTG9nbQaaacpZrm-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Hook-and-loop fastening straps are supplied so that you can tether the parts of your universal L-bracket together when it’s between cameras. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The base plate is where all of the new design work and re-engineering is focused. Instead of having a strap loop at one end, the new plate features an XPAND Triple Axis Slot instead, plus a new QD socket in its main body. More on those later.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="L9ys9XZgzMbZpyfd6KERsm" name="3LTLQD 3239.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Lexie QD product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/L9ys9XZgzMbZpyfd6KERsm-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/L9ys9XZgzMbZpyfd6KERsm-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The base plate has grippy rubber pads and stainless steel screws; the camera mounting screw features both hex-key and coin-key cutouts for secure attachment. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As far as I can tell, the upright plate is identical to that of the original Lexie, which is no bad thing. It has a similar connection system to the one featured at the outer end of the base plate, but placed at both the top and the bottom of the upright. There’s also a cutout on one side for cable management. Continuing the ‘universal’ theme of the L-bracket, you can position the cutout in any of four different placements, tailoring it for the best fit.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="W9KhVSokcwzqqn2E77cBrm" name="3LTLQD 3241.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Lexie QD product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/W9KhVSokcwzqqn2E77cBrm-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/W9KhVSokcwzqqn2E77cBrm-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The upright plate can mount in four different orientations, so you can flip it top to bottom and right to left, ensuring that the cable management slot is right where you want it. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>To adjust the length of the base plate to suit your camera and to connect the base plate and upright together, there are two different sizes of hex-head screws. A third size is used for the camera mounting screw. My only slight niggle is that while 3 Legged Thing supplies a neat dual-size hex key in the kit, there’s also a separate, more basic hex key in the pack for adjusting the length of the base plate. Naturally, this means carrying an extra hex key around with you if you need to alter the base plate length for a different camera. I’d have preferred to see the smart 3 Legged Thing Toolz2 included in the kit, which features all three sizes of 4mm, 3mm, and 2.5mm hex keys, plus a coin key, bottle opener, and both carabiner and keyring attachments. It’s a great little gadget, well worth the extra $8 / £8 / AU$11 to buy it separately.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="8gBqHjegHVPFUsFhLdWumm" name="3LTLQD 3242.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Lexie QD product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8gBqHjegHVPFUsFhLdWumm-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8gBqHjegHVPFUsFhLdWumm-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The kit includes a smart dual-size hex key and a more basic standard hex key. I’d have preferred to see the Toolz2 multi-tool included, which features all three hex key sizes, and more besides. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Crucially, the base plate and upright join together with a really firm and secure fit, so there’s no hint of wobbling or unsteadiness. In the shortest configuration of the base plate, the upright fits flush to one side, as shown in the image below.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="ut9R762gzKo5ywsoaGNsom" name="3LTLQD 3245.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Lexie QD product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ut9R762gzKo5ywsoaGNsom-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ut9R762gzKo5ywsoaGNsom-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The upright section slots in like it’s on rails and secures to the base plate with a single stainless steel hex-head screw. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>To ensure universal appeal, the extendable inner part of the base plate has no fewer than seven alternative screw holes. You can rest assured that it won’t pull out too far and drop off when making adjustments, thanks to two additional safety screws that you can see in the following image.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="bJDysikK6bWPQHzb5Z6Nrm" name="3LTLQD 3247.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Lexie QD product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bJDysikK6bWPQHzb5Z6Nrm-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bJDysikK6bWPQHzb5Z6Nrm-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Removal of the main base plate adjustment screw enables you to pull out the sliding inner section for length adjustment, with its row of seven alternative locking sockets. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Whereas the base plate of the original Lexie had two slots for securing a camera, the QD edition has just one. That certainly shouldn’t be a problem and, again, it comes with a stainless steel ‘Stagsden’ camera mounting screw (Stagsden being the historic home village of 3 legged Thing in the UK). The screw can be fastened with either a coin key or a hex key, but there’s no D-ring for just using a finger and thumb.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.17%;"><img id="vF3fphkmxWAaxvH2fQeLqm" name="3LTLQD 3249.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Lexie QD product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vF3fphkmxWAaxvH2fQeLqm-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1438" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vF3fphkmxWAaxvH2fQeLqm-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The camera fastening screw lacks a D-ring, but I wouldn’t trust one anyway for securely mounting an L-bracket to a camera. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Shown just next to my thumb in the image below is the new stainless steel QD (Quick Detach) socket. If the system is new to you, it’s a type of quick and easy yet extremely secure fixing that’s used by an increasing number of companies (including NASA, for securing cargo on space rockets). A simple press of a button is all you need to release whatever’s plugged into the socket. </p><p>A good choice for the socket in the base plate is one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/camera-supports/3-legged-thing-launches-axis-camera-strap-system">3 Legged Thing Axis</a> camera straps, which include neck, crossbody, harness, wrist, and backpack options. This enables you to quickly and easily swap between shooting handheld with a neck strap or wrist strap, or removing the strap so that it doesn’t dangle down when mounting the L-bracket on a tripod or other support.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.17%;"><img id="NktjLCtBnKnT6DZJrLBiom" name="3LTLQD 3250.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Lexie QD product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NktjLCtBnKnT6DZJrLBiom-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1438" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NktjLCtBnKnT6DZJrLBiom-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The QD socket enables quick and easy fitment of straps and other accessories. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>With the base plate and upright joined together, there are XPAND Triple Axis Slots at both free ends of the L-bracket, as shown in the image below. These are fully compatible with the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/camera-accessories/need-multiple-photo-accessories-this-tripod-brand-just-made-a-lego-like-kit-for-creating-a-custom-camera-rig-to-attach-anything-from-mics-to-grips">3 Legged Thing XPAND</a> system. If you need an introduction, it’s a system that features cheese plates, risers, and other magnesium alloy components, so that you can build your own fully customized cage or rig. It’s a bit like Meccano for camera supports. The base plate and upright also feature additional 1/4-inch threaded sockets for attaching the likes of magic arms, LED lamps, mics, and other accessories.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="YJNRpGpcCRidHB9iPPpjqm" name="3LTLQD 3244.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Lexie QD product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YJNRpGpcCRidHB9iPPpjqm-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YJNRpGpcCRidHB9iPPpjqm-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">XPAND Triple Axis Slots are built into one end of the base plate and both the top and the bottom of the upright. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>By way of example, when I used the Lexie QD with my <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/sony-a7-iii-review">Sony A7 III camera</a>, I extended the sliding inner part of the base plate so that the third threaded socket was used for locking the upright in place. You’ll notice this in the image below, which also shows the two 1/4-inch threaded sockets for attaching accessories.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="ta2ELYwEBspiFuwtjWbrrm" name="3LTLQD 3251.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Lexie QD product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ta2ELYwEBspiFuwtjWbrrm-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ta2ELYwEBspiFuwtjWbrrm-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">With a camera mounted, you still have access to the base plate’s QD socket, XPAND Triple Axis Slot, and two 1/4-inch sockets for attaching accessories, all shown towards the left of the base plate in this image. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A problem when using any L-bracket is that the various connectivity ports of your camera can become inaccessible because they’re obscured by the upright’s metalwork. With so many different makes and models of cameras on the market, this can be more of a problem with a ‘universal’ L-bracket that isn’t designed for a specific body. However, I found that all of the ports of my Sony camera were accessible, and that I could open and close the weather flaps with the camera fixed to the L-bracket.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.17%;"><img id="TPVW3PvZUqbLUje6KUEBsm" name="3LTLQD 3254.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Lexie QD product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TPVW3PvZUqbLUje6KUEBsm-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1438" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TPVW3PvZUqbLUje6KUEBsm-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The cutout of the upright enabled me to open and close the flaps of my Sony A7 III with the camera mounted to the L-bracket, and gain access to all of the connectivity ports. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The final item in the kit of parts is a drawstring pouch. It’s nicely made, bears the 3 Legged Thing logo, and is useful for stashing the L-bracket and its incumbent tools when they’re not in use.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="ng9PJAJ7PVHRhKLVibFurm" name="3LTLQD 3238.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Lexie QD product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ng9PJAJ7PVHRhKLVibFurm-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ng9PJAJ7PVHRhKLVibFurm-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The kit comes complete with a drawstring carrying pouch. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-lexie-qd-performance"><span>3 Legged Thing Lexie QD: Performance</span></h3><p>I’ve always been impressed by 3 Legged Thing’s dedicated L-brackets. Designed for use on specific camera bodies, they’re made from a single piece of magnesium alloy. As such, there are no separate parts with joints between them that are potential weak points. These dedicated L-brackets are wonderfully rigid and inflexible.</p><p>My worry with the Lexie QD is that it’s basically two separate plates joined together. Actually, make that three plates if you include the sliding inner part of the base plate, which enables the ‘universal’ fit. My concerns turned out to be unfounded, as I found that the Lexie QD remained incredibly robust and resistant to any unwanted flexing or twisting when assembled and in use.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="6QcgDmqUFova3AHh6QwPqm" name="3LTLQD 3264.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Lexie QD product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6QcgDmqUFova3AHh6QwPqm-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6QcgDmqUFova3AHh6QwPqm-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The grippy rubber pads enable a secure fit to the camera, and the L-Bracket itself is super-solid with excellent rigidity. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Any weakness or wobble in the joints becomes more apparent when shooting in portrait orientation rather than landscape orientation. In this configuration, the upright is mounted on the tripod, and the camera is still mounted to the base plate, putting more stress on the joint that connects everything. Throughout my extensive testing with different camera models and different sizes and weights of attached lenses, I found that the Lexie QD remained absolutely stable and rigid.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.17%;"><img id="uzsErDQpDj9J6KUAfPhism" name="3LTLQD 3260.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Lexie QD product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uzsErDQpDj9J6KUAfPhism-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1438" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uzsErDQpDj9J6KUAfPhism-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">I found that the L-bracket remained equally rigid and inflexible in portrait orientation or ‘upright’ shooting mode, which is a sterner test of its stability. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Finally, the Arca-Swiss profile of both the base plate and upright enables quick and easy swapping between portrait- and landscape-orientation shooting, as well as maintaining an ideal balance. And that’s really the main point of an L-bracket, after all.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-lexie-qd-verdict"><span>3 Legged Thing Lexie QD: Verdict</span></h3><p>In the land of L-brackets, I think that Lexie QD is the reigning queen of versatility. It’s not just that the new 3 Legged Thing bracket is universal and able to quickly and easily adapt to fit almost any camera. And it’s not just that the Lexie QD combines effortless adaptability with rock-solid support and robust, rigid performance that never falters or flexes. The upgrades that elevate the QD edition above the original version are that versatility is taken to new dimensions.</p><p>First up, the addition of a QD (Quick Detach) socket makes it effortless to swap between tripod-mounted shooting in either landscape or portrait orientation, and handheld shooting with the security of a <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/camera-supports/3-legged-thing-launches-axis-camera-strap-system">3 Legged Thing Axis</a> camera strap that simply plugs into the QD socket. You can also add other compatible accessories to the QD socket, and it’s equally quick and easy to detach them again, as its name implies.</p><p>Secondly, there’s also enhanced compatibility with the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/camera-accessories/need-multiple-photo-accessories-this-tripod-brand-just-made-a-lego-like-kit-for-creating-a-custom-camera-rig-to-attach-anything-from-mics-to-grips">3 Legged Thing XPAND</a> system, going a fair way beyond what was possible with the original version of the L-bracket. That’s thanks to XPAND Triple Axis Slots being featured on the spare end of the base plate, instead of just on both ends of the upright. To seal the deal, the Lexie QD costs even less to buy than the original, making it great value for money.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Going above and beyond the remit of an L-bracket, the Lexie QD is full of features, including a QD socket and enhanced XPAND compatibility.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>The ‘universal’ approach enables fitment to pretty much any camera, while excellent design and build quality ensure that rigidity isn’t compromised.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Although the L-bracket made from separate magnesium alloy components that connect together, rather than from a single piece of metal, performance is rock-solid.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Amazingly, this new and improved version of the Lexie has a lower recommended price than the original edition, making it great value.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.85%;"><img id="RqzHTY4yf5geoqoqu92omm" name="3LTLQD 00 hero 3265.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Lexie QD product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/RqzHTY4yf5geoqoqu92omm-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1097" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/RqzHTY4yf5geoqoqu92omm-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="04a7a4dc-bbe2-11f1-840b-0be6dd3b9201" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Zelda QD" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Zelda QD" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/camera-accessories/3-legged-thing-zelda-qd-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2467px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="KtcEm3gmmnBW7bWbs7ddf3" name="3 Legged Thing Zelda QD square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KtcEm3gmmnBW7bWbs7ddf3-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2467" height="2467" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>I’ve picked the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/camera-accessories/3-legged-thing-zelda-qd-review" data-dimension112="04a7a4dc-bbe2-11f1-840b-0be6dd3b9201" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Zelda QD" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Zelda QD" data-dimension25=""><strong>3 Legged Thing Zelda QD</strong></a> as an alternative, which is a dedicated L-bracket for Nikon Z5, Z6, Z6II, Z7 and Z7II cameras. However, 3 Legged Thing make a vast range of dedicated L-brackets for other cameras, so it’s just a matter of picking the right one for your particular camera. They’re all equally well made from aerospace-grade magnesium alloy, delivering excellent performance and very good value for money.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="04a7a554-bbe2-11f1-bf5b-e33764310ede" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Benro QRB95DUAL Quick Rotation Lens Bracket" data-dimension48="Benro QRB95DUAL Quick Rotation Lens Bracket" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/benro-qrb95dual-quick-rotation-lens-bracket-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2547px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="d5hxccvw2veJSfYGAQYyf3" name="Benro QRB95DUAL Quick Rotation Lens Bracket square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/d5hxccvw2veJSfYGAQYyf3-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2547" height="2547" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>Definitely ‘alternative’, the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/benro-qrb95dual-quick-rotation-lens-bracket-review" data-dimension112="04a7a554-bbe2-11f1-bf5b-e33764310ede" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Benro QRB95DUAL Quick Rotation Lens Bracket" data-dimension48="Benro QRB95DUAL Quick Rotation Lens Bracket" data-dimension25=""><strong>Benro QRB95DUAL Quick Rotation Lens Bracket</strong></a> performs the task of an L-bracket. However, it’s more like a tripod mounting ring that you’d find on a big telephoto lens, but one that connects to your camera body so that you can use it with any lens (or camera) that takes your fancy. Like the Lexie QD, the Benro aims to have as much universal appeal as possible.</p></div> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-lexie-qd-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ New and improved, the 3 Legged Thing Lexie QD adds extra XPAND and QD attachment (and detachment) options for greater versatility and ease of use ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">KRpYSGuxN4o8QSR7hKnHq</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/RqzHTY4yf5geoqoqu92omm-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Tue, 29 Sep 2026 12:18:06 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Tripods]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Matthew Richards ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jDd3HmNtNWfRUREZztFrQo-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/RqzHTY4yf5geoqoqu92omm-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Matthew Richards]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[3 Legged Thing Lexie QD product image]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[3 Legged Thing Lexie QD product image]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[3 Legged Thing Lexie QD product image]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/RqzHTY4yf5geoqoqu92omm-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>You can’t beat an L-bracket for convenience if you want to shoot in landscape and portrait orientation when using a tripod, while maintaining precisely the same shooting position. An L-bracket also ensures an optimum center of gravity in portrait orientation shooting, rather than your camera hanging off to one side of your tripod head. However, I have a problem. I’m a bit of a camera addict and have quite a few in my current collection. 3 Legged Thing makes dedicated L-brackets for a vast range of specific bodies, but buying an L-bracket for each and every camera would be a costly business.</p><p>The original 3 Legged Thing Lexie solved the problem with its universal design. Thanks to easy adjustability, you could tailor it to fit just about any camera in just a couple of minutes. One size really does fit all. I’ve been using one for years and didn’t really think it could be improved upon. I was wrong. The new Lexie QD adds a Quick Detach socket and is an even better fit for the 3 Legged Thing XPAND system, which I’ll come to a bit later. The new Lexie definitely has her eyes on the prize for being one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-l-bracket">best L-brackets</a> on the market, as well as one of the most adaptable and versatile.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="CQUd2eTSNb9iBTgFawoDrm" name="3LTLQD 01 intro 3234.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Lexie QD product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CQUd2eTSNb9iBTgFawoDrm-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CQUd2eTSNb9iBTgFawoDrm-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The kit of parts is supplied in a retail box that’s made and printed with the company’s typical design flourish, giving an instant feel-good factor. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-lexie-qd-specifications"><span>3 Legged Thing Lexie QD: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Material</p></td><td  ><p>Magnesium alloy</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Base length</p></td><td  ><p>94mm / 3.7in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Working base range</p></td><td  ><p>94-124mm /<br>3.7-4.88in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Vertical aspect height</p></td><td  ><p>84mm / 3.3in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Vertical aspect width</p></td><td  ><p>38 mm / 1.5in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Shoe compatibility</p></td><td  ><p>38mm / 1.5in Arca-Swiss</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>QD socket</p></td><td  ><p>Yes</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>XPAND compatible</p></td><td  ><p>Yes</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight</p></td><td  ><p>92g / 3.2oz</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-lexie-qd-price"><span>3 Legged Thing Lexie QD: Price</span></h3><p>Everything’s going up in price nowadays, even more so when a ‘new and improved’ replacement comes along. Bucking the trend in a surprisingly budget-friendly move, the new Lexie QD costs $60 / £50 / AU$129. That’s pretty remarkable, considering that the original version of the Lexie universal L-bracket still lists for a more expensive $65 / £60 / AU$138 (although you might be able to pick up one of the last few remaining on special offer if you’re quick). Either way, I reckon the new Lexie QD is excellent value for money, if the features, build quality and performance all hold up. Let’s find out…</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="3 Legged Thing Lexie QD"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-lexie-qd-design-handling"><span>3 Legged Thing Lexie QD: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>Some people like bright colors; others prefer to go to the dark side. The Lexie QD caters to different tastes, being made in alternative orange and black options. Both are engineered from aerospace-grade magnesium alloy, with stainless steel QD sockets and screws, and anodized in their respective colors. Naturally, the different colorways match up with 3 Legged Thing’s tripods, monopods, heads, and other accessories in its extensive catalog.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="EmxCXtdTTG9nbQaaacpZrm" name="3LTLQD 3237.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Lexie QD product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EmxCXtdTTG9nbQaaacpZrm-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EmxCXtdTTG9nbQaaacpZrm-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Hook-and-loop fastening straps are supplied so that you can tether the parts of your universal L-bracket together when it’s between cameras. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The base plate is where all of the new design work and re-engineering is focused. Instead of having a strap loop at one end, the new plate features an XPAND Triple Axis Slot instead, plus a new QD socket in its main body. More on those later.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="L9ys9XZgzMbZpyfd6KERsm" name="3LTLQD 3239.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Lexie QD product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/L9ys9XZgzMbZpyfd6KERsm-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/L9ys9XZgzMbZpyfd6KERsm-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The base plate has grippy rubber pads and stainless steel screws; the camera mounting screw features both hex-key and coin-key cutouts for secure attachment. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As far as I can tell, the upright plate is identical to that of the original Lexie, which is no bad thing. It has a similar connection system to the one featured at the outer end of the base plate, but placed at both the top and the bottom of the upright. There’s also a cutout on one side for cable management. Continuing the ‘universal’ theme of the L-bracket, you can position the cutout in any of four different placements, tailoring it for the best fit.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="W9KhVSokcwzqqn2E77cBrm" name="3LTLQD 3241.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Lexie QD product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/W9KhVSokcwzqqn2E77cBrm-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/W9KhVSokcwzqqn2E77cBrm-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The upright plate can mount in four different orientations, so you can flip it top to bottom and right to left, ensuring that the cable management slot is right where you want it. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>To adjust the length of the base plate to suit your camera and to connect the base plate and upright together, there are two different sizes of hex-head screws. A third size is used for the camera mounting screw. My only slight niggle is that while 3 Legged Thing supplies a neat dual-size hex key in the kit, there’s also a separate, more basic hex key in the pack for adjusting the length of the base plate. Naturally, this means carrying an extra hex key around with you if you need to alter the base plate length for a different camera. I’d have preferred to see the smart 3 Legged Thing Toolz2 included in the kit, which features all three sizes of 4mm, 3mm, and 2.5mm hex keys, plus a coin key, bottle opener, and both carabiner and keyring attachments. It’s a great little gadget, well worth the extra $8 / £8 / AU$11 to buy it separately.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="8gBqHjegHVPFUsFhLdWumm" name="3LTLQD 3242.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Lexie QD product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8gBqHjegHVPFUsFhLdWumm-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8gBqHjegHVPFUsFhLdWumm-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The kit includes a smart dual-size hex key and a more basic standard hex key. I’d have preferred to see the Toolz2 multi-tool included, which features all three hex key sizes, and more besides. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Crucially, the base plate and upright join together with a really firm and secure fit, so there’s no hint of wobbling or unsteadiness. In the shortest configuration of the base plate, the upright fits flush to one side, as shown in the image below.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="ut9R762gzKo5ywsoaGNsom" name="3LTLQD 3245.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Lexie QD product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ut9R762gzKo5ywsoaGNsom-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ut9R762gzKo5ywsoaGNsom-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The upright section slots in like it’s on rails and secures to the base plate with a single stainless steel hex-head screw. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>To ensure universal appeal, the extendable inner part of the base plate has no fewer than seven alternative screw holes. You can rest assured that it won’t pull out too far and drop off when making adjustments, thanks to two additional safety screws that you can see in the following image.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="bJDysikK6bWPQHzb5Z6Nrm" name="3LTLQD 3247.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Lexie QD product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bJDysikK6bWPQHzb5Z6Nrm-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bJDysikK6bWPQHzb5Z6Nrm-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Removal of the main base plate adjustment screw enables you to pull out the sliding inner section for length adjustment, with its row of seven alternative locking sockets. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Whereas the base plate of the original Lexie had two slots for securing a camera, the QD edition has just one. That certainly shouldn’t be a problem and, again, it comes with a stainless steel ‘Stagsden’ camera mounting screw (Stagsden being the historic home village of 3 legged Thing in the UK). The screw can be fastened with either a coin key or a hex key, but there’s no D-ring for just using a finger and thumb.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.17%;"><img id="vF3fphkmxWAaxvH2fQeLqm" name="3LTLQD 3249.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Lexie QD product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vF3fphkmxWAaxvH2fQeLqm-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1438" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vF3fphkmxWAaxvH2fQeLqm-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The camera fastening screw lacks a D-ring, but I wouldn’t trust one anyway for securely mounting an L-bracket to a camera. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Shown just next to my thumb in the image below is the new stainless steel QD (Quick Detach) socket. If the system is new to you, it’s a type of quick and easy yet extremely secure fixing that’s used by an increasing number of companies (including NASA, for securing cargo on space rockets). A simple press of a button is all you need to release whatever’s plugged into the socket. </p><p>A good choice for the socket in the base plate is one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/camera-supports/3-legged-thing-launches-axis-camera-strap-system">3 Legged Thing Axis</a> camera straps, which include neck, crossbody, harness, wrist, and backpack options. This enables you to quickly and easily swap between shooting handheld with a neck strap or wrist strap, or removing the strap so that it doesn’t dangle down when mounting the L-bracket on a tripod or other support.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.17%;"><img id="NktjLCtBnKnT6DZJrLBiom" name="3LTLQD 3250.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Lexie QD product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NktjLCtBnKnT6DZJrLBiom-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1438" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NktjLCtBnKnT6DZJrLBiom-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The QD socket enables quick and easy fitment of straps and other accessories. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>With the base plate and upright joined together, there are XPAND Triple Axis Slots at both free ends of the L-bracket, as shown in the image below. These are fully compatible with the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/camera-accessories/need-multiple-photo-accessories-this-tripod-brand-just-made-a-lego-like-kit-for-creating-a-custom-camera-rig-to-attach-anything-from-mics-to-grips">3 Legged Thing XPAND</a> system. If you need an introduction, it’s a system that features cheese plates, risers, and other magnesium alloy components, so that you can build your own fully customized cage or rig. It’s a bit like Meccano for camera supports. The base plate and upright also feature additional 1/4-inch threaded sockets for attaching the likes of magic arms, LED lamps, mics, and other accessories.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="YJNRpGpcCRidHB9iPPpjqm" name="3LTLQD 3244.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Lexie QD product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YJNRpGpcCRidHB9iPPpjqm-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YJNRpGpcCRidHB9iPPpjqm-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">XPAND Triple Axis Slots are built into one end of the base plate and both the top and the bottom of the upright. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>By way of example, when I used the Lexie QD with my <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/sony-a7-iii-review">Sony A7 III camera</a>, I extended the sliding inner part of the base plate so that the third threaded socket was used for locking the upright in place. You’ll notice this in the image below, which also shows the two 1/4-inch threaded sockets for attaching accessories.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="ta2ELYwEBspiFuwtjWbrrm" name="3LTLQD 3251.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Lexie QD product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ta2ELYwEBspiFuwtjWbrrm-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ta2ELYwEBspiFuwtjWbrrm-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">With a camera mounted, you still have access to the base plate’s QD socket, XPAND Triple Axis Slot, and two 1/4-inch sockets for attaching accessories, all shown towards the left of the base plate in this image. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A problem when using any L-bracket is that the various connectivity ports of your camera can become inaccessible because they’re obscured by the upright’s metalwork. With so many different makes and models of cameras on the market, this can be more of a problem with a ‘universal’ L-bracket that isn’t designed for a specific body. However, I found that all of the ports of my Sony camera were accessible, and that I could open and close the weather flaps with the camera fixed to the L-bracket.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.17%;"><img id="TPVW3PvZUqbLUje6KUEBsm" name="3LTLQD 3254.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Lexie QD product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TPVW3PvZUqbLUje6KUEBsm-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1438" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TPVW3PvZUqbLUje6KUEBsm-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The cutout of the upright enabled me to open and close the flaps of my Sony A7 III with the camera mounted to the L-bracket, and gain access to all of the connectivity ports. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The final item in the kit of parts is a drawstring pouch. It’s nicely made, bears the 3 Legged Thing logo, and is useful for stashing the L-bracket and its incumbent tools when they’re not in use.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="ng9PJAJ7PVHRhKLVibFurm" name="3LTLQD 3238.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Lexie QD product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ng9PJAJ7PVHRhKLVibFurm-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ng9PJAJ7PVHRhKLVibFurm-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The kit comes complete with a drawstring carrying pouch. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-lexie-qd-performance"><span>3 Legged Thing Lexie QD: Performance</span></h3><p>I’ve always been impressed by 3 Legged Thing’s dedicated L-brackets. Designed for use on specific camera bodies, they’re made from a single piece of magnesium alloy. As such, there are no separate parts with joints between them that are potential weak points. These dedicated L-brackets are wonderfully rigid and inflexible.</p><p>My worry with the Lexie QD is that it’s basically two separate plates joined together. Actually, make that three plates if you include the sliding inner part of the base plate, which enables the ‘universal’ fit. My concerns turned out to be unfounded, as I found that the Lexie QD remained incredibly robust and resistant to any unwanted flexing or twisting when assembled and in use.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="6QcgDmqUFova3AHh6QwPqm" name="3LTLQD 3264.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Lexie QD product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6QcgDmqUFova3AHh6QwPqm-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6QcgDmqUFova3AHh6QwPqm-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The grippy rubber pads enable a secure fit to the camera, and the L-Bracket itself is super-solid with excellent rigidity. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Any weakness or wobble in the joints becomes more apparent when shooting in portrait orientation rather than landscape orientation. In this configuration, the upright is mounted on the tripod, and the camera is still mounted to the base plate, putting more stress on the joint that connects everything. Throughout my extensive testing with different camera models and different sizes and weights of attached lenses, I found that the Lexie QD remained absolutely stable and rigid.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.17%;"><img id="uzsErDQpDj9J6KUAfPhism" name="3LTLQD 3260.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Lexie QD product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uzsErDQpDj9J6KUAfPhism-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1438" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uzsErDQpDj9J6KUAfPhism-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">I found that the L-bracket remained equally rigid and inflexible in portrait orientation or ‘upright’ shooting mode, which is a sterner test of its stability. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Finally, the Arca-Swiss profile of both the base plate and upright enables quick and easy swapping between portrait- and landscape-orientation shooting, as well as maintaining an ideal balance. And that’s really the main point of an L-bracket, after all.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-lexie-qd-verdict"><span>3 Legged Thing Lexie QD: Verdict</span></h3><p>In the land of L-brackets, I think that Lexie QD is the reigning queen of versatility. It’s not just that the new 3 Legged Thing bracket is universal and able to quickly and easily adapt to fit almost any camera. And it’s not just that the Lexie QD combines effortless adaptability with rock-solid support and robust, rigid performance that never falters or flexes. The upgrades that elevate the QD edition above the original version are that versatility is taken to new dimensions.</p><p>First up, the addition of a QD (Quick Detach) socket makes it effortless to swap between tripod-mounted shooting in either landscape or portrait orientation, and handheld shooting with the security of a <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/camera-supports/3-legged-thing-launches-axis-camera-strap-system">3 Legged Thing Axis</a> camera strap that simply plugs into the QD socket. You can also add other compatible accessories to the QD socket, and it’s equally quick and easy to detach them again, as its name implies.</p><p>Secondly, there’s also enhanced compatibility with the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/camera-accessories/need-multiple-photo-accessories-this-tripod-brand-just-made-a-lego-like-kit-for-creating-a-custom-camera-rig-to-attach-anything-from-mics-to-grips">3 Legged Thing XPAND</a> system, going a fair way beyond what was possible with the original version of the L-bracket. That’s thanks to XPAND Triple Axis Slots being featured on the spare end of the base plate, instead of just on both ends of the upright. To seal the deal, the Lexie QD costs even less to buy than the original, making it great value for money.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Going above and beyond the remit of an L-bracket, the Lexie QD is full of features, including a QD socket and enhanced XPAND compatibility.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>The ‘universal’ approach enables fitment to pretty much any camera, while excellent design and build quality ensure that rigidity isn’t compromised.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Although the L-bracket made from separate magnesium alloy components that connect together, rather than from a single piece of metal, performance is rock-solid.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Amazingly, this new and improved version of the Lexie has a lower recommended price than the original edition, making it great value.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.85%;"><img id="RqzHTY4yf5geoqoqu92omm" name="3LTLQD 00 hero 3265.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Lexie QD product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/RqzHTY4yf5geoqoqu92omm-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1097" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/RqzHTY4yf5geoqoqu92omm-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="04a7a4dc-bbe2-11f1-840b-0be6dd3b9201" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Zelda QD" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Zelda QD" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/camera-accessories/3-legged-thing-zelda-qd-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2467px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="KtcEm3gmmnBW7bWbs7ddf3" name="3 Legged Thing Zelda QD square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KtcEm3gmmnBW7bWbs7ddf3-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2467" height="2467" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>I’ve picked the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/camera-accessories/3-legged-thing-zelda-qd-review" data-dimension112="04a7a4dc-bbe2-11f1-840b-0be6dd3b9201" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Zelda QD" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Zelda QD" data-dimension25=""><strong>3 Legged Thing Zelda QD</strong></a> as an alternative, which is a dedicated L-bracket for Nikon Z5, Z6, Z6II, Z7 and Z7II cameras. However, 3 Legged Thing make a vast range of dedicated L-brackets for other cameras, so it’s just a matter of picking the right one for your particular camera. They’re all equally well made from aerospace-grade magnesium alloy, delivering excellent performance and very good value for money.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="04a7a554-bbe2-11f1-bf5b-e33764310ede" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Benro QRB95DUAL Quick Rotation Lens Bracket" data-dimension48="Benro QRB95DUAL Quick Rotation Lens Bracket" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/benro-qrb95dual-quick-rotation-lens-bracket-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2547px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="d5hxccvw2veJSfYGAQYyf3" name="Benro QRB95DUAL Quick Rotation Lens Bracket square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/d5hxccvw2veJSfYGAQYyf3-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2547" height="2547" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>Definitely ‘alternative’, the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/benro-qrb95dual-quick-rotation-lens-bracket-review" data-dimension112="04a7a554-bbe2-11f1-bf5b-e33764310ede" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Benro QRB95DUAL Quick Rotation Lens Bracket" data-dimension48="Benro QRB95DUAL Quick Rotation Lens Bracket" data-dimension25=""><strong>Benro QRB95DUAL Quick Rotation Lens Bracket</strong></a> performs the task of an L-bracket. However, it’s more like a tripod mounting ring that you’d find on a big telephoto lens, but one that connects to your camera body so that you can use it with any lens (or camera) that takes your fancy. Like the Lexie QD, the Benro aims to have as much universal appeal as possible.</p></div>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Turn your tripod into a hammock. Yes, really! ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Tether Tools has released two new storage products designed for a rather unusual location: the space between the legs of a tripod. These 'tripod hammocks' turn what would otherwise be dead space into somewhere to place frequently used gear, keeping it safe, off the ground, and easily accessible during a shoot.</p><p>Two hammock versions are available: the Tripod Hammock Sport, and the Tripod Hammock Multi-Pro.</p><h2 id="tripod-hammock-multi-pro">Tripod Hammock Multi-Pro</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1200px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="Csf3r7ygwLSEaoWFSYv9Wg" name="1_TT_MAIN_Tripod-Hammock-Pro_71-1200x675-1 copy" alt="Tether Tools Tripod Hammock" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Csf3r7ygwLSEaoWFSYv9Wg-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1200" height="675" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Tether Tools)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Priced at $99.99, this is the premium offering. It serves not just as a temporary open storage hammock, but can also be zipped up and transported as an enclosed triangular kit bag. Inside are three segments, separated by removable padded dividers. Within each section are three removable pouches, each large enough to fit a small lens, or other accessories like batteries, filters, or cables. Around the edge of the main hammock unit you'll also find multiple exterior quick-access pockets ideal for memory cards.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1200px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="euhv7YNG7tac3ExWqXksWg" name="4_TT_Tripod-Hammock-Pro_06-1200x675-1 copy" alt="Tether Tools Tripod Hammock" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/euhv7YNG7tac3ExWqXksWg-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1200" height="675" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/euhv7YNG7tac3ExWqXksWg-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Tether Tools)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The Tripod Hammock Multi-Pro is suspended from a tripod's legs using a magnetic quick-connect system that holds securely but is still easy to attach and remove. This enables rapid setup and teardown, after which the hammock can be zipped closed and moved using the integrated carry handle, or attached to a backpack. A durable, weather-resistant rip-stop construction keeps the hammock usable in inclement conditions.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1200px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="yf2uSyygwXAe9nK7J4UJTg" name="7_TT_Tripod-Hammock-Pro_1200x675 copy" alt="Tether Tools Tripod Hammock" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yf2uSyygwXAe9nK7J4UJTg-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1200" height="675" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yf2uSyygwXAe9nK7J4UJTg-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Tether Tools)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="tripod-hammock-sport">Tripod Hammock Sport</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1200px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="6iwDJ2YBMJXGKgfq8wPbPg" name="Tether-Tools-Tripod_Hammock-Sport-06-1200x675-1 copy" alt="Tether Tools Tripod Hammock" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6iwDJ2YBMJXGKgfq8wPbPg-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1200" height="675" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6iwDJ2YBMJXGKgfq8wPbPg-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Tether Tools)</span></figcaption></figure><p>If you like the idea of having a convenient place to put gear during a shoot, but don't need the enclosed storage design of the Tripod Hammock Multi-Pro, then the Tripod Hammock Sport is for you. It's priced at $49.99, and does away with the closable top of the Multi-Pro, as well as its interior dividers and three separate storage pouches. Instead you get a single open area to temporarily place frequently used gear, though there are small, quick-access pockets on the side where you can keep smaller items. Thanks to its more minimalist design, the Sport is able to fold small for compact transportation, but still features a protective PU coating and a tear-resistant design for enhanced durability and weather resistance.</p><p>Both the Tripod Hammock Sport, and the Tripod Hammock Multi-Pro are available to <a href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/search?q=tether%20tools%20tripod%20hammock&sts=ma" target="_blank" rel="sponsored">buy now from B&H</a>.</p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/turn-your-tripod-into-a-hammock-yes-really</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Tether Tools wants to turn the dead space under your tripod into a useful storage area ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">jBkYvJQj7YGLT6ANsyJAWV</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Jn3VZDkjvGkJCertVBfiYg-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Sun, 27 Sep 2026 21:51:32 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Sun, 27 Sep 2026 22:13:15 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Tripods]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ ben.andrews@futurenet.com (Ben Andrews) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Ben Andrews ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hA7SxTHVsLt7fQ5XhWWbX4-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Jn3VZDkjvGkJCertVBfiYg-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Tether Tools]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Tether Tools Tripod Hammock]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Tether Tools Tripod Hammock]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Tether Tools Tripod Hammock]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Jn3VZDkjvGkJCertVBfiYg-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Tether Tools has released two new storage products designed for a rather unusual location: the space between the legs of a tripod. These 'tripod hammocks' turn what would otherwise be dead space into somewhere to place frequently used gear, keeping it safe, off the ground, and easily accessible during a shoot.</p><p>Two hammock versions are available: the Tripod Hammock Sport, and the Tripod Hammock Multi-Pro.</p><h2 id="tripod-hammock-multi-pro">Tripod Hammock Multi-Pro</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1200px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="Csf3r7ygwLSEaoWFSYv9Wg" name="1_TT_MAIN_Tripod-Hammock-Pro_71-1200x675-1 copy" alt="Tether Tools Tripod Hammock" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Csf3r7ygwLSEaoWFSYv9Wg-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1200" height="675" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Tether Tools)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Priced at $99.99, this is the premium offering. It serves not just as a temporary open storage hammock, but can also be zipped up and transported as an enclosed triangular kit bag. Inside are three segments, separated by removable padded dividers. Within each section are three removable pouches, each large enough to fit a small lens, or other accessories like batteries, filters, or cables. Around the edge of the main hammock unit you'll also find multiple exterior quick-access pockets ideal for memory cards.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1200px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="euhv7YNG7tac3ExWqXksWg" name="4_TT_Tripod-Hammock-Pro_06-1200x675-1 copy" alt="Tether Tools Tripod Hammock" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/euhv7YNG7tac3ExWqXksWg-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1200" height="675" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/euhv7YNG7tac3ExWqXksWg-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Tether Tools)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The Tripod Hammock Multi-Pro is suspended from a tripod's legs using a magnetic quick-connect system that holds securely but is still easy to attach and remove. This enables rapid setup and teardown, after which the hammock can be zipped closed and moved using the integrated carry handle, or attached to a backpack. A durable, weather-resistant rip-stop construction keeps the hammock usable in inclement conditions.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1200px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="yf2uSyygwXAe9nK7J4UJTg" name="7_TT_Tripod-Hammock-Pro_1200x675 copy" alt="Tether Tools Tripod Hammock" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yf2uSyygwXAe9nK7J4UJTg-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1200" height="675" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yf2uSyygwXAe9nK7J4UJTg-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Tether Tools)</span></figcaption></figure><h2 id="tripod-hammock-sport">Tripod Hammock Sport</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1200px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="6iwDJ2YBMJXGKgfq8wPbPg" name="Tether-Tools-Tripod_Hammock-Sport-06-1200x675-1 copy" alt="Tether Tools Tripod Hammock" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6iwDJ2YBMJXGKgfq8wPbPg-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1200" height="675" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6iwDJ2YBMJXGKgfq8wPbPg-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Tether Tools)</span></figcaption></figure><p>If you like the idea of having a convenient place to put gear during a shoot, but don't need the enclosed storage design of the Tripod Hammock Multi-Pro, then the Tripod Hammock Sport is for you. It's priced at $49.99, and does away with the closable top of the Multi-Pro, as well as its interior dividers and three separate storage pouches. Instead you get a single open area to temporarily place frequently used gear, though there are small, quick-access pockets on the side where you can keep smaller items. Thanks to its more minimalist design, the Sport is able to fold small for compact transportation, but still features a protective PU coating and a tear-resistant design for enhanced durability and weather resistance.</p><p>Both the Tripod Hammock Sport, and the Tripod Hammock Multi-Pro are available to <a href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/search?q=tether%20tools%20tripod%20hammock&sts=ma" target="_blank" rel="sponsored">buy now from B&H</a>.</p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Vanguard Veo 5 264CO review: a high-end, specialized spotting scope tripod kit, complete with panning head ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Vanguard and I go back a long way. I’ve been testing and reviewing its kit for the last 20 years or so, and have generally been very impressed along the way. If you’re not so familiar, allow me to make the introductions… Vanguard is a global company with headquarters in Myanmar and branches in many countries around the world. It’s been making high-quality tripods and other photographic accessories, as well as the likes of binoculars, spotting scopes, backpacks, and gadget bags, building up an extensive catalog over the last 40 years or so.</p><p>Although Vanguard has a very diverse range of products, it’s always tripods that first spring to mind when I think of the company. The Veo 5 264CO is a case in point, but unlike most of the range, it’s designed for spotting scopes rather than for photography or videography. As such, it’s geared towards high-magnification scopes that you might use for birdwatching, wildlife and nature, target sports and hunting, surveillance and tactical use, and even for astronomy. With its upmarket carbon fiber build and 2-way pan head, the Veo 5 264CO kit aims to be one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-spotting-scope-tripods">best spotting scope tripods</a> on the market.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="s6KYW8r9wM3ccTVkvaSnvS" name="Veo5 01 intro 3051.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/s6KYW8r9wM3ccTVkvaSnvS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/s6KYW8r9wM3ccTVkvaSnvS-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">It’s carbon fiber all the way, for each of the 12 leg sections and the center column. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-vanguard-veo-5-264co-specifications"><span>Vanguard Veo 5 264CO: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Material</p></td><td  ><p>Carbon fiber</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Folded height</p></td><td  ><p>58cm / 22.8in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Folded diameter</p></td><td  ><p>7cm / 2.8in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Maximum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>167cm / 66in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Minimum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>21cm / 8.2in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight</p></td><td  ><p>1.92kg / 4.2lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Load rating</p></td><td  ><p>8kg / 17lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Sections per leg</p></td><td  ><p>4</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Section diameters</p></td><td  ><p>26, 23, 20, 17mm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Section clamps</p></td><td  ><p>Twist locks</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Locking leg angles</p></td><td  ><p>3 angles</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Feet</p></td><td  ><p>Pads / spikes</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Case/bag included</p></td><td  ><p>Padded bag</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-vanguard-veo-5-264co-price"><span>Vanguard Veo 5 264CO: Price</span></h3><p>The Vanguard Veo 5 264CO sells for around $399 / £280 / AU$399. As a premium carbon fiber full kit, that’s pretty reasonable compared with another of the favorite luxury kits, featured in our <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-spotting-scope-tripods">best spotting scope tripods buying guide</a>. That’s the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review">3 Legged Thing Winston 2.0 Kit</a>, which costs around $499 / £339 / AU$629. For my money, the Winston is more of a photographic tripod anyway, and its ball head is less ideal for spotting scopes.</p><p>If the Vanguard carbon fiber kit is beyond your budget, there’s a more ‘affordable’ Vanguard Veo 5 264AO aluminum version that costs rather less to buy, at around $349 / £220 / AU$299.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-vanguard-veo-5-264co-design-handling"><span>Vanguard Veo 5 264CO: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>Even the very best spotting scopes don’t tend to be particularly weighty, unlike a camera fitted with a monster telephoto lens. Nearly all of the scopes I can think of weigh less than 2kg / 4.4lb, most are 1kg / 2.2lb or less, and some only weigh about 0.5kg or about a pound. Suffice it to say that you don’t need a tripod with a mighty maximum payload rating. Some photographic tripods, like the Winston 2.0 that I mentioned earlier, have a 40kg / 88lb payload rating, which is frankly overkill for a spotting scope.</p><p>You might think that the 8kg / 17lb payload rating of the Veo 5 that I’m reviewing here is much more than you need. However, I wouldn’t go too flimsy. Due to the high-power magnification of spotting scopes, you still need a tripod that’s going to be rigid and resistant to vibrations, which can be hugely magnified when you look through the eyepiece. The extra payload rating also gives you scope, so to speak, to add ballast, which can steady the tripod in windy conditions.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="pxunVHR7oaHmc2Lfp7H8zS" name="Veo5 3053.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/pxunVHR7oaHmc2Lfp7H8zS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/pxunVHR7oaHmc2Lfp7H8zS-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The legs and center column are made from high-grade carbon fiber, and one of the upper leg sections also features a comfort pad. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Sturdiness is enhanced by Vanguard’s decision to use a fairly chunky outer leg section with a diameter of 26mm. I think that’s a good compromise between sturdiness and not making the tripod too heavy to carry out in the wild. A little bonus is that one of the upper sections also features a rubber comfort pad, often omitted in carbon fiber rather than aluminum tripods. It not only makes the tripod more comfortable to carry, but also makes it feel less slippery in wet weather.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="fZe2e9wuzy7bDcxouT4hzS" name="Veo5 3054.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/fZe2e9wuzy7bDcxouT4hzS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/fZe2e9wuzy7bDcxouT4hzS-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Diameters of the four leg sections step down in increments of 3mm, or just over a tenth of an inch. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Extending the legs a little, I measured off the four sections at 26, 23, 20, and 17mm, working my way down to the bottom. Again, I think the choice of four sections per leg is ideal. It enables a fairly compact carrying size as well as a fairly generous maximum operating height. Most spotting scopes have a 45-degree angled eyepiece, so you don’t generally need a tripod to be overly tall. The Veo 5’s maximum of 167cm / 66in should more than suffice.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="6NNGCLZ4aaXNirPHb57asS" name="Veo5 3055.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6NNGCLZ4aaXNirPHb57asS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6NNGCLZ4aaXNirPHb57asS-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The twist locks for the leg sections are designed to be quick and easy to use, as well as being virtually silent in operation and easy to clean. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>It’s tempting for manufacturers to include five sections in each leg, which are often featured in some of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-tripod">best travel tripods</a>, where a small folded size can be a prime consideration. I’m glad that Vanguard resisted the urge when designing this spotting scope tripod, for two reasons. Firstly, the total of 12 section clamps in 5-section tripods adds to the time and effort required for setup and takedown. Secondly, the bottom leg sections often end up being thin and spindly, lacking rigidity and robustness.</p><p>For speed and ease of use, I favor twist locks rather than flip locks, especially if they operate with minimal rotation for loosening and clamping. The twist locks featured here are designed to do just that, while being silent in operation, which can be important in the context of birding and wildlife. Moreover, the twist locks are designed to be easy to clean, so you can venture out into the mucky outdoors without being too precious about your tripod.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="P9usT2NpQ4BiM4tx4D9ByS" name="Veo5 3056.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/P9usT2NpQ4BiM4tx4D9ByS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/P9usT2NpQ4BiM4tx4D9ByS-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">You can set the legs to three different locking angles, aiding setup on tricky terrain. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>There are three different locking leg angles on offer: 23, 50, and 80 degrees. I really like the simple pushbutton mechanism for selecting different angles, and that you don’t need to swing them all the way up and then come down again in increments to complete the process. It’s another factor that makes the Veo 5 quick to adjust without any unwanted, audible clicks.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="zJnDA4ktsh5a5DZFUJVRoS" name="Veo5 3058.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zJnDA4ktsh5a5DZFUJVRoS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zJnDA4ktsh5a5DZFUJVRoS-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The removable center column is designed to fit directly into traditional clamps, often available in hides, and also features a weight hook at the bottom. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I’ve started to notice some manufacturers making triangular-profile center columns. This tends to enable a space-saving design, with the legs fitting more snugly around the column. In this case, Vanguard has opted for a hexagonal center column. Again, it can save a little space, but it also ensures that you can remove the center column and slot it directly into a traditional clamp, if one is available in a birding/wildlife hide. For adding stability when the center column is back in the tripod, there’s a weight hook at the bottom for adding ballast.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.29%;"><img id="yDBjG8SzQxVZpyDhFuvziR" name="Veo5 3059.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yDBjG8SzQxVZpyDhFuvziR-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1441" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yDBjG8SzQxVZpyDhFuvziR-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The weight hook unscrews from the bottom of the center column with a simple twisting action. This enables you to quickly and easily invert the head, which can be useful for ultra-low-level shooting with an upside-down camera. That’s a lot less practical with a spotting scope. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The ability to invert the center column is of little benefit when using a spotting scope. Of much greater value, you can split the column into two separate sections. This leaves a relatively short, stubby section at the top, so you can splay the legs and achieve an ultra-low viewing position with your spotting scope the right way up.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.29%;"><img id="HyNKT8XEZohdrBzvZ64K4T" name="Veo5 3060.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HyNKT8XEZohdrBzvZ64K4T-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1441" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HyNKT8XEZohdrBzvZ64K4T-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Splitting the center column into two sections enables ultra-low-level viewing, as you can splay the legs without the center column digging into the ground. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>To ensure a firm footing on any type of surface, the tripod feet are made from rubber pads with retractable metal spikes. I’d use the rubber pads on most surfaces, but the metal spikes can give greater stability on very soft or loose ground.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.29%;"><img id="XpfjHiyGQzXWXCFRq8rGAS" name="Veo5 3063.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XpfjHiyGQzXWXCFRq8rGAS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1441" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XpfjHiyGQzXWXCFRq8rGAS-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Twisting the rubber pads of the feet reveal retractable metal spikes </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>On two sides of the canopy that connects the three legs together up top, there are sockets with standard 3/8in threads. You can use these to add accessories with or without magic arms for greater control over positioning. If you need a 1/4in thread instead, you can simply use a 3/8in to 1/4in adapter. Another bonus is that the sockets include bayonet slots on either side, which work with compatible accessories to avoid any unwanted twisting when fitted.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.29%;"><img id="P9f3zheSg7zGv8fQNyWoRS" name="Veo5 3064.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/P9f3zheSg7zGv8fQNyWoRS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1441" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/P9f3zheSg7zGv8fQNyWoRS-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The canopy (or chassis) up top features two 3/8in threaded sockets, complete with bayonet slots, for adding accessories. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Also on the canopy is a bubble level that aids in easy leveling of the legs. If you switch from your spotting scope to using a camera for shooting stills or video, this helps to ensure that your horizon stays level in the shot if you start panning.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.29%;"><img id="SkAhEgF5vzhEfYvGWsVUdS" name="Veo5 3065.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/SkAhEgF5vzhEfYvGWsVUdS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1441" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/SkAhEgF5vzhEfYvGWsVUdS-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The bubble level built into the canopy helps with leveling the legs on uneven ground. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Moving up to the head, the kit comes with Vanguard’s VEO PH-28 2-Way Pan Head. It’s specially made for spotting scopes, with smooth panning and tilting being core design criteria. As such, it can rotate through a full 360 degrees, while also offering a tilt range of 91 degrees forward and 30 degrees backwards. Also available to buy separately, the head typically costs around $100 / £120 / AU$179 on its own.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="ZfDYMYPEGwyPz2re5zKYRS" name="Veo5 3067.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZfDYMYPEGwyPz2re5zKYRS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZfDYMYPEGwyPz2re5zKYRS-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The 2-way pan head supplied in the kit is a perfect match for the legs. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I like that the panning handle has a retractable design and that a simple twist is all that’s needed to lock or release both the tilt and panning movements. As such, it offers a completely one-handed operation of the head, leaving your other hand free to adjust magnification and focusing controls on the spotting scope.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="utM8P3B8Yi6rN3FZunKwvS" name="Veo5 3069.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/utM8P3B8Yi6rN3FZunKwvS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/utM8P3B8Yi6rN3FZunKwvS-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Locking, releasing, and operating both the pan and tilt functions is a completely one-handed operation, leaving your other hand free for attending to your spotting scope. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The head’s scope platform has an Arca-Swiss profile and comes complete with a spring-loaded safety locking pin and bubble level. The locking pin stops the quick-release plate from accidentally sliding out if the clamp becomes loose. It’s handy that if your spotting scope has an Arca-Swiss mounting plate, you can slot it straight into the platform without the need to use the supplied quick-release plate, thus taking an extra component out of the equation.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="eBfkfuVerCVJLhieq6q6DS" name="Veo5 3070.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/eBfkfuVerCVJLhieq6q6DS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/eBfkfuVerCVJLhieq6q6DS-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The platform has an Arca-Swiss profile, and features a spring-loaded security pin and a bubble level. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The quick-release plate is pretty standard Arca-Swiss fare and has a 1/4in treaded screw for attachment to your spotting scope or camera. You can tighten and loosen the screw with the supplied Allen key, a flat blade or coin, or by using the incorporated swiveling D-ring. Not relying on the tightness of its fit alone, the QR plate also features a spring-loaded pin that pushes up into a socket on compatible spotting scope mounting plates, ensuring that there’s no unwanted twisting when the scope is attached.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2414px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="qAFYqDHb4ANwbSiPbMEobR" name="Veo5 3071.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qAFYqDHb4ANwbSiPbMEobR-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2414" height="1358" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qAFYqDHb4ANwbSiPbMEobR-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The quick-release plate features a standard 1/4in attachment screw and a spring-loaded anti-twist pin for compatible scopes. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>An Allen key is supplied with the kit and, unusually, it has a smaller profile at its end. This enables engagement with smaller and larger Allen screw heads with a single key. The smaller fitment is ideal for loosening or tightening the locking screws for splitting and rejoining the two-part center column. A screw-in blanking plug is also supplied for use with the upper part of the center column, once it’s been split into two.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2414px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="foLSrddMxFXSaniqqySmgR" name="Veo5 3072.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/foLSrddMxFXSaniqqySmgR-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2414" height="1358" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/foLSrddMxFXSaniqqySmgR-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The kit comes complete with a dual-sized allen key and a screw-in blanking plug for the upper center column section. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Unlike some tripod manufacturers, Vanguard generally supplies a carrying bag with its kits, and this one’s no exception. The high-quality, stylishly designed padded carrying case features a main internal compartment for the tripod, plus an additional lengthy internal zippered compartment for accessories.</p><p>One minor niggle is that the tripod doesn’t fully fit into the bag with its panning handle attached, so you’ll need to remove this first, stash it in the bag, and reattach it to the tripod every time you pack it away and get it out again. However, thanks to the bag’s 2-way wraparound zipper, there’s the alternative of stowing the tripod with the handle sticking out through a small gap. The bag also features both a padded Velcro-closing pair of handles and an adjustable padded shoulder strap.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="uh4GfR8GWqMcLUjiWfLeHT" name="Veo5 3074.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uh4GfR8GWqMcLUjiWfLeHT-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uh4GfR8GWqMcLUjiWfLeHT-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">A stylish padded bag is supplied, with bright orange zipper handles that are easy to see in the dark. Because there are dual zipper handles, you can ‘almost’ close the zipper with the panning handle sticking out through a small gap, instead of having to remove the panning handle each time you stow the kit. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-vanguard-veo-5-264co-performance"><span>Vanguard Veo 5 264CO: Performance</span></h3><p>An important performance factor for any tripod is that it’s sufficiently compact, lightweight, and easy to live with, so that you’ll actually take it along for the journey rather than leaving it at home. The Vanguard completely succeeds in this respect, while also being robust and sturdy, and achieving a generous maximum operating height.</p><p>A fairly short tripod setup can often be problematic, as the feet end up covering a relatively small area on the ground, making the tripod prone to toppling over if accidentally nudged, or in windy conditions. The Vanguard’s multi-angle legs are a big help in this respect, as you can splay them a little to massively enhance stability, as well as work around obstacles or on tricky terrain, which you might often encounter when using a spotting scope in the great outdoors.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="giqgkJoCWN8pJxcv3PTrUT" name="Veo5 3098.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/giqgkJoCWN8pJxcv3PTrUT-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/giqgkJoCWN8pJxcv3PTrUT-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Splaying the legs a little helps to make the tripod more stable and resistant to toppling over at fairly short operating heights </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As I’ve mentioned, the maximum operating height with the center column extended is 167cm / 66in. I’m a fairly tall 6ft 5in, but found the maximum height more than sufficient for using my spotting scope. Like most of its breed, my spotting scope has a 45-degree angled eyepiece, which effectively reduces the operating height. And even if your scope has a straight-mounted eyepiece, you shouldn’t have any problems with the tripod’s maximum operating height. I’m also impressed that the tripod remains rigid and very resistant to flexing, right up to and including its loftiest setting.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1439px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:177.90%;"><img id="7LDxwWPHdT5Z6DLYLde2fT" name="Veo5 3102.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7LDxwWPHdT5Z6DLYLde2fT-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1439" height="2560" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7LDxwWPHdT5Z6DLYLde2fT-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The maximum operating height with the center column extended should prove more than sufficient for using a spotting scope. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>At the opposite end of the spectrum, or at least of the height range, the tripod can go really low. This can be useful if you’re trying to keep out of sight, or if there’s an elevated rocky ledge or something similar on which you’re placing the tripod. It only takes a moment to split the center column in two, after which you can just use the stubby top section to enable ultra-low-level operation, as shown below.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="6PRkmqqEpjdNSXqiynPcST" name="Veo5 3109.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6PRkmqqEpjdNSXqiynPcST-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6PRkmqqEpjdNSXqiynPcST-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Split the center column, and you can configure ultra-low-level operation. Prepare to lie down on the job! </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The tripod won me over with the intuitive elegance of its controls and its ease of use. The twist-locks for the legs work with minimal rotation, enabling smooth adjustments and solid clamping in equal measure. Importantly for wildlife scenarios, you can also make adjustments in virtual silence. The same goes for the 2-way pan head, which delivers a smooth, fluid feel for panning and tilting. The extending/retracting nature of the handle is a further bonus, enabling variable torque and tactile feedback. And finally, the dual rubber pad/metal spiked feet help to give an assured footing on virtually any surface.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="kvvHvJGryGzx9FNwSXMpiS" name="Veo5 3112.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kvvHvJGryGzx9FNwSXMpiS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kvvHvJGryGzx9FNwSXMpiS-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The single-handed operation of the panning handle for pan, tilt and for locking or releasing both planes of movement with a simple twist is a joy to use. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-vanguard-veo-5-264co-verdict"><span>Vanguard Veo 5 264CO: Verdict</span></h3><p>The Vanguard Veo 5 264CO is everything I need and want from a spotting scope tripod, and more. When I’m taking my scope off the beaten track and into the wilds, often negotiating tricky terrain along the way, I don’t want a tripod that’s heavy, cumbersome, and awkward. The Veo 5 shrinks down pretty small when folded and is refreshingly lightweight to carry, so that’s the first box on the wish list ticked off.</p><p>On the other hand, I don’t want a lightweight tripod that’s flimsy and wobbles around in the breeze. Any movement is massively magnified when looking through a high-powered spotting scope, so rigidity is essential. The Veo 5 succeeds here as well, with a robust carbon fiber build and excellent resistance to flexing and vibration, right up to its maximum operating height with the center column fully extended. Speaking of which, you can also split the center column for ultra-low-level operation, while the multi-angle legs adapt to pretty much any situation.</p><p>Last but not least, the 2-way pan head works with smooth simplicity, enabling a fluid range of tilt and panning movements, while also locking off firmly. And it does this with a single do-it-all, retractable panning handle, leaving my other hand free for adjusting the magnification and focus setting of my scope. The Vanguard kit certainly isn’t cheap, but I think it’s perfect for the job.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>The multi-angle, four-section legs and the splitable center column combine with a 2-way pan head that ensures dynamic operation when using a spotting scope.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>The design strikes an ideal balance between lightweight compactness for carrying around, and sturdy support with a generous range of operating heights, all with a luxurious carbon fiber build.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>From the robustness and resistance to flexing of the tripod legs and canopy, to the smooth operation of the 2-way head, performance is top-drawer in all respects.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★½</p></td><td  ><p>It might seem like an expensive kit if you have a relatively cheap spotting scope, but I can’t think of a better tool for the job, so it’s very good value at the price.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.85%;"><img id="G6HvxFijhi3xCdnmfXLJdS" name="Veo5 00 hero 3050.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/G6HvxFijhi3xCdnmfXLJdS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1097" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/G6HvxFijhi3xCdnmfXLJdS-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="a7883a36-b11f-11f1-93c8-b34644221999" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit" data-dimension48="3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:900px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="aG9EGrNc9ExvSSEZJyjR9" name="3 Legged Thing Winston 2.0 square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aG9EGrNc9ExvSSEZJyjR9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="900" height="900" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review" data-dimension112="a7883a36-b11f-11f1-93c8-b34644221999" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit" data-dimension48="3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit" data-dimension25=""><strong>3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit</strong></a> comes complete with a compact but robust AirHed Pro Ball Head. Swing-up legs make for a compact stowage size, despite it being a full-sized tripod. Any of the legs can be unscrewed for monopod duty, and you can detach all of the legs to convert the Winston into a mini-tripod, using ‘Vanz’ footwear (sold separately). This kit costs around $499 / £339 / AU$629 to buy.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="1a8a5368-b123-11f1-bf62-c9ed81c38e33" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" data-dimension48="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/heipi-3-in-1-travel-tripod-w28s-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="ygkqaD56NcgaEBxLSbhWxV" name="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ygkqaD56NcgaEBxLSbhWxV-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="2560" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/heipi-3-in-1-travel-tripod-w28s-review" data-dimension112="1a8a5368-b123-11f1-bf62-c9ed81c38e33" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" data-dimension48="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" data-dimension25=""><strong>Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S</strong></a> is like two tripods in one. That’s thanks to an innovative design featuring a triple-leg center column. As such, you get a main full-sized tripod with an extending center column, and if you remove the column altogether, it works as a separate mini-tripod. Like the 3 Legged Thing Winston, it has a less-than-ideal ball head for use with a spotting scope, but again features a pan-only release. The Heipi costs around $399 / £349 / AU$649.</p></div> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/vanguard-veo-5-264co-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The carbon fiber Vanguard Veo 5 264CO is designed from the ground up for spotting scopes, and it’s a properly advanced, luxurious kit ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">Jvhz2U9wqTVHnTHyKiMJpX</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/G6HvxFijhi3xCdnmfXLJdS-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Sun, 27 Sep 2026 11:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Tripods]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Matthew Richards ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jDd3HmNtNWfRUREZztFrQo-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/G6HvxFijhi3xCdnmfXLJdS-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Matthew Richards]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/G6HvxFijhi3xCdnmfXLJdS-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Vanguard and I go back a long way. I’ve been testing and reviewing its kit for the last 20 years or so, and have generally been very impressed along the way. If you’re not so familiar, allow me to make the introductions… Vanguard is a global company with headquarters in Myanmar and branches in many countries around the world. It’s been making high-quality tripods and other photographic accessories, as well as the likes of binoculars, spotting scopes, backpacks, and gadget bags, building up an extensive catalog over the last 40 years or so.</p><p>Although Vanguard has a very diverse range of products, it’s always tripods that first spring to mind when I think of the company. The Veo 5 264CO is a case in point, but unlike most of the range, it’s designed for spotting scopes rather than for photography or videography. As such, it’s geared towards high-magnification scopes that you might use for birdwatching, wildlife and nature, target sports and hunting, surveillance and tactical use, and even for astronomy. With its upmarket carbon fiber build and 2-way pan head, the Veo 5 264CO kit aims to be one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-spotting-scope-tripods">best spotting scope tripods</a> on the market.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="s6KYW8r9wM3ccTVkvaSnvS" name="Veo5 01 intro 3051.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/s6KYW8r9wM3ccTVkvaSnvS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/s6KYW8r9wM3ccTVkvaSnvS-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">It’s carbon fiber all the way, for each of the 12 leg sections and the center column. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-vanguard-veo-5-264co-specifications"><span>Vanguard Veo 5 264CO: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Material</p></td><td  ><p>Carbon fiber</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Folded height</p></td><td  ><p>58cm / 22.8in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Folded diameter</p></td><td  ><p>7cm / 2.8in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Maximum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>167cm / 66in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Minimum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>21cm / 8.2in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight</p></td><td  ><p>1.92kg / 4.2lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Load rating</p></td><td  ><p>8kg / 17lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Sections per leg</p></td><td  ><p>4</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Section diameters</p></td><td  ><p>26, 23, 20, 17mm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Section clamps</p></td><td  ><p>Twist locks</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Locking leg angles</p></td><td  ><p>3 angles</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Feet</p></td><td  ><p>Pads / spikes</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Case/bag included</p></td><td  ><p>Padded bag</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-vanguard-veo-5-264co-price"><span>Vanguard Veo 5 264CO: Price</span></h3><p>The Vanguard Veo 5 264CO sells for around $399 / £280 / AU$399. As a premium carbon fiber full kit, that’s pretty reasonable compared with another of the favorite luxury kits, featured in our <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-spotting-scope-tripods">best spotting scope tripods buying guide</a>. That’s the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review">3 Legged Thing Winston 2.0 Kit</a>, which costs around $499 / £339 / AU$629. For my money, the Winston is more of a photographic tripod anyway, and its ball head is less ideal for spotting scopes.</p><p>If the Vanguard carbon fiber kit is beyond your budget, there’s a more ‘affordable’ Vanguard Veo 5 264AO aluminum version that costs rather less to buy, at around $349 / £220 / AU$299.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-vanguard-veo-5-264co-design-handling"><span>Vanguard Veo 5 264CO: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>Even the very best spotting scopes don’t tend to be particularly weighty, unlike a camera fitted with a monster telephoto lens. Nearly all of the scopes I can think of weigh less than 2kg / 4.4lb, most are 1kg / 2.2lb or less, and some only weigh about 0.5kg or about a pound. Suffice it to say that you don’t need a tripod with a mighty maximum payload rating. Some photographic tripods, like the Winston 2.0 that I mentioned earlier, have a 40kg / 88lb payload rating, which is frankly overkill for a spotting scope.</p><p>You might think that the 8kg / 17lb payload rating of the Veo 5 that I’m reviewing here is much more than you need. However, I wouldn’t go too flimsy. Due to the high-power magnification of spotting scopes, you still need a tripod that’s going to be rigid and resistant to vibrations, which can be hugely magnified when you look through the eyepiece. The extra payload rating also gives you scope, so to speak, to add ballast, which can steady the tripod in windy conditions.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="pxunVHR7oaHmc2Lfp7H8zS" name="Veo5 3053.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/pxunVHR7oaHmc2Lfp7H8zS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/pxunVHR7oaHmc2Lfp7H8zS-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The legs and center column are made from high-grade carbon fiber, and one of the upper leg sections also features a comfort pad. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Sturdiness is enhanced by Vanguard’s decision to use a fairly chunky outer leg section with a diameter of 26mm. I think that’s a good compromise between sturdiness and not making the tripod too heavy to carry out in the wild. A little bonus is that one of the upper sections also features a rubber comfort pad, often omitted in carbon fiber rather than aluminum tripods. It not only makes the tripod more comfortable to carry, but also makes it feel less slippery in wet weather.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="fZe2e9wuzy7bDcxouT4hzS" name="Veo5 3054.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/fZe2e9wuzy7bDcxouT4hzS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/fZe2e9wuzy7bDcxouT4hzS-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Diameters of the four leg sections step down in increments of 3mm, or just over a tenth of an inch. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Extending the legs a little, I measured off the four sections at 26, 23, 20, and 17mm, working my way down to the bottom. Again, I think the choice of four sections per leg is ideal. It enables a fairly compact carrying size as well as a fairly generous maximum operating height. Most spotting scopes have a 45-degree angled eyepiece, so you don’t generally need a tripod to be overly tall. The Veo 5’s maximum of 167cm / 66in should more than suffice.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="6NNGCLZ4aaXNirPHb57asS" name="Veo5 3055.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6NNGCLZ4aaXNirPHb57asS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6NNGCLZ4aaXNirPHb57asS-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The twist locks for the leg sections are designed to be quick and easy to use, as well as being virtually silent in operation and easy to clean. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>It’s tempting for manufacturers to include five sections in each leg, which are often featured in some of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-tripod">best travel tripods</a>, where a small folded size can be a prime consideration. I’m glad that Vanguard resisted the urge when designing this spotting scope tripod, for two reasons. Firstly, the total of 12 section clamps in 5-section tripods adds to the time and effort required for setup and takedown. Secondly, the bottom leg sections often end up being thin and spindly, lacking rigidity and robustness.</p><p>For speed and ease of use, I favor twist locks rather than flip locks, especially if they operate with minimal rotation for loosening and clamping. The twist locks featured here are designed to do just that, while being silent in operation, which can be important in the context of birding and wildlife. Moreover, the twist locks are designed to be easy to clean, so you can venture out into the mucky outdoors without being too precious about your tripod.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="P9usT2NpQ4BiM4tx4D9ByS" name="Veo5 3056.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/P9usT2NpQ4BiM4tx4D9ByS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/P9usT2NpQ4BiM4tx4D9ByS-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">You can set the legs to three different locking angles, aiding setup on tricky terrain. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>There are three different locking leg angles on offer: 23, 50, and 80 degrees. I really like the simple pushbutton mechanism for selecting different angles, and that you don’t need to swing them all the way up and then come down again in increments to complete the process. It’s another factor that makes the Veo 5 quick to adjust without any unwanted, audible clicks.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="zJnDA4ktsh5a5DZFUJVRoS" name="Veo5 3058.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zJnDA4ktsh5a5DZFUJVRoS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zJnDA4ktsh5a5DZFUJVRoS-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The removable center column is designed to fit directly into traditional clamps, often available in hides, and also features a weight hook at the bottom. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I’ve started to notice some manufacturers making triangular-profile center columns. This tends to enable a space-saving design, with the legs fitting more snugly around the column. In this case, Vanguard has opted for a hexagonal center column. Again, it can save a little space, but it also ensures that you can remove the center column and slot it directly into a traditional clamp, if one is available in a birding/wildlife hide. For adding stability when the center column is back in the tripod, there’s a weight hook at the bottom for adding ballast.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.29%;"><img id="yDBjG8SzQxVZpyDhFuvziR" name="Veo5 3059.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yDBjG8SzQxVZpyDhFuvziR-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1441" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yDBjG8SzQxVZpyDhFuvziR-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The weight hook unscrews from the bottom of the center column with a simple twisting action. This enables you to quickly and easily invert the head, which can be useful for ultra-low-level shooting with an upside-down camera. That’s a lot less practical with a spotting scope. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The ability to invert the center column is of little benefit when using a spotting scope. Of much greater value, you can split the column into two separate sections. This leaves a relatively short, stubby section at the top, so you can splay the legs and achieve an ultra-low viewing position with your spotting scope the right way up.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.29%;"><img id="HyNKT8XEZohdrBzvZ64K4T" name="Veo5 3060.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HyNKT8XEZohdrBzvZ64K4T-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1441" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HyNKT8XEZohdrBzvZ64K4T-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Splitting the center column into two sections enables ultra-low-level viewing, as you can splay the legs without the center column digging into the ground. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>To ensure a firm footing on any type of surface, the tripod feet are made from rubber pads with retractable metal spikes. I’d use the rubber pads on most surfaces, but the metal spikes can give greater stability on very soft or loose ground.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.29%;"><img id="XpfjHiyGQzXWXCFRq8rGAS" name="Veo5 3063.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XpfjHiyGQzXWXCFRq8rGAS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1441" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XpfjHiyGQzXWXCFRq8rGAS-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Twisting the rubber pads of the feet reveal retractable metal spikes </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>On two sides of the canopy that connects the three legs together up top, there are sockets with standard 3/8in threads. You can use these to add accessories with or without magic arms for greater control over positioning. If you need a 1/4in thread instead, you can simply use a 3/8in to 1/4in adapter. Another bonus is that the sockets include bayonet slots on either side, which work with compatible accessories to avoid any unwanted twisting when fitted.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.29%;"><img id="P9f3zheSg7zGv8fQNyWoRS" name="Veo5 3064.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/P9f3zheSg7zGv8fQNyWoRS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1441" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/P9f3zheSg7zGv8fQNyWoRS-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The canopy (or chassis) up top features two 3/8in threaded sockets, complete with bayonet slots, for adding accessories. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Also on the canopy is a bubble level that aids in easy leveling of the legs. If you switch from your spotting scope to using a camera for shooting stills or video, this helps to ensure that your horizon stays level in the shot if you start panning.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.29%;"><img id="SkAhEgF5vzhEfYvGWsVUdS" name="Veo5 3065.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/SkAhEgF5vzhEfYvGWsVUdS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1441" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/SkAhEgF5vzhEfYvGWsVUdS-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The bubble level built into the canopy helps with leveling the legs on uneven ground. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Moving up to the head, the kit comes with Vanguard’s VEO PH-28 2-Way Pan Head. It’s specially made for spotting scopes, with smooth panning and tilting being core design criteria. As such, it can rotate through a full 360 degrees, while also offering a tilt range of 91 degrees forward and 30 degrees backwards. Also available to buy separately, the head typically costs around $100 / £120 / AU$179 on its own.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="ZfDYMYPEGwyPz2re5zKYRS" name="Veo5 3067.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZfDYMYPEGwyPz2re5zKYRS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZfDYMYPEGwyPz2re5zKYRS-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The 2-way pan head supplied in the kit is a perfect match for the legs. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I like that the panning handle has a retractable design and that a simple twist is all that’s needed to lock or release both the tilt and panning movements. As such, it offers a completely one-handed operation of the head, leaving your other hand free to adjust magnification and focusing controls on the spotting scope.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="utM8P3B8Yi6rN3FZunKwvS" name="Veo5 3069.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/utM8P3B8Yi6rN3FZunKwvS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/utM8P3B8Yi6rN3FZunKwvS-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Locking, releasing, and operating both the pan and tilt functions is a completely one-handed operation, leaving your other hand free for attending to your spotting scope. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The head’s scope platform has an Arca-Swiss profile and comes complete with a spring-loaded safety locking pin and bubble level. The locking pin stops the quick-release plate from accidentally sliding out if the clamp becomes loose. It’s handy that if your spotting scope has an Arca-Swiss mounting plate, you can slot it straight into the platform without the need to use the supplied quick-release plate, thus taking an extra component out of the equation.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="eBfkfuVerCVJLhieq6q6DS" name="Veo5 3070.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/eBfkfuVerCVJLhieq6q6DS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/eBfkfuVerCVJLhieq6q6DS-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The platform has an Arca-Swiss profile, and features a spring-loaded security pin and a bubble level. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The quick-release plate is pretty standard Arca-Swiss fare and has a 1/4in treaded screw for attachment to your spotting scope or camera. You can tighten and loosen the screw with the supplied Allen key, a flat blade or coin, or by using the incorporated swiveling D-ring. Not relying on the tightness of its fit alone, the QR plate also features a spring-loaded pin that pushes up into a socket on compatible spotting scope mounting plates, ensuring that there’s no unwanted twisting when the scope is attached.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2414px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="qAFYqDHb4ANwbSiPbMEobR" name="Veo5 3071.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qAFYqDHb4ANwbSiPbMEobR-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2414" height="1358" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qAFYqDHb4ANwbSiPbMEobR-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The quick-release plate features a standard 1/4in attachment screw and a spring-loaded anti-twist pin for compatible scopes. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>An Allen key is supplied with the kit and, unusually, it has a smaller profile at its end. This enables engagement with smaller and larger Allen screw heads with a single key. The smaller fitment is ideal for loosening or tightening the locking screws for splitting and rejoining the two-part center column. A screw-in blanking plug is also supplied for use with the upper part of the center column, once it’s been split into two.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2414px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="foLSrddMxFXSaniqqySmgR" name="Veo5 3072.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/foLSrddMxFXSaniqqySmgR-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2414" height="1358" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/foLSrddMxFXSaniqqySmgR-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The kit comes complete with a dual-sized allen key and a screw-in blanking plug for the upper center column section. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Unlike some tripod manufacturers, Vanguard generally supplies a carrying bag with its kits, and this one’s no exception. The high-quality, stylishly designed padded carrying case features a main internal compartment for the tripod, plus an additional lengthy internal zippered compartment for accessories.</p><p>One minor niggle is that the tripod doesn’t fully fit into the bag with its panning handle attached, so you’ll need to remove this first, stash it in the bag, and reattach it to the tripod every time you pack it away and get it out again. However, thanks to the bag’s 2-way wraparound zipper, there’s the alternative of stowing the tripod with the handle sticking out through a small gap. The bag also features both a padded Velcro-closing pair of handles and an adjustable padded shoulder strap.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="uh4GfR8GWqMcLUjiWfLeHT" name="Veo5 3074.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uh4GfR8GWqMcLUjiWfLeHT-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uh4GfR8GWqMcLUjiWfLeHT-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">A stylish padded bag is supplied, with bright orange zipper handles that are easy to see in the dark. Because there are dual zipper handles, you can ‘almost’ close the zipper with the panning handle sticking out through a small gap, instead of having to remove the panning handle each time you stow the kit. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-vanguard-veo-5-264co-performance"><span>Vanguard Veo 5 264CO: Performance</span></h3><p>An important performance factor for any tripod is that it’s sufficiently compact, lightweight, and easy to live with, so that you’ll actually take it along for the journey rather than leaving it at home. The Vanguard completely succeeds in this respect, while also being robust and sturdy, and achieving a generous maximum operating height.</p><p>A fairly short tripod setup can often be problematic, as the feet end up covering a relatively small area on the ground, making the tripod prone to toppling over if accidentally nudged, or in windy conditions. The Vanguard’s multi-angle legs are a big help in this respect, as you can splay them a little to massively enhance stability, as well as work around obstacles or on tricky terrain, which you might often encounter when using a spotting scope in the great outdoors.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="giqgkJoCWN8pJxcv3PTrUT" name="Veo5 3098.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/giqgkJoCWN8pJxcv3PTrUT-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/giqgkJoCWN8pJxcv3PTrUT-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Splaying the legs a little helps to make the tripod more stable and resistant to toppling over at fairly short operating heights </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As I’ve mentioned, the maximum operating height with the center column extended is 167cm / 66in. I’m a fairly tall 6ft 5in, but found the maximum height more than sufficient for using my spotting scope. Like most of its breed, my spotting scope has a 45-degree angled eyepiece, which effectively reduces the operating height. And even if your scope has a straight-mounted eyepiece, you shouldn’t have any problems with the tripod’s maximum operating height. I’m also impressed that the tripod remains rigid and very resistant to flexing, right up to and including its loftiest setting.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1439px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:177.90%;"><img id="7LDxwWPHdT5Z6DLYLde2fT" name="Veo5 3102.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7LDxwWPHdT5Z6DLYLde2fT-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1439" height="2560" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7LDxwWPHdT5Z6DLYLde2fT-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The maximum operating height with the center column extended should prove more than sufficient for using a spotting scope. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>At the opposite end of the spectrum, or at least of the height range, the tripod can go really low. This can be useful if you’re trying to keep out of sight, or if there’s an elevated rocky ledge or something similar on which you’re placing the tripod. It only takes a moment to split the center column in two, after which you can just use the stubby top section to enable ultra-low-level operation, as shown below.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="6PRkmqqEpjdNSXqiynPcST" name="Veo5 3109.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6PRkmqqEpjdNSXqiynPcST-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6PRkmqqEpjdNSXqiynPcST-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Split the center column, and you can configure ultra-low-level operation. Prepare to lie down on the job! </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The tripod won me over with the intuitive elegance of its controls and its ease of use. The twist-locks for the legs work with minimal rotation, enabling smooth adjustments and solid clamping in equal measure. Importantly for wildlife scenarios, you can also make adjustments in virtual silence. The same goes for the 2-way pan head, which delivers a smooth, fluid feel for panning and tilting. The extending/retracting nature of the handle is a further bonus, enabling variable torque and tactile feedback. And finally, the dual rubber pad/metal spiked feet help to give an assured footing on virtually any surface.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="kvvHvJGryGzx9FNwSXMpiS" name="Veo5 3112.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kvvHvJGryGzx9FNwSXMpiS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kvvHvJGryGzx9FNwSXMpiS-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The single-handed operation of the panning handle for pan, tilt and for locking or releasing both planes of movement with a simple twist is a joy to use. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-vanguard-veo-5-264co-verdict"><span>Vanguard Veo 5 264CO: Verdict</span></h3><p>The Vanguard Veo 5 264CO is everything I need and want from a spotting scope tripod, and more. When I’m taking my scope off the beaten track and into the wilds, often negotiating tricky terrain along the way, I don’t want a tripod that’s heavy, cumbersome, and awkward. The Veo 5 shrinks down pretty small when folded and is refreshingly lightweight to carry, so that’s the first box on the wish list ticked off.</p><p>On the other hand, I don’t want a lightweight tripod that’s flimsy and wobbles around in the breeze. Any movement is massively magnified when looking through a high-powered spotting scope, so rigidity is essential. The Veo 5 succeeds here as well, with a robust carbon fiber build and excellent resistance to flexing and vibration, right up to its maximum operating height with the center column fully extended. Speaking of which, you can also split the center column for ultra-low-level operation, while the multi-angle legs adapt to pretty much any situation.</p><p>Last but not least, the 2-way pan head works with smooth simplicity, enabling a fluid range of tilt and panning movements, while also locking off firmly. And it does this with a single do-it-all, retractable panning handle, leaving my other hand free for adjusting the magnification and focus setting of my scope. The Vanguard kit certainly isn’t cheap, but I think it’s perfect for the job.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>The multi-angle, four-section legs and the splitable center column combine with a 2-way pan head that ensures dynamic operation when using a spotting scope.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>The design strikes an ideal balance between lightweight compactness for carrying around, and sturdy support with a generous range of operating heights, all with a luxurious carbon fiber build.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>From the robustness and resistance to flexing of the tripod legs and canopy, to the smooth operation of the 2-way head, performance is top-drawer in all respects.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★½</p></td><td  ><p>It might seem like an expensive kit if you have a relatively cheap spotting scope, but I can’t think of a better tool for the job, so it’s very good value at the price.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.85%;"><img id="G6HvxFijhi3xCdnmfXLJdS" name="Veo5 00 hero 3050.JPG" alt="Vanguard Veo 5 264CO spotting scope tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/G6HvxFijhi3xCdnmfXLJdS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1097" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/G6HvxFijhi3xCdnmfXLJdS-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="a7883a36-b11f-11f1-93c8-b34644221999" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit" data-dimension48="3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:900px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="aG9EGrNc9ExvSSEZJyjR9" name="3 Legged Thing Winston 2.0 square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aG9EGrNc9ExvSSEZJyjR9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="900" height="900" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review" data-dimension112="a7883a36-b11f-11f1-93c8-b34644221999" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit" data-dimension48="3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit" data-dimension25=""><strong>3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit</strong></a> comes complete with a compact but robust AirHed Pro Ball Head. Swing-up legs make for a compact stowage size, despite it being a full-sized tripod. Any of the legs can be unscrewed for monopod duty, and you can detach all of the legs to convert the Winston into a mini-tripod, using ‘Vanz’ footwear (sold separately). This kit costs around $499 / £339 / AU$629 to buy.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="1a8a5368-b123-11f1-bf62-c9ed81c38e33" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" data-dimension48="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/heipi-3-in-1-travel-tripod-w28s-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="ygkqaD56NcgaEBxLSbhWxV" name="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ygkqaD56NcgaEBxLSbhWxV-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="2560" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/heipi-3-in-1-travel-tripod-w28s-review" data-dimension112="1a8a5368-b123-11f1-bf62-c9ed81c38e33" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" data-dimension48="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" data-dimension25=""><strong>Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S</strong></a> is like two tripods in one. That’s thanks to an innovative design featuring a triple-leg center column. As such, you get a main full-sized tripod with an extending center column, and if you remove the column altogether, it works as a separate mini-tripod. Like the 3 Legged Thing Winston, it has a less-than-ideal ball head for use with a spotting scope, but again features a pan-only release. The Heipi costs around $399 / £349 / AU$649.</p></div>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 review: what madness is this? A high-quality, full carbon fiber tripod kit that costs barely any more than the included ‘professional’ ball head ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Based in China and operating in more than 40 countries around the world, Leofoto was founded in 2014. It’s come a long way since then, and its name has become synonymous with luxurious, pro-grade photographic supports and military-grade tactical gear, all at very reasonable prices. I was certainly very impressed last year when I extensively tested and reviewed a whole bunch of Leofoto kit, including the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/leofoto-ranger-ls-365c-tripod-review">Leofoto Ranger LS-365C tripod legs</a>, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/leofoto-lh-36lr-ball-head-review">Leofoto LH-36LR Ball Head</a>, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/leofoto-vh-30r-two-way-head-review">Leofoto VH-30R Two-Way Head</a>, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/leofoto-g2-geared-pan-head-review">Leofoto G2 Geared Pan Head</a> and <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/leofoto-pg-1-gimbal-head-review">Leofoto PG-1 Gimbal Head</a>.</p><p>The Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit is a relatively new addition to the line-up. It’s tall and robust enough to qualify as a full-sized tripod, yet folds down small with swing-up legs, more typical of modern travel tripods. It has an impressive carbon fiber construction and comes complete with a ball head that costs almost as much as the full kit if you buy it on its own. All in all, the kit is a contender as one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod">best tripods for photographers</a>, one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/carbon-fiber-tripods">best carbon fiber tripods</a>, and maybe even one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-tripod">best travel tripods</a>.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="tCBRhc9CQwBCeYMQCHWExe" name="Arm 01 intro 3177.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tCBRhc9CQwBCeYMQCHWExe-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tCBRhc9CQwBCeYMQCHWExe-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The swing-up or ‘reverse-folding’ legs are in the style of travel tripods, and knock about 7 inches off the folded height, bringing it down to an easily stowable 50.5cm / 19.9in. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-leofoto-armour-ln-284ct-nb-40-specifications"><span>Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Material</p></td><td  ><p>Carbon fiber</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Folded height</p></td><td  ><p>50.5cm / 19.9in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Maximum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>169cm / 66.5in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Minimum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>21.5cm / 8.5in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight</p></td><td  ><p>2.2kg / 4.9lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Load rating</p></td><td  ><p>15kg / 33lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Sections per leg</p></td><td  ><p>4</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Section diameters</p></td><td  ><p>28, 25, 22, 19mm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Section clamps</p></td><td  ><p>Twist locks</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Locking leg angles</p></td><td  ><p>3</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Feet</p></td><td  ><p>Pads / spikes</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Case/bag included</p></td><td  ><p>Padded bag</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-leofoto-armour-ln-284ct-nb-40-price"><span>Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40: Price</span></h3><p>I’ve previously seen recommended retail prices for the Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit quoted as $325 / £250 / AU$567. At the time of writing this review, however, they’ve dropped to just $225 / £175 / AU$425, the British price being confirmed by Leofoto’s official UK distributor. That’s pretty remarkable considering that the NB-40 Professional Ball Head on its own sells for around $179 / £170 / AU$269, just £5 less in the UK.</p><p>The closest equivalent I can think of in terms of design, being a robust, full-sized carbon fiber tripod kit with travel-friendly swing-up legs and a ball head, is the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review">3 Legged Thing Winston 2.0 Kit</a>, which costs around $499 / £339 / AU$629. That’s about twice the price in the USA and UK, and around 50 per cent more in Australia. That said, the Winston is taller and has a much beefier 40kg / 88lb payload rating. Anyway, let’s see what you actually get for your money.</p><div data-widget-type="merchantlink" data-model-name="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-leofoto-armour-ln-284ct-nb-40-design-handling"><span>Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>The design of this tripod kit has me in a bit of a quandary. I can’t quite decide whether it’s a full-sized tripod for photographers, a travel tripod courtesy of its reverse-folding legs, or a tripod for hybrid shooters thanks to the dual-panning mechanism in its head. Ultimately, I think it’s designed to fit the bill for all of these scenarios, as well as enrolling for a bit of monopod duty on the side.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="e2mpTGHdDqh8mJh9EYu2ke" name="Arm 3178.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/e2mpTGHdDqh8mJh9EYu2ke-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/e2mpTGHdDqh8mJh9EYu2ke-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The writing’s on the wall, or at least along one of the legs, proclaiming a 10-layer carbon fiber build with anodized, aircraft-grade aluminum hardware and reverse-folding legs. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Bridging the gap between big tripods that often seem too large to take along for the journey and lightweight travel tripods that seem too flimsy, I think the Leofoto is an ideal compromise. It has 4-section legs, which enables a smaller stowage height (especially as they’re reversible), whereas 3-section legs tend to remain quite tall when folded, and 5-section legs often have very thin and spindly bottom sections. The net result is that the Leofoto uses chunky 28mm diameter outer sections that enable a strong 15kg / 33lb payload rating, along with an easily manageable carrying weight of 2.2kg / 4.9lb for the complete kit.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="gkWqUuBMU7Y3H2DmfoAjHf" name="Arm 3179.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/gkWqUuBMU7Y3H2DmfoAjHf-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/gkWqUuBMU7Y3H2DmfoAjHf-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The 10-layer carbon fiber leg sections have diameters of 28mm, 25mm, 22mm, and 19mm from top to bottom, dropping down in increments of 3mm or just over a tenth of an inch. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I usually prefer twist-action leg section locks to flip locks, but only if they require minimal rotation to loosen the sections and lock them again firmly in place. Most manufacturers have become very good at this, but the twist locks featured in the Leofoto are among the easiest to use that I’ve ever encountered.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="LBrvu8qzdSNbBuBQ36TsSf" name="Arm 3182.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LBrvu8qzdSNbBuBQ36TsSf-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LBrvu8qzdSNbBuBQ36TsSf-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The twist locks for the section legs are an absolute joy to use. It’s dead easy to grab all three locks and loosen or tighten them in one go when all four sections are contracted. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>One thing I always look for in a tripod is multi-angle legs. Typically, you get three lockable leg angles, and it can be a massive help when you’re working on tricky, uneven terrain or trying to cope with obstacles that you can’t move out of the way. Splaying the legs a little also gives a more stable support when you’re shooting from a fairly short height. The Leofoto obliges, with 3-angle legs and again, the mechanism for adjusting the angles is particularly quick, easy, and intuitive to use. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="dAenBF5fbTjKWGHmW3B7Tf" name="Arm 3183.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/dAenBF5fbTjKWGHmW3B7Tf-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/dAenBF5fbTjKWGHmW3B7Tf-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">All you need to do to alter the leg angles is to push the silver, spring-loaded pad and move the leg up or down. There’s no need to go right to the top and work your way back down again in click steps, as with some other designs. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The center column works with similar simplicity to the other features I’ve mentioned so far. That’s just as well, as you need to extend it fully each time you fold the tripod if you want to take advantage of the reverse-folding leg action for compact stowage. To lock or loosen the center column, there’s a large rubber twist-lock just above the tripod platform, which looks similar to the twist-locks for the leg sections and works just as efficiently.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="haz3iSk77Nbnv853DGdTSf" name="Arm 3184.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/haz3iSk77Nbnv853DGdTSf-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/haz3iSk77Nbnv853DGdTSf-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The chunky center column is made from carbon fiber, just like all of the leg sections. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>At the bottom of the center column, there’s a large weight hook. You can use this for adding ballast, which can help steady the tripod in windy outdoor weather conditions. Unlike some tripods, the Leofoto lacks a splittable center column, so you can’t turn it into a short stubby column for ultra-low-level shooting. Instead, you’ll need to unscrew the weight hook, remove the center column, invert it, and refit it. That’s all well and good if you don’t mind shooting with your camera upside down, which is less than ideal for stills and a bit of a non-starter for shooting video.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="EFggZ9ay7zWBUJemcze7Tf" name="Arm 3185.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EFggZ9ay7zWBUJemcze7Tf-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EFggZ9ay7zWBUJemcze7Tf-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The weight hook unscrews so that you can remove the center column. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As well as inverting the center column, there’s another good reason for removing it. One of the legs (the one with the silica comfort padding, shown in the image above) unscrews from the canopy. You can then attach the top of the leg to the bottom of the removed center column, and you’ll be rewarded with a full-featured monopod. Another option is that you can remove the leg and turn the tripod into a bipod for use as a tactical support. And to keep a firm footing on any terrain, you can also unscrew the rubber pads that act as feet and replace them with stainless steel metal spikes, supplied as part of the kit.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="VRFQgyCgZG2iuKEWr7SHke" name="Arm 3187.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VRFQgyCgZG2iuKEWr7SHke-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VRFQgyCgZG2iuKEWr7SHke-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The shock-absorbing rubber pads are preferable for most terrain, but the alternative metal spikes supplied can work better on soft surfaces like carpet or loose dirt. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Up on top, the kit features the Leofoto NB-40 Professional Ball Head. It’s such a seriously good head that I’d consider buying it on its own and, as I’ve mentioned, it doesn’t come cheap. It has a 51mm diameter base and 95mm height, and ensures smooth action with a large-diameter, precision-engineered 40mm ball. In fact, it has a really heavy-duty payload rating of 25kg / 55lb, far exceeding that of the tripod legs. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="isPhc5YWEu7RjQGuF2TRTf" name="Arm 3188.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/isPhc5YWEu7RjQGuF2TRTf-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/isPhc5YWEu7RjQGuF2TRTf-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">It’s a smart ball head, with a smooth action and dual panning mechanisms. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The head backs up its hefty payload rating with an adjustable friction damper, built into the main lock/release knob. It’s a useful addition that enables you to tailor the action of the ball head to anything from a lightweight compact camera to a pro-sized camera body with a monster telephoto lens attached. As usual, the ball joint features a cutout so that you can shoot in portrait as well as landscape orientation without needing to use an L-bracket, as well as shooting vertically upwards or downwards.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="sSBqLHkrktwD2ZafbAnTue" name="Arm 3189.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sSBqLHkrktwD2ZafbAnTue-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sSBqLHkrktwD2ZafbAnTue-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">An adjustable friction damper is built into the main ball head lock/release knob. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>One of the smartest things about the head is that it has two panning mechanisms, which is great news for videographers, or if you want to shoot a sequence of panned stills to stitch into a panorama. The regular bottom panning mechanism works just fine if your legs are perfectly level, but that can be a chore if you’re working on uneven ground. However, if they’re not absolutely level and you’ve compensated by tilting the head, your horizon will go on the skew as soon as you start panning. This is where the secondary, upper panning mechanism comes into play, as it only requires that you level the ball head and not the legs as well.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="7szpRo49ATfGjRqYMdCL6f" name="Arm 3190.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7szpRo49ATfGjRqYMdCL6f-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7szpRo49ATfGjRqYMdCL6f-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Upper and lower panning mechanisms ensure everything stays on the level and you don’t end up with a tilted horizon. Both have full 360-degree rotation and calibrated scales, as shown in this image. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A further leveling aid is that a bubble level is built into the Arca-Swiss compatible camera platform. It’s nice to have, but unfortunately it’s obscured when you fit the quick-release plate into the platform. The upshot is that you need to remove your camera from the tripod every time you want to use the bubble level. To be honest, though, I tend to use the virtual horizon that is featured in most cameras nowadays, which is more accurate and easier to work with.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="tRw23ca5Ubx2ryaAUKSCye" name="Arm 3191.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tRw23ca5Ubx2ryaAUKSCye-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tRw23ca5Ubx2ryaAUKSCye-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The bubble level is obscured by the quick-release plate, so you can’t actually see it when your camera is mounted on the tripod. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The quick-release plate itself is another trick bit of kit. It has the usual Arca-Swiss profile but goes further by adding a strap loop and an adjustable bracket. The latter is particularly useful, as it can help to lock your camera in place on the QR plate and ensure there’s no accidental twisting.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2509px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="8YCjzxboNyxxdZ9DmD8Wde" name="Arm 3192.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8YCjzxboNyxxdZ9DmD8Wde-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2509" height="1412" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8YCjzxboNyxxdZ9DmD8Wde-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The clever QR plate features a strap look and an adjustable anti-twist hinge, which locks into place with two Allen screws, shown on the left in this image. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Further reinforcing the tripod’s suitability as a travel buddy, it comes complete with a smart padded bag, similar to the one shown below. And you can also pack the metal spikes and crafty little multi-tool into the bag. The multi-tool itself is very similar to one that I use from 3 Legged Thing, and includes a flat blade, various sizes of Allen keys, a carabiner hook, and a bottle opener.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="BEUzkXws4jJgXY72zYmbTf" name="Arm 3212.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/BEUzkXws4jJgXY72zYmbTf-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/BEUzkXws4jJgXY72zYmbTf-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">A padded bag is supplied for the tripod and the various accessories that come with it. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-leofoto-armour-ln-284ct-nb-40-performance"><span>Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40: Performance</span></h3><p>No matter how big or small, heavy or lightweight a tripod happens to be, rigidity is always a key factor. The Leofoto impressed me from the get-go, delivering rock-solid support that’s very resistant to unwanted flexing and vibrations. Moreover, its section locks, leg angle locks, and ball head are all brilliantly designed and excellently engineered, making them a joy to use.</p><p>I don’t usually like reverse-folding legs that are featured in most travel tripods these days, as they require more time and effort in setting up the tripod and folding it down again afterwards. However, the Leofoto proves that the configuration can be quick, easy, and highly effective.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="cTDh3M2e4e8bMj72xh9mTf" name="Arm 3149.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/cTDh3M2e4e8bMj72xh9mTf-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/cTDh3M2e4e8bMj72xh9mTf-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The quick, easy and intuitive leg angle locks enable you to splay them a little in next to no time, adding stability for fairly low-level shooting and for working around obstacles or on uneven terrain. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The 4-section legs and full-height center column enable the tripod to stretch from its folded height of a very travel-friendly 50.5cm / 19.9in to a lofty maximum operating height of 169cm / 66.5in. Sure, the Leofoto isn’t the tallest tripod in the world, but I’m 6ft 5in and I found it perfectly tall enough for me to use without stooping, when putting my eye to the camera’s viewfinder. More importantly, the tripod’s rigidity and resistance to flexing and vibration remain excellent even with all of the leg sections and the center column fully extended.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1439px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:177.90%;"><img id="dHpvTEgiUwgfBA5YEuksTf" name="Arm 3158.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/dHpvTEgiUwgfBA5YEuksTf-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1439" height="2560" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/dHpvTEgiUwgfBA5YEuksTf-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">It’s not exactly a towering tripod but should prove tall enough for pretty much any scenario. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>While the tripod is perfectly tall enough as far as I’m concerned, the minimum operating height is rather too tall for my liking. Leofoto quotes it as being just 21.5cm / 8.5 in, but it's more like 49.5cm / 19.5in by my reckoning (and measuring). Sure, you can invert the center column and go right down to ground level, but do you really want to shoot out from between two of the legs with your camera upside down? I’d have liked to see a splitable center column, or a short stubby low-level adapter supplied in the kit, to enable ultra-low-level shooting with my camera the right way up.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="VNW8NMZa6dEPL4gFNVpWTf" name="Arm 3163.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VNW8NMZa6dEPL4gFNVpWTf-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VNW8NMZa6dEPL4gFNVpWTf-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Because the center column can’t be split, the only real option for ultra-low-level shooting is to invert it and use your camera upside down. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Back on the plus side, it’s quick and easy to unscrew one of the legs and attach it to the removed center column for monopod duty. It’s easy to remember which leg it is that unscrews, because it’s the one with the silica comfort padding on it. And in terms of performance, the Leofoto works every bit as well as a monopod or bipod, as it does as a tripod. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="MrA99YanWsK2wziYg8CqSf" name="Arm 3170.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/MrA99YanWsK2wziYg8CqSf-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/MrA99YanWsK2wziYg8CqSf-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">You get similarly solid performance in monopod mode, with a good range of height adjustment on hand. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>To cap everything off, the Leofoto NB-40 Professional Ball Head that’s supplied as part of the kit is an absolute peach. The ball mechanism works a treat with its adjustable friction damper, while the dual panning mechanisms pay dividends for stills, even more so for shooting video. And as with the tripod legs, all of the adjustments are quick, easy, and intuitive.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="94q2wke48bYsmrUSmzXwMe" name="Arm 3174.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/94q2wke48bYsmrUSmzXwMe-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/94q2wke48bYsmrUSmzXwMe-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The NB-40 is a very clever head, worthy of its ‘professional’ tag. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-leofoto-armour-ln-284ct-nb-40-verdict"><span>Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40: Verdict</span></h3><p>The Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit has really won me over. It’s a luxurious, high-quality 10-layer carbon fiber tripod that’s easily tall enough for me (and I’m pretty tall) yet folds down to very travel-friendly dimensions. The chunky leg sections enable superb performance with excellent resistance to flexing and vibrations, and yet the tripod feels lightweight to carry around in its smart padded bag.</p><p>The only thing I can’t decide on is whether I prefer the ‘professional’ ball head with its dual additional panning mechanisms, or the tripod legs themselves, which also convert into a useful monopod or bipod. One thing’s for sure though… the head and legs combine to make a pretty epic kit. My only slight niggles are that there’s no ultra-low-level adapter for the legs and the head’s bubble level is obscured by the QR plate.</p><p>The bottom line, in the UK at least, is that the entire kit of legs, head and accessories, all wrapped up in a padded bag, costs barely any more than the head on its own. It feels a bit like a ‘buy one get one free’ deal in the UK, and it’s also standout value for money around the world.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★½</p></td><td  ><p>Desirable features include 10-layer carbon fiber legs, twist-action clamps, multiple leg angles, and monopod/bipod conversion, plus a great ball head with dual panning mechanisms, but no ultra-low-level adapter.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>The reverse-folding leg design with 4-section legs and a center column to enable a generous maximum operating height and a compact stowage size. It also combines a strong payload rating with a lightweight but premium construction.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>The tripod and head combine to give super-steady support at all operating heights, right up to the max with the center column fully extended. All the controls are quick, easy, and intuitive to use.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>For a premium carbon fiber tripod with a professional-grade ball head, it’s spectacular value for money.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.85%;"><img id="bfFwuYCMXZrzZz2565jx3e" name="Arm 00 hero 3141.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bfFwuYCMXZrzZz2565jx3e-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1097" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bfFwuYCMXZrzZz2565jx3e-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="e423645c-b444-11f1-83b7-55ba36e9ea41" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30" data-dimension48="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/leofoto-poseidon-ocean-lp-284c-lh-30-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:99.96%;"><img id="vxLUVrNo3rMyWZx7fz3M3F" name="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 square.JPG" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vxLUVrNo3rMyWZx7fz3M3F-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="2559" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/leofoto-poseidon-ocean-lp-284c-lh-30-review" data-dimension112="e423645c-b444-11f1-83b7-55ba36e9ea41" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30" data-dimension48="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30" data-dimension25=""><strong>Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30</strong></a> is again made from 10-layer carbon fiber, but its main claim to fame is that it’s waterproof. Moreover, it’s highly resistant to corrosion from saltwater, for when you’re feeling ‘all at sea’, thanks to the extensive use of titanium rather than aluminum or stainless steel parts. The kit comes complete with a ball head.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="e42364e8-b444-11f1-8d3d-05ee0dbecd82" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit" data-dimension48="3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:900px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="aG9EGrNc9ExvSSEZJyjR9" name="3 Legged Thing Winston 2.0 square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aG9EGrNc9ExvSSEZJyjR9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="900" height="900" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review" data-dimension112="e42364e8-b444-11f1-8d3d-05ee0dbecd82" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit" data-dimension48="3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit" data-dimension25=""><strong>3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit</strong></a> comes complete with a compact but robust AirHed Pro Ball Head. Swing-up legs make for a compact stowage size, despite it being a full-sized, 3-section carbon fiber tripod. Any of the legs can be unscrewed for monopod duty, and you can detach all the legs to convert the Winston into a mini-tripod using ‘Vanz’ footwear (sold separately). </p></div> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/leofoto-armour-ln-284ct-nb-40-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 is a full-featured tripod and dual-pan ball head that converts into a monopod, with an impossibly budget-friendly price tag ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">tuxBNHBN2ajNvoDfuVm6ci</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bfFwuYCMXZrzZz2565jx3e-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Sat, 26 Sep 2026 17:45:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Tripods]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Matthew Richards ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jDd3HmNtNWfRUREZztFrQo-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bfFwuYCMXZrzZz2565jx3e-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Matthew Richards]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bfFwuYCMXZrzZz2565jx3e-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Based in China and operating in more than 40 countries around the world, Leofoto was founded in 2014. It’s come a long way since then, and its name has become synonymous with luxurious, pro-grade photographic supports and military-grade tactical gear, all at very reasonable prices. I was certainly very impressed last year when I extensively tested and reviewed a whole bunch of Leofoto kit, including the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/leofoto-ranger-ls-365c-tripod-review">Leofoto Ranger LS-365C tripod legs</a>, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/leofoto-lh-36lr-ball-head-review">Leofoto LH-36LR Ball Head</a>, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/leofoto-vh-30r-two-way-head-review">Leofoto VH-30R Two-Way Head</a>, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/leofoto-g2-geared-pan-head-review">Leofoto G2 Geared Pan Head</a> and <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/leofoto-pg-1-gimbal-head-review">Leofoto PG-1 Gimbal Head</a>.</p><p>The Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit is a relatively new addition to the line-up. It’s tall and robust enough to qualify as a full-sized tripod, yet folds down small with swing-up legs, more typical of modern travel tripods. It has an impressive carbon fiber construction and comes complete with a ball head that costs almost as much as the full kit if you buy it on its own. All in all, the kit is a contender as one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod">best tripods for photographers</a>, one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/carbon-fiber-tripods">best carbon fiber tripods</a>, and maybe even one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-tripod">best travel tripods</a>.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="tCBRhc9CQwBCeYMQCHWExe" name="Arm 01 intro 3177.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tCBRhc9CQwBCeYMQCHWExe-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tCBRhc9CQwBCeYMQCHWExe-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The swing-up or ‘reverse-folding’ legs are in the style of travel tripods, and knock about 7 inches off the folded height, bringing it down to an easily stowable 50.5cm / 19.9in. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-leofoto-armour-ln-284ct-nb-40-specifications"><span>Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Material</p></td><td  ><p>Carbon fiber</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Folded height</p></td><td  ><p>50.5cm / 19.9in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Maximum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>169cm / 66.5in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Minimum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>21.5cm / 8.5in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight</p></td><td  ><p>2.2kg / 4.9lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Load rating</p></td><td  ><p>15kg / 33lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Sections per leg</p></td><td  ><p>4</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Section diameters</p></td><td  ><p>28, 25, 22, 19mm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Section clamps</p></td><td  ><p>Twist locks</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Locking leg angles</p></td><td  ><p>3</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Feet</p></td><td  ><p>Pads / spikes</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Case/bag included</p></td><td  ><p>Padded bag</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-leofoto-armour-ln-284ct-nb-40-price"><span>Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40: Price</span></h3><p>I’ve previously seen recommended retail prices for the Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit quoted as $325 / £250 / AU$567. At the time of writing this review, however, they’ve dropped to just $225 / £175 / AU$425, the British price being confirmed by Leofoto’s official UK distributor. That’s pretty remarkable considering that the NB-40 Professional Ball Head on its own sells for around $179 / £170 / AU$269, just £5 less in the UK.</p><p>The closest equivalent I can think of in terms of design, being a robust, full-sized carbon fiber tripod kit with travel-friendly swing-up legs and a ball head, is the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review">3 Legged Thing Winston 2.0 Kit</a>, which costs around $499 / £339 / AU$629. That’s about twice the price in the USA and UK, and around 50 per cent more in Australia. That said, the Winston is taller and has a much beefier 40kg / 88lb payload rating. Anyway, let’s see what you actually get for your money.</p><div data-widget-type="merchantlink" data-model-name="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-leofoto-armour-ln-284ct-nb-40-design-handling"><span>Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>The design of this tripod kit has me in a bit of a quandary. I can’t quite decide whether it’s a full-sized tripod for photographers, a travel tripod courtesy of its reverse-folding legs, or a tripod for hybrid shooters thanks to the dual-panning mechanism in its head. Ultimately, I think it’s designed to fit the bill for all of these scenarios, as well as enrolling for a bit of monopod duty on the side.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="e2mpTGHdDqh8mJh9EYu2ke" name="Arm 3178.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/e2mpTGHdDqh8mJh9EYu2ke-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/e2mpTGHdDqh8mJh9EYu2ke-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The writing’s on the wall, or at least along one of the legs, proclaiming a 10-layer carbon fiber build with anodized, aircraft-grade aluminum hardware and reverse-folding legs. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Bridging the gap between big tripods that often seem too large to take along for the journey and lightweight travel tripods that seem too flimsy, I think the Leofoto is an ideal compromise. It has 4-section legs, which enables a smaller stowage height (especially as they’re reversible), whereas 3-section legs tend to remain quite tall when folded, and 5-section legs often have very thin and spindly bottom sections. The net result is that the Leofoto uses chunky 28mm diameter outer sections that enable a strong 15kg / 33lb payload rating, along with an easily manageable carrying weight of 2.2kg / 4.9lb for the complete kit.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="gkWqUuBMU7Y3H2DmfoAjHf" name="Arm 3179.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/gkWqUuBMU7Y3H2DmfoAjHf-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/gkWqUuBMU7Y3H2DmfoAjHf-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The 10-layer carbon fiber leg sections have diameters of 28mm, 25mm, 22mm, and 19mm from top to bottom, dropping down in increments of 3mm or just over a tenth of an inch. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I usually prefer twist-action leg section locks to flip locks, but only if they require minimal rotation to loosen the sections and lock them again firmly in place. Most manufacturers have become very good at this, but the twist locks featured in the Leofoto are among the easiest to use that I’ve ever encountered.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="LBrvu8qzdSNbBuBQ36TsSf" name="Arm 3182.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LBrvu8qzdSNbBuBQ36TsSf-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LBrvu8qzdSNbBuBQ36TsSf-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The twist locks for the section legs are an absolute joy to use. It’s dead easy to grab all three locks and loosen or tighten them in one go when all four sections are contracted. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>One thing I always look for in a tripod is multi-angle legs. Typically, you get three lockable leg angles, and it can be a massive help when you’re working on tricky, uneven terrain or trying to cope with obstacles that you can’t move out of the way. Splaying the legs a little also gives a more stable support when you’re shooting from a fairly short height. The Leofoto obliges, with 3-angle legs and again, the mechanism for adjusting the angles is particularly quick, easy, and intuitive to use. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="dAenBF5fbTjKWGHmW3B7Tf" name="Arm 3183.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/dAenBF5fbTjKWGHmW3B7Tf-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/dAenBF5fbTjKWGHmW3B7Tf-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">All you need to do to alter the leg angles is to push the silver, spring-loaded pad and move the leg up or down. There’s no need to go right to the top and work your way back down again in click steps, as with some other designs. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The center column works with similar simplicity to the other features I’ve mentioned so far. That’s just as well, as you need to extend it fully each time you fold the tripod if you want to take advantage of the reverse-folding leg action for compact stowage. To lock or loosen the center column, there’s a large rubber twist-lock just above the tripod platform, which looks similar to the twist-locks for the leg sections and works just as efficiently.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="haz3iSk77Nbnv853DGdTSf" name="Arm 3184.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/haz3iSk77Nbnv853DGdTSf-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/haz3iSk77Nbnv853DGdTSf-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The chunky center column is made from carbon fiber, just like all of the leg sections. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>At the bottom of the center column, there’s a large weight hook. You can use this for adding ballast, which can help steady the tripod in windy outdoor weather conditions. Unlike some tripods, the Leofoto lacks a splittable center column, so you can’t turn it into a short stubby column for ultra-low-level shooting. Instead, you’ll need to unscrew the weight hook, remove the center column, invert it, and refit it. That’s all well and good if you don’t mind shooting with your camera upside down, which is less than ideal for stills and a bit of a non-starter for shooting video.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="EFggZ9ay7zWBUJemcze7Tf" name="Arm 3185.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EFggZ9ay7zWBUJemcze7Tf-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EFggZ9ay7zWBUJemcze7Tf-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The weight hook unscrews so that you can remove the center column. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As well as inverting the center column, there’s another good reason for removing it. One of the legs (the one with the silica comfort padding, shown in the image above) unscrews from the canopy. You can then attach the top of the leg to the bottom of the removed center column, and you’ll be rewarded with a full-featured monopod. Another option is that you can remove the leg and turn the tripod into a bipod for use as a tactical support. And to keep a firm footing on any terrain, you can also unscrew the rubber pads that act as feet and replace them with stainless steel metal spikes, supplied as part of the kit.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="VRFQgyCgZG2iuKEWr7SHke" name="Arm 3187.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VRFQgyCgZG2iuKEWr7SHke-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VRFQgyCgZG2iuKEWr7SHke-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The shock-absorbing rubber pads are preferable for most terrain, but the alternative metal spikes supplied can work better on soft surfaces like carpet or loose dirt. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Up on top, the kit features the Leofoto NB-40 Professional Ball Head. It’s such a seriously good head that I’d consider buying it on its own and, as I’ve mentioned, it doesn’t come cheap. It has a 51mm diameter base and 95mm height, and ensures smooth action with a large-diameter, precision-engineered 40mm ball. In fact, it has a really heavy-duty payload rating of 25kg / 55lb, far exceeding that of the tripod legs. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="isPhc5YWEu7RjQGuF2TRTf" name="Arm 3188.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/isPhc5YWEu7RjQGuF2TRTf-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/isPhc5YWEu7RjQGuF2TRTf-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">It’s a smart ball head, with a smooth action and dual panning mechanisms. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The head backs up its hefty payload rating with an adjustable friction damper, built into the main lock/release knob. It’s a useful addition that enables you to tailor the action of the ball head to anything from a lightweight compact camera to a pro-sized camera body with a monster telephoto lens attached. As usual, the ball joint features a cutout so that you can shoot in portrait as well as landscape orientation without needing to use an L-bracket, as well as shooting vertically upwards or downwards.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="sSBqLHkrktwD2ZafbAnTue" name="Arm 3189.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sSBqLHkrktwD2ZafbAnTue-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sSBqLHkrktwD2ZafbAnTue-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">An adjustable friction damper is built into the main ball head lock/release knob. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>One of the smartest things about the head is that it has two panning mechanisms, which is great news for videographers, or if you want to shoot a sequence of panned stills to stitch into a panorama. The regular bottom panning mechanism works just fine if your legs are perfectly level, but that can be a chore if you’re working on uneven ground. However, if they’re not absolutely level and you’ve compensated by tilting the head, your horizon will go on the skew as soon as you start panning. This is where the secondary, upper panning mechanism comes into play, as it only requires that you level the ball head and not the legs as well.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="7szpRo49ATfGjRqYMdCL6f" name="Arm 3190.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7szpRo49ATfGjRqYMdCL6f-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7szpRo49ATfGjRqYMdCL6f-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Upper and lower panning mechanisms ensure everything stays on the level and you don’t end up with a tilted horizon. Both have full 360-degree rotation and calibrated scales, as shown in this image. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A further leveling aid is that a bubble level is built into the Arca-Swiss compatible camera platform. It’s nice to have, but unfortunately it’s obscured when you fit the quick-release plate into the platform. The upshot is that you need to remove your camera from the tripod every time you want to use the bubble level. To be honest, though, I tend to use the virtual horizon that is featured in most cameras nowadays, which is more accurate and easier to work with.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="tRw23ca5Ubx2ryaAUKSCye" name="Arm 3191.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tRw23ca5Ubx2ryaAUKSCye-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tRw23ca5Ubx2ryaAUKSCye-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The bubble level is obscured by the quick-release plate, so you can’t actually see it when your camera is mounted on the tripod. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The quick-release plate itself is another trick bit of kit. It has the usual Arca-Swiss profile but goes further by adding a strap loop and an adjustable bracket. The latter is particularly useful, as it can help to lock your camera in place on the QR plate and ensure there’s no accidental twisting.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2509px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="8YCjzxboNyxxdZ9DmD8Wde" name="Arm 3192.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8YCjzxboNyxxdZ9DmD8Wde-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2509" height="1412" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8YCjzxboNyxxdZ9DmD8Wde-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The clever QR plate features a strap look and an adjustable anti-twist hinge, which locks into place with two Allen screws, shown on the left in this image. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Further reinforcing the tripod’s suitability as a travel buddy, it comes complete with a smart padded bag, similar to the one shown below. And you can also pack the metal spikes and crafty little multi-tool into the bag. The multi-tool itself is very similar to one that I use from 3 Legged Thing, and includes a flat blade, various sizes of Allen keys, a carabiner hook, and a bottle opener.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="BEUzkXws4jJgXY72zYmbTf" name="Arm 3212.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/BEUzkXws4jJgXY72zYmbTf-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/BEUzkXws4jJgXY72zYmbTf-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">A padded bag is supplied for the tripod and the various accessories that come with it. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-leofoto-armour-ln-284ct-nb-40-performance"><span>Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40: Performance</span></h3><p>No matter how big or small, heavy or lightweight a tripod happens to be, rigidity is always a key factor. The Leofoto impressed me from the get-go, delivering rock-solid support that’s very resistant to unwanted flexing and vibrations. Moreover, its section locks, leg angle locks, and ball head are all brilliantly designed and excellently engineered, making them a joy to use.</p><p>I don’t usually like reverse-folding legs that are featured in most travel tripods these days, as they require more time and effort in setting up the tripod and folding it down again afterwards. However, the Leofoto proves that the configuration can be quick, easy, and highly effective.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="cTDh3M2e4e8bMj72xh9mTf" name="Arm 3149.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/cTDh3M2e4e8bMj72xh9mTf-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/cTDh3M2e4e8bMj72xh9mTf-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The quick, easy and intuitive leg angle locks enable you to splay them a little in next to no time, adding stability for fairly low-level shooting and for working around obstacles or on uneven terrain. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The 4-section legs and full-height center column enable the tripod to stretch from its folded height of a very travel-friendly 50.5cm / 19.9in to a lofty maximum operating height of 169cm / 66.5in. Sure, the Leofoto isn’t the tallest tripod in the world, but I’m 6ft 5in and I found it perfectly tall enough for me to use without stooping, when putting my eye to the camera’s viewfinder. More importantly, the tripod’s rigidity and resistance to flexing and vibration remain excellent even with all of the leg sections and the center column fully extended.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1439px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:177.90%;"><img id="dHpvTEgiUwgfBA5YEuksTf" name="Arm 3158.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/dHpvTEgiUwgfBA5YEuksTf-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1439" height="2560" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/dHpvTEgiUwgfBA5YEuksTf-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">It’s not exactly a towering tripod but should prove tall enough for pretty much any scenario. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>While the tripod is perfectly tall enough as far as I’m concerned, the minimum operating height is rather too tall for my liking. Leofoto quotes it as being just 21.5cm / 8.5 in, but it's more like 49.5cm / 19.5in by my reckoning (and measuring). Sure, you can invert the center column and go right down to ground level, but do you really want to shoot out from between two of the legs with your camera upside down? I’d have liked to see a splitable center column, or a short stubby low-level adapter supplied in the kit, to enable ultra-low-level shooting with my camera the right way up.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="VNW8NMZa6dEPL4gFNVpWTf" name="Arm 3163.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VNW8NMZa6dEPL4gFNVpWTf-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VNW8NMZa6dEPL4gFNVpWTf-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Because the center column can’t be split, the only real option for ultra-low-level shooting is to invert it and use your camera upside down. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Back on the plus side, it’s quick and easy to unscrew one of the legs and attach it to the removed center column for monopod duty. It’s easy to remember which leg it is that unscrews, because it’s the one with the silica comfort padding on it. And in terms of performance, the Leofoto works every bit as well as a monopod or bipod, as it does as a tripod. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="MrA99YanWsK2wziYg8CqSf" name="Arm 3170.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/MrA99YanWsK2wziYg8CqSf-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/MrA99YanWsK2wziYg8CqSf-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">You get similarly solid performance in monopod mode, with a good range of height adjustment on hand. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>To cap everything off, the Leofoto NB-40 Professional Ball Head that’s supplied as part of the kit is an absolute peach. The ball mechanism works a treat with its adjustable friction damper, while the dual panning mechanisms pay dividends for stills, even more so for shooting video. And as with the tripod legs, all of the adjustments are quick, easy, and intuitive.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="94q2wke48bYsmrUSmzXwMe" name="Arm 3174.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/94q2wke48bYsmrUSmzXwMe-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/94q2wke48bYsmrUSmzXwMe-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The NB-40 is a very clever head, worthy of its ‘professional’ tag. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-leofoto-armour-ln-284ct-nb-40-verdict"><span>Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40: Verdict</span></h3><p>The Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit has really won me over. It’s a luxurious, high-quality 10-layer carbon fiber tripod that’s easily tall enough for me (and I’m pretty tall) yet folds down to very travel-friendly dimensions. The chunky leg sections enable superb performance with excellent resistance to flexing and vibrations, and yet the tripod feels lightweight to carry around in its smart padded bag.</p><p>The only thing I can’t decide on is whether I prefer the ‘professional’ ball head with its dual additional panning mechanisms, or the tripod legs themselves, which also convert into a useful monopod or bipod. One thing’s for sure though… the head and legs combine to make a pretty epic kit. My only slight niggles are that there’s no ultra-low-level adapter for the legs and the head’s bubble level is obscured by the QR plate.</p><p>The bottom line, in the UK at least, is that the entire kit of legs, head and accessories, all wrapped up in a padded bag, costs barely any more than the head on its own. It feels a bit like a ‘buy one get one free’ deal in the UK, and it’s also standout value for money around the world.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★½</p></td><td  ><p>Desirable features include 10-layer carbon fiber legs, twist-action clamps, multiple leg angles, and monopod/bipod conversion, plus a great ball head with dual panning mechanisms, but no ultra-low-level adapter.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>The reverse-folding leg design with 4-section legs and a center column to enable a generous maximum operating height and a compact stowage size. It also combines a strong payload rating with a lightweight but premium construction.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>The tripod and head combine to give super-steady support at all operating heights, right up to the max with the center column fully extended. All the controls are quick, easy, and intuitive to use.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>For a premium carbon fiber tripod with a professional-grade ball head, it’s spectacular value for money.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.85%;"><img id="bfFwuYCMXZrzZz2565jx3e" name="Arm 00 hero 3141.JPG" alt="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40 tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bfFwuYCMXZrzZz2565jx3e-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1097" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bfFwuYCMXZrzZz2565jx3e-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="e423645c-b444-11f1-83b7-55ba36e9ea41" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30" data-dimension48="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/leofoto-poseidon-ocean-lp-284c-lh-30-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:99.96%;"><img id="vxLUVrNo3rMyWZx7fz3M3F" name="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 square.JPG" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vxLUVrNo3rMyWZx7fz3M3F-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="2559" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/leofoto-poseidon-ocean-lp-284c-lh-30-review" data-dimension112="e423645c-b444-11f1-83b7-55ba36e9ea41" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30" data-dimension48="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30" data-dimension25=""><strong>Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30</strong></a> is again made from 10-layer carbon fiber, but its main claim to fame is that it’s waterproof. Moreover, it’s highly resistant to corrosion from saltwater, for when you’re feeling ‘all at sea’, thanks to the extensive use of titanium rather than aluminum or stainless steel parts. The kit comes complete with a ball head.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="e42364e8-b444-11f1-8d3d-05ee0dbecd82" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit" data-dimension48="3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:900px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="aG9EGrNc9ExvSSEZJyjR9" name="3 Legged Thing Winston 2.0 square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aG9EGrNc9ExvSSEZJyjR9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="900" height="900" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review" data-dimension112="e42364e8-b444-11f1-8d3d-05ee0dbecd82" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit" data-dimension48="3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit" data-dimension25=""><strong>3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit</strong></a> comes complete with a compact but robust AirHed Pro Ball Head. Swing-up legs make for a compact stowage size, despite it being a full-sized, 3-section carbon fiber tripod. Any of the legs can be unscrewed for monopod duty, and you can detach all the legs to convert the Winston into a mini-tripod using ‘Vanz’ footwear (sold separately). </p></div>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 review: ocean by name, ocean by nature, this tripod kit thrives on a dip in the sea, where other tripods fear to tread ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>What’s in a name? Poseidon is well known as the Ancient Greek god of the sea, although it’s perhaps not such common knowledge that earthquakes, storms, and horses also fell under his remit. The Leofoto Poseidon tripod is well named, being a waterproof and corrosion-resistant tripod, taking saltwater, stormy rainfall, and muddy puddles in its stride. I’m not so sure about earthquakes and equines.</p><p>I’m no stranger to Leofoto, having reviewed a bunch of the company’s products last year, including the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/leofoto-ranger-ls-365c-tripod-review">Leofoto Ranger LS-365C tripod legs</a>, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/leofoto-lh-36lr-ball-head-review">Leofoto LH-36LR Ball Head</a>, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/leofoto-vh-30r-two-way-head-review">Leofoto VH-30R Two-Way Head</a>, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/leofoto-g2-geared-pan-head-review">Leofoto G2 Geared Pan Head</a> and <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/leofoto-pg-1-gimbal-head-review">Leofoto PG-1 Gimbal Head</a>. A common theme is that the Chinese company makes high-end and fully pro-grade tripods, heads, and photographic accessories, as well as military-grade tactical equipment.</p><p>The Poseidon tripod kit that I’m reviewing here is a very sturdy carbon fiber model, while also packing down pretty small. It’s refreshingly lightweight to carry as well. All in all, it aims to be one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod">best tripods for photographers</a>, one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/carbon-fiber-tripods">best carbon fiber tripods</a>, one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-tripod">best travel tripods</a>, and definitely one of the few waterproof tripods on the market.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="MMbDSKqqgSvGxoanY79Raa" name="Pos 01 intro 3194.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/MMbDSKqqgSvGxoanY79Raa-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-leofoto-poseidon-ocean-lp-284c-lh-30-specifications"><span>Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Material</p></td><td  ><p>Carbon fiber</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Folded height</p></td><td  ><p>54cm / 21.3in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Maximum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>129cm / 50.8in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Minimum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>16cm / 6.3in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight</p></td><td  ><p>1.55kg / 3.42lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Load rating</p></td><td  ><p>10kg / 22lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Sections per leg</p></td><td  ><p>4</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Section diameters</p></td><td  ><p>28, 25, 22, 19mm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Section clamps</p></td><td  ><p>Twist locks</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Locking leg angles</p></td><td  ><p>3</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Feet</p></td><td  ><p>Pads / spikes</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Case/bag included</p></td><td  ><p>Padded bag</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-leofoto-poseidon-ocean-lp-284c-lh-30-price"><span>Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30: Price</span></h3><p>There’s a fair bit of work and some exotic materials that go into making a truly waterproof tripod, and that’s reflected in the list price of $499 / £369 / AU$825. On the plus side, the Poseidon kit is often discounted in various markets around the world, making it a little more affordable for many of us.</p><p>Even so, the Poseidon unsurprisingly costs a fair bit more than another Leofoto carbon fiber tripod kit with a professional ball head that I’ve just reviewed. The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/leofoto-armour-ln-284ct-nb-40-review">Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40</a> tripod kit isn’t waterproof but does convert into a classy monopod, and is particularly good value at just $225 / £175 / AU$425.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-leofoto-poseidon-ocean-lp-284c-lh-30-design-handling"><span>Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>The Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C that I’m reviewing here is the smaller of two sets of legs in the range, the alternative LP-324C being taller, heavier, and having thicker leg sections. That one’s also available with three different heads in a variety of kits, whereas the LP-284C is only sold with the LH-30 ball head – and there’s nothing wrong with that, as I’ll come to later. Apart from differences in size and weight, both sets of legs are essentially the same, made from high-quality 10-layer carbon fiber.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="hnV5YBhjNTDZA6mFYh56vZ" name="Pos 3195.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hnV5YBhjNTDZA6mFYh56vZ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hnV5YBhjNTDZA6mFYh56vZ-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The outer leg section of the tripod has a chunky 28mm diameter. The larger version upscales the outer section to 32mm. Both editions have 4-section legs. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The decision to make the tripod with 4-section legs is a good one as far as I’m concerned. It enables a more compact stowage size than 3-section legs, whereas ‘travel tripods’ with 5-section legs often have thin and spindly bottom sections, which can impair rigidity and robustness. The payload rating of the tripod is 10kg / 22lb, whereas it’s 15kg / 33lb for the larger model.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.29%;"><img id="xonqZ8jHr2jciwsYeEJxzZ" name="Pos 3196.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xonqZ8jHr2jciwsYeEJxzZ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1441" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xonqZ8jHr2jciwsYeEJxzZ-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The four leg sections have diameters of 28mm, 25mm, 22mm, and 19mm going from top to bottom, so even the lowest sections are reassuringly thick and strong. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The twist locks are designed to be ‘maintenance-free’ so that you don’t need to take them apart and clean them. They feature additional seals to keep out water, sand, and dust, being a critical component of the ‘waterproof’ design. Even so, Leofoto says that it can’t absolutely guarantee that no water at all will get into the tubing. The twist locks work really well in practice, requiring minimal rotation to loosen the leg sections so that they extend and contract smoothly, and the same goes for tightening the locks again afterwards.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="BPnMTEYicts2yNN67akLCa" name="Pos 3197.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/BPnMTEYicts2yNN67akLCa-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/BPnMTEYicts2yNN67akLCa-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The twist locks feature silica mats with a water-themed ‘wavy’ design. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>At the top of each leg is a latch for selecting any of three alternative leg angles. Again, they work with simple efficiency. You simply pull the latch out, rotate the leg to the desired angle, then push the latch back in again. Many tripods feature spring-loaded latches for this, but the ones featured here work equally well.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="mgAgEAM6y9nfmYVQyfMqZa" name="Pos 3198.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mgAgEAM6y9nfmYVQyfMqZa-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mgAgEAM6y9nfmYVQyfMqZa-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">It’s quick and easy to select any of the three locking leg angles, or to swing the legs vertically upwards for compact stowage. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Moving up top to the canopy, it has a noticeably slim design. That’s because the tripod has no center column, which I think is both good and bad. It’s good in that the folded diameter of the tripod is very slim and compact, while also enabling easy ultra-low-level shooting without a center column getting in the way. Conversely, it’s bad that you can’t further extend the maximum operating height, which is limited to a rather modest 129cm / 50.8in. There’s also no option to unscrew any of the legs and use it with or without a center column as a monopod.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="sTWyZAC2SsLHy4Q9aAsZPa" name="Pos 3200.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sTWyZAC2SsLHy4Q9aAsZPa-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sTWyZAC2SsLHy4Q9aAsZPa-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The canopy is relatively small and lightweight, with a hollowed-out design. Three grub screws are featured to securely lock the head in place, so it can’t work loose or twist around when in use. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The underside of the canopy again reveals the hollowed-out design, and instead of a center column, you get a socket with a standard 1/4-inch thread. A typical use for this is to screw in the weight hook that’s supplied with the tripod. Adding ballast can steady the tripod if you’re using it outdoors in windy conditions. I’m thinking it would have the opposite effect completely if the tripod were submerged in wavy conditions!</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="ERdreQDJDvW9uYUTVpHgUa" name="Pos 3202.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ERdreQDJDvW9uYUTVpHgUa-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ERdreQDJDvW9uYUTVpHgUa-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The underneath of the canopy has a 1/4-inch threaded socket, ideal for attaching the weight hook that’s supplied with the tripod. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As well as the underlying weight hook, the canopy features a 3/8-inch threaded socket on the side. This can be useful for adding a magic arm and/or accessories like an LED lamp, microphone, monitor screen or smartphone. If you need a 1/4-inch socket instead, you can simply use a 3/8 to 1/4 inch adapter.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="eqoNUFrvfrjMw5g2UJiVZa" name="Pos 3204.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/eqoNUFrvfrjMw5g2UJiVZa-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/eqoNUFrvfrjMw5g2UJiVZa-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">A threaded socket on the side of the canopy enables the attachment of a magic arm and accessories. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The feet supplied with the tripod look like regular rubber pads, but they’re more specialized in that the metal parts of the assembly are made from titanium rather than stainless steel or aluminum. This makes them more resistant to corrosion from saltwater, and they also feature rubber waterproofing O-rings.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="6QTD7eivf5aYvwtBAebvWa" name="Pos 3205.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6QTD7eivf5aYvwtBAebvWa-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6QTD7eivf5aYvwtBAebvWa-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The rubber pads offer a firm footing on most surfaces and have an anti-corrosion design with titanium metal fixings. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>If spikes are a better option than rubber pads (when standing the tripod on loose sand on a beach, for example), the kit comes complete with screw-in metal spikes, which you can substitute for the rubber pads. Again, they’re made from anti-corrosion titanium rather than aluminum or stainless steel.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="HUv4MHEMnWfHuBgCyUHr9a" name="Pos 3206.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HUv4MHEMnWfHuBgCyUHr9a-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HUv4MHEMnWfHuBgCyUHr9a-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">You can unscrew the rubber pads and use titanium metal spikes instead for more secure footing on sand and other types of loose ground. The metal tube plug shown here, with one of the feet removed, is also made of titanium. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The LH-30 ball head is simple but effective and very nicely made. It has a 47mm diameter base and is classed by Leofoto as one of their ‘low-profile’ ball heads, having a height of 74mm. It’s based on a 30mm precision-engineered ball that enables smooth and precise adjustments.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="tKtrXNxkbLrEFEmbrFyvZa" name="Pos 3207.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tKtrXNxkbLrEFEmbrFyvZa-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tKtrXNxkbLrEFEmbrFyvZa-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The LH-30 ball head looks and feels a quality item. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The main ball joint lock/release lever has a nice, tactile feel to it. It’s spring-loaded and mounted on splines so that you can pull out the lever on its shaft and rotate it to a more convenient angle, if necessary.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="QcXcMkMH5DJwMj9XMe9VXa" name="Pos 3208.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/QcXcMkMH5DJwMj9XMe9VXa-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/QcXcMkMH5DJwMj9XMe9VXa-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The main ball lock/release lever can be rotated on its splines for attaining the most ergonomic orientation. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As well as the main ball and socket arrangement, there’s a separate panning release/lock. This can come in useful if you want to pan your camera to shoot either stills or video while the main ball joint remains locked in place.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="S3jN2VZCupefBQgzH9akZa" name="Pos 3210.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/S3jN2VZCupefBQgzH9akZa-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/S3jN2VZCupefBQgzH9akZa-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">A smaller, separate locking lever is fitted for panning. There’s a full 360 degrees of panning on offer, complete with a calibrated scale shown in this image, just below the panning lock lever. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The camera platform is Arca-Swiss compatible and comes complete with a like-minded quick-release plate. The platform also features a bubble level, and unlike those that I’ve seen in some Leofoto heads, it’s clearly visible at all times instead of being buried under the quick-release plate when you mount your camera on the tripod.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="CJasHNUe5Ps6RE7aMuQEGa" name="Pos 3211.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CJasHNUe5Ps6RE7aMuQEGa-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CJasHNUe5Ps6RE7aMuQEGa-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The bubble level is mounted on the side of the platform, ensuring that it remains visible when the quick-release plate is slotted into position. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Extras included in the kit comprise a set of three titanium foot spikes, three Allen keys, a screw-in carabiner weight hook, and a multi-tool. The multi-tool itself includes a flat blade, Allen keys of three different sizes, a keyring attachment and carabiner, and even a bottle opener. The seaworthy tripod and all of its crew are wrapped up for the voyage in a high-quality padded carrying bag.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="hzmULfQeRXxLJhAMPDxZba" name="Pos 3212.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hzmULfQeRXxLJhAMPDxZba-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hzmULfQeRXxLJhAMPDxZba-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The high-quality padded bag supplied with the tripod has a separate internal pocket for accessories. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-leofoto-poseidon-ocean-lp-284c-lh-30-performance"><span>Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30: Performance</span></h3><p>The tripod folds down nice and small and feels very lightweight for carrying around, which I’d call a performance benefit of sorts. After all, big, heavy tripods are often left at home, where they’re of no use at all. Unlike most modern travel tripods (not that it claims to be one), the Poseidon doesn’t have swing-up or ‘reverse-folding’ legs that surround the center column. That’s no surprise as it doesn’t actually have a center column anyway. Again, there’s a performance plus point here, in that the tripod is extremely quick and easy to set up.</p><p>Speed and ease of adjustment as well as setup are further boosted by the action of the twist locks for the leg sections. They require minimal rotation for unlocking and locking the sections, and you can easily grasp all three locks for each leg and operate them with one hand, in one gesture, when the leg sections are contracted.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="zSU5kBLpqZmyypnHibNKda" name="Pos 3127.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zSU5kBLpqZmyypnHibNKda-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zSU5kBLpqZmyypnHibNKda-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Wider leg angles add stability for low-level shooting. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>When shooting at a fairly short height, the multi-angle legs enable a wider circumference for the placement of the feet. This makes the tripod more secure and less likely to topple over if accidentally knocked or in windy weather. It also adds resilience against being toppled by waves or underwater currents, given the Poseidon’s watery nature. With that in mind, I used the tripod extensively with it submerged in water, and it didn’t suffer any seepage into the twist locks or into any of the tubular leg sections.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1767px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:144.88%;"><img id="mrGTxKWcowKMGooKPw8Ada" name="Pos 3128.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mrGTxKWcowKMGooKPw8Ada-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1767" height="2560" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mrGTxKWcowKMGooKPw8Ada-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">It’s certainly not a tall tripod but at least it remains very rigid at its maximum operating height. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The maximum operating height of 129cm / 50.8in can frankly feel a little disappointing. However, you could argue that the tripod is geared more to towards contending with watery depths than rising high above the land. Either way, the tripod remains sturdy and is impressively resistant to unwanted flexing and vibrations, right up to and including its maximum height.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="FtjUUWjJNyp6XAeuEDqFba" name="Pos 3132.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FtjUUWjJNyp6XAeuEDqFba-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FtjUUWjJNyp6XAeuEDqFba-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">With no center column, there are no problems with ultra-low-level shooting. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>You can split the center columns in some tripods that actually have a center column, or substitute them with a low-angle adaptor. There’s no need in this case, as the Poseidon’s multi-angle legs enable ultra-low-level shooting with no center column to get in the way. Naturally, you might be advised against doing this when you’re using the tripod in water, unless you happen to have a waterproof camera to pair with your waterproof tripod.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="TsMyTUCCjdRv5LBG3hLKuZ" name="Pos 3137.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TsMyTUCCjdRv5LBG3hLKuZ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TsMyTUCCjdRv5LBG3hLKuZ-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The ball head works well, with intuitive simplicity. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As with the leg section locks and leg angle locks, the ball head enables a full and free range of movement with very firm locking, and minimum fuss and bother. It doesn’t feature an adjustable friction damper but I found that the main lock/release lever worked well enough with a range of different sizes and weights of camera kits. Its payload rating of 15kg / 33lb is actually 50 per cent more than for the legs on which it stands. The panning action works nicely and smoothly as well, which is another performance bonus.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-leofoto-poseidon-ocean-lp-284c-lh-30-verdict"><span>Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30: Verdict</span></h3><p>Water, and especially saltwater, can cramp your style as a photographer. By way of example, you might want to capture a long exposure with a 10-stop ND filter to blur the waves in a seascape shot, but worry about dipping your regular tripod in the sea. The Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 tripod kit can give you a new kind of creative freedom, thanks to its waterproof construction.</p><p>I like that the tripod is made from high-quality 10-layer carbon fiber, but I love that the leg-section clamps are fully waterproofed and that the metalwork in the rubber-padded feet and alternative spikes are made from corrosion-resistant titanium rather than aluminum or stainless steel. The same goes for the metal bases of the leg tubes.</p><p>The tripod is sufficiently compact and lightweight to take just about anywhere and everywhere, yet offers sturdy and solid support that’s very resistant to unwanted flexing and vibrations. The only real problem is that while the lack of a center-column pays dividends for quick-and-easy ultra-low-level shooting, the maximum operating height is rather underwhelming. </p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★½</p></td><td  ><p>The standout feature of the tripod is that it’s waterproof, sand-proof and very resistant to corrosion. I feel a beach party coming on!</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★½</p></td><td  ><p>The design is based on 10-layer carbon fiber and plenty of titanium metalwork, rather than aluminum or stainless steel, for a life on the edge of the ocean waves.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★½</p></td><td  ><p>Setup and adjustments are quick, easy, and intuitive, and the tripod is very sturdy, offering good resistance against flexing and vibrations.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★½</p></td><td  ><p>Considering the additional or uprated components required for making this tripod waterproof, it’s very good value at the price.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.85%;"><img id="thwCiEc67amV3S2BkpRMda" name="Pos 00 hero 3122.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/thwCiEc67amV3S2BkpRMda-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1097" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/thwCiEc67amV3S2BkpRMda-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="4a97b918-b440-11f1-9ccc-793270cf0089" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40" data-dimension48="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/leofoto-armour-ln-284ct-nb-40-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="6NMTrdnQXiFpsaNAPnsp2F" name="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT NB-40 square.JPG" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6NMTrdnQXiFpsaNAPnsp2F-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="2560" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/leofoto-armour-ln-284ct-nb-40-review" data-dimension112="4a97b918-b440-11f1-9ccc-793270cf0089" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40" data-dimension48="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40" data-dimension25=""><strong>Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40</strong></a> isn’t waterproof, but it’s nevertheless very versatile. Like the Poseidon, it has 4-section, 10-layer carbon fiber with the same diameters for its leg sections, while also adding a center column. The swing-up leg design makes it slightly shorter than the Poseidon for stowage, and it reaches a significantly taller operating height, as well as converting to a bipod or monopod. It’s much less expensive to buy at around $225 / £175 / AU$425.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="4a97b97c-b440-11f1-9661-098bc17d1448" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit" data-dimension48="3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:900px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="aG9EGrNc9ExvSSEZJyjR9" name="3 Legged Thing Winston 2.0 square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aG9EGrNc9ExvSSEZJyjR9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="900" height="900" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review" data-dimension112="4a97b97c-b440-11f1-9661-098bc17d1448" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit" data-dimension48="3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit" data-dimension25=""><strong>3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit</strong></a> comes complete with a compact but robust AirHed Pro Ball Head. Again, it’s not waterproof, but swing-up legs make for a compact stowage size, despite it being a full-sized (and much taller) carbon fiber tripod. Any of the legs can be unscrewed for monopod duty, and you can detach all the legs to convert the Winston into a mini-tripod using ‘Vanz’ footwear, sold separately. This kit costs around $499 / £339 / AU$629.</p></div> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/leofoto-poseidon-ocean-lp-284c-lh-30-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 tripod kit with low-profile ball head has waterproof, sand-proof and corrosion-resistant legs and feet, just the ticket for a day at the beach ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">V5CYNtmUJ58gx4orAKJaHF</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/thwCiEc67amV3S2BkpRMda-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Sat, 26 Sep 2026 11:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Tue, 29 Sep 2026 16:11:34 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Tripods]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Matthew Richards ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jDd3HmNtNWfRUREZztFrQo-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/thwCiEc67amV3S2BkpRMda-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Matthew Richards]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/thwCiEc67amV3S2BkpRMda-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>What’s in a name? Poseidon is well known as the Ancient Greek god of the sea, although it’s perhaps not such common knowledge that earthquakes, storms, and horses also fell under his remit. The Leofoto Poseidon tripod is well named, being a waterproof and corrosion-resistant tripod, taking saltwater, stormy rainfall, and muddy puddles in its stride. I’m not so sure about earthquakes and equines.</p><p>I’m no stranger to Leofoto, having reviewed a bunch of the company’s products last year, including the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/leofoto-ranger-ls-365c-tripod-review">Leofoto Ranger LS-365C tripod legs</a>, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/leofoto-lh-36lr-ball-head-review">Leofoto LH-36LR Ball Head</a>, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/leofoto-vh-30r-two-way-head-review">Leofoto VH-30R Two-Way Head</a>, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/leofoto-g2-geared-pan-head-review">Leofoto G2 Geared Pan Head</a> and <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/leofoto-pg-1-gimbal-head-review">Leofoto PG-1 Gimbal Head</a>. A common theme is that the Chinese company makes high-end and fully pro-grade tripods, heads, and photographic accessories, as well as military-grade tactical equipment.</p><p>The Poseidon tripod kit that I’m reviewing here is a very sturdy carbon fiber model, while also packing down pretty small. It’s refreshingly lightweight to carry as well. All in all, it aims to be one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod">best tripods for photographers</a>, one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/carbon-fiber-tripods">best carbon fiber tripods</a>, one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-tripod">best travel tripods</a>, and definitely one of the few waterproof tripods on the market.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="MMbDSKqqgSvGxoanY79Raa" name="Pos 01 intro 3194.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/MMbDSKqqgSvGxoanY79Raa-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-leofoto-poseidon-ocean-lp-284c-lh-30-specifications"><span>Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Material</p></td><td  ><p>Carbon fiber</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Folded height</p></td><td  ><p>54cm / 21.3in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Maximum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>129cm / 50.8in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Minimum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>16cm / 6.3in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight</p></td><td  ><p>1.55kg / 3.42lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Load rating</p></td><td  ><p>10kg / 22lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Sections per leg</p></td><td  ><p>4</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Section diameters</p></td><td  ><p>28, 25, 22, 19mm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Section clamps</p></td><td  ><p>Twist locks</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Locking leg angles</p></td><td  ><p>3</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Feet</p></td><td  ><p>Pads / spikes</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Case/bag included</p></td><td  ><p>Padded bag</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-leofoto-poseidon-ocean-lp-284c-lh-30-price"><span>Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30: Price</span></h3><p>There’s a fair bit of work and some exotic materials that go into making a truly waterproof tripod, and that’s reflected in the list price of $499 / £369 / AU$825. On the plus side, the Poseidon kit is often discounted in various markets around the world, making it a little more affordable for many of us.</p><p>Even so, the Poseidon unsurprisingly costs a fair bit more than another Leofoto carbon fiber tripod kit with a professional ball head that I’ve just reviewed. The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/leofoto-armour-ln-284ct-nb-40-review">Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40</a> tripod kit isn’t waterproof but does convert into a classy monopod, and is particularly good value at just $225 / £175 / AU$425.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-leofoto-poseidon-ocean-lp-284c-lh-30-design-handling"><span>Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>The Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C that I’m reviewing here is the smaller of two sets of legs in the range, the alternative LP-324C being taller, heavier, and having thicker leg sections. That one’s also available with three different heads in a variety of kits, whereas the LP-284C is only sold with the LH-30 ball head – and there’s nothing wrong with that, as I’ll come to later. Apart from differences in size and weight, both sets of legs are essentially the same, made from high-quality 10-layer carbon fiber.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="hnV5YBhjNTDZA6mFYh56vZ" name="Pos 3195.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hnV5YBhjNTDZA6mFYh56vZ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hnV5YBhjNTDZA6mFYh56vZ-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The outer leg section of the tripod has a chunky 28mm diameter. The larger version upscales the outer section to 32mm. Both editions have 4-section legs. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The decision to make the tripod with 4-section legs is a good one as far as I’m concerned. It enables a more compact stowage size than 3-section legs, whereas ‘travel tripods’ with 5-section legs often have thin and spindly bottom sections, which can impair rigidity and robustness. The payload rating of the tripod is 10kg / 22lb, whereas it’s 15kg / 33lb for the larger model.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.29%;"><img id="xonqZ8jHr2jciwsYeEJxzZ" name="Pos 3196.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xonqZ8jHr2jciwsYeEJxzZ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1441" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xonqZ8jHr2jciwsYeEJxzZ-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The four leg sections have diameters of 28mm, 25mm, 22mm, and 19mm going from top to bottom, so even the lowest sections are reassuringly thick and strong. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The twist locks are designed to be ‘maintenance-free’ so that you don’t need to take them apart and clean them. They feature additional seals to keep out water, sand, and dust, being a critical component of the ‘waterproof’ design. Even so, Leofoto says that it can’t absolutely guarantee that no water at all will get into the tubing. The twist locks work really well in practice, requiring minimal rotation to loosen the leg sections so that they extend and contract smoothly, and the same goes for tightening the locks again afterwards.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="BPnMTEYicts2yNN67akLCa" name="Pos 3197.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/BPnMTEYicts2yNN67akLCa-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/BPnMTEYicts2yNN67akLCa-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The twist locks feature silica mats with a water-themed ‘wavy’ design. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>At the top of each leg is a latch for selecting any of three alternative leg angles. Again, they work with simple efficiency. You simply pull the latch out, rotate the leg to the desired angle, then push the latch back in again. Many tripods feature spring-loaded latches for this, but the ones featured here work equally well.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="mgAgEAM6y9nfmYVQyfMqZa" name="Pos 3198.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mgAgEAM6y9nfmYVQyfMqZa-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mgAgEAM6y9nfmYVQyfMqZa-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">It’s quick and easy to select any of the three locking leg angles, or to swing the legs vertically upwards for compact stowage. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Moving up top to the canopy, it has a noticeably slim design. That’s because the tripod has no center column, which I think is both good and bad. It’s good in that the folded diameter of the tripod is very slim and compact, while also enabling easy ultra-low-level shooting without a center column getting in the way. Conversely, it’s bad that you can’t further extend the maximum operating height, which is limited to a rather modest 129cm / 50.8in. There’s also no option to unscrew any of the legs and use it with or without a center column as a monopod.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="sTWyZAC2SsLHy4Q9aAsZPa" name="Pos 3200.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sTWyZAC2SsLHy4Q9aAsZPa-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sTWyZAC2SsLHy4Q9aAsZPa-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The canopy is relatively small and lightweight, with a hollowed-out design. Three grub screws are featured to securely lock the head in place, so it can’t work loose or twist around when in use. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The underside of the canopy again reveals the hollowed-out design, and instead of a center column, you get a socket with a standard 1/4-inch thread. A typical use for this is to screw in the weight hook that’s supplied with the tripod. Adding ballast can steady the tripod if you’re using it outdoors in windy conditions. I’m thinking it would have the opposite effect completely if the tripod were submerged in wavy conditions!</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="ERdreQDJDvW9uYUTVpHgUa" name="Pos 3202.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ERdreQDJDvW9uYUTVpHgUa-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ERdreQDJDvW9uYUTVpHgUa-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The underneath of the canopy has a 1/4-inch threaded socket, ideal for attaching the weight hook that’s supplied with the tripod. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As well as the underlying weight hook, the canopy features a 3/8-inch threaded socket on the side. This can be useful for adding a magic arm and/or accessories like an LED lamp, microphone, monitor screen or smartphone. If you need a 1/4-inch socket instead, you can simply use a 3/8 to 1/4 inch adapter.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="eqoNUFrvfrjMw5g2UJiVZa" name="Pos 3204.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/eqoNUFrvfrjMw5g2UJiVZa-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/eqoNUFrvfrjMw5g2UJiVZa-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">A threaded socket on the side of the canopy enables the attachment of a magic arm and accessories. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The feet supplied with the tripod look like regular rubber pads, but they’re more specialized in that the metal parts of the assembly are made from titanium rather than stainless steel or aluminum. This makes them more resistant to corrosion from saltwater, and they also feature rubber waterproofing O-rings.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="6QTD7eivf5aYvwtBAebvWa" name="Pos 3205.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6QTD7eivf5aYvwtBAebvWa-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6QTD7eivf5aYvwtBAebvWa-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The rubber pads offer a firm footing on most surfaces and have an anti-corrosion design with titanium metal fixings. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>If spikes are a better option than rubber pads (when standing the tripod on loose sand on a beach, for example), the kit comes complete with screw-in metal spikes, which you can substitute for the rubber pads. Again, they’re made from anti-corrosion titanium rather than aluminum or stainless steel.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="HUv4MHEMnWfHuBgCyUHr9a" name="Pos 3206.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HUv4MHEMnWfHuBgCyUHr9a-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HUv4MHEMnWfHuBgCyUHr9a-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">You can unscrew the rubber pads and use titanium metal spikes instead for more secure footing on sand and other types of loose ground. The metal tube plug shown here, with one of the feet removed, is also made of titanium. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The LH-30 ball head is simple but effective and very nicely made. It has a 47mm diameter base and is classed by Leofoto as one of their ‘low-profile’ ball heads, having a height of 74mm. It’s based on a 30mm precision-engineered ball that enables smooth and precise adjustments.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="tKtrXNxkbLrEFEmbrFyvZa" name="Pos 3207.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tKtrXNxkbLrEFEmbrFyvZa-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tKtrXNxkbLrEFEmbrFyvZa-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The LH-30 ball head looks and feels a quality item. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The main ball joint lock/release lever has a nice, tactile feel to it. It’s spring-loaded and mounted on splines so that you can pull out the lever on its shaft and rotate it to a more convenient angle, if necessary.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="QcXcMkMH5DJwMj9XMe9VXa" name="Pos 3208.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/QcXcMkMH5DJwMj9XMe9VXa-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/QcXcMkMH5DJwMj9XMe9VXa-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The main ball lock/release lever can be rotated on its splines for attaining the most ergonomic orientation. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As well as the main ball and socket arrangement, there’s a separate panning release/lock. This can come in useful if you want to pan your camera to shoot either stills or video while the main ball joint remains locked in place.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="S3jN2VZCupefBQgzH9akZa" name="Pos 3210.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/S3jN2VZCupefBQgzH9akZa-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/S3jN2VZCupefBQgzH9akZa-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">A smaller, separate locking lever is fitted for panning. There’s a full 360 degrees of panning on offer, complete with a calibrated scale shown in this image, just below the panning lock lever. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The camera platform is Arca-Swiss compatible and comes complete with a like-minded quick-release plate. The platform also features a bubble level, and unlike those that I’ve seen in some Leofoto heads, it’s clearly visible at all times instead of being buried under the quick-release plate when you mount your camera on the tripod.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="CJasHNUe5Ps6RE7aMuQEGa" name="Pos 3211.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CJasHNUe5Ps6RE7aMuQEGa-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CJasHNUe5Ps6RE7aMuQEGa-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The bubble level is mounted on the side of the platform, ensuring that it remains visible when the quick-release plate is slotted into position. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Extras included in the kit comprise a set of three titanium foot spikes, three Allen keys, a screw-in carabiner weight hook, and a multi-tool. The multi-tool itself includes a flat blade, Allen keys of three different sizes, a keyring attachment and carabiner, and even a bottle opener. The seaworthy tripod and all of its crew are wrapped up for the voyage in a high-quality padded carrying bag.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="hzmULfQeRXxLJhAMPDxZba" name="Pos 3212.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hzmULfQeRXxLJhAMPDxZba-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hzmULfQeRXxLJhAMPDxZba-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The high-quality padded bag supplied with the tripod has a separate internal pocket for accessories. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-leofoto-poseidon-ocean-lp-284c-lh-30-performance"><span>Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30: Performance</span></h3><p>The tripod folds down nice and small and feels very lightweight for carrying around, which I’d call a performance benefit of sorts. After all, big, heavy tripods are often left at home, where they’re of no use at all. Unlike most modern travel tripods (not that it claims to be one), the Poseidon doesn’t have swing-up or ‘reverse-folding’ legs that surround the center column. That’s no surprise as it doesn’t actually have a center column anyway. Again, there’s a performance plus point here, in that the tripod is extremely quick and easy to set up.</p><p>Speed and ease of adjustment as well as setup are further boosted by the action of the twist locks for the leg sections. They require minimal rotation for unlocking and locking the sections, and you can easily grasp all three locks for each leg and operate them with one hand, in one gesture, when the leg sections are contracted.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="zSU5kBLpqZmyypnHibNKda" name="Pos 3127.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zSU5kBLpqZmyypnHibNKda-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zSU5kBLpqZmyypnHibNKda-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Wider leg angles add stability for low-level shooting. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>When shooting at a fairly short height, the multi-angle legs enable a wider circumference for the placement of the feet. This makes the tripod more secure and less likely to topple over if accidentally knocked or in windy weather. It also adds resilience against being toppled by waves or underwater currents, given the Poseidon’s watery nature. With that in mind, I used the tripod extensively with it submerged in water, and it didn’t suffer any seepage into the twist locks or into any of the tubular leg sections.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1767px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:144.88%;"><img id="mrGTxKWcowKMGooKPw8Ada" name="Pos 3128.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mrGTxKWcowKMGooKPw8Ada-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1767" height="2560" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mrGTxKWcowKMGooKPw8Ada-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">It’s certainly not a tall tripod but at least it remains very rigid at its maximum operating height. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The maximum operating height of 129cm / 50.8in can frankly feel a little disappointing. However, you could argue that the tripod is geared more to towards contending with watery depths than rising high above the land. Either way, the tripod remains sturdy and is impressively resistant to unwanted flexing and vibrations, right up to and including its maximum height.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="FtjUUWjJNyp6XAeuEDqFba" name="Pos 3132.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FtjUUWjJNyp6XAeuEDqFba-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FtjUUWjJNyp6XAeuEDqFba-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">With no center column, there are no problems with ultra-low-level shooting. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>You can split the center columns in some tripods that actually have a center column, or substitute them with a low-angle adaptor. There’s no need in this case, as the Poseidon’s multi-angle legs enable ultra-low-level shooting with no center column to get in the way. Naturally, you might be advised against doing this when you’re using the tripod in water, unless you happen to have a waterproof camera to pair with your waterproof tripod.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="TsMyTUCCjdRv5LBG3hLKuZ" name="Pos 3137.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TsMyTUCCjdRv5LBG3hLKuZ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TsMyTUCCjdRv5LBG3hLKuZ-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The ball head works well, with intuitive simplicity. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As with the leg section locks and leg angle locks, the ball head enables a full and free range of movement with very firm locking, and minimum fuss and bother. It doesn’t feature an adjustable friction damper but I found that the main lock/release lever worked well enough with a range of different sizes and weights of camera kits. Its payload rating of 15kg / 33lb is actually 50 per cent more than for the legs on which it stands. The panning action works nicely and smoothly as well, which is another performance bonus.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-leofoto-poseidon-ocean-lp-284c-lh-30-verdict"><span>Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30: Verdict</span></h3><p>Water, and especially saltwater, can cramp your style as a photographer. By way of example, you might want to capture a long exposure with a 10-stop ND filter to blur the waves in a seascape shot, but worry about dipping your regular tripod in the sea. The Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 tripod kit can give you a new kind of creative freedom, thanks to its waterproof construction.</p><p>I like that the tripod is made from high-quality 10-layer carbon fiber, but I love that the leg-section clamps are fully waterproofed and that the metalwork in the rubber-padded feet and alternative spikes are made from corrosion-resistant titanium rather than aluminum or stainless steel. The same goes for the metal bases of the leg tubes.</p><p>The tripod is sufficiently compact and lightweight to take just about anywhere and everywhere, yet offers sturdy and solid support that’s very resistant to unwanted flexing and vibrations. The only real problem is that while the lack of a center-column pays dividends for quick-and-easy ultra-low-level shooting, the maximum operating height is rather underwhelming. </p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★½</p></td><td  ><p>The standout feature of the tripod is that it’s waterproof, sand-proof and very resistant to corrosion. I feel a beach party coming on!</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★½</p></td><td  ><p>The design is based on 10-layer carbon fiber and plenty of titanium metalwork, rather than aluminum or stainless steel, for a life on the edge of the ocean waves.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★½</p></td><td  ><p>Setup and adjustments are quick, easy, and intuitive, and the tripod is very sturdy, offering good resistance against flexing and vibrations.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★½</p></td><td  ><p>Considering the additional or uprated components required for making this tripod waterproof, it’s very good value at the price.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.85%;"><img id="thwCiEc67amV3S2BkpRMda" name="Pos 00 hero 3122.JPG" alt="Leofoto Poseidon Ocean LP-284C + LH-30 waterproof tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/thwCiEc67amV3S2BkpRMda-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1097" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/thwCiEc67amV3S2BkpRMda-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="4a97b918-b440-11f1-9ccc-793270cf0089" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40" data-dimension48="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/leofoto-armour-ln-284ct-nb-40-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="6NMTrdnQXiFpsaNAPnsp2F" name="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT NB-40 square.JPG" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6NMTrdnQXiFpsaNAPnsp2F-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="2560" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/leofoto-armour-ln-284ct-nb-40-review" data-dimension112="4a97b918-b440-11f1-9ccc-793270cf0089" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40" data-dimension48="Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40" data-dimension25=""><strong>Leofoto Armour LN-284CT + NB-40</strong></a> isn’t waterproof, but it’s nevertheless very versatile. Like the Poseidon, it has 4-section, 10-layer carbon fiber with the same diameters for its leg sections, while also adding a center column. The swing-up leg design makes it slightly shorter than the Poseidon for stowage, and it reaches a significantly taller operating height, as well as converting to a bipod or monopod. It’s much less expensive to buy at around $225 / £175 / AU$425.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="4a97b97c-b440-11f1-9661-098bc17d1448" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit" data-dimension48="3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:900px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="aG9EGrNc9ExvSSEZJyjR9" name="3 Legged Thing Winston 2.0 square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aG9EGrNc9ExvSSEZJyjR9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="900" height="900" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review" data-dimension112="4a97b97c-b440-11f1-9661-098bc17d1448" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit" data-dimension48="3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit" data-dimension25=""><strong>3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit</strong></a> comes complete with a compact but robust AirHed Pro Ball Head. Again, it’s not waterproof, but swing-up legs make for a compact stowage size, despite it being a full-sized (and much taller) carbon fiber tripod. Any of the legs can be unscrewed for monopod duty, and you can detach all the legs to convert the Winston into a mini-tripod using ‘Vanz’ footwear, sold separately. This kit costs around $499 / £339 / AU$629.</p></div>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Insta360 Luna Ultra gimbal camera gets a massive 22.5x zoom with two new updates (and one of them is free!) ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Insta360 has already claimed a place at the top of the gimbal camera market with the premium Luna Ultra which includes a telephoto lens. This week the company also extended the camera's range in two ways – one is a firmware update that every customer can have for free, another is an optional piece of hardware as quirky and powerful as the original camera itself.</p><p>The update increases the maximum zoom of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/action-cameras/insta360-luna-ultra-review">Luna Ultra</a> from 12x to 15x, although, of course, it doesn't change the optical hardware.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="45BBYgHJ9ifNs8Gf5Vbbpf" name="DSC07392.JPG" alt="Insta360 Luna Ultra and 1.5x lens adapter" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/45BBYgHJ9ifNs8Gf5Vbbpf-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/45BBYgHJ9ifNs8Gf5Vbbpf-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The other new piece of hardware, which I've been lucky enough to get my hands on early, is the 1.5x magnifying Ultra Telephoto Adapter (as I write, it is listed as temporarily out of stock on the <a href="https://store.insta360.com/product/ultra-telephoto-lens-for-luna-ultra" target="_blank" rel="sponsored">Insta360 Store</a>).</p><p>It clips over the Ultra's dual camera system and – slightly curiously, I admit – blocks the wide-angle lens completely.</p><p>Because this means that as you zoom out wide, the shot just goes black, this left me a little irked at first, but I imagine that I'd have been more annoyed by the alternative – a wide view always partly obscured by the rim of the telephoto lens!</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="rvSUYQCa5oxbJxEQ3TGRRS" name="DSC07386.JPG" alt="Insta360 Luna Ultra" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rvSUYQCa5oxbJxEQ3TGRRS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rvSUYQCa5oxbJxEQ3TGRRS-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The lens is priced at $49.99 / £46.99, and as I said, can already be found on the Insta360 site.</p><p>The firmware will include improvements to the telephoto stability and low-light modes, with an emphasis on concert capability.</p><p>There is one more significant software update for customers, potentially envious of the 1-lens Luna Pro's 4K vertical shooting feature.</p><p>Up until now DJI and even the Luna Ultra have offered a lower resolution (2.7K or 3K) for when the cameras were used to shoot vertically despite having monitoring screens that could rotate to a vertical position. Why? Because the imaging camera did not rotate.</p><p>The Luna Pro, however, managed to push that to 4K and, since it used the same sensor as the Luna Ultra's 1-inch wide sensor, this update was expected but still welcome.</p><p>All these changes have kept things very interesting in the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/action-cameras/best-pocket-gimbal-cameras">best pocket gimbal camera guide</a>.</p><div data-widget-type="multimodelreview" data-model-name="Insta360 Ultra Telephoto Lens for Luna Ultra,Insta360 Luna Ultra"></div> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/gimbals/insta360-luna-ultra-gimbal-camera-gets-a-massive-22-5x-zoom-with-two-new-updates-and-one-of-them-is-free</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Insta360 fits in your pocket and has a 450mm EFL lens? A hands on test reveals the experience is both unusual and impressive ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">MCrQAUCQBh6p6FDEHAPuzA</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/A5Y2fdDnZtwzXCv6sGr3HZ-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Thu, 24 Sep 2026 08:53:05 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Gimbals]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ adam.juniper@futurenet.com (Adam Juniper) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Adam Juniper ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/72ckUfmgPdyE9rg429R7Md-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/A5Y2fdDnZtwzXCv6sGr3HZ-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Insta360 Luna Ultra with 1.5x zoom adapter]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Insta360 Luna Ultra with 1.5x zoom adapter]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Insta360 Luna Ultra with 1.5x zoom adapter]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/A5Y2fdDnZtwzXCv6sGr3HZ-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Insta360 has already claimed a place at the top of the gimbal camera market with the premium Luna Ultra which includes a telephoto lens. This week the company also extended the camera's range in two ways – one is a firmware update that every customer can have for free, another is an optional piece of hardware as quirky and powerful as the original camera itself.</p><p>The update increases the maximum zoom of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/action-cameras/insta360-luna-ultra-review">Luna Ultra</a> from 12x to 15x, although, of course, it doesn't change the optical hardware.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="45BBYgHJ9ifNs8Gf5Vbbpf" name="DSC07392.JPG" alt="Insta360 Luna Ultra and 1.5x lens adapter" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/45BBYgHJ9ifNs8Gf5Vbbpf-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/45BBYgHJ9ifNs8Gf5Vbbpf-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The other new piece of hardware, which I've been lucky enough to get my hands on early, is the 1.5x magnifying Ultra Telephoto Adapter (as I write, it is listed as temporarily out of stock on the <a href="https://store.insta360.com/product/ultra-telephoto-lens-for-luna-ultra" target="_blank" rel="sponsored">Insta360 Store</a>).</p><p>It clips over the Ultra's dual camera system and – slightly curiously, I admit – blocks the wide-angle lens completely.</p><p>Because this means that as you zoom out wide, the shot just goes black, this left me a little irked at first, but I imagine that I'd have been more annoyed by the alternative – a wide view always partly obscured by the rim of the telephoto lens!</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="rvSUYQCa5oxbJxEQ3TGRRS" name="DSC07386.JPG" alt="Insta360 Luna Ultra" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rvSUYQCa5oxbJxEQ3TGRRS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rvSUYQCa5oxbJxEQ3TGRRS-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The lens is priced at $49.99 / £46.99, and as I said, can already be found on the Insta360 site.</p><p>The firmware will include improvements to the telephoto stability and low-light modes, with an emphasis on concert capability.</p><p>There is one more significant software update for customers, potentially envious of the 1-lens Luna Pro's 4K vertical shooting feature.</p><p>Up until now DJI and even the Luna Ultra have offered a lower resolution (2.7K or 3K) for when the cameras were used to shoot vertically despite having monitoring screens that could rotate to a vertical position. Why? Because the imaging camera did not rotate.</p><p>The Luna Pro, however, managed to push that to 4K and, since it used the same sensor as the Luna Ultra's 1-inch wide sensor, this update was expected but still welcome.</p><p>All these changes have kept things very interesting in the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/action-cameras/best-pocket-gimbal-cameras">best pocket gimbal camera guide</a>.</p><div data-widget-type="multimodelreview" data-model-name="Insta360 Ultra Telephoto Lens for Luna Ultra,Insta360 Luna Ultra"></div>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1 review: this multi-talented, multi-mode support is the ‘real’ deal ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Based in Hong Kong, the Freewell company started out in 2012, aiming to entice creators and filmmakers with a range of products from camera gear, filters and lens hoods to accessories for smartphones, drones and action cameras. It launched its first tripod, ‘The Real Travel Tripod’ back in 2024 and has now followed on with The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1.</p><p>Immensely versatile, the 5-in-1 is sufficiently compact and lightweight (and definitely slim enough) to qualify as one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-tripod">best travel tripods</a>, while being tall and sturdy enough to be a contender as one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod">best tripods for photographers</a>. Even so, it’s not massively tall nor overly short when folded. Back on the plus side, it’s classy enough to eye up a place as one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/carbon-fiber-tripods">best carbon fiber tripods</a>. True to its Multi Tripod name and design, it fits into multiple categories. Let’s take a closer look.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="LZ8kxKyr2zte7niNBDnNS9" name="F51 01 intro 2994.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LZ8kxKyr2zte7niNBDnNS9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LZ8kxKyr2zte7niNBDnNS9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Despite its chunky, heavy-duty, 10-layer carbon fiber legs, the Freewell has a clever design that makes it very slimline when folded, and eminently travel-friendly. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-the-real-multi-tripod-5-in-1-specifications"><span>The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Material</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Carbon fiber</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Folded height</strong></p></td><td  ><p>55cm / 21.7in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Maximum operating height</strong></p></td><td  ><p>157cm / 61.8in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Minimum operating height</strong></p></td><td  ><p>17.5cm / 6.9in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Folded diameter</strong></p></td><td  ><p>7cm / 2.8in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Weight</strong></p></td><td  ><p>1.65kg / 3.64lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Load rating</strong></p></td><td  ><p>20kg / 44lb (10kg / 22lb head)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Sections per leg/center column</strong></p></td><td  ><p>4 / 1</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Section diameters</strong></p></td><td  ><p>28, 25, 22, 19mm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Section clamps</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Twist locks</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Locking leg angles</strong></p></td><td  ><p>3 angles</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Feet</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Pads / spikes</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Case/bag included</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Padded bag</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-the-real-multi-tripod-5-in-1-price"><span>The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1: Price</span></h3><p>For a complete carbon fiber tripod kit (and then some) that comes a sophisticated ball head and intriguing extras, Freewell’s The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1 looks incredibly good value at $299 / £268 / AU$429. Another Chinese carbon fiber tripod I reviewed recently that’s actually two tripods in one, but lacks a monopod conversion, is the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/heipi-3-in-1-travel-tripod-w28s-review">Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S</a>, which is considerably more expensive at $399 / £349 / AU$649.</p><p>The Freewell’s space-saving center column design reminds of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/peak-design-travel-tripod-review">Peak Design Travel Tripod carbon fiber</a>, which is pricier again at $599 / £599 / AU$1,169, while the newer and thoroughly excellent <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/peak-design-pro-tripod-review">Peak Design Pro Tripod</a> costs a properly expensive $900 / £800 / AU$1,500. All in all, the Freewell gives you an awful lot of support for the money.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5 in 1"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-the-real-multi-tripod-5-in-1-design-handling"><span>The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>Catering to all sorts of needs and shooting scenarios, The Real Multi Tripod’s 5-in-1 remit covers use as a regular photographic tripod, a tabletop tripod, a monopod, a hands-free monopod with triple-foot base, and a walking pole. If you’re feeling generous, you could also add smartphone tripod and selfie stick to the list, thanks to the cunning Arca-Swiss quick-release plate that doubles as a phone mount. You could also use it as a tactical bipod, bringing the total up to eight and making it an 8-in-1 support. How does it do all of that? Let’s dive deeper.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="i4CXB6L7uefKP66VHcDUH9" name="F51 2995.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/i4CXB6L7uefKP66VHcDUH9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/i4CXB6L7uefKP66VHcDUH9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The carbon fiber looks and feels of high quality and unlike many tripods made of this material, it has comfort padding on two of the legs. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Despite having a slim, travel-friendly profile, which I’ll come back to later, the 5-in-1 doesn’t claim to be a travel tripod as such. Like Freewell’s actual ‘The Real Travel Tripod’, it doesn’t have the kind of swing-up, space-saving  legs that are now typical of travel tripods. I don’t mind that at all, because the business of fully extending the center column and swinging the legs up around it adds to the pack-away time, as well as the setup time next time around. And thanks to its 4-section legs, the 5-in-1 still has a reasonably small stowage height of 55cm / 21.7in.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="ExCaXR88zCtf9P8SJhXc79" name="F51 2996.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ExCaXR88zCtf9P8SJhXc79-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ExCaXR88zCtf9P8SJhXc79-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The four sections in each leg have descending diameters of 28, 25, 22, 19mm. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Delivering a strong payload rating of 20kg / 44lb, the legs have chunky top-section diameters of 28mm. And because there are four rather than five sections in each leg, the bottom sections retain a fairly wide diameter of 19mm. I’m dubious about the strength of some 5-section tripods, which have relatively thin and spindly bottom sections. Releasing and locking each section is based on quick-action twist locks, and they really are quick, requiring very little rotation to release or securely lock them.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="wFV6G4TPpXZd99Bn9ohfE9" name="F51 2997.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wFV6G4TPpXZd99Bn9ohfE9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wFV6G4TPpXZd99Bn9ohfE9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The twist locks work very well, requiring very little rotation to release or lock each leg section. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>It’s similarly quick and easy to select any of the three available leg angles, which equate to 22, 55 and 85 degrees from the vertical. The lock/release mechanism is a simple pushbutton arrangement at the top of each leg. And they’re easy to see, thanks to having the same bright red coloring as the controls in the ball head. The multiple angles enable you to work around obstacles or on tricky terrain, and splaying them to wider angles aids stability in low-height setups.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="LZYojhkcRuEqPykyxNdJy8" name="F51 2998.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LZYojhkcRuEqPykyxNdJy8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LZYojhkcRuEqPykyxNdJy8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The red pushbutton latches for selecting different leg angles are spring-loaded and very intuitive in use. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>It’s quite common nowadays for tripods to feature a removable leg. The idea is generally that you can remove the leg, attach it to the (also removed) center column, and transform the tripod into a monopod. It’s a neat idea, as it adds versatility without requiring you to pack and carry an extra bit of kit. The Freewell goes one, or perhaps two better, in that you can remove any and all of the legs. Remove one leg and you can use the tripod as a bipod. You can also attach the head directly to the top of the detached leg for monopod duty. The absence of the center column in the monopod setup limits the maximum height, but you can actually join two or even all three legs together if you need extra height.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="iTx9Tz727prCxDj3XC7re9" name="F51 3001.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/iTx9Tz727prCxDj3XC7re9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/iTx9Tz727prCxDj3XC7re9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">All three legs are removable, and you can join them top-to-bottom if you need extra monopod height. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Getting back to the uncommonly slim folded size, the tripod uses the same trick that I’ve seen in Peak Design tripods. As such, the center column has a triangular cutout profile that avoids any wasted space, because the legs fold around it more tightly. Unlike in Peak Design tripods, the legs themselves still have a circular profile rather than being arc-shaped to fit even more snuggly around the center column, but the folded diameter is still remarkably slim at just 7cm / 2.8in.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="A54PyoMMdUKH8FNoCFFzu8" name="F51 3002.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/A54PyoMMdUKH8FNoCFFzu8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/A54PyoMMdUKH8FNoCFFzu8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The center column has a triangular cutout design that saves space when the tripod is folded, and there’s a weight hook that screws into the bottom. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Unscrew the weight hook from the bottom of the center column and it reveals a built-in allen key. With the weight hook unscrewed, you can completely remove the center column and invert it for ground-level shooting, albeit with the camera upside down. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="TzGDrHDfgehEuvPn4EfnB9" name="F51 3003.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TzGDrHDfgehEuvPn4EfnB9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TzGDrHDfgehEuvPn4EfnB9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The weight hook doubles as an allen key when it’s removed from the center column. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A better option for ultra-low-level shooting is that you can use the allen key to loosen a screw in the center column and split it in two, enabling you to splay the legs and go really low without the center column digging into the ground. This way, you can still shoot with the camera the right way up.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="bgtb7HLyTHqFSoi2gmSxN9" name="F51 3004.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bgtb7HLyTHqFSoi2gmSxN9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bgtb7HLyTHqFSoi2gmSxN9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Using the weight hook allen key, you can loosen a screw and split the center column to enable ultra-low-level shooting. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The tripod feet are fairly large rubber pads which offer good grip and support on most surfaces. As with most parts of the tripod, they have more than one function and you can unscrew one of the pads and attach it up on top, for grip and comfort, if you’re using a detached leg or two as a trekking pole.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="KfhzL4JE2DFAppwmSu5N89" name="F51 3005.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KfhzL4JE2DFAppwmSu5N89-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The rubber pads are fairly large and feel nice and grippy. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>If you’d rather have metal spikes for digging into soft ground, all you have to do is unscrew the rubber pads to reveal them. You can also use the allen key to unscrew the spikes as well, if you want to fit alternative footwear or join two or more legs together for a longer monopod.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="4oYpjLhzn7xag4xZDXAAL9" name="F51 3006.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/4oYpjLhzn7xag4xZDXAAL9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/4oYpjLhzn7xag4xZDXAAL9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The dual-purpose feet comprise rubber pads that unscrew to reveal (also removable) metal spikes. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The chassis that connects the three legs together at the top of the tripod is made from aluminum and is suitably sturdy. Again, it goes the extra mile in terms of versatility, and includes two accessory sockets. These have a standard 1/4-inch thread, enabling you to attach magic arms, LED lights, a monitor screen or other accessories.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="9pbqnNSgxpqKCNKi7Ks3D9" name="F51 3007.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9pbqnNSgxpqKCNKi7Ks3D9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9pbqnNSgxpqKCNKi7Ks3D9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The aluminum chassis includes two standard 1/4-inch threaded sockets for adding accessories. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>No tripod kit is complete without a head and the Freewell comes with a durable ball head that, yet again, is impressively versatile. However, it’s arguably not an ideal match for the legs, as it has a relatively modest 10kg / 22lb payload rating, which is only half that of the legs, the latter being rated at 20kg / 44lb.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="CSDocd4ZRYUe9KLctpHRM9" name="F51 3008.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CSDocd4ZRYUe9KLctpHRM9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CSDocd4ZRYUe9KLctpHRM9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">I like that the head has bright red controls, making them easy to see even under very low levels of lighting, when tripods often come out to play. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The largest control knob in the head is the main ball joint lock/release. There’s no separate friction adjuster but it works well on its own and the socket that the ball fits into has the usual cutout on one side. This enables swapping from landscape to portrait orientation shooting in the absence of an L-bracket, as well as for shooting directly upwards or downwards.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="T6UwPLJ7eoZRbqqKuoGai9" name="F51 3009.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/T6UwPLJ7eoZRbqqKuoGai9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/T6UwPLJ7eoZRbqqKuoGai9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The main ball head lock enables a full range of smooth movement and secure clamping, with minimum effort. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Making the tripod suitable for panoramic sequences of stills and even videography, the head has dual panning mechanisms, one at the bottom and the other at the top. The bonus here is that if your legs are perfectly leveled, you can use the main bottom panning mechanism. You’ll soon see if they’re not perfectly leveled and you’ve compensated by just leveling the head, because your horizon will start to slant when you begin panning. As there’s no leveling base featured in the tripod and leveling the legs can be a time-consuming chore, you can simply use the head’s upper panning mechanism instead, which will keep your horizon straight and true.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="fFdiKpwxp5e9K3NLgaCnV9" name="F51 3010.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/fFdiKpwxp5e9K3NLgaCnV9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/fFdiKpwxp5e9K3NLgaCnV9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">There are dual upper and lower panning mechanisms, both with calibrated scales. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As a leveling aid, there’s a bubble level built into the head’s camera platform. It’s a useful addition but it’s frustrating that you can’t actually see it when the quick-release plate is attached to the platform. You therefore need to remove your camera every time you want to use the bubble level. In fairness, I tend to use the electronic ‘virtual horizon’ instead, which is available in the vast majority of modern cameras and tends to be more accurate and precise than using a tripod’s bubble level.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="wdq84BxUbPPYGFxC8sURy8" name="F51 3013.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wdq84BxUbPPYGFxC8sURy8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wdq84BxUbPPYGFxC8sURy8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The camera platform features a bubble level and a removable security pin, to avoid the quick-release plate sliding out forwards or backwards. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Even the Arca-Swiss compatible quick-release plate is based on a crafty bit of design. It works as expected with a camera or anything else with a standard 1/4-inch treaded socket. However, it also features hinged panels at each end and spring-loaded sliding rails. The upshot is that you can also use the QR plate as a phone mount, thus attaching your phone to the tripod or monopod, or using the latter as a selfie stick.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="VuEf2C36btUAGusndoN449" name="F51 3014.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VuEf2C36btUAGusndoN449-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VuEf2C36btUAGusndoN449-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Arca-Swiss compatible quick-release plate doubles as a spring-loaded phone mount. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Tools supplied with the tripod comprise an additional, carabiner-style weight hook and three allen keys. The allen keys are in addition to the one that’s built into the center-column’s fitted weight hook.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="gFoe2Dhey9JdS8yo7RNnE9" name="F51 3016.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/gFoe2Dhey9JdS8yo7RNnE9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/gFoe2Dhey9JdS8yo7RNnE9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">A carabiner-style additional weight hook and three allen keys are supplied with the tripod. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Everything’s wrapped up in a stylish, high-quality padded carrying bag. The bag comes complete with handles that lock together with a Velcro pad, plus a removable shoulder strap. The inside of the bag features a long, secondary zippered compartment for holding the various tripod accessories.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="9MVbRKSPueM6rNxrNVLdJA" name="F51 3017.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9MVbRKSPueM6rNxrNVLdJA-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9MVbRKSPueM6rNxrNVLdJA-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The carrying bag is well padded and nicely made. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>But before we grab the bag and go outside, there’s yet another tricked up design flourish. I’ve seen tabletop conversion in full-sized tripods before, mostly from 3 Legged Thing, like my trusty <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review">3 Legged Thing Winston 2.0</a>, for which you can buy optional Vanz footwear to make the change. The table tripod conversion legs for the Freewell are supplied ‘free’ as part of the package, and they also have a relatively high-end design, complete with dual-section extension and handy twist-action leg locks. They’re more like a miniaturized set of regular tripod legs than a cheap and basic add-on.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="jcXRsn6LPcQtv9BEAwKNP9" name="F51 3021.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jcXRsn6LPcQtv9BEAwKNP9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jcXRsn6LPcQtv9BEAwKNP9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Like the full-sized legs, the small tabletop legs are again made of carbon fiber and have an extendable design with twist-locks. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-the-real-multi-tripod-5-in-1-performance"><span>The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1: Performance</span></h3><p>Performance is mostly very good but not entirely great. Setup speed is certainly very quick, thanks to Freewell avoiding the temptation of travel-style, swing-up legs. The twist-action leg clamps also work with minimum fuss and bother, and while there are three of them in each leg, it’s easy to grasp all of them in one go when the leg sections are all retracted. The ball head also works with smooth efficiency and its dual panning mechanisms give a performance boost when shooting panoramic sequences of stills or for videography. The multiple leg angles offer greater stability for shooting at fairly short heights.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="3xAaAGhpqMRVnuKVMs4T59" name="F51 3030.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3xAaAGhpqMRVnuKVMs4T59-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3xAaAGhpqMRVnuKVMs4T59-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Splaying the legs a little for shooting at fairly short heights gives a wider spread for the feet and makes the tripod less likely to topple over if accidentally knocked, or in very windy conditions. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>My main criticism in terms of performance is that even with four sections in each leg rather than three, the maximum height feels a little limited. Naturally, it’s a trade-off because if the maximum operating height was taller, the folded height would be less compact and the tripod would be less travel-friendly. Either way, I often found that I needed to raise the center column to achieve the shooting height that I wanted. The legs on their own are fairly but not massively resistant to vibrations. However, the center column feels relatively wobbly and lacking in rigidity when extended.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1439px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:177.90%;"><img id="RDronPfkuwSjUY4m87cHKA" name="F51 3033.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/RDronPfkuwSjUY4m87cHKA-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1439" height="2560" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/RDronPfkuwSjUY4m87cHKA-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The maximum shooting height is fairly modest even with the center column fully extended. I found that the center column lacked rigidity even when extended by fairly small amounts, and became worse at taller extensions. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>While rigidity could be better at maximum extension, the tripod delivers solid performance for ultra-low-level shooting. Splitting the center column and splaying the legs to their widest angles enables you to get right down to virtually ground level.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.17%;"><img id="v3on9PwhJ3M5rcsyP8mvVA" name="F51 3035.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/v3on9PwhJ3M5rcsyP8mvVA-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1438" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/v3on9PwhJ3M5rcsyP8mvVA-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Splitting the center column enables ultra-low-level shooting with the camera the right way up, and if that’s still not low enough, you can invert the center column and shoot with the camera upside down. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I’ll admit to being quite tall at 6ft 5in. As I mentioned earlier, you can’t join one of the legs to the center column for monopod duty and as a result, I found that adding the head directly to one leg didn’t give me enough height. The problem is solved by joining two or even three legs together, which enables a huge maximum height, but it’s a bit more fiddly as you have to remove both parts of the rubber pad and metal spike feet from the upper joining tripod legs.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="9a9PrrStKqCeoN4ozV99JA" name="F51 3036.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9a9PrrStKqCeoN4ozV99JA-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9a9PrrStKqCeoN4ozV99JA-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">You might well find that you need to join at two legs together to enable sufficient height in monopod mode. Join all three together and you’ll get a towering monopod. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>One of the five modes on offer is described by Freewell as a ‘hands-free monopod’ monopod. I don’t feel brave enough to take my hands away for more than a second or two but the ability to connect the short tabletop legs to the chassis and use it as a base for the monopod does add a firm footing. In this respect, you get the added stability of using a three-footed pole like with the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/monopods/benro-a48fd-monopod-review">Benro A48FD Monopod</a>.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1440px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:177.78%;"><img id="979AXSFYn9k4VNskYMf6SA" name="F51 3041.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/979AXSFYn9k4VNskYMf6SA-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1440" height="2560" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/979AXSFYn9k4VNskYMf6SA-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The short tabletop legs can act as a three-footed base in monopod mode. Here’s the ‘hands-free’ configuration, which I’d hesitate to use in breezy conditions. To quote Dirty Harry, “You've got to ask yourself one question: 'Do I feel lucky?'” </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>For landscape photography in the wilds, negotiating tricky terrain can be more problematic than carefully composing the shot when you finally reach your destination. Again, the Freewell comes to your aid, serving as a trekking pole as well as a tripod or monopod. The trekking pole configuration is essentially the same as the monopod setup, except that you can attach one of the rubber feet to the top for comfort, instead of fitting the head. Down below, you can use either a rubber pad or a spike at the bottom, depending on the type of ground that you’re covering.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="ZqRPsvXW99TZXifWGGdqLA" name="F51 3044.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZqRPsvXW99TZXifWGGdqLA-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZqRPsvXW99TZXifWGGdqLA-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Remove the head and add one of the rubber feet up top and your monopod becomes a trekking pole. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The Freewell can serve as a tripod, monopod or selfie stick for your smartphone. You won’t need an additional phone mount, as the supplied Arca-Swiss compatible quick-release plate converts into a self-contained phone mount. It’s spring-loaded with hinged sides, and gives a safe and secure grip.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="j6vYNktwV78sXXkgAnRhn8" name="F51 3048.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/j6vYNktwV78sXXkgAnRhn8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/j6vYNktwV78sXXkgAnRhn8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The quick-release plate doubles as a phone mount, and gives a safe and secure grip. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Last but not least, this full-sized tripod works particularly well as a mini-tripod or tabletop tripod. Unlike many of its kind, it features adjustable carbon fiber legs based on dual sections with a twist-action clamp. Couple that with the three leg angles enabled by the tripod chassis and you get a generous range of adjustment.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="24G86fUyJDKLboj6wTgkd9" name="F51 3029.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/24G86fUyJDKLboj6wTgkd9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/24G86fUyJDKLboj6wTgkd9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Not just for tabletop use, the Freewell works equally well as a mini-tripod out in the field. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-the-real-multi-tripod-5-in-1-verdict"><span>The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1: Verdict</span></h3><p>There’s a lot to love about the Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1. It definitely lives up to its claims with amazingly versatile, multiple modes. Better still, it’s highly effective in all of them, as a regular tripod, tabletop/mini tripod, monopod, monopod with feet, trekking pole and smartphone support.</p><p>The build quality looks and feels very good, based on luxury 10-layer carbon fiber and an aluminum alloy chassis. Everything works with smooth simplicity, enabling quick and intuitive setup and similarly straightforward takedown. The ball head follows suit, and I like that it has dual panning mechanisms. As an incredibly comprehensive, multi-mode tripod with a premium build, the Freewell is outstanding value for money.</p><p>I’d give it top marks, but for a few little niggles. The maximum height is fairly modest and the folded length isn’t particularly compact. I can live with that, but I found that the center column was quite wobbly at anything more than slight extension. And while the legs have a payload rating of 20kg / 44lb, it’s only 10kg / 22lb for the head. That should still prove sufficient however, as you’re unlikely to have a camera outfit that weighs more than 10kg /22lb, and the extra payload rating of the legs enables the fitment of accessories via the additional mounting ports, and hanging ballast off one or other of the weight hooks. All in all, the Freewell is a pretty remarkable tripod.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>The Freewell is positively brimming with features, working as a tripod, tabletop/mini tripod, monopod, monopod with feet, trekking pole and smartphone support.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>It’s a really clever design, in many and varied ways. The tripod is endlessly adaptable with intuitive ease of use, and it has a luxurious 10-layer carbon fiber build.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★½</p></td><td  ><p>Performance is mostly very good but the center column is a bit wobbly when extended, which impacts on the rigidity of the tripod at or near its maximum operating height.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Compared with broadly similar tripods that don’t actually offer as many operating modes, the Freewell is standout value for money.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Overall</strong></p></td><td  ><p>★★★★½</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.85%;"><img id="vukCPnWaErvjakvX2Rj6w9" name="F51 00 hero 2716.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vukCPnWaErvjakvX2Rj6w9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1097" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vukCPnWaErvjakvX2Rj6w9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="4248efb8-b06f-11f1-b2dd-65450df4a4fa" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" data-dimension48="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/heipi-3-in-1-travel-tripod-w28s-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="ygkqaD56NcgaEBxLSbhWxV" name="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ygkqaD56NcgaEBxLSbhWxV-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="2560" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/heipi-3-in-1-travel-tripod-w28s-review" data-dimension112="4248efb8-b06f-11f1-b2dd-65450df4a4fa" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" data-dimension48="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" data-dimension25=""><strong>Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S</strong></a> isn’t a ‘5-in-1’ tripod but it’s nevertheless like two tripods in one. That’s thanks to an innovative design featuring a triple-leg center column. As such, you get a main full-sized tripod with an extending center column, and if you remove the column altogether, it works as a separate mini-tripod. The Heipi costs around $399 / £349 / AU$649.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="4248f012-b06f-11f1-acaa-c1d6253eb14b" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Peak Design Pro Tripod" data-dimension48="Peak Design Pro Tripod" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/peak-design-pro-tripod-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="QjKmQSwEyv76qzBLm8LgpV" name="Peak Design Pro Tripod square.JPG" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/QjKmQSwEyv76qzBLm8LgpV-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="2560" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/peak-design-pro-tripod-review" data-dimension112="4248f012-b06f-11f1-acaa-c1d6253eb14b" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Peak Design Pro Tripod" data-dimension48="Peak Design Pro Tripod" data-dimension25=""><strong>Peak Design Pro Tripod</strong></a> builds on the success of the company’s preceding travel tripod, again having a space-saving design. Like the Freewell, it has a triangular-section center column but this time the leg sections are specially shaped to wrap more tightly around it. The Peak Design Pro is considerably more expensive at $900 / £800 / AU$1,500.</p></div> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/freewell-the-real-multi-tripod-5-in-1-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Freewell’s ‘The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1’ could well be the only support you ever need, for your camera, spotting scope, for tactical use, and even for yourself ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">tHRePnf76PVvYxhaATySoD</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vukCPnWaErvjakvX2Rj6w9-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Tue, 22 Sep 2026 09:33:43 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Tripods]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Matthew Richards ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jDd3HmNtNWfRUREZztFrQo-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vukCPnWaErvjakvX2Rj6w9-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Matthew Richards]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vukCPnWaErvjakvX2Rj6w9-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Based in Hong Kong, the Freewell company started out in 2012, aiming to entice creators and filmmakers with a range of products from camera gear, filters and lens hoods to accessories for smartphones, drones and action cameras. It launched its first tripod, ‘The Real Travel Tripod’ back in 2024 and has now followed on with The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1.</p><p>Immensely versatile, the 5-in-1 is sufficiently compact and lightweight (and definitely slim enough) to qualify as one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-tripod">best travel tripods</a>, while being tall and sturdy enough to be a contender as one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod">best tripods for photographers</a>. Even so, it’s not massively tall nor overly short when folded. Back on the plus side, it’s classy enough to eye up a place as one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/carbon-fiber-tripods">best carbon fiber tripods</a>. True to its Multi Tripod name and design, it fits into multiple categories. Let’s take a closer look.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="LZ8kxKyr2zte7niNBDnNS9" name="F51 01 intro 2994.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LZ8kxKyr2zte7niNBDnNS9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LZ8kxKyr2zte7niNBDnNS9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Despite its chunky, heavy-duty, 10-layer carbon fiber legs, the Freewell has a clever design that makes it very slimline when folded, and eminently travel-friendly. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-the-real-multi-tripod-5-in-1-specifications"><span>The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Material</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Carbon fiber</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Folded height</strong></p></td><td  ><p>55cm / 21.7in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Maximum operating height</strong></p></td><td  ><p>157cm / 61.8in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Minimum operating height</strong></p></td><td  ><p>17.5cm / 6.9in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Folded diameter</strong></p></td><td  ><p>7cm / 2.8in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Weight</strong></p></td><td  ><p>1.65kg / 3.64lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Load rating</strong></p></td><td  ><p>20kg / 44lb (10kg / 22lb head)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Sections per leg/center column</strong></p></td><td  ><p>4 / 1</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Section diameters</strong></p></td><td  ><p>28, 25, 22, 19mm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Section clamps</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Twist locks</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Locking leg angles</strong></p></td><td  ><p>3 angles</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Feet</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Pads / spikes</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Case/bag included</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Padded bag</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-the-real-multi-tripod-5-in-1-price"><span>The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1: Price</span></h3><p>For a complete carbon fiber tripod kit (and then some) that comes a sophisticated ball head and intriguing extras, Freewell’s The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1 looks incredibly good value at $299 / £268 / AU$429. Another Chinese carbon fiber tripod I reviewed recently that’s actually two tripods in one, but lacks a monopod conversion, is the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/heipi-3-in-1-travel-tripod-w28s-review">Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S</a>, which is considerably more expensive at $399 / £349 / AU$649.</p><p>The Freewell’s space-saving center column design reminds of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/peak-design-travel-tripod-review">Peak Design Travel Tripod carbon fiber</a>, which is pricier again at $599 / £599 / AU$1,169, while the newer and thoroughly excellent <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/peak-design-pro-tripod-review">Peak Design Pro Tripod</a> costs a properly expensive $900 / £800 / AU$1,500. All in all, the Freewell gives you an awful lot of support for the money.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5 in 1"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-the-real-multi-tripod-5-in-1-design-handling"><span>The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>Catering to all sorts of needs and shooting scenarios, The Real Multi Tripod’s 5-in-1 remit covers use as a regular photographic tripod, a tabletop tripod, a monopod, a hands-free monopod with triple-foot base, and a walking pole. If you’re feeling generous, you could also add smartphone tripod and selfie stick to the list, thanks to the cunning Arca-Swiss quick-release plate that doubles as a phone mount. You could also use it as a tactical bipod, bringing the total up to eight and making it an 8-in-1 support. How does it do all of that? Let’s dive deeper.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="i4CXB6L7uefKP66VHcDUH9" name="F51 2995.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/i4CXB6L7uefKP66VHcDUH9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/i4CXB6L7uefKP66VHcDUH9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The carbon fiber looks and feels of high quality and unlike many tripods made of this material, it has comfort padding on two of the legs. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Despite having a slim, travel-friendly profile, which I’ll come back to later, the 5-in-1 doesn’t claim to be a travel tripod as such. Like Freewell’s actual ‘The Real Travel Tripod’, it doesn’t have the kind of swing-up, space-saving  legs that are now typical of travel tripods. I don’t mind that at all, because the business of fully extending the center column and swinging the legs up around it adds to the pack-away time, as well as the setup time next time around. And thanks to its 4-section legs, the 5-in-1 still has a reasonably small stowage height of 55cm / 21.7in.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="ExCaXR88zCtf9P8SJhXc79" name="F51 2996.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ExCaXR88zCtf9P8SJhXc79-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ExCaXR88zCtf9P8SJhXc79-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The four sections in each leg have descending diameters of 28, 25, 22, 19mm. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Delivering a strong payload rating of 20kg / 44lb, the legs have chunky top-section diameters of 28mm. And because there are four rather than five sections in each leg, the bottom sections retain a fairly wide diameter of 19mm. I’m dubious about the strength of some 5-section tripods, which have relatively thin and spindly bottom sections. Releasing and locking each section is based on quick-action twist locks, and they really are quick, requiring very little rotation to release or securely lock them.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="wFV6G4TPpXZd99Bn9ohfE9" name="F51 2997.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wFV6G4TPpXZd99Bn9ohfE9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wFV6G4TPpXZd99Bn9ohfE9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The twist locks work very well, requiring very little rotation to release or lock each leg section. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>It’s similarly quick and easy to select any of the three available leg angles, which equate to 22, 55 and 85 degrees from the vertical. The lock/release mechanism is a simple pushbutton arrangement at the top of each leg. And they’re easy to see, thanks to having the same bright red coloring as the controls in the ball head. The multiple angles enable you to work around obstacles or on tricky terrain, and splaying them to wider angles aids stability in low-height setups.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="LZYojhkcRuEqPykyxNdJy8" name="F51 2998.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LZYojhkcRuEqPykyxNdJy8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LZYojhkcRuEqPykyxNdJy8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The red pushbutton latches for selecting different leg angles are spring-loaded and very intuitive in use. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>It’s quite common nowadays for tripods to feature a removable leg. The idea is generally that you can remove the leg, attach it to the (also removed) center column, and transform the tripod into a monopod. It’s a neat idea, as it adds versatility without requiring you to pack and carry an extra bit of kit. The Freewell goes one, or perhaps two better, in that you can remove any and all of the legs. Remove one leg and you can use the tripod as a bipod. You can also attach the head directly to the top of the detached leg for monopod duty. The absence of the center column in the monopod setup limits the maximum height, but you can actually join two or even all three legs together if you need extra height.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="iTx9Tz727prCxDj3XC7re9" name="F51 3001.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/iTx9Tz727prCxDj3XC7re9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/iTx9Tz727prCxDj3XC7re9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">All three legs are removable, and you can join them top-to-bottom if you need extra monopod height. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Getting back to the uncommonly slim folded size, the tripod uses the same trick that I’ve seen in Peak Design tripods. As such, the center column has a triangular cutout profile that avoids any wasted space, because the legs fold around it more tightly. Unlike in Peak Design tripods, the legs themselves still have a circular profile rather than being arc-shaped to fit even more snuggly around the center column, but the folded diameter is still remarkably slim at just 7cm / 2.8in.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="A54PyoMMdUKH8FNoCFFzu8" name="F51 3002.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/A54PyoMMdUKH8FNoCFFzu8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/A54PyoMMdUKH8FNoCFFzu8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The center column has a triangular cutout design that saves space when the tripod is folded, and there’s a weight hook that screws into the bottom. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Unscrew the weight hook from the bottom of the center column and it reveals a built-in allen key. With the weight hook unscrewed, you can completely remove the center column and invert it for ground-level shooting, albeit with the camera upside down. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="TzGDrHDfgehEuvPn4EfnB9" name="F51 3003.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TzGDrHDfgehEuvPn4EfnB9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TzGDrHDfgehEuvPn4EfnB9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The weight hook doubles as an allen key when it’s removed from the center column. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A better option for ultra-low-level shooting is that you can use the allen key to loosen a screw in the center column and split it in two, enabling you to splay the legs and go really low without the center column digging into the ground. This way, you can still shoot with the camera the right way up.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="bgtb7HLyTHqFSoi2gmSxN9" name="F51 3004.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bgtb7HLyTHqFSoi2gmSxN9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bgtb7HLyTHqFSoi2gmSxN9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Using the weight hook allen key, you can loosen a screw and split the center column to enable ultra-low-level shooting. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The tripod feet are fairly large rubber pads which offer good grip and support on most surfaces. As with most parts of the tripod, they have more than one function and you can unscrew one of the pads and attach it up on top, for grip and comfort, if you’re using a detached leg or two as a trekking pole.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="KfhzL4JE2DFAppwmSu5N89" name="F51 3005.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KfhzL4JE2DFAppwmSu5N89-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The rubber pads are fairly large and feel nice and grippy. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>If you’d rather have metal spikes for digging into soft ground, all you have to do is unscrew the rubber pads to reveal them. You can also use the allen key to unscrew the spikes as well, if you want to fit alternative footwear or join two or more legs together for a longer monopod.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="4oYpjLhzn7xag4xZDXAAL9" name="F51 3006.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/4oYpjLhzn7xag4xZDXAAL9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/4oYpjLhzn7xag4xZDXAAL9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The dual-purpose feet comprise rubber pads that unscrew to reveal (also removable) metal spikes. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The chassis that connects the three legs together at the top of the tripod is made from aluminum and is suitably sturdy. Again, it goes the extra mile in terms of versatility, and includes two accessory sockets. These have a standard 1/4-inch thread, enabling you to attach magic arms, LED lights, a monitor screen or other accessories.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="9pbqnNSgxpqKCNKi7Ks3D9" name="F51 3007.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9pbqnNSgxpqKCNKi7Ks3D9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9pbqnNSgxpqKCNKi7Ks3D9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The aluminum chassis includes two standard 1/4-inch threaded sockets for adding accessories. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>No tripod kit is complete without a head and the Freewell comes with a durable ball head that, yet again, is impressively versatile. However, it’s arguably not an ideal match for the legs, as it has a relatively modest 10kg / 22lb payload rating, which is only half that of the legs, the latter being rated at 20kg / 44lb.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="CSDocd4ZRYUe9KLctpHRM9" name="F51 3008.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CSDocd4ZRYUe9KLctpHRM9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CSDocd4ZRYUe9KLctpHRM9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">I like that the head has bright red controls, making them easy to see even under very low levels of lighting, when tripods often come out to play. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The largest control knob in the head is the main ball joint lock/release. There’s no separate friction adjuster but it works well on its own and the socket that the ball fits into has the usual cutout on one side. This enables swapping from landscape to portrait orientation shooting in the absence of an L-bracket, as well as for shooting directly upwards or downwards.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="T6UwPLJ7eoZRbqqKuoGai9" name="F51 3009.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/T6UwPLJ7eoZRbqqKuoGai9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/T6UwPLJ7eoZRbqqKuoGai9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The main ball head lock enables a full range of smooth movement and secure clamping, with minimum effort. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Making the tripod suitable for panoramic sequences of stills and even videography, the head has dual panning mechanisms, one at the bottom and the other at the top. The bonus here is that if your legs are perfectly leveled, you can use the main bottom panning mechanism. You’ll soon see if they’re not perfectly leveled and you’ve compensated by just leveling the head, because your horizon will start to slant when you begin panning. As there’s no leveling base featured in the tripod and leveling the legs can be a time-consuming chore, you can simply use the head’s upper panning mechanism instead, which will keep your horizon straight and true.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="fFdiKpwxp5e9K3NLgaCnV9" name="F51 3010.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/fFdiKpwxp5e9K3NLgaCnV9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/fFdiKpwxp5e9K3NLgaCnV9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">There are dual upper and lower panning mechanisms, both with calibrated scales. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As a leveling aid, there’s a bubble level built into the head’s camera platform. It’s a useful addition but it’s frustrating that you can’t actually see it when the quick-release plate is attached to the platform. You therefore need to remove your camera every time you want to use the bubble level. In fairness, I tend to use the electronic ‘virtual horizon’ instead, which is available in the vast majority of modern cameras and tends to be more accurate and precise than using a tripod’s bubble level.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="wdq84BxUbPPYGFxC8sURy8" name="F51 3013.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wdq84BxUbPPYGFxC8sURy8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wdq84BxUbPPYGFxC8sURy8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The camera platform features a bubble level and a removable security pin, to avoid the quick-release plate sliding out forwards or backwards. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Even the Arca-Swiss compatible quick-release plate is based on a crafty bit of design. It works as expected with a camera or anything else with a standard 1/4-inch treaded socket. However, it also features hinged panels at each end and spring-loaded sliding rails. The upshot is that you can also use the QR plate as a phone mount, thus attaching your phone to the tripod or monopod, or using the latter as a selfie stick.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="VuEf2C36btUAGusndoN449" name="F51 3014.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VuEf2C36btUAGusndoN449-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VuEf2C36btUAGusndoN449-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Arca-Swiss compatible quick-release plate doubles as a spring-loaded phone mount. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Tools supplied with the tripod comprise an additional, carabiner-style weight hook and three allen keys. The allen keys are in addition to the one that’s built into the center-column’s fitted weight hook.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="gFoe2Dhey9JdS8yo7RNnE9" name="F51 3016.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/gFoe2Dhey9JdS8yo7RNnE9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/gFoe2Dhey9JdS8yo7RNnE9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">A carabiner-style additional weight hook and three allen keys are supplied with the tripod. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Everything’s wrapped up in a stylish, high-quality padded carrying bag. The bag comes complete with handles that lock together with a Velcro pad, plus a removable shoulder strap. The inside of the bag features a long, secondary zippered compartment for holding the various tripod accessories.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="9MVbRKSPueM6rNxrNVLdJA" name="F51 3017.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9MVbRKSPueM6rNxrNVLdJA-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9MVbRKSPueM6rNxrNVLdJA-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The carrying bag is well padded and nicely made. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>But before we grab the bag and go outside, there’s yet another tricked up design flourish. I’ve seen tabletop conversion in full-sized tripods before, mostly from 3 Legged Thing, like my trusty <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review">3 Legged Thing Winston 2.0</a>, for which you can buy optional Vanz footwear to make the change. The table tripod conversion legs for the Freewell are supplied ‘free’ as part of the package, and they also have a relatively high-end design, complete with dual-section extension and handy twist-action leg locks. They’re more like a miniaturized set of regular tripod legs than a cheap and basic add-on.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="jcXRsn6LPcQtv9BEAwKNP9" name="F51 3021.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jcXRsn6LPcQtv9BEAwKNP9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1439" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jcXRsn6LPcQtv9BEAwKNP9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Like the full-sized legs, the small tabletop legs are again made of carbon fiber and have an extendable design with twist-locks. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-the-real-multi-tripod-5-in-1-performance"><span>The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1: Performance</span></h3><p>Performance is mostly very good but not entirely great. Setup speed is certainly very quick, thanks to Freewell avoiding the temptation of travel-style, swing-up legs. The twist-action leg clamps also work with minimum fuss and bother, and while there are three of them in each leg, it’s easy to grasp all of them in one go when the leg sections are all retracted. The ball head also works with smooth efficiency and its dual panning mechanisms give a performance boost when shooting panoramic sequences of stills or for videography. The multiple leg angles offer greater stability for shooting at fairly short heights.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="3xAaAGhpqMRVnuKVMs4T59" name="F51 3030.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3xAaAGhpqMRVnuKVMs4T59-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3xAaAGhpqMRVnuKVMs4T59-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Splaying the legs a little for shooting at fairly short heights gives a wider spread for the feet and makes the tripod less likely to topple over if accidentally knocked, or in very windy conditions. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>My main criticism in terms of performance is that even with four sections in each leg rather than three, the maximum height feels a little limited. Naturally, it’s a trade-off because if the maximum operating height was taller, the folded height would be less compact and the tripod would be less travel-friendly. Either way, I often found that I needed to raise the center column to achieve the shooting height that I wanted. The legs on their own are fairly but not massively resistant to vibrations. However, the center column feels relatively wobbly and lacking in rigidity when extended.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1439px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:177.90%;"><img id="RDronPfkuwSjUY4m87cHKA" name="F51 3033.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/RDronPfkuwSjUY4m87cHKA-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1439" height="2560" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/RDronPfkuwSjUY4m87cHKA-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The maximum shooting height is fairly modest even with the center column fully extended. I found that the center column lacked rigidity even when extended by fairly small amounts, and became worse at taller extensions. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>While rigidity could be better at maximum extension, the tripod delivers solid performance for ultra-low-level shooting. Splitting the center column and splaying the legs to their widest angles enables you to get right down to virtually ground level.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.17%;"><img id="v3on9PwhJ3M5rcsyP8mvVA" name="F51 3035.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/v3on9PwhJ3M5rcsyP8mvVA-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1438" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/v3on9PwhJ3M5rcsyP8mvVA-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Splitting the center column enables ultra-low-level shooting with the camera the right way up, and if that’s still not low enough, you can invert the center column and shoot with the camera upside down. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I’ll admit to being quite tall at 6ft 5in. As I mentioned earlier, you can’t join one of the legs to the center column for monopod duty and as a result, I found that adding the head directly to one leg didn’t give me enough height. The problem is solved by joining two or even three legs together, which enables a huge maximum height, but it’s a bit more fiddly as you have to remove both parts of the rubber pad and metal spike feet from the upper joining tripod legs.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="9a9PrrStKqCeoN4ozV99JA" name="F51 3036.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9a9PrrStKqCeoN4ozV99JA-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9a9PrrStKqCeoN4ozV99JA-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">You might well find that you need to join at two legs together to enable sufficient height in monopod mode. Join all three together and you’ll get a towering monopod. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>One of the five modes on offer is described by Freewell as a ‘hands-free monopod’ monopod. I don’t feel brave enough to take my hands away for more than a second or two but the ability to connect the short tabletop legs to the chassis and use it as a base for the monopod does add a firm footing. In this respect, you get the added stability of using a three-footed pole like with the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/monopods/benro-a48fd-monopod-review">Benro A48FD Monopod</a>.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1440px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:177.78%;"><img id="979AXSFYn9k4VNskYMf6SA" name="F51 3041.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/979AXSFYn9k4VNskYMf6SA-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1440" height="2560" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/979AXSFYn9k4VNskYMf6SA-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The short tabletop legs can act as a three-footed base in monopod mode. Here’s the ‘hands-free’ configuration, which I’d hesitate to use in breezy conditions. To quote Dirty Harry, “You've got to ask yourself one question: 'Do I feel lucky?'” </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>For landscape photography in the wilds, negotiating tricky terrain can be more problematic than carefully composing the shot when you finally reach your destination. Again, the Freewell comes to your aid, serving as a trekking pole as well as a tripod or monopod. The trekking pole configuration is essentially the same as the monopod setup, except that you can attach one of the rubber feet to the top for comfort, instead of fitting the head. Down below, you can use either a rubber pad or a spike at the bottom, depending on the type of ground that you’re covering.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="ZqRPsvXW99TZXifWGGdqLA" name="F51 3044.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZqRPsvXW99TZXifWGGdqLA-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZqRPsvXW99TZXifWGGdqLA-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Remove the head and add one of the rubber feet up top and your monopod becomes a trekking pole. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The Freewell can serve as a tripod, monopod or selfie stick for your smartphone. You won’t need an additional phone mount, as the supplied Arca-Swiss compatible quick-release plate converts into a self-contained phone mount. It’s spring-loaded with hinged sides, and gives a safe and secure grip.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="j6vYNktwV78sXXkgAnRhn8" name="F51 3048.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/j6vYNktwV78sXXkgAnRhn8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/j6vYNktwV78sXXkgAnRhn8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The quick-release plate doubles as a phone mount, and gives a safe and secure grip. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Last but not least, this full-sized tripod works particularly well as a mini-tripod or tabletop tripod. Unlike many of its kind, it features adjustable carbon fiber legs based on dual sections with a twist-action clamp. Couple that with the three leg angles enabled by the tripod chassis and you get a generous range of adjustment.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="24G86fUyJDKLboj6wTgkd9" name="F51 3029.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/24G86fUyJDKLboj6wTgkd9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/24G86fUyJDKLboj6wTgkd9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Not just for tabletop use, the Freewell works equally well as a mini-tripod out in the field. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-the-real-multi-tripod-5-in-1-verdict"><span>The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1: Verdict</span></h3><p>There’s a lot to love about the Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1. It definitely lives up to its claims with amazingly versatile, multiple modes. Better still, it’s highly effective in all of them, as a regular tripod, tabletop/mini tripod, monopod, monopod with feet, trekking pole and smartphone support.</p><p>The build quality looks and feels very good, based on luxury 10-layer carbon fiber and an aluminum alloy chassis. Everything works with smooth simplicity, enabling quick and intuitive setup and similarly straightforward takedown. The ball head follows suit, and I like that it has dual panning mechanisms. As an incredibly comprehensive, multi-mode tripod with a premium build, the Freewell is outstanding value for money.</p><p>I’d give it top marks, but for a few little niggles. The maximum height is fairly modest and the folded length isn’t particularly compact. I can live with that, but I found that the center column was quite wobbly at anything more than slight extension. And while the legs have a payload rating of 20kg / 44lb, it’s only 10kg / 22lb for the head. That should still prove sufficient however, as you’re unlikely to have a camera outfit that weighs more than 10kg /22lb, and the extra payload rating of the legs enables the fitment of accessories via the additional mounting ports, and hanging ballast off one or other of the weight hooks. All in all, the Freewell is a pretty remarkable tripod.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>The Freewell is positively brimming with features, working as a tripod, tabletop/mini tripod, monopod, monopod with feet, trekking pole and smartphone support.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>It’s a really clever design, in many and varied ways. The tripod is endlessly adaptable with intuitive ease of use, and it has a luxurious 10-layer carbon fiber build.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★½</p></td><td  ><p>Performance is mostly very good but the center column is a bit wobbly when extended, which impacts on the rigidity of the tripod at or near its maximum operating height.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Compared with broadly similar tripods that don’t actually offer as many operating modes, the Freewell is standout value for money.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Overall</strong></p></td><td  ><p>★★★★½</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.85%;"><img id="vukCPnWaErvjakvX2Rj6w9" name="F51 00 hero 2716.JPG" alt="Freewell The Real Multi Tripod 5-in-1" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vukCPnWaErvjakvX2Rj6w9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2560" height="1097" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vukCPnWaErvjakvX2Rj6w9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="4248efb8-b06f-11f1-b2dd-65450df4a4fa" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" data-dimension48="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/heipi-3-in-1-travel-tripod-w28s-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="ygkqaD56NcgaEBxLSbhWxV" name="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ygkqaD56NcgaEBxLSbhWxV-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="2560" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/heipi-3-in-1-travel-tripod-w28s-review" data-dimension112="4248efb8-b06f-11f1-b2dd-65450df4a4fa" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" data-dimension48="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" data-dimension25=""><strong>Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S</strong></a> isn’t a ‘5-in-1’ tripod but it’s nevertheless like two tripods in one. That’s thanks to an innovative design featuring a triple-leg center column. As such, you get a main full-sized tripod with an extending center column, and if you remove the column altogether, it works as a separate mini-tripod. The Heipi costs around $399 / £349 / AU$649.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="4248f012-b06f-11f1-acaa-c1d6253eb14b" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Peak Design Pro Tripod" data-dimension48="Peak Design Pro Tripod" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/peak-design-pro-tripod-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="QjKmQSwEyv76qzBLm8LgpV" name="Peak Design Pro Tripod square.JPG" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/QjKmQSwEyv76qzBLm8LgpV-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="2560" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/peak-design-pro-tripod-review" data-dimension112="4248f012-b06f-11f1-acaa-c1d6253eb14b" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Peak Design Pro Tripod" data-dimension48="Peak Design Pro Tripod" data-dimension25=""><strong>Peak Design Pro Tripod</strong></a> builds on the success of the company’s preceding travel tripod, again having a space-saving design. Like the Freewell, it has a triangular-section center column but this time the leg sections are specially shaped to wrap more tightly around it. The Peak Design Pro is considerably more expensive at $900 / £800 / AU$1,500.</p></div>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ This new L-bracket is built to adjust to your shooting style – and your camera – with an expandable, adjustable design ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>L-brackets are an increasingly crucial piece of kit that allows for quick horizontal jto vertical tripod swaps – but most are built for a specific camera. Tripod maker 3 Legged Thing, however, has a new option that’s meant to adapt to a variety of different cameras without blocking port access – and expands to accommodate accessories.</p><p>The <a href="https://3leggedthing.com/en-us/products/lexie-qd-arca-swiss-quick-detach-xpand-compatible-universal-l-bracket" target="_blank" rel="sponsored">3 Legged Thing Lexie QD</a> is an L-bracket with an expandable design that makes it possible for the accessory to fit a variety of different camera bodies. But the adjustable base plate isn’t the only way the new Lexie aims to adapt to different shooting styles.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="au2hjhHNExbyUanFY2z9ta" name="LEXIEQD-OR-4914" alt="The 3 Legged Thing Lexie QD L-bracket" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/au2hjhHNExbyUanFY2z9ta-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1000" height="562" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/au2hjhHNExbyUanFY2z9ta-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: 3 Legged Thing)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The bracket is built with a sliding screw. This allows photographers to position the bracket more forward or backwards on the camera in order to help prevent that side piece from blocking access to crucial ports. The cutout in that same vertical piece is designed to double as a guide to manage cables coming from those ports.</p><p>3 Legged Thing has launched universal brackets before, along with custom-fitted options built for specific camera models. But the Lexie QD is the first in the lineup to include a QD socket that’s built for <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/camera-supports/3-legged-thing-launches-axis-camera-strap-system">the brand’s quick-swap straps</a>. That QD system allows photographers to switch from tripod to strap quickly, without removing the L-bracket.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="Lskns6uoKcAMnBUDBsjM2b" name="LEXIEQD-OR-5246" alt="The 3 Legged Thing Lexie QD L-bracket" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Lskns6uoKcAMnBUDBsjM2b-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1000" height="1000" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Lskns6uoKcAMnBUDBsjM2b-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: 3 Legged Thing)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The new L-bracket is also designed to work with the company’s <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/camera-accessories/need-multiple-photo-accessories-this-tripod-brand-just-made-a-lego-like-kit-for-creating-a-custom-camera-rig-to-attach-anything-from-mics-to-grips">modular XPAND system</a> launched earlier this year. The base includes connection slots that allow creators to add a cheese plate, risers, and connectors to build out a custom rig designed to house different accessories.</p><p>Without adding extra cheese plates, the Lexie QD still has two 1/4”-20 accessory threads on the vertical to install accessories like lights, mics, monitors, and accessory arms.</p><p>Announced on September 16, the Lexie QD is already shipping directly from the manufacturer as well as retail stores. <a href="https://3leggedthing.com/en-us/products/lexie-qd-arca-swiss-quick-detach-xpand-compatible-universal-l-bracket" target="_blank" rel="sponsored">The new L-bracket</a> comes in at a price of about $60 / £50.</p><p>The company will also be selling a new XP 85 Base Plate that allows photographers who own the earlier Lexie bracket to add the QD and Xpand compatibility from the new version for $30 / £30.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-may-also-like"><span>You may also like</span></h3><p>Take a look at <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-l-bracket">the best L-brackets </a>or the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod">best tripods for photographers</a>.</p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/this-new-l-bracket-is-built-to-adjust-to-your-shooting-style-and-your-camera-with-an-expandable-adjustable-design</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ 3 Legged Thing's new L-bracket adjusts to your camera, accommodates accessories, and switches from tripod to strap ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">Wo2D3aMX2bJDpC6YN6KdPf</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KCM8CFU9LUoTNB3Dvw24ya-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Thu, 17 Sep 2026 10:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Tripods]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ hillary.grigonis@futurenet.com (Hillary K. Grigonis) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Hillary K. Grigonis ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FCSkExqFFzvDQFmnEf8mgV-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;The US Editor of Digital Camera World, Hillary K. Grigonis has more than a decade of experience in journalism with a focus on photography and technology. Her work has appeared in Business Insider, Digital Trends, Pocket-lint, Rangefinder, The Phoblographer, and more. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;A current Fujifilm and former Nikon shooter, her background in reviewing camera gear means she’s handled everything from cheap Instax to medium format mirrorless. Her camera bag includes a wide range of gear from a DJI drone to a newly added vintage film SLR. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;On the weekends, she photographs portraits and weddings at Hillary K Photography. As a former photojournalist, her work favors a mix of documentary and posed styles. While she’s turned her passion for photography into a career, she still considers photowalks a break from work, while she also includes reading, hiking, kayaking, and camping among her most-loved hobbies.&lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KCM8CFU9LUoTNB3Dvw24ya-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[3 Legged Thing]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[The 3 Legged Thing Lexie QD L-bracket]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[The 3 Legged Thing Lexie QD L-bracket]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[The 3 Legged Thing Lexie QD L-bracket]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KCM8CFU9LUoTNB3Dvw24ya-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>L-brackets are an increasingly crucial piece of kit that allows for quick horizontal jto vertical tripod swaps – but most are built for a specific camera. Tripod maker 3 Legged Thing, however, has a new option that’s meant to adapt to a variety of different cameras without blocking port access – and expands to accommodate accessories.</p><p>The <a href="https://3leggedthing.com/en-us/products/lexie-qd-arca-swiss-quick-detach-xpand-compatible-universal-l-bracket" target="_blank" rel="sponsored">3 Legged Thing Lexie QD</a> is an L-bracket with an expandable design that makes it possible for the accessory to fit a variety of different camera bodies. But the adjustable base plate isn’t the only way the new Lexie aims to adapt to different shooting styles.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="au2hjhHNExbyUanFY2z9ta" name="LEXIEQD-OR-4914" alt="The 3 Legged Thing Lexie QD L-bracket" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/au2hjhHNExbyUanFY2z9ta-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1000" height="562" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/au2hjhHNExbyUanFY2z9ta-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: 3 Legged Thing)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The bracket is built with a sliding screw. This allows photographers to position the bracket more forward or backwards on the camera in order to help prevent that side piece from blocking access to crucial ports. The cutout in that same vertical piece is designed to double as a guide to manage cables coming from those ports.</p><p>3 Legged Thing has launched universal brackets before, along with custom-fitted options built for specific camera models. But the Lexie QD is the first in the lineup to include a QD socket that’s built for <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/camera-supports/3-legged-thing-launches-axis-camera-strap-system">the brand’s quick-swap straps</a>. That QD system allows photographers to switch from tripod to strap quickly, without removing the L-bracket.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="Lskns6uoKcAMnBUDBsjM2b" name="LEXIEQD-OR-5246" alt="The 3 Legged Thing Lexie QD L-bracket" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Lskns6uoKcAMnBUDBsjM2b-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1000" height="1000" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Lskns6uoKcAMnBUDBsjM2b-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: 3 Legged Thing)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The new L-bracket is also designed to work with the company’s <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/camera-accessories/need-multiple-photo-accessories-this-tripod-brand-just-made-a-lego-like-kit-for-creating-a-custom-camera-rig-to-attach-anything-from-mics-to-grips">modular XPAND system</a> launched earlier this year. The base includes connection slots that allow creators to add a cheese plate, risers, and connectors to build out a custom rig designed to house different accessories.</p><p>Without adding extra cheese plates, the Lexie QD still has two 1/4”-20 accessory threads on the vertical to install accessories like lights, mics, monitors, and accessory arms.</p><p>Announced on September 16, the Lexie QD is already shipping directly from the manufacturer as well as retail stores. <a href="https://3leggedthing.com/en-us/products/lexie-qd-arca-swiss-quick-detach-xpand-compatible-universal-l-bracket" target="_blank" rel="sponsored">The new L-bracket</a> comes in at a price of about $60 / £50.</p><p>The company will also be selling a new XP 85 Base Plate that allows photographers who own the earlier Lexie bracket to add the QD and Xpand compatibility from the new version for $30 / £30.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-may-also-like"><span>You may also like</span></h3><p>Take a look at <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-l-bracket">the best L-brackets </a>or the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod">best tripods for photographers</a>.</p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Cheap tripods are a trap: When support matters more than megapixels ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>At first, you think the camera is the most important thing in your photography world. Then, you realize it’s the lenses. But if you’re a landscape or macro photographer, you’ll quickly learn that the tripod is just as important (if not more). And you either learn that the easy way or the hard way.</p><p>Buying the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod">best tripod for photography</a> is a rite of passage for the beginner photographer. You’ve got the camera and the kit lens, so you go out and buy a <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-camera-bags-and-cases-for-photographers">camera bag</a> and a tripod. But more often than not, the tripod is a cheap, plasticky implement that’s – for lack of a better word – completely useless… </p><p>A beginner might not understand the foibles of a cheap tripod until it’s too late. In fact, they might merrily capture soft shot after soft shot without realizing that they deserve better. I myself made this mistake; I didn’t know what <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/features/what-is-camera-shake-and-why-does-it-happen">camera shake </a>was when I started, and I certainly didn’t realize it could happen on a tripod. In fact, I blamed my camera or myself when it was my tripod all along.</p><h2 id="cheap-tripod-cheap-performance">Cheap tripod, cheap performance</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="rGf8j6mDZGeuNorEMTYjoF" name="NIK162.review23.jpg" alt="Manfrotto  Befree Advanced Carbon Fibre Travel Tripod, friction knob" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rGf8j6mDZGeuNorEMTYjoF-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2000" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Quality knobs (pictured) with good friction prevent slippage and overtightening  </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Anything can be bought cheap if you’re in the right place at the right time, of course. When I say cheap, I mean cheaply made. You know, the kind of unbranded tripod you can pick up from Amazon or a department store or comes bundled with your camera. These kinds of tripods might look inviting enough, but they are usually an absolute nightmare to use.</p><p>I’m talking about being hard to adjust and refine: knobs that never seem tight enough, axes that stutter as you try to tilt or pan to refine your composition. Weak legs that wobble or don’t even splay wide enough for secure outdoor use. Legs that catch when you try to extend or collapse them. And light payloads that are entirely inadequate for longer zoom lenses or bigger cameras when it comes time to upgrade. </p><h2 id="tripod-red-flags">Tripod red flags</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="sqEW4xzhr6QGu8tDSANdbF" name="NIK162.review2.jpg" alt="Manfrotto  Befree Advanced Carbon Fibre Travel Tripod, attaching camera and plate" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sqEW4xzhr6QGu8tDSANdbF-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2000" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">A good head from a reputable brand like Manfrotto (pictured) will make life much easier  </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Let’s talk about how you identify a cheap tripod. </p><ul><li><strong>Plastic components:</strong> The main thing I’d advise you to look out for is an abundance of plastic components, particularly plastic threads. In my experience, plastic threads simply cannot be tightened enough to prevent slippage, and on top of that, they can easily wear or even break over time.</li><li><strong>Leg braces/struts: </strong>Another giveaway is plastic struts between the legs. A quality tripod doesn’t need any extra stability; it will stand firm with the legs splayed out. If a cheap tripod has plastic struts, assume that the legs aren’t particularly sturdy to begin with. Don’t get me wrong, some expensive heavy-duty video tripods do feature struts, but they’re designed to be as stable and heavy as possible.</li><li><strong>A poor quality head:</strong> <em>Do not</em> ignore the tripod head. A tripod is only as good as its head. You can have a sturdy trio of legs, but if the head is plasticky and cheap and suffers from many of the problems I listed earlier, you’re in for a frustrating ride, and your photography will suffer.</li></ul><p>A quality tripod, on the other hand, will just feel effortlessly sturdy. Threads boast good friction to prevent overtightening, joints move smoothly and intentionally, legs can be splayed to varying degrees and are stable, setting up and collapsing the device feels effortless, and it features a quality head.</p><h2 id="is-cost-the-compromise">Is cost the compromise? </h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5910px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="VivtN3kvNwRUdekU3xNQBF" name="DSC_1048.jpg" alt="Manfrotto Befree Advanced Carbon Fibre Travel Tripod, packed down and being carried" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VivtN3kvNwRUdekU3xNQBF-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="5910" height="3324" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Manfrotto Befree Advanced Carbon Fiber Travel Tripod (pictured) is more expensive than the aluminum version, but lighter  </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>You’re probably thinking, great Mike, but what about the cost? I’m not suggesting that you pay hundreds of bucks for a tripod, but I am suggesting that you reframe the way you think about budgeting for kit. A lot of photographers will pay around $100 / £100 for a lens and consider it a bargain. You can pick up a quality tripod for a similar price.</p><p>The Manfrotto Element MII Aluminium Tripod is selling for <a href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1527795-REG/manfrotto_mkelmii4bk_bh_element_mii_aluminum_tripod.html" target="_blank" rel="sponsored">$132.95 at B&H Photo</a> and <a href="https://www.wexphotovideo.com/manfrotto-element-mii-aluminium-tripod-kit-black-1729083/?cpgnid=17870678074&adext=&account=853-353-2386&campaign=&group=&mkwid=_dc&pcrid=&kword=&match=&plid=&pgrid=&ptaid=&si=&gad_source=1&gad_campaignid=17339491594&gbraid=0AAAAAD6dWBcOJ5d53oOBI6vgfh32SM5A4&gclid=CjwKCAjw_KjVBhAHEiwAnC0N9Jz-HtA8OCicetKsVPy1DJ5nAxyTJ9c1p-cBH5-6yXK-ML7LyGrAhhoCnf8QAvD_BwE" target="_blank" rel="sponsored">£99 at Wex Photo Video</a>. This is a tripod I used for years. As long as you don’t exceed the 8-kg payload and are using lenses up to 200mm, it will serve beginner photographers very well indeed. And trust me, the difference between a tripod like the Element MII from a reputable brand and a cheap tripod is <em>huge</em>. </p><p>The only reason to spend more is if you’ve reached a point where you have identified specialist needs. For example, general tripod usage tends to favor portability over stability, but a serious macro photographer may wish to invest in a larger, sturdier tripod since the effects of camera shake are more prevalent at higher magnifications. A travel photographer or landscape photographer who hikes may be happy to pay more for a lighter carbon fiber tripod. And so on. </p><p>You may also wish to turn to the used market. Most tripods don’t tend to hold their value in the same way that cameras and lenses do, so you could end up with a real bargain on used marketplaces. So, there you have it. Tripods aren’t the most exciting bits of photography kit in the world, but a good tripod is worth its payload in gold.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-might-also-like"><span>You might also like...</span></h3><p>Check out the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod">best tripods for photography</a> and the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-ball-heads-for-tripods">best ball heads for tripods</a>. On the subject of tripod heads: <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/tutorials/are-you-using-the-right-tripod-head-for-landscape-photography">Are you using the right tripod head for landscape photography?</a></p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/cheap-tripods-are-a-trap-when-support-matters-more-than-megapixels</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ It’s tempting to blow your budget on cameras and lenses, but trust me, a quality tripod is worth its payload in gold ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">GeRBrzQnofu6RQpyFkXBzX</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8ctnfB3kn7NvSPqWUct8kB-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Wed, 16 Sep 2026 15:15:32 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Tripods]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ mike.harris@futurenet.com (Mike Harris) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Mike Harris ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GGEXGwupYYYnNwLb7XkXx8-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8ctnfB3kn7NvSPqWUct8kB-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[photographer]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[photographer]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[photographer]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8ctnfB3kn7NvSPqWUct8kB-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>At first, you think the camera is the most important thing in your photography world. Then, you realize it’s the lenses. But if you’re a landscape or macro photographer, you’ll quickly learn that the tripod is just as important (if not more). And you either learn that the easy way or the hard way.</p><p>Buying the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod">best tripod for photography</a> is a rite of passage for the beginner photographer. You’ve got the camera and the kit lens, so you go out and buy a <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-camera-bags-and-cases-for-photographers">camera bag</a> and a tripod. But more often than not, the tripod is a cheap, plasticky implement that’s – for lack of a better word – completely useless… </p><p>A beginner might not understand the foibles of a cheap tripod until it’s too late. In fact, they might merrily capture soft shot after soft shot without realizing that they deserve better. I myself made this mistake; I didn’t know what <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/features/what-is-camera-shake-and-why-does-it-happen">camera shake </a>was when I started, and I certainly didn’t realize it could happen on a tripod. In fact, I blamed my camera or myself when it was my tripod all along.</p><h2 id="cheap-tripod-cheap-performance">Cheap tripod, cheap performance</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="rGf8j6mDZGeuNorEMTYjoF" name="NIK162.review23.jpg" alt="Manfrotto  Befree Advanced Carbon Fibre Travel Tripod, friction knob" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rGf8j6mDZGeuNorEMTYjoF-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2000" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Quality knobs (pictured) with good friction prevent slippage and overtightening  </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Anything can be bought cheap if you’re in the right place at the right time, of course. When I say cheap, I mean cheaply made. You know, the kind of unbranded tripod you can pick up from Amazon or a department store or comes bundled with your camera. These kinds of tripods might look inviting enough, but they are usually an absolute nightmare to use.</p><p>I’m talking about being hard to adjust and refine: knobs that never seem tight enough, axes that stutter as you try to tilt or pan to refine your composition. Weak legs that wobble or don’t even splay wide enough for secure outdoor use. Legs that catch when you try to extend or collapse them. And light payloads that are entirely inadequate for longer zoom lenses or bigger cameras when it comes time to upgrade. </p><h2 id="tripod-red-flags">Tripod red flags</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="sqEW4xzhr6QGu8tDSANdbF" name="NIK162.review2.jpg" alt="Manfrotto  Befree Advanced Carbon Fibre Travel Tripod, attaching camera and plate" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sqEW4xzhr6QGu8tDSANdbF-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2000" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">A good head from a reputable brand like Manfrotto (pictured) will make life much easier  </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Let’s talk about how you identify a cheap tripod. </p><ul><li><strong>Plastic components:</strong> The main thing I’d advise you to look out for is an abundance of plastic components, particularly plastic threads. In my experience, plastic threads simply cannot be tightened enough to prevent slippage, and on top of that, they can easily wear or even break over time.</li><li><strong>Leg braces/struts: </strong>Another giveaway is plastic struts between the legs. A quality tripod doesn’t need any extra stability; it will stand firm with the legs splayed out. If a cheap tripod has plastic struts, assume that the legs aren’t particularly sturdy to begin with. Don’t get me wrong, some expensive heavy-duty video tripods do feature struts, but they’re designed to be as stable and heavy as possible.</li><li><strong>A poor quality head:</strong> <em>Do not</em> ignore the tripod head. A tripod is only as good as its head. You can have a sturdy trio of legs, but if the head is plasticky and cheap and suffers from many of the problems I listed earlier, you’re in for a frustrating ride, and your photography will suffer.</li></ul><p>A quality tripod, on the other hand, will just feel effortlessly sturdy. Threads boast good friction to prevent overtightening, joints move smoothly and intentionally, legs can be splayed to varying degrees and are stable, setting up and collapsing the device feels effortless, and it features a quality head.</p><h2 id="is-cost-the-compromise">Is cost the compromise? </h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5910px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="VivtN3kvNwRUdekU3xNQBF" name="DSC_1048.jpg" alt="Manfrotto Befree Advanced Carbon Fibre Travel Tripod, packed down and being carried" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VivtN3kvNwRUdekU3xNQBF-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="5910" height="3324" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Manfrotto Befree Advanced Carbon Fiber Travel Tripod (pictured) is more expensive than the aluminum version, but lighter  </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>You’re probably thinking, great Mike, but what about the cost? I’m not suggesting that you pay hundreds of bucks for a tripod, but I am suggesting that you reframe the way you think about budgeting for kit. A lot of photographers will pay around $100 / £100 for a lens and consider it a bargain. You can pick up a quality tripod for a similar price.</p><p>The Manfrotto Element MII Aluminium Tripod is selling for <a href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1527795-REG/manfrotto_mkelmii4bk_bh_element_mii_aluminum_tripod.html" target="_blank" rel="sponsored">$132.95 at B&H Photo</a> and <a href="https://www.wexphotovideo.com/manfrotto-element-mii-aluminium-tripod-kit-black-1729083/?cpgnid=17870678074&adext=&account=853-353-2386&campaign=&group=&mkwid=_dc&pcrid=&kword=&match=&plid=&pgrid=&ptaid=&si=&gad_source=1&gad_campaignid=17339491594&gbraid=0AAAAAD6dWBcOJ5d53oOBI6vgfh32SM5A4&gclid=CjwKCAjw_KjVBhAHEiwAnC0N9Jz-HtA8OCicetKsVPy1DJ5nAxyTJ9c1p-cBH5-6yXK-ML7LyGrAhhoCnf8QAvD_BwE" target="_blank" rel="sponsored">£99 at Wex Photo Video</a>. This is a tripod I used for years. As long as you don’t exceed the 8-kg payload and are using lenses up to 200mm, it will serve beginner photographers very well indeed. And trust me, the difference between a tripod like the Element MII from a reputable brand and a cheap tripod is <em>huge</em>. </p><p>The only reason to spend more is if you’ve reached a point where you have identified specialist needs. For example, general tripod usage tends to favor portability over stability, but a serious macro photographer may wish to invest in a larger, sturdier tripod since the effects of camera shake are more prevalent at higher magnifications. A travel photographer or landscape photographer who hikes may be happy to pay more for a lighter carbon fiber tripod. And so on. </p><p>You may also wish to turn to the used market. Most tripods don’t tend to hold their value in the same way that cameras and lenses do, so you could end up with a real bargain on used marketplaces. So, there you have it. Tripods aren’t the most exciting bits of photography kit in the world, but a good tripod is worth its payload in gold.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-might-also-like"><span>You might also like...</span></h3><p>Check out the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod">best tripods for photography</a> and the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-ball-heads-for-tripods">best ball heads for tripods</a>. On the subject of tripod heads: <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/tutorials/are-you-using-the-right-tripod-head-for-landscape-photography">Are you using the right tripod head for landscape photography?</a></p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Tripods are either portable or super sturdy. But 3 Legged Thing just launched a modular tripod system with swappable legs to replace tabletop, travel, studio, and filmmaking tripods in one go ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Tripods tend to be purpose-built for different shoots, which means some photographers will own more than one – one for travel, one for maximum stability, one for tabletop shooting, and maybe even a separate monopod. But 3 Legged Things' latest invention is a build-your-own modular tripod system that replaces several purpose-built supports in one.</p><p>The new <a href="https://www.kickstarter.com/projects/3leggedthing/3-legged-thing-modular-tactical-tripod-system/description" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">3 Legged Thing James and Jason</a> is a tripod system with swappable parts. While most tripods can swap out for different heads or feet, the two new modular systems can swap out legs, canopies, flat plates, rings – along with heads and feet.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="mKJB5Bu9CmrRfvbT9Zoum5" name="DSCF9921" alt="The 3 Legged Thing James and Jason modular tripods" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mKJB5Bu9CmrRfvbT9Zoum5-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: 3 Legged Thing)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The idea is that by building a modular system, creators don’t need to own several tripods for different purposes. The James and Jason are full-sized tripods, but they can convert to travel tripods or studio tripods, and the swappable legs can also double as monopods and boom poles.</p><p>The heart of the system is the canopy. Both options can handle up to 30 kgs / 66 lbs, but one is built for portability, and the other is built for strength and features.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="NR4MShrGLq5mYQV6mJdGr5" name="DSCF9943" alt="The 3 Legged Thing James and Jason modular tripods" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NR4MShrGLq5mYQV6mJdGr5-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: 3 Legged Thing)</span></figcaption></figure><p>James uses a smaller, slimmer profile that creates a tripod that can still fit in the water bottle pocket of a camera bag. Jason, on the other hand, is a bit larger, but has a ballast hook and is built for strength. Both canopies have an extra accessory mount for attaching arms for adding lighting or a mic.</p><p>With those two canopies come three different swappable leg types, all built with carbon fiber. The five-section legs are the most compact, folding down to 42.5 cm / 16.7 inches and reaching a maximum height of 123 cm / 48.4 inches. The three-section legs are built for maximum height and stability, reaching 154 cm / 60.6 inches – but probably won’t fit in carry-on luggage. The four-section legs are the happy medium between the two.</p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kkeSatrxskihfEUFo6dYvZ-1920-80.png" alt="A breakdown of the different features on the 3 Legged Thing James modular tripod system" /><figcaption><small role="credit">3 Legged Thing</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sngHcKNVDJCncrisAkiTpZ-1920-80.png" alt="A breakdown of the different features on the 3 Legged Thing Jason modular tripod system" /><figcaption><small role="credit">3 Legged Thing</small></figcaption></figure></figure><p>Those legs can be adjusted to different angles for a wider stance and lower shots using a new trigger-pull design that the company says is easy to use even when wearing gloves.</p><p>Along with the swappable legs, the tripods launch with three options for feet to accommodate different terrain – and the tripods can also be used with the canopy and feet (no legs) to replace a mini tabletop tripod. The legs can also be used without the canopy as a monopod or light boom.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:133.33%;"><img id="LWJ5LCGhLcgc6PfYvPSp37" name="DSCF9876" alt="The 3 Legged Thing James in tabletop tripod mode" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LWJ5LCGhLcgc6PfYvPSp37-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1920" height="2560" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LWJ5LCGhLcgc6PfYvPSp37-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: 3 Legged Thing)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The modular tripod series also launches with a newly designed head that 3 Legged Thing has dubbed the Airhed Orbit. The ball-style head uses one main control to level, adjust, and lock the camera in position.</p><p>Beyond the versatility, the modular design also means that creators can break apart the tripods for upkeep and cleaning.</p><p>With multiple different setups possible, 3 Legged Thing has built several different bundles for the tactical tripods, including some basic setups with the canopy and feet to bundles with multiple pieces.</p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/fnTurENE8msp9unKcRKuw5-1920-80.jpg" alt="The 3 Legged Thing James and Jason modular tripods" /><figcaption><small role="credit">3 Legged Thing</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qc8DkKkstPqSsgzgt5QuN5-1920-80.jpg" alt="The 3 Legged Thing James and Jason modular tripods" /><figcaption><small role="credit">3 Legged Thing</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rGUQa4GRZ4jm5635iKDdh5-1920-80.jpg" alt="The 3 Legged Thing James and Jason modular tripods" /><figcaption><small role="credit">3 Legged Thing</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/nN5C95r6TfVfyfzXJLum26-1920-80.jpg" alt="The 3 Legged Thing James and Jason modular tripods" /><figcaption><small role="credit">3 Legged Thing</small></figcaption></figure></figure><p>3 Legged Thing is bringing James and Jason to creators <a href="https://www.kickstarter.com/projects/3leggedthing/3-legged-thing-modular-tactical-tripod-system/description" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">using Kickstarter</a>, where the campaign has already surpassed its original funding goal. Pledges take as much as 20 to 25 percent off the expected retail price, starting at £269 (about $365 / AU$506) for a canopy and legs, £669 (about $907 / AU$1,257) for a kit with all three leg variations, with the new Airhed Orbit head a £152 ($207 / AU$286) add-on.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-may-also-like"><span>You may also like</span></h3><p>For more inspiration, check out the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-tripod">best travel tripods</a> or the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod">best tripod for photography</a>.</p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/tripods-are-either-portable-or-super-sturdy-but-3-legged-thing-just-launched-a-modular-tripod-system-with-swappable-legs-to-replace-tabletop-travel-studio-and-filmmaking-tripods-in-one-go</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Tested down to -60°C, the new 3 Legged Thing James and Jason new tripod system has swappable legs, feet, and canopies ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">9RYA7C4sy7nhMwJgb2rXPM</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DERYnYMZGedwU6NkxRnrH5-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Fri, 11 Sep 2026 08:10:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Tripods]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ hillary.grigonis@futurenet.com (Hillary K. Grigonis) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Hillary K. Grigonis ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FCSkExqFFzvDQFmnEf8mgV-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;The US Editor of Digital Camera World, Hillary K. Grigonis has more than a decade of experience in journalism with a focus on photography and technology. Her work has appeared in Business Insider, Digital Trends, Pocket-lint, Rangefinder, The Phoblographer, and more. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;A current Fujifilm and former Nikon shooter, her background in reviewing camera gear means she’s handled everything from cheap Instax to medium format mirrorless. Her camera bag includes a wide range of gear from a DJI drone to a newly added vintage film SLR. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;On the weekends, she photographs portraits and weddings at Hillary K Photography. As a former photojournalist, her work favors a mix of documentary and posed styles. While she’s turned her passion for photography into a career, she still considers photowalks a break from work, while she also includes reading, hiking, kayaking, and camping among her most-loved hobbies.&lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DERYnYMZGedwU6NkxRnrH5-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[3 Legged Thing]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[The 3 Legged Thing James and Jason modular tripods]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[The 3 Legged Thing James and Jason modular tripods]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[The 3 Legged Thing James and Jason modular tripods]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DERYnYMZGedwU6NkxRnrH5-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Tripods tend to be purpose-built for different shoots, which means some photographers will own more than one – one for travel, one for maximum stability, one for tabletop shooting, and maybe even a separate monopod. But 3 Legged Things' latest invention is a build-your-own modular tripod system that replaces several purpose-built supports in one.</p><p>The new <a href="https://www.kickstarter.com/projects/3leggedthing/3-legged-thing-modular-tactical-tripod-system/description" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">3 Legged Thing James and Jason</a> is a tripod system with swappable parts. While most tripods can swap out for different heads or feet, the two new modular systems can swap out legs, canopies, flat plates, rings – along with heads and feet.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="mKJB5Bu9CmrRfvbT9Zoum5" name="DSCF9921" alt="The 3 Legged Thing James and Jason modular tripods" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mKJB5Bu9CmrRfvbT9Zoum5-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: 3 Legged Thing)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The idea is that by building a modular system, creators don’t need to own several tripods for different purposes. The James and Jason are full-sized tripods, but they can convert to travel tripods or studio tripods, and the swappable legs can also double as monopods and boom poles.</p><p>The heart of the system is the canopy. Both options can handle up to 30 kgs / 66 lbs, but one is built for portability, and the other is built for strength and features.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2560px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="NR4MShrGLq5mYQV6mJdGr5" name="DSCF9943" alt="The 3 Legged Thing James and Jason modular tripods" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NR4MShrGLq5mYQV6mJdGr5-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2560" height="1440" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: 3 Legged Thing)</span></figcaption></figure><p>James uses a smaller, slimmer profile that creates a tripod that can still fit in the water bottle pocket of a camera bag. Jason, on the other hand, is a bit larger, but has a ballast hook and is built for strength. Both canopies have an extra accessory mount for attaching arms for adding lighting or a mic.</p><p>With those two canopies come three different swappable leg types, all built with carbon fiber. The five-section legs are the most compact, folding down to 42.5 cm / 16.7 inches and reaching a maximum height of 123 cm / 48.4 inches. The three-section legs are built for maximum height and stability, reaching 154 cm / 60.6 inches – but probably won’t fit in carry-on luggage. The four-section legs are the happy medium between the two.</p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kkeSatrxskihfEUFo6dYvZ-1920-80.png" alt="A breakdown of the different features on the 3 Legged Thing James modular tripod system" /><figcaption><small role="credit">3 Legged Thing</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sngHcKNVDJCncrisAkiTpZ-1920-80.png" alt="A breakdown of the different features on the 3 Legged Thing Jason modular tripod system" /><figcaption><small role="credit">3 Legged Thing</small></figcaption></figure></figure><p>Those legs can be adjusted to different angles for a wider stance and lower shots using a new trigger-pull design that the company says is easy to use even when wearing gloves.</p><p>Along with the swappable legs, the tripods launch with three options for feet to accommodate different terrain – and the tripods can also be used with the canopy and feet (no legs) to replace a mini tabletop tripod. The legs can also be used without the canopy as a monopod or light boom.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:133.33%;"><img id="LWJ5LCGhLcgc6PfYvPSp37" name="DSCF9876" alt="The 3 Legged Thing James in tabletop tripod mode" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LWJ5LCGhLcgc6PfYvPSp37-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1920" height="2560" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LWJ5LCGhLcgc6PfYvPSp37-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: 3 Legged Thing)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The modular tripod series also launches with a newly designed head that 3 Legged Thing has dubbed the Airhed Orbit. The ball-style head uses one main control to level, adjust, and lock the camera in position.</p><p>Beyond the versatility, the modular design also means that creators can break apart the tripods for upkeep and cleaning.</p><p>With multiple different setups possible, 3 Legged Thing has built several different bundles for the tactical tripods, including some basic setups with the canopy and feet to bundles with multiple pieces.</p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/fnTurENE8msp9unKcRKuw5-1920-80.jpg" alt="The 3 Legged Thing James and Jason modular tripods" /><figcaption><small role="credit">3 Legged Thing</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qc8DkKkstPqSsgzgt5QuN5-1920-80.jpg" alt="The 3 Legged Thing James and Jason modular tripods" /><figcaption><small role="credit">3 Legged Thing</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rGUQa4GRZ4jm5635iKDdh5-1920-80.jpg" alt="The 3 Legged Thing James and Jason modular tripods" /><figcaption><small role="credit">3 Legged Thing</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/nN5C95r6TfVfyfzXJLum26-1920-80.jpg" alt="The 3 Legged Thing James and Jason modular tripods" /><figcaption><small role="credit">3 Legged Thing</small></figcaption></figure></figure><p>3 Legged Thing is bringing James and Jason to creators <a href="https://www.kickstarter.com/projects/3leggedthing/3-legged-thing-modular-tactical-tripod-system/description" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">using Kickstarter</a>, where the campaign has already surpassed its original funding goal. Pledges take as much as 20 to 25 percent off the expected retail price, starting at £269 (about $365 / AU$506) for a canopy and legs, £669 (about $907 / AU$1,257) for a kit with all three leg variations, with the new Airhed Orbit head a £152 ($207 / AU$286) add-on.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-may-also-like"><span>You may also like</span></h3><p>For more inspiration, check out the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-tripod">best travel tripods</a> or the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod">best tripod for photography</a>.</p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Insta360 teases its next camera – so what happens when you poke out one of Luna's eyes? ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Insta360 jumped headfirst into the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/action-cameras/best-pocket-gimbal-cameras">pocket gimbal camera</a> market all guns blazing with the spectacular – but premium – <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/action-cameras/insta360-luna-ultra-review">Luna Ultra</a> camera. The company is now teasing features for a less costly single-lens edition called the Luna Pro, and the latest news is that it will boast true vertical 4K video.</p><p>Insta360 first teased the camera three days ago, based on a joke that the number of product launches from the company could be a bit much for the marketing team!</p><div class="instagram-embed"><blockquote class="instagram-media"  data-instgrm-version="6" style="width:99.375%; width:-webkit-calc(100% - 2px); width:calc(100% - 2px);"><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/p/Dc03ov3BLir/" target="_blank">A post shared by Insta360 (@insta360)</a></p><p>A photo posted by </p></blockquote></div><p>The gimbal camera pictured in the teaser looks like the company's recently launched Luna Ultra camera, except that the camera at the top seems to only have a single lens.</p><p>The implication is that we're about to see, on September 10, the Luna Pro, which has already been released in China. </p><p>The camera still boasts a 1-inch sensor, 8K video and the detachable remote control screen, enough for Insta360 to describe it as a "flagship" even though it clearly plays second fiddle to the Ultra.</p><p>Insta360's real competitors, though, are the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/gimbals/dji-osmo-pocket-4-review">DJI Osmo Pocket 4</a> (with one camera) and <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/video-cameras/dji-osmo-pocket-4p-review-the-twin-lenspocket-gimbal-camera-weve-all-been-waiting-for">Pocket 4P</a> (with two).</p><p>As well as distinguishing itself with the detachable remote, Insta360 has given the camera the ability to shoot in 4K vertically as well as horizontally (at up to 4K60). Both of DJI's offerings switch to a 3K mode in vertical operation.</p><p>Although there is only one physical lens, the Insta360 Pro's digital zoom will be boosted to 4x, which the company says represents "80mm portraits."</p><p>While the Luna Pro has been seen at IFA Berlin, so it isn't just confined to China, the show is still running as I post this. It does at least confirm the name as well as the spec, but we don't expect to hear final pricing until September 10, a little behind Bejing's August 20.</p><p>Unlike DJI, which has been forced by US import law to stick to the Pocket 3, the Luna Ultra is and, presumably, the Luna Pro will be available to American customers. Soon we'll see the result on our guide to the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/action-cameras/best-pocket-gimbal-cameras">best pocket gimbal cameras</a>.</p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/gimbals/insta360-teases-its-next-camera-so-what-happens-when-you-poke-out-one-of-lunas-eyes</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Insta360 has started teasing another of the features that Luna's little brother will bring to the battle against the DJI Pocket ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">dKony59Fr9y8MsMwYyVm7X</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/D6CT2agxNVAwVbUY5BRYbC-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Mon, 07 Sep 2026 13:29:42 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Gimbals]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ adam.juniper@futurenet.com (Adam Juniper) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Adam Juniper ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/72ckUfmgPdyE9rg429R7Md-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/D6CT2agxNVAwVbUY5BRYbC-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Insta360 Luna Pro]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Insta360 Luna Pro]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Insta360 Luna Pro]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/D6CT2agxNVAwVbUY5BRYbC-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Insta360 jumped headfirst into the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/action-cameras/best-pocket-gimbal-cameras">pocket gimbal camera</a> market all guns blazing with the spectacular – but premium – <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/action-cameras/insta360-luna-ultra-review">Luna Ultra</a> camera. The company is now teasing features for a less costly single-lens edition called the Luna Pro, and the latest news is that it will boast true vertical 4K video.</p><p>Insta360 first teased the camera three days ago, based on a joke that the number of product launches from the company could be a bit much for the marketing team!</p><div class="instagram-embed"><blockquote class="instagram-media"  data-instgrm-version="6" style="width:99.375%; width:-webkit-calc(100% - 2px); width:calc(100% - 2px);"><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/p/Dc03ov3BLir/" target="_blank">A post shared by Insta360 (@insta360)</a></p><p>A photo posted by </p></blockquote></div><p>The gimbal camera pictured in the teaser looks like the company's recently launched Luna Ultra camera, except that the camera at the top seems to only have a single lens.</p><p>The implication is that we're about to see, on September 10, the Luna Pro, which has already been released in China. </p><p>The camera still boasts a 1-inch sensor, 8K video and the detachable remote control screen, enough for Insta360 to describe it as a "flagship" even though it clearly plays second fiddle to the Ultra.</p><p>Insta360's real competitors, though, are the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/gimbals/dji-osmo-pocket-4-review">DJI Osmo Pocket 4</a> (with one camera) and <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/video-cameras/dji-osmo-pocket-4p-review-the-twin-lenspocket-gimbal-camera-weve-all-been-waiting-for">Pocket 4P</a> (with two).</p><p>As well as distinguishing itself with the detachable remote, Insta360 has given the camera the ability to shoot in 4K vertically as well as horizontally (at up to 4K60). Both of DJI's offerings switch to a 3K mode in vertical operation.</p><p>Although there is only one physical lens, the Insta360 Pro's digital zoom will be boosted to 4x, which the company says represents "80mm portraits."</p><p>While the Luna Pro has been seen at IFA Berlin, so it isn't just confined to China, the show is still running as I post this. It does at least confirm the name as well as the spec, but we don't expect to hear final pricing until September 10, a little behind Bejing's August 20.</p><p>Unlike DJI, which has been forced by US import law to stick to the Pocket 3, the Luna Ultra is and, presumably, the Luna Pro will be available to American customers. Soon we'll see the result on our guide to the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/action-cameras/best-pocket-gimbal-cameras">best pocket gimbal cameras</a>.</p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Fed up carrying heavy camera gear? This AI exoskeleton wants to do the hard work ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Outdoor photography is not always the relaxed, leisurely pursuit it might appear. Camera bodies might be getting lighter, but once you add a couple of lenses, a tripod, filters, batteries, food, water, and perhaps a drone, you’re dragging around half a studio on your back. But Hypershell might have a solution: what if you could make the photographer stronger?</p><p>Unveiled at IFA 2026, the new Hypershell Halo is a full-leg consumer exoskeleton designed to assist movement across difficult terrain. For photographers who regularly hike with heavy gear, this could seriously help mobility.</p><p>Rather than simply providing power at the hips like previous models, the Halo uses four powered joints covering both the hips and knees, coordinating them as a single system to provide propulsion, weight-bearing support, descent control, and cushioning when landing or moving over uneven ground.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1708px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:149.88%;"><img id="jrDqK8vbPjuLuJk3RrPw3K" name="Hypershell Image 3" alt="Hypershell Halo exoskeleton being worn by a person" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jrDqK8vbPjuLuJk3RrPw3K-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1708" height="2560" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Hypershell)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The Halo's HyperDrive Pro system produces up to 1,490W of peak output and can assist users at speeds of up to 17km/h. Hypershell also claims the system can reduce knee-muscle fatigue by as much as 40% during squats, while helping lift the wearer during climbs and absorbing some of the impact on descents. A swappable 370g battery promises up to 20km of range.</p><p>Despite strapping four motors to your legs, Halo itself weighs 2.6kg. Its carbon-fiber and titanium construction folds down to less than eight liters. It is also IP54 rated against dust and splashing water, which should make it better suited to the sort of environments landscape and wildlife photographers tend to find themselves in.</p><p>It's 2026, so of course there is plenty of AI involved too. More than 30 sensors monitor movement while Hypershell's HyperIntuition 2.0 system attempts to predict what the wearer intends to do around 200 milliseconds in advance, adjusting assistance up to 2,500 times per second. Over time, it can also adapt to an individual's gait and movement habits.</p><p>Whether photographers are really ready to strap on an exoskeleton to go out shooting is another question. The Hypershell Halo costs $2,299, which is an investment, but is less than the cost of a lot of the other gear in a kit bag.</p><p>But if the choice is between leaving gear at home or getting robotic assistance up the mountain, I can certainly see the appeal.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-might-also-like"><span>You might also like...</span></h3><p>For more camera support in the great outdoors check out our guides to the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/carbon-fiber-tripods">best carbon fibre tripods</a> for lightweight options.</p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/camera-supports/fed-up-carrying-heavy-camera-gear-this-ai-exoskeleton-wants-to-do-the-hard-work</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The Hypershell Halo AI exoskeleton could make hauling a heavy camera bag up a mountain considerably easier ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">UD6QyGCEqGwKbgkhVKRnDR</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vGU979s43GZSrhr9G9JK4K-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Thu, 03 Sep 2026 13:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Thu, 03 Sep 2026 13:20:20 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ gareth.bevan@futurenet.com (Gareth Bevan) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Gareth Bevan ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/AsbARYkh4iHozfim2Y2PdC-320-70.jpeg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;Gareth is a photographer based in London, working as a freelance photographer and videographer for the past several years, having the privilege to shoot for some household names. With work focusing on fashion, portrait and lifestyle content creation, he has developed a range of skills covering everything from editorial shoots to social media videos. Outside of work, he has a personal passion for travel and nature photography, with a devotion to sustainability and environmental causes.&lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vGU979s43GZSrhr9G9JK4K-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Hypershell]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Hypershell Halo exoskeleton being worn by a person]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Hypershell Halo exoskeleton being worn by a person]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Hypershell Halo exoskeleton being worn by a person]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vGU979s43GZSrhr9G9JK4K-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Outdoor photography is not always the relaxed, leisurely pursuit it might appear. Camera bodies might be getting lighter, but once you add a couple of lenses, a tripod, filters, batteries, food, water, and perhaps a drone, you’re dragging around half a studio on your back. But Hypershell might have a solution: what if you could make the photographer stronger?</p><p>Unveiled at IFA 2026, the new Hypershell Halo is a full-leg consumer exoskeleton designed to assist movement across difficult terrain. For photographers who regularly hike with heavy gear, this could seriously help mobility.</p><p>Rather than simply providing power at the hips like previous models, the Halo uses four powered joints covering both the hips and knees, coordinating them as a single system to provide propulsion, weight-bearing support, descent control, and cushioning when landing or moving over uneven ground.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1708px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:149.88%;"><img id="jrDqK8vbPjuLuJk3RrPw3K" name="Hypershell Image 3" alt="Hypershell Halo exoskeleton being worn by a person" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jrDqK8vbPjuLuJk3RrPw3K-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1708" height="2560" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Hypershell)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The Halo's HyperDrive Pro system produces up to 1,490W of peak output and can assist users at speeds of up to 17km/h. Hypershell also claims the system can reduce knee-muscle fatigue by as much as 40% during squats, while helping lift the wearer during climbs and absorbing some of the impact on descents. A swappable 370g battery promises up to 20km of range.</p><p>Despite strapping four motors to your legs, Halo itself weighs 2.6kg. Its carbon-fiber and titanium construction folds down to less than eight liters. It is also IP54 rated against dust and splashing water, which should make it better suited to the sort of environments landscape and wildlife photographers tend to find themselves in.</p><p>It's 2026, so of course there is plenty of AI involved too. More than 30 sensors monitor movement while Hypershell's HyperIntuition 2.0 system attempts to predict what the wearer intends to do around 200 milliseconds in advance, adjusting assistance up to 2,500 times per second. Over time, it can also adapt to an individual's gait and movement habits.</p><p>Whether photographers are really ready to strap on an exoskeleton to go out shooting is another question. The Hypershell Halo costs $2,299, which is an investment, but is less than the cost of a lot of the other gear in a kit bag.</p><p>But if the choice is between leaving gear at home or getting robotic assistance up the mountain, I can certainly see the appeal.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-might-also-like"><span>You might also like...</span></h3><p>For more camera support in the great outdoors check out our guides to the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/carbon-fiber-tripods">best carbon fibre tripods</a> for lightweight options.</p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Best accessories for the DJI Osmo Pocket 3 and Pocket 4 cameras ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>If, like me, you're one of the millions who bought a DJI Osmo Pocket gimbal camera – or you're thinking about it – checking out the accessories is a good idea. </p><p>A good line of accessories can make or break a <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/action-cameras/best-pocket-gimbal-cameras">pocket gimbal camera</a>'s long-term usefulness, so it's already a good start that sales have been high; that means there are millions of reasons out there to offer accessories!</p><p>This guide covers both the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/dji-osmo-pocket-3-review">DJI Osmo Pocket 3</a> and<a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/gimbals/dji-osmo-pocket-4-review"> Osmo Pocket 4</a>, as the devices have a lot in common. The connection at the base with a USB-C port and clips is the same, as is the magnetic lens attachment (except for the 4P, which boasts an extra lens and thus needs different covers). Where there are crucial differences, I've noted them.</p><p>The other reason you might be looking for accessories is that there are a lot of bargains around, especially for the older Pocket 3 model. As I've said elsewhere, of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/gimbals/dji-osmo-pocket-3-vs-pocket-4-ive-tried-them-both-and-i-know-which-one-id-buy">Pocket 3 vs Pocket 4,</a> the available bargain bundles often leave you wondering what accessories you need – or don't.</p><p>That's why I compiled my list of core accessories for these cameras and picked out the most useful ones, and why. </p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-best-accessories-for-the-dji-osmo-pocket-3-and-pocket-4-microphones"><span>Best accessories for the DJI Osmo Pocket 3 and Pocket 4: Microphones</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5725px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="JVEGWP5fhzSdXKrCKH443J" name="DSC00942_169" alt="Two DJI microphones" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JVEGWP5fhzSdXKrCKH443J-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="5725" height="3220" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">DJI Mic Mini 2 and DJI Mic 3 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Chris George)</span></figcaption></figure><div class="buying-guide-block"><h3 id="best-wireless-microphone-dji-mic-mini-2"><span class="title__text"><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/audio/microphones/dji-mic-mini-review">Best wireless microphone - DJI Mic Mini 2</a></span><span class="chunk rating"><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star"> </span></span></h3><div class="_hawk subtitle"><p>Cheap, light wireless microphone that solves 90% of shooting scenarios</p></div><p class="specs__container"><strong>Mic Weight: </strong>11g</p><div class="hawk-wrapper"></div><div class="icon icon-plus_circle _hawk">Lightweight mics do not mess up clothing</div><div class="icon icon-plus_circle _hawk">Swappable covers to match the look you want</div><div class="icon icon-plus_circle _hawk">Buy an RX as part of the bundle and you can use with your phone or camera too.</div><div class="icon icon-minus_circle _hawk">It's important not to lose the charging cable for the TX</div></div><p>In essence there are two approaches to wireless microphones out there, depending on your budget and needs, and the Osmo Pocket cameras are equipped to make both work. All things being equal, the most convenient is normally going to be the winner.</p><p>DJI's Mic Mini 2 system includes a receiver (RX) that plugs into a USB-C socket on a phone, but if you only want the wireless mic (TX) for your Osmo Pocket you don't even need the RX: Osmo Pocket cameras have a built-in receiver (RX) for DJI's own microphone system.</p><p>That means you can record from the 11g TX (microphone with transmitter) straight onto video as you go, with no need for editing. Light and convenient to carry, too, as you can just keep the tiny mic with the camera.</p><p>Where you do need more quality and backup recording for editing emergencies, the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/audio/microphones/dji-mic-mini-2s-review">DJI Mic Mini 2S</a> or <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/audio/microphones/dji-mic-3-review">DJI Mic 3</a> series are steps up the range. They can both record 32-bit float (the audio equivalent of a RAW file) directly onto the microphone so, if anything goes wrong, you have rescue room.</p><p>If you just get one mic, when you need to charge it, it drops onto a magnetic adapter that plugs into a USB-C port – for the 2S this is also how you download files. All you need to do is not lose it. </p><p>There are pricier bundles with charging cases and connectors for a full range of cameras it can charge in the case, too. That gives you more flexibility with the microphone if you sometimes prefer to use it with your phone camera.</p><p>You can see my full review of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/dji-mic-2-review">Mic Mini 2</a> and <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/audio/microphones/dji-mic-mini-2s-review">Mic Mini 2S</a>.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="DJI Mic Mini 2 (1TX)"></div><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-best-accessories-for-the-dji-osmo-pocket-3-and-pocket-4-battery-handle"><span>Best accessories for the DJI Osmo Pocket 3 and Pocket 4: Battery Handle</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="i2L3xNNmHCzuVt5SPmSwQe" name="DSC06918.JPG" alt="DJI Osmo Pocket 4 with Battery Extender" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/i2L3xNNmHCzuVt5SPmSwQe-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="6000" height="3376" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><div class="buying-guide-block"><h3 id="best-battery-handle-dji-battery-handle"><span class="title__text">Best battery handle - DJI Battery Handle</span><span class="chunk rating"><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star"> </span></span></h3><div class="_hawk subtitle"><p>Battery handle lets you shoot for longer, hold the camera more easily and attach a tripod!</p></div><p class="specs__container"><strong>Weight: </strong>64g | <strong>Battery: </strong>950 mAh / 1080 mAh | <strong>Compatible with: </strong>Pocket 3 / Pocket 4</p><div class="hawk-wrapper"></div><div class="icon icon-plus_circle _hawk">Improves battery life and gives you more handle to grip</div><div class="icon icon-plus_circle _hawk">Pocket 3 version can deliver power to Pocket 4</div><div class="icon icon-minus_circle _hawk">Though cross-compatible, some features don't work</div></div><p>The Osmo Pocket's battery handle is hot-swappable and – crucially, for the big-handed like me – improves the camera's ergonomics by extending the handle. There is one for each camera series, but they are cross-compatible (up to a point).</p><p>At best, shooting at 4K 60fps, you'll see under 2 hours without the battery handle – and realistically less, as the battery does slightly drain all the time. Add the battery and you should see that surpass 3 hours (officially it's 116 to 186 minutes, a 62% improvement). </p><p>It also adds a tripod thread at the base, rather than a USB-C port, which is handy in a lot of scenarios. Otherwise, you need to attach the shorter cube-like base that is shipped with the standard Pocket just to be able to attach a tripod. </p><p>In other words, you have an accessory a bit like this already, so why not get the bigger one that'll grant you longer shooting time?</p><p>For me the answer is easy. The benefit of this depends entirely on whether you're able to top up the charge as you go – if you already carry a big power pack, this might be unnecessary. As I said, though, the longer grip can make the device feel.</p><p>Incidentally, the Pocket 3 battery handle has 950mAh and the Pocket 4 battery has a little more oomph with 1,080mAh. My first instinct might be to opt for the cheapest on the day, but getting the correct one for your camera's generation also means the battery charge level can be detected by the device – and other features that rely on subtleties of the USB (fast transfer, microphone pass-through) can be affected.</p><p>See the <a href="https://store.dji.com/uk/product/osmo-pocket-4-battery-handle?vid=218511" target="_blank" rel="sponsored"><strong>DJI Osmo Pocket 4 Battery Handle</strong></a> details at the DJI store.</p><div data-model-name="DJI Osmo Pocket 3 Battery Handle" data-rows="2" data-widget-type="review"></div><div data-model-name="DJI Osmo Pocket 4 Battery Handle" data-rows="2" data-widget-type="review"></div><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-best-accessories-for-the-dji-osmo-pocket-3-and-pocket-4-lens-filters"><span>Best accessories for the DJI Osmo Pocket 3 and Pocket 4: Lens Filters</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:950px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="yJVUiammuSRPhhEADPgv5D" name="71pRIBee4TL._AC_SL1500_" alt="DJI ND filters and Osmo Pocket 3" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/v2/w:1920,t:760,l:428,cw:950,ch:534,q:80/yJVUiammuSRPhhEADPgv5D.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1500" height="1500" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: DJI lens filters)</span></figcaption></figure><div class="buying-guide-block"><h3 id="lens-filters-dji-pocket-magnetic-nd-filter-set"><span class="title__text">Lens filters - DJI Pocket Magnetic ND Filter Set</span><span class="chunk rating"><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star half"></span></span></h3><div class="_hawk subtitle"><p>DJI's magnetic lens filters are easily attached </p></div><p class="specs__container"></p><div class="hawk-wrapper"></div><div class="icon icon-plus_circle _hawk">Range of 3 ND filters is enough for most people</div><div class="icon icon-plus_circle _hawk">Sturdy case provided</div><div class="icon icon-minus_circle _hawk">Other filters, like a Black Mist filter, require a separate purchase</div></div><p>DJI's simple set of three filters attaches magnetically and is compatible with both the Pocket 3 and Pocket 4 cameras, so there is little to complain about.</p><p>They help you achieve a cinematic look with a slower shutter speed on a bright day, even if you let the camera itself handle the settings in auto mode. </p><p>Brands like Neewer offer an even more extensive range – including bundles with lens adapters for wide-angle and tele, but we haven't had the opportunity to review it yet at DCW. If you just need a simple set of the core options, however, then DJI's own offering is ideal.</p><p>DJI's hard-shell plastic with high-quality foam also feels thoroughly convincing, a great balance between low weight (retaining the portability the device is known for) and a good level of protection.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="DJI Osmo Pocket 3 Magnetic ND Filter Set"></div><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-best-accessories-for-the-dji-osmo-pocket-3-and-pocket-4-tripod-base"><span>Best accessories for the DJI Osmo Pocket 3 and Pocket 4: Tripod base</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="z8pyCye84CzUtbBHeZGkBL" name="DSC06933.JPG" alt="DJI Osmo Pocket 4 tripod base" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/z8pyCye84CzUtbBHeZGkBL-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="6000" height="3376" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><div class="buying-guide-block"><h3 id="tripod-base"><span class="title__text">Tripod base</span><span class="chunk rating"><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star half"></span></span></h3><div class="_hawk subtitle"><p>The Osmo Mini Tripod base is a handy solution most of the time</p></div><p class="specs__container"></p><div class="hawk-wrapper"></div><div class="icon icon-plus_circle _hawk">Screws in and feels sturdy</div><div class="icon icon-plus_circle _hawk">Built of hard but light plastic</div><div class="icon icon-minus_circle _hawk">Requires battery handle or grip handle to be fitted</div></div><p>What makes DJI's own-brand tripod base appealing is that it color-matches the camera, it's solidly built and it manages to be very lightweight and yet sturdy at the same time.</p><p>It is not solid plastic, but the molding of each fold-out leg is an ABS-style plastic with a pattern of triangular beams for structural strength – and each has a rubber foot, so you can place the tripod on a flat surface like a glass table without worry of it slipping.</p><p>The hinges, too, have a nice feel to them. When I open and close them they stay exactly where I leave them, which just feels premium (in so far as any product in this category can).</p><p>Remember, by the way, you need to attach either the Battery Handle or standard Handle extension as these have the 1/4-inch thread needed.</p><p>Oh, and this is included in some of DJI's bundles, like the Creator Combo, so make sure you're not getting it already!</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="DJI OSMO Mini Tripod"></div><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-best-accessories-for-the-dji-osmo-pocket-3-and-pocket-4-fill-light"><span>Best accessories for the DJI Osmo Pocket 3 and Pocket 4: Fill light</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4378px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="hBpNAKT5k66kx7ngPH2ciF" name="DSC00954_169" alt="DJI Osmo Pocket 3 vs Pocket 4" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hBpNAKT5k66kx7ngPH2ciF-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4378" height="2463" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hBpNAKT5k66kx7ngPH2ciF-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Chris George)</span></figcaption></figure><div class="buying-guide-block"><h3 id="dji-osmo-pocket-4-fill-light"><span class="title__text">DJI Osmo Pocket 4 Fill Light</span><span class="chunk rating"><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star"> </span></span></h3><div class="_hawk subtitle"><p>Pop-on, pop-off with adjustable tone and brightness</p></div><p class="specs__container"></p><div class="hawk-wrapper"></div><div class="icon icon-plus_circle _hawk">The detachable fill light is a handy tool with no downside</div><div class="icon icon-plus_circle _hawk">Adjustable brightness and color temperature</div><div class="icon icon-minus_circle _hawk">40 lux maximum brightness</div><div class="icon icon-minus_circle _hawk">Draws from main battery</div></div><p>There are times when a little extra light is a good thing. While this isn't the equivalent of professional studio lighting, it is a handy addition that can overcome a difficult shadow or add some sparkle in the subject's eye.</p><p>Weighing just 16g and offering a trio of brightness settings (12, 25, or 40lux) and color temperature options (warm, neutral or cool), this is ideal. It also takes very little space and, because it mounts to the gimbal, it turns with the camera lens(es).</p><p>I tested the fill light when I reviewed the camera, and I found myself making use of it and enjoying how easy it was to pop on and off. The buttons make it easy to cycle through the settings, and there are neither too few or too many. Since it fits in the camera bag, it's hard to argue with this design (and it's nice that I can use it on both the 4 and 4P)</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-compatibility"><span>Compatibility </span></h3><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5775px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="rp8qXPk3h2xazGLFRYd3WJ" name="DSC00951_169" alt="DJI Osmo Pocket 3 vs Pocket 4" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rp8qXPk3h2xazGLFRYd3WJ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5775" height="3248" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rp8qXPk3h2xazGLFRYd3WJ-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Pocket 4 and Pocket 3 with the Grip Handle from the opposite models attached – notice that the styling doesn't match, but they connect correctly. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Chris George)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As I mentioned, the Pocket 3 and Pocket 4 series (made up of the Pocket 4 and Pocket 4P) share a lot of common elements and specs.</p><p>All the lower attachments – handles and grips – that work with the Pocket 3 and Pocket 4 will work with the other – but the software might not always recognize it.</p><p>DJI did improve the battery handle between generations, for example, but the Pocket 3 might have trouble working out the power remaining on a Pocket 4 handle.</p><p>Where things differ is at the top. Both the 4 and 4P, but not the 3, have a set of pogo pins on the side of the gimbal where the fill light accessory can be mounted, and perhaps others to come. These aren't compatible with the 3 because it doesn't have this connector.</p><p>The other difference is the magnetic lens mounts. These are the same between the 3 and 4, but (perhaps obviously) not the 4 and 4P, which have different camera setups.</p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/gimbals/best-accessories-for-the-dji-osmo-pocket-3-and-pocket-4-cameras</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Need another battery? Want to take better night shots? These are the best accessories for the DJI Osmo Pocket 3 and Pocket 4 ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">zRncXzDDHfS8Bh2G25yTWc</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YaaVgekEym7rTkXHueYXtJ-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Tue, 01 Sep 2026 03:20:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Sun, 04 Oct 2026 09:43:57 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Gimbals]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ adam.juniper@futurenet.com (Adam Juniper) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Adam Juniper ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/72ckUfmgPdyE9rg429R7Md-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YaaVgekEym7rTkXHueYXtJ-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Chris George]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                        <media:description><![CDATA[Best accessories for the DJI Osmo Pocket 3 and Pocket 4 ]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[DJI Osmo Pocket 3 vs Pocket 4]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[DJI Osmo Pocket 3 vs Pocket 4]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YaaVgekEym7rTkXHueYXtJ-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>If, like me, you're one of the millions who bought a DJI Osmo Pocket gimbal camera – or you're thinking about it – checking out the accessories is a good idea. </p><p>A good line of accessories can make or break a <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/action-cameras/best-pocket-gimbal-cameras">pocket gimbal camera</a>'s long-term usefulness, so it's already a good start that sales have been high; that means there are millions of reasons out there to offer accessories!</p><p>This guide covers both the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/dji-osmo-pocket-3-review">DJI Osmo Pocket 3</a> and<a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/gimbals/dji-osmo-pocket-4-review"> Osmo Pocket 4</a>, as the devices have a lot in common. The connection at the base with a USB-C port and clips is the same, as is the magnetic lens attachment (except for the 4P, which boasts an extra lens and thus needs different covers). Where there are crucial differences, I've noted them.</p><p>The other reason you might be looking for accessories is that there are a lot of bargains around, especially for the older Pocket 3 model. As I've said elsewhere, of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/gimbals/dji-osmo-pocket-3-vs-pocket-4-ive-tried-them-both-and-i-know-which-one-id-buy">Pocket 3 vs Pocket 4,</a> the available bargain bundles often leave you wondering what accessories you need – or don't.</p><p>That's why I compiled my list of core accessories for these cameras and picked out the most useful ones, and why. </p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-best-accessories-for-the-dji-osmo-pocket-3-and-pocket-4-microphones"><span>Best accessories for the DJI Osmo Pocket 3 and Pocket 4: Microphones</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5725px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="JVEGWP5fhzSdXKrCKH443J" name="DSC00942_169" alt="Two DJI microphones" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JVEGWP5fhzSdXKrCKH443J-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="5725" height="3220" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">DJI Mic Mini 2 and DJI Mic 3 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Chris George)</span></figcaption></figure><div class="buying-guide-block"><h3 id="best-wireless-microphone-dji-mic-mini-2"><span class="title__text"><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/audio/microphones/dji-mic-mini-review">Best wireless microphone - DJI Mic Mini 2</a></span><span class="chunk rating"><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star"> </span></span></h3><div class="_hawk subtitle"><p>Cheap, light wireless microphone that solves 90% of shooting scenarios</p></div><p class="specs__container"><strong>Mic Weight: </strong>11g</p><div class="hawk-wrapper"></div><div class="icon icon-plus_circle _hawk">Lightweight mics do not mess up clothing</div><div class="icon icon-plus_circle _hawk">Swappable covers to match the look you want</div><div class="icon icon-plus_circle _hawk">Buy an RX as part of the bundle and you can use with your phone or camera too.</div><div class="icon icon-minus_circle _hawk">It's important not to lose the charging cable for the TX</div></div><p>In essence there are two approaches to wireless microphones out there, depending on your budget and needs, and the Osmo Pocket cameras are equipped to make both work. All things being equal, the most convenient is normally going to be the winner.</p><p>DJI's Mic Mini 2 system includes a receiver (RX) that plugs into a USB-C socket on a phone, but if you only want the wireless mic (TX) for your Osmo Pocket you don't even need the RX: Osmo Pocket cameras have a built-in receiver (RX) for DJI's own microphone system.</p><p>That means you can record from the 11g TX (microphone with transmitter) straight onto video as you go, with no need for editing. Light and convenient to carry, too, as you can just keep the tiny mic with the camera.</p><p>Where you do need more quality and backup recording for editing emergencies, the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/audio/microphones/dji-mic-mini-2s-review">DJI Mic Mini 2S</a> or <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/audio/microphones/dji-mic-3-review">DJI Mic 3</a> series are steps up the range. They can both record 32-bit float (the audio equivalent of a RAW file) directly onto the microphone so, if anything goes wrong, you have rescue room.</p><p>If you just get one mic, when you need to charge it, it drops onto a magnetic adapter that plugs into a USB-C port – for the 2S this is also how you download files. All you need to do is not lose it. </p><p>There are pricier bundles with charging cases and connectors for a full range of cameras it can charge in the case, too. That gives you more flexibility with the microphone if you sometimes prefer to use it with your phone camera.</p><p>You can see my full review of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/dji-mic-2-review">Mic Mini 2</a> and <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/audio/microphones/dji-mic-mini-2s-review">Mic Mini 2S</a>.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="DJI Mic Mini 2 (1TX)"></div><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-best-accessories-for-the-dji-osmo-pocket-3-and-pocket-4-battery-handle"><span>Best accessories for the DJI Osmo Pocket 3 and Pocket 4: Battery Handle</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="i2L3xNNmHCzuVt5SPmSwQe" name="DSC06918.JPG" alt="DJI Osmo Pocket 4 with Battery Extender" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/i2L3xNNmHCzuVt5SPmSwQe-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="6000" height="3376" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><div class="buying-guide-block"><h3 id="best-battery-handle-dji-battery-handle"><span class="title__text">Best battery handle - DJI Battery Handle</span><span class="chunk rating"><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star"> </span></span></h3><div class="_hawk subtitle"><p>Battery handle lets you shoot for longer, hold the camera more easily and attach a tripod!</p></div><p class="specs__container"><strong>Weight: </strong>64g | <strong>Battery: </strong>950 mAh / 1080 mAh | <strong>Compatible with: </strong>Pocket 3 / Pocket 4</p><div class="hawk-wrapper"></div><div class="icon icon-plus_circle _hawk">Improves battery life and gives you more handle to grip</div><div class="icon icon-plus_circle _hawk">Pocket 3 version can deliver power to Pocket 4</div><div class="icon icon-minus_circle _hawk">Though cross-compatible, some features don't work</div></div><p>The Osmo Pocket's battery handle is hot-swappable and – crucially, for the big-handed like me – improves the camera's ergonomics by extending the handle. There is one for each camera series, but they are cross-compatible (up to a point).</p><p>At best, shooting at 4K 60fps, you'll see under 2 hours without the battery handle – and realistically less, as the battery does slightly drain all the time. Add the battery and you should see that surpass 3 hours (officially it's 116 to 186 minutes, a 62% improvement). </p><p>It also adds a tripod thread at the base, rather than a USB-C port, which is handy in a lot of scenarios. Otherwise, you need to attach the shorter cube-like base that is shipped with the standard Pocket just to be able to attach a tripod. </p><p>In other words, you have an accessory a bit like this already, so why not get the bigger one that'll grant you longer shooting time?</p><p>For me the answer is easy. The benefit of this depends entirely on whether you're able to top up the charge as you go – if you already carry a big power pack, this might be unnecessary. As I said, though, the longer grip can make the device feel.</p><p>Incidentally, the Pocket 3 battery handle has 950mAh and the Pocket 4 battery has a little more oomph with 1,080mAh. My first instinct might be to opt for the cheapest on the day, but getting the correct one for your camera's generation also means the battery charge level can be detected by the device – and other features that rely on subtleties of the USB (fast transfer, microphone pass-through) can be affected.</p><p>See the <a href="https://store.dji.com/uk/product/osmo-pocket-4-battery-handle?vid=218511" target="_blank" rel="sponsored"><strong>DJI Osmo Pocket 4 Battery Handle</strong></a> details at the DJI store.</p><div data-model-name="DJI Osmo Pocket 3 Battery Handle" data-rows="2" data-widget-type="review"></div><div data-model-name="DJI Osmo Pocket 4 Battery Handle" data-rows="2" data-widget-type="review"></div><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-best-accessories-for-the-dji-osmo-pocket-3-and-pocket-4-lens-filters"><span>Best accessories for the DJI Osmo Pocket 3 and Pocket 4: Lens Filters</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:950px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="yJVUiammuSRPhhEADPgv5D" name="71pRIBee4TL._AC_SL1500_" alt="DJI ND filters and Osmo Pocket 3" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/v2/w:1920,t:760,l:428,cw:950,ch:534,q:80/yJVUiammuSRPhhEADPgv5D.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1500" height="1500" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: DJI lens filters)</span></figcaption></figure><div class="buying-guide-block"><h3 id="lens-filters-dji-pocket-magnetic-nd-filter-set"><span class="title__text">Lens filters - DJI Pocket Magnetic ND Filter Set</span><span class="chunk rating"><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star half"></span></span></h3><div class="_hawk subtitle"><p>DJI's magnetic lens filters are easily attached </p></div><p class="specs__container"></p><div class="hawk-wrapper"></div><div class="icon icon-plus_circle _hawk">Range of 3 ND filters is enough for most people</div><div class="icon icon-plus_circle _hawk">Sturdy case provided</div><div class="icon icon-minus_circle _hawk">Other filters, like a Black Mist filter, require a separate purchase</div></div><p>DJI's simple set of three filters attaches magnetically and is compatible with both the Pocket 3 and Pocket 4 cameras, so there is little to complain about.</p><p>They help you achieve a cinematic look with a slower shutter speed on a bright day, even if you let the camera itself handle the settings in auto mode. </p><p>Brands like Neewer offer an even more extensive range – including bundles with lens adapters for wide-angle and tele, but we haven't had the opportunity to review it yet at DCW. If you just need a simple set of the core options, however, then DJI's own offering is ideal.</p><p>DJI's hard-shell plastic with high-quality foam also feels thoroughly convincing, a great balance between low weight (retaining the portability the device is known for) and a good level of protection.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="DJI Osmo Pocket 3 Magnetic ND Filter Set"></div><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-best-accessories-for-the-dji-osmo-pocket-3-and-pocket-4-tripod-base"><span>Best accessories for the DJI Osmo Pocket 3 and Pocket 4: Tripod base</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="z8pyCye84CzUtbBHeZGkBL" name="DSC06933.JPG" alt="DJI Osmo Pocket 4 tripod base" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/z8pyCye84CzUtbBHeZGkBL-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="6000" height="3376" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><div class="buying-guide-block"><h3 id="tripod-base"><span class="title__text">Tripod base</span><span class="chunk rating"><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star half"></span></span></h3><div class="_hawk subtitle"><p>The Osmo Mini Tripod base is a handy solution most of the time</p></div><p class="specs__container"></p><div class="hawk-wrapper"></div><div class="icon icon-plus_circle _hawk">Screws in and feels sturdy</div><div class="icon icon-plus_circle _hawk">Built of hard but light plastic</div><div class="icon icon-minus_circle _hawk">Requires battery handle or grip handle to be fitted</div></div><p>What makes DJI's own-brand tripod base appealing is that it color-matches the camera, it's solidly built and it manages to be very lightweight and yet sturdy at the same time.</p><p>It is not solid plastic, but the molding of each fold-out leg is an ABS-style plastic with a pattern of triangular beams for structural strength – and each has a rubber foot, so you can place the tripod on a flat surface like a glass table without worry of it slipping.</p><p>The hinges, too, have a nice feel to them. When I open and close them they stay exactly where I leave them, which just feels premium (in so far as any product in this category can).</p><p>Remember, by the way, you need to attach either the Battery Handle or standard Handle extension as these have the 1/4-inch thread needed.</p><p>Oh, and this is included in some of DJI's bundles, like the Creator Combo, so make sure you're not getting it already!</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="DJI OSMO Mini Tripod"></div><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-best-accessories-for-the-dji-osmo-pocket-3-and-pocket-4-fill-light"><span>Best accessories for the DJI Osmo Pocket 3 and Pocket 4: Fill light</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4378px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="hBpNAKT5k66kx7ngPH2ciF" name="DSC00954_169" alt="DJI Osmo Pocket 3 vs Pocket 4" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hBpNAKT5k66kx7ngPH2ciF-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4378" height="2463" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hBpNAKT5k66kx7ngPH2ciF-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Chris George)</span></figcaption></figure><div class="buying-guide-block"><h3 id="dji-osmo-pocket-4-fill-light"><span class="title__text">DJI Osmo Pocket 4 Fill Light</span><span class="chunk rating"><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star"> </span><span class="icon icon-star"> </span></span></h3><div class="_hawk subtitle"><p>Pop-on, pop-off with adjustable tone and brightness</p></div><p class="specs__container"></p><div class="hawk-wrapper"></div><div class="icon icon-plus_circle _hawk">The detachable fill light is a handy tool with no downside</div><div class="icon icon-plus_circle _hawk">Adjustable brightness and color temperature</div><div class="icon icon-minus_circle _hawk">40 lux maximum brightness</div><div class="icon icon-minus_circle _hawk">Draws from main battery</div></div><p>There are times when a little extra light is a good thing. While this isn't the equivalent of professional studio lighting, it is a handy addition that can overcome a difficult shadow or add some sparkle in the subject's eye.</p><p>Weighing just 16g and offering a trio of brightness settings (12, 25, or 40lux) and color temperature options (warm, neutral or cool), this is ideal. It also takes very little space and, because it mounts to the gimbal, it turns with the camera lens(es).</p><p>I tested the fill light when I reviewed the camera, and I found myself making use of it and enjoying how easy it was to pop on and off. The buttons make it easy to cycle through the settings, and there are neither too few or too many. Since it fits in the camera bag, it's hard to argue with this design (and it's nice that I can use it on both the 4 and 4P)</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-compatibility"><span>Compatibility </span></h3><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5775px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="rp8qXPk3h2xazGLFRYd3WJ" name="DSC00951_169" alt="DJI Osmo Pocket 3 vs Pocket 4" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rp8qXPk3h2xazGLFRYd3WJ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5775" height="3248" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rp8qXPk3h2xazGLFRYd3WJ-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Pocket 4 and Pocket 3 with the Grip Handle from the opposite models attached – notice that the styling doesn't match, but they connect correctly. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Chris George)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As I mentioned, the Pocket 3 and Pocket 4 series (made up of the Pocket 4 and Pocket 4P) share a lot of common elements and specs.</p><p>All the lower attachments – handles and grips – that work with the Pocket 3 and Pocket 4 will work with the other – but the software might not always recognize it.</p><p>DJI did improve the battery handle between generations, for example, but the Pocket 3 might have trouble working out the power remaining on a Pocket 4 handle.</p><p>Where things differ is at the top. Both the 4 and 4P, but not the 3, have a set of pogo pins on the side of the gimbal where the fill light accessory can be mounted, and perhaps others to come. These aren't compatible with the 3 because it doesn't have this connector.</p><p>The other difference is the magnetic lens mounts. These are the same between the 3 and 4, but (perhaps obviously) not the 4 and 4P, which have different camera setups.</p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ This company created one of the most widely used tripod head designs 80 years ago. Now, the company is shutting down ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Early video tripods used a series of loud gears, but then in 1946, a father and son in Australia patented a new design: the fluid tripod head. The company behind that game-changing invention, Miller Camera Support Equipment, has announced that it is shutting down next month.</p><p><a href="https://gtc.org.uk/miller-camera-support-equipment-1954-2026/" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">In a letter</a>, small business owners Mark and Diane Celementson announced their retirement, which will bring Miller Tripods to a close on September 30.</p><p>Eric Miller, working with his son Bob, <a href="https://www.millertripods.com/the-history-of-miller/" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">introduced the first fluid tripod head</a> in the 1940s. The design solved a key problem with early tripod systems: noise. Before the fluid head, tripod heads used gears that introduced noise into the footage. Panning was difficult before the fluid head, and Miller Tripods says that diagonal camera movements were “virtually impossible.”</p><p>The arrival of the fluid tripod head in the 1940s is made all the more impressive considering where video technology was at the time. The earliest videos used stationary cameras, with the <a href="https://zacuto.com/blogs/blog/a-brief-history-of-camera-movement" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">first panning shots</a> arriving in filmmaking in the early 1900s.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:855px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="idvGtPjZaQGyz2CJM3ENTo" name="history-of-miller-thumbnail-1024x481 copy" alt="The Miller Camera Support Equipment CiNX 9 fluid head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/idvGtPjZaQGyz2CJM3ENTo-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="855" height="481" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: historic documents and photos from Miller Camera Support Equipment)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Camera movement like panning didn’t become mainstream until the 1920s, but when audio arrived on the scene in the 1930s, camera movement halted again – the loud cameras <a href="https://www.britannica.com/art/history-of-film/The-pre-World-War-II-sound-era" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">needed to be locked in soundproof boxes too large to move</a>.</p><p>As video camera technology shrank down, cinematic camera movement re-entered the scene, but there was still a problem – the typical video tripods used noisy gears.</p><p>Eric and Bob Miller patented the first fluid head in 1946, later creating the company in 1954 to sell those tripod heads, and eventually the first fluid head tripod made its way to Hollywood in 1958. </p><p>Rather than gears, the fluid head uses a liquid-filled chamber to allow videographers to create smooth camera movements. Miller’s first fluid head had a fixed resistance, but the format would move on to introduce adjustable resistance and counter-balance systems for handling heavy cameras.</p><p>While Miller got its start from tripod heads, the company also developed full tripod sets shortly after. The first tripod from Miller Tripods looked quite a bit different than today’s design, including wooden legs.</p><p>By the 1970s, <a href="https://www.tvtechnology.com/the-wire-blog/thewireaspxentryid2518addview" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">Miller Tripods’ specialty shifted</a> to creating camera support systems for news and broadcast. <a href="https://www.millertripods.com/miller-story/" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">According to the company’s website</a>, the tripods are used by more than 265 television networks. The company's camera support systems are used in more than 65 countries.</p><p>“From those early beginnings, Miller grew into an internationally respected manufacturer, supporting broadcasters, cinematographers, filmmakers, and content creators across the world,” Mark and Diane Clementson, owners of the company for the last 55 years, wrote in a letter announcing the decision. “Through changing technologies, evolving production environments, and generations of industry professionals, our commitment to innovation, quality, and customer service has remained central to who we are.”</p><p>The Australia-based company says that operations will cease on September 30.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-may-also-like"><span>You may also like</span></h3><p>Browse <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod">the best tripods</a> or <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-video-tripod">the best video tripods</a>.</p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/this-company-created-one-of-the-most-widely-used-tripod-head-designs-80-years-ago-now-the-company-is-shutting-down</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Miller Camera Support Equipment, the Australian company founded by the inventors of the fluid tripod head, is shutting down as the owners retire ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">XpbDQGqakz9SvGSwRDUSrG</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FxURHyDT2h8ftSh4XQwp7-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Wed, 26 Aug 2026 18:18:47 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Tripods]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ hillary.grigonis@futurenet.com (Hillary K. Grigonis) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Hillary K. Grigonis ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FCSkExqFFzvDQFmnEf8mgV-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;The US Editor of Digital Camera World, Hillary K. Grigonis has more than a decade of experience in journalism with a focus on photography and technology. Her work has appeared in Business Insider, Digital Trends, Pocket-lint, Rangefinder, The Phoblographer, and more. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;A current Fujifilm and former Nikon shooter, her background in reviewing camera gear means she’s handled everything from cheap Instax to medium format mirrorless. Her camera bag includes a wide range of gear from a DJI drone to a newly added vintage film SLR. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;On the weekends, she photographs portraits and weddings at Hillary K Photography. As a former photojournalist, her work favors a mix of documentary and posed styles. While she’s turned her passion for photography into a career, she still considers photowalks a break from work, while she also includes reading, hiking, kayaking, and camping among her most-loved hobbies.&lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FxURHyDT2h8ftSh4XQwp7-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Miller Camera Support Equipment]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[A Miller Camera Support Equipment t]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[A Miller Camera Support Equipment t]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[A Miller Camera Support Equipment t]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FxURHyDT2h8ftSh4XQwp7-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Early video tripods used a series of loud gears, but then in 1946, a father and son in Australia patented a new design: the fluid tripod head. The company behind that game-changing invention, Miller Camera Support Equipment, has announced that it is shutting down next month.</p><p><a href="https://gtc.org.uk/miller-camera-support-equipment-1954-2026/" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">In a letter</a>, small business owners Mark and Diane Celementson announced their retirement, which will bring Miller Tripods to a close on September 30.</p><p>Eric Miller, working with his son Bob, <a href="https://www.millertripods.com/the-history-of-miller/" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">introduced the first fluid tripod head</a> in the 1940s. The design solved a key problem with early tripod systems: noise. Before the fluid head, tripod heads used gears that introduced noise into the footage. Panning was difficult before the fluid head, and Miller Tripods says that diagonal camera movements were “virtually impossible.”</p><p>The arrival of the fluid tripod head in the 1940s is made all the more impressive considering where video technology was at the time. The earliest videos used stationary cameras, with the <a href="https://zacuto.com/blogs/blog/a-brief-history-of-camera-movement" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">first panning shots</a> arriving in filmmaking in the early 1900s.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:855px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="idvGtPjZaQGyz2CJM3ENTo" name="history-of-miller-thumbnail-1024x481 copy" alt="The Miller Camera Support Equipment CiNX 9 fluid head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/idvGtPjZaQGyz2CJM3ENTo-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="855" height="481" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: historic documents and photos from Miller Camera Support Equipment)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Camera movement like panning didn’t become mainstream until the 1920s, but when audio arrived on the scene in the 1930s, camera movement halted again – the loud cameras <a href="https://www.britannica.com/art/history-of-film/The-pre-World-War-II-sound-era" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">needed to be locked in soundproof boxes too large to move</a>.</p><p>As video camera technology shrank down, cinematic camera movement re-entered the scene, but there was still a problem – the typical video tripods used noisy gears.</p><p>Eric and Bob Miller patented the first fluid head in 1946, later creating the company in 1954 to sell those tripod heads, and eventually the first fluid head tripod made its way to Hollywood in 1958. </p><p>Rather than gears, the fluid head uses a liquid-filled chamber to allow videographers to create smooth camera movements. Miller’s first fluid head had a fixed resistance, but the format would move on to introduce adjustable resistance and counter-balance systems for handling heavy cameras.</p><p>While Miller got its start from tripod heads, the company also developed full tripod sets shortly after. The first tripod from Miller Tripods looked quite a bit different than today’s design, including wooden legs.</p><p>By the 1970s, <a href="https://www.tvtechnology.com/the-wire-blog/thewireaspxentryid2518addview" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">Miller Tripods’ specialty shifted</a> to creating camera support systems for news and broadcast. <a href="https://www.millertripods.com/miller-story/" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">According to the company’s website</a>, the tripods are used by more than 265 television networks. The company's camera support systems are used in more than 65 countries.</p><p>“From those early beginnings, Miller grew into an internationally respected manufacturer, supporting broadcasters, cinematographers, filmmakers, and content creators across the world,” Mark and Diane Clementson, owners of the company for the last 55 years, wrote in a letter announcing the decision. “Through changing technologies, evolving production environments, and generations of industry professionals, our commitment to innovation, quality, and customer service has remained central to who we are.”</p><p>The Australia-based company says that operations will cease on September 30.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-may-also-like"><span>You may also like</span></h3><p>Browse <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod">the best tripods</a> or <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-video-tripod">the best video tripods</a>.</p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ 3 Legged Thing Wes tripod kit review: one for the road, this high-end carbon fiber travel tripod for hybrid shooters comes complete with built-in leveling base and next-gen fluid head ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>It’s been about five years since I discovered 3 Legged Thing, a British company specializing in tripods and other supports. My first encounter was with the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review">Winston 2.0 and AirHed Pro kit</a>. I instantly fell for Winston, and it’s still my favorite full-sized tripod to this day. Even so, a lot has happened in the last five years, and 3 Legged Thing has branched out in all sorts of different directions, currently catering to photographers and videographers, as well as ramping up its endeavors for field sports and birding, plus shooting and target sports. I’ve reviewed many 3 Legged Thing tripods and heads, desk mounts, window mounts, phone mounts, microphone arms, light stands, L-brackets, camera straps, and other items along the way, being highly impressed by pretty much all of them.</p><p>Bringing things up to date, there’s a dynamic duo of new 3 Legged Thing video tripods in town, going by the names of Ridley and Wes. They’re both similar in many ways and are named after master movie directors. <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-ridley-tripod-kit-review">Ridley</a> (Scott) is the larger three-section tripod of the two, whereas Wes (Anderson) is the smaller sibling, with a travel-friendly, fold-down-small five-section leg design. Both carbon fiber tripods are available as sets of legs on their own, or as full kits with the same fluid head. They aim to be among the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/carbon-fiber-tripods">best carbon fiber tripods</a> and the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-video-tripod">best video tripods</a>, while the Wes that I’m reviewing here also eyes up a spot as one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-tripod">best travel tripods</a> for videographers.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="8ozf7nnxJZKKHxLjK2QjCE" name="3LT_Wes 01 intro 2484.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8ozf7nnxJZKKHxLjK2QjCE-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8ozf7nnxJZKKHxLjK2QjCE-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The 3 Legged Thing Wes is available as a set of video travel tripod legs on their own or as a complete kit with a fluid head, the latter pictured here. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-wes-specifications"><span>3 Legged Thing Wes: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Material</p></td><td  ><p>Carbon fiber</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Folded height</p></td><td  ><p>54.8cm / 21.6in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Maximum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>134.5cm / 53in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Minimum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>21cm / 8.3in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Monopod conversion</p></td><td  ><p>Yes</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight</p></td><td  ><p>2.1kg / 4.6lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Load rating</p></td><td  ><p>14kg / 30lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Sections per leg/center column</p></td><td  ><p>5 / 0</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Maximum leg section diameter</p></td><td  ><p>26cm / 1.02in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Locking leg angles</p></td><td  ><p>3</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Feet</p></td><td  ><p>Pads (interchangeable)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Case/bag included</p></td><td  ><p>Padded case</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-wes-price"><span>3 Legged Thing Wes: Price</span></h3><p>Quality seldom comes cheap, and sure enough, a set of the premium Wes travel tripod legs will set you back $399 / £379 (AU$ TBA). Go for the complete kit with the addition of a high-performance fluid head, and you can expect to pay $599 / £569. They’re both fairly substantial chunks of money, but the features, design and build quality make them well worth the outlay, especially as both options feature a built-in leveling base, smart padded soft case and handy little extras. All in all, they’re very competitively priced.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="3 Legged Thing Wes"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-wes-design-handling"><span>3 Legged Thing Wes: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>Wes Anderson has proved himself as an ingenious, stylistic, and very versatile movie director over the last 30 years, so Wes is an inspirational and aspirational name for this new video travel tripod from 3 Legged Thing. Available in gray and black with orange accents or in all-black, the legs are made from premium Japanese eight-layer carbon fiber with an aerospace-grade magnesium alloy canopy. But when shooting a video narrative, I feel that legs are only half the tripod story, so I went for the full kit that adds a fluid head. More on the head later, but I’ll begin with the legs.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="EqMVzzAdregYh4SWfBsrBE" name="3LT_Wes 2485.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EqMVzzAdregYh4SWfBsrBE-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EqMVzzAdregYh4SWfBsrBE-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The top section of each leg has a chunky 26cm / 1.02in diameter but with five sections in each leg, the bottom ones are necessarily narrow. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The small stowage size of the Wes tripod legs equates to just 44cm / 17.3in in length, or 54.8cm / 21.6in with the fluid head fitted. To my mind, that makes the kit small enough to take on pretty much every journey to any location, whether I’m pounding around local city streets or jetting off to the other side of the world. For the latter, the tripod is small enough to fit within the cabin baggage regulations of most airlines.</p><p>Fully extending all five sections of each leg reveals ever-decreasing circles, in terms of the relative diameters. Even so, the thinnest bottom sections have a perfectly respectable 14mm diameter. Not only is that significantly greater than in many travel tripods that I’ve seen and used, but it also enables a strong payload rating of 14kg / 30lb, even when the tripod is at full stretch.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5074px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="AiocrSrsAJyLNQuJ5uZH9E" name="3LT_Wes 2487.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/AiocrSrsAJyLNQuJ5uZH9E-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5074" height="2855" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/AiocrSrsAJyLNQuJ5uZH9E-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Stepping down from the fattest leg sections at the top to the slimmest at the bottom, they have diameters of 26mm, 23mm, 20mm, 17mm and 14mm respectively, so you basically drop just 3mm each time around. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>There are a couple of potential drawbacks to five-section legs that can outweigh the allure of compact stowage. First up, each joint is a possible point of weakness, where flexing and wobbling might be introduced. The second is that you end up with no less than 12 separate leg section locks to contend with when fully extending and contracting the tripod. That can equate to a lot of time and effort.</p><p>Thankfully, the twist-action section locks featured in the Wes only require minimal rotation to unlock and relock them. You can easily grab the full set of them for each leg when the sections are contracted, and tighten or loosen them with a single flick of the wrist. Ultimately, they’re surprisingly quick and easy to use, while maintaining super-solid locking that avoids any unwanted flexing or movement when the tripod is in use.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3660px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="YTLpirM9iKrw53LEveqz3E" name="3LT_Wes 2488.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YTLpirM9iKrw53LEveqz3E-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3660" height="2060" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YTLpirM9iKrw53LEveqz3E-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The twist-locks work a treat and are very tactile, with grippy, textured rubber pads to add a feelgood factor. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>While the twist-locks for the leg sections are a brilliant piece of design that’s thoroughly well executed, the same applies to the locks for the three alternative leg angles. The leg angles themselves measure 23, 55, and 80 degrees from the vertical, so there’s plenty of room for maneuver. Moreover, the simple yet highly effective spring-loaded, push-lever locks ensure maximum speed and ease when playing all the angles. Unlike many travel tripods, including the more stills-centric <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-leo-20-airhead-pro">3 Legged Thing Leo 2.0 + AirHead Pro</a>, there’s no time wasted swinging the legs up around the center column for compact stowage, as the Wes has no center column anyway.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3255px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="UttynGKPBP7JzKARQdNY3E" name="3LT_Wes 2489.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/UttynGKPBP7JzKARQdNY3E-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3255" height="1832" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/UttynGKPBP7JzKARQdNY3E-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The push-lever locks for the multiple leg angles make any changes quick and effortless to carry out. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>One place you generally don’t want any angles coming into play is in the platform on which the head is mounted. If you try to compensate by adjusting the level of the head itself, you’ll find that your horizons go wonky as soon as you start panning. One method is to meticulously adjust the overall height of each leg, so that the tripod canopy is level. However, this tends to be an arduous, time-consuming process, especially if you’re working on uneven ground.</p><p>To make things quick, simple, and highly effective, the Wes features a built-in leveling base that is an absolute doddle to use. It has a single locking screw with a spring-loaded handle mounted on a six-sided shaft, so you can pull out the handle and rotate it for your favored orientation. Another aid to leveling up is that the base features a bubble level, which can be rotated through a full 360 degrees for easy viewing from any angle.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3897px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="GM5BM83AA2xTGSyhWx2E6E" name="3LT_Wes 2492.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GM5BM83AA2xTGSyhWx2E6E-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3897" height="2193" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GM5BM83AA2xTGSyhWx2E6E-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The leveling base is an integral part of the tripod design and a real bonus for videography. It’s also ideal for shooting a series of stills for stitching into a panorama. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>With the opposite of a soft underbelly, Wes has a pair of solid, robust weight hooks extending from the bottom of its magnesium alloy leveling base. They’re ideal for adding ballast to avoid the tripod swaying in the breeze if you’re shooting outdoors in windy conditions.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4700px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="7WuzYhDH8FXbpPpbhjeh7E" name="3LT_Wes 2493.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7WuzYhDH8FXbpPpbhjeh7E-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4700" height="2645" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7WuzYhDH8FXbpPpbhjeh7E-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The bottom of the leveling base features a pair of weight hooks, and they’re more tricked up than you might think. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Intent as ever to cram as many crafty design flourishes into a tripod as possible, 3 Legged Thing has doubled up the usefulness of the weight hooks. The hooks also form the T-section of an Allen key that mounts to the underside of the leveling base via a QD (Quick Detach) mechanism. A simple press of a button is all that’s required to release the Allen key, which you can then use for securing your camera to the head’s quick-release plate, or for anything else that uses the same-size Allen key.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3037px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="UCAYgRHvRFnaiURCy9GTzD" name="3LT_Wes 2494.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/UCAYgRHvRFnaiURCy9GTzD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3037" height="1709" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/UCAYgRHvRFnaiURCy9GTzD-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">An allen key secures to the QD mount in the bottom of the leveling plate, and the mount itself can play host to straps, harnesses and other QD-compatible accessories. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I’ve written a full, standalone review of the revamped and updated <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-airhed-cine-cc-review">3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC fluid head,</a> and as part of the complete kit, it’s an ideal match for the Wes tripod legs. It ensures wonderfully smooth tilt and pan operation and excellent all-around performance. The favorable feature set includes an adjustable, telescopic panning arm that can mount on either side for left-handed or right-handed use, and an extra-long XP100 Ultra Plate quick-release plate, which is Arca-Swiss compatible.</p><p>Another bonus is that you can use that QD-mounted Allen key that I mentioned just now to remove four screws and rotate the orientation of the head’s camera platform through 90-degree increments. The upshot is that the long QR plate can run from side to side instead of just from front to back. The sideways orientation can be more ideal if you’re using a cage, and definitely if you’re using an L-bracket like one of 3 Legged Thing’s camera-specific L-brackets or the universal <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/embargo-12-dec-2023-2pm-gmt-3-legged-thing-lexie-review">3 Legged Thing Lexie</a>.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4993px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="F3ZRsBJsWK9WxSxzzXFU9E" name="3LT_Wes 2490.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/F3ZRsBJsWK9WxSxzzXFU9E-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4993" height="2810" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/F3ZRsBJsWK9WxSxzzXFU9E-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The AirHed Cine CC fluid video head is available in gray and black with orange accents or in an all-black option to match the two colorways of the Wes tripod legs. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Going from top to bottom, or rather from head to foot, the legs are fitted with rubber pads that give a very firm and stable footing on most surfaces. There’s also a variety of alternative footwear on offer from 3 Legged Thing as optional extras. These include Heelz (metal spikes), Stilettoz (elevated metal spikes), Clawz (metal ice/rock grips) and Vanz (dual metal spikes and rubber pads).</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3167px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="7cyC4g8XAuYqMztmvc2DzD" name="3LT_Wes 2496.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7cyC4g8XAuYqMztmvc2DzD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3167" height="1782" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7cyC4g8XAuYqMztmvc2DzD-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The rubber feet unscrew so you can fit a range of alternative footwear. The threaded sockets for the feet have 3/8in threads with 1/4in adapters, catering to both standard sizes. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>There are many and varied tripods on the market, in which you can unscrew one of the legs and use it as a monopod instead. It’s a good idea in that it saves carrying two separate bits of support kit. With the Wes, however, you can remove all three legs if you wish, which adds even greater versatility.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5379px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="JLtgyEDjGA6pxRfEPsyHBE" name="3LT_Wes 2498.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JLtgyEDjGA6pxRfEPsyHBE-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5379" height="3027" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JLtgyEDjGA6pxRfEPsyHBE-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Any or all three of the legs can be unscrewed, enabling use as a bipod, monopod and more besides. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A neat trick is that if you remove all three legs, you can use the canopy of the Wes with the optional Vanz footwear that I mentioned just now. These dual metal spikes with rubber pads can screw directly into the canopy, effectively transforming the Wes into a tabletop tripod.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5379px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="dATNsnizUkeTiD2GKJYSAE" name="3LT_Wes 2501.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/dATNsnizUkeTiD2GKJYSAE-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5379" height="3027" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/dATNsnizUkeTiD2GKJYSAE-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Pictured here, the Wes has all of its legs unscrewed and replaced by optional Vanz footwear, turning it into a tabletop tripod. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>There’s a handy multi-function tool supplied with the tripod kit, aptly named the 3 Legged Thing Toolz2. It has a keyring attachment and includes two different sizes of hex keys, a coin/flat blade key, a bottle opener, and a carabiner. It comes in useful for a whole range of tripod/photographic tasks, as well as for popping the tops off bottles when all that videography makes you work up a thirst.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3434px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="jjo9sCCgWhwQ3cfWFhnZ4E" name="3LT_Wes toolz.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jjo9sCCgWhwQ3cfWFhnZ4E-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3434" height="1932" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jjo9sCCgWhwQ3cfWFhnZ4E-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Toolz carabiner/multi-tool is a cunning little gadget, supplied as part of the kit. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Attention to detail in both design and manufacture is carried over from the tripod itself to the high-quality padded soft case that it’s supplied in. The case features a pair of internal securing straps for the tripod and an internal mesh pocket, all with Velcro fasteners. There’s also a side pocket for additional storage complete with a zippered three-section organizer (the zippers have comfy pullers for easy opening and closing). There’s a detachable, adjustable shoulder strap, a carrying handle, plus a carabiner-style hook. The hook is ideal for attaching the bag to one of the weight hooks on the tripod after popping a few weighty objects inside.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="NSg3ZhA74hSu6PCF5cZwGE" name="3LT_Wes 2499.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NSg3ZhA74hSu6PCF5cZwGE-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NSg3ZhA74hSu6PCF5cZwGE-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Nicely designed and immaculately finished, the soft case features its own set of design flourishes. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-wes-performance"><span>3 Legged Thing Wes: Performance</span></h3><p>Travel tripods sometimes get a bad press, not least from me. Sure, I like that they tend to be lightweight to carry and fold down to unfeasibly small dimensions, but I feel that the lack of rigidity and meagre maximum operating height often makes them somewhat unfit for their intended purpose. I’m happy to report that while the maximum operating height of the 3 Legged Thing Wes kit isn’t exactly towering, it’s definitely tall enough for the vast majority of videography shooting scenarios, equating to 134.5cm / 53in complete with its fluid head. That’s actually pretty generous for a videocentric travel tripod that omits a center column.</p><p>Just as important, or maybe more so, is the fact that the Wes supplies firm, solid, and stable support even at its maximum operating height, with all of the leg sections fully extended. That’s no mean feat for a relatively lightweight tripod with 5-section legs.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3054px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:177.80%;"><img id="gY8EhhmCbrZJAn7hTXmZFE" name="3LT_Wes 2541.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/gY8EhhmCbrZJAn7hTXmZFE-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3054" height="5430" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/gY8EhhmCbrZJAn7hTXmZFE-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Wes isn’t going to win any prizes in ‘tallest tripod’ competitions but the maximum operating height should prove ample for most video shooting scenarios. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Another factor that I’m happy to include under the ‘performance’ umbrella is that I like a tripod to enable ultra-low-level shooting without too much fuss and bother, or the need to invert the center column and shoot with the camera upside down, which is a bit of a non-starter for videography anyway. With its head in place, the Wes can shoot down to nearly ground level for creative effect, with a minimum operating height of just 21cm / 8.3in.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5899px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="ayrdaDJUMho5bcmZUfnCCE" name="3LT_Wes 2537.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ayrdaDJUMho5bcmZUfnCCE-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5899" height="3315" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ayrdaDJUMho5bcmZUfnCCE-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The minimum operating height of just over eight inches, with the legs splayed to their widest angles, enables plenty of creative versatility. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I found that the multiple leg angles made it easy to work around obstacles like low walls and staircases, as well as catering to rough terrain. Another bonus is that the middle leg angle setting enables a firmer footing when shooting from fairly low operating heights, adding stability and making the tripod less at risk of being knocked over accidentally or falling foul of very windy conditions.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5886px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="kGwYFLXnCZHocSkSJcG5EE" name="3LT_Wes 2534.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kGwYFLXnCZHocSkSJcG5EE-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5886" height="3309" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kGwYFLXnCZHocSkSJcG5EE-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The intermediate leg angle works very well for fairly low-level shooting, adding greater stability. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I’m tall at 6ft 5in and found that the Wes was a little short for me in regular monopod mode, at least when using the viewfinder of a camera. Even so, I didn’t have to crouch very much, and like many of us, I’m much more likely to shoot video using the rear screen of a camera rather than putting my eye to the viewfinder. In this configuration, the monopod proved tall enough for me at its maximum height with the head fitted. And if you hanker after a taller monopod, you could connect two or even three legs, top to toe, after removing the feet from two or three of the legs, respectively.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5363px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="WkxSoC89YuFgyzFHByZAFE" name="3LT_Wes 2555.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/WkxSoC89YuFgyzFHByZAFE-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5363" height="3017" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/WkxSoC89YuFgyzFHByZAFE-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The maximum operating height of the Wes in monopod mode with the head attached should prove adequate, even for tall videographers. And if it isn’t, you could connect two or even three of the legs together, screwing the top of one into the bottom of another with its foot removed. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-wes-verdict"><span>3 Legged Thing Wes: Verdict</span></h3><p>The 3 Legged Thing Wes ticks all of the boxes on my wish list for a video travel tripod. It folds down small and is very lightweight to carry, yet reaches a decent maximum operating height while being sturdy and resistant to flexing and vibrations. I’m generally wary of tripods with five-section legs because the bottom leg sections are often very thin and spindly, resulting in a drop in rigidity and stability when they’re extended. There was no hint of this when using the Wes, and I found it gave solid support throughout its entire operating range, from just above ground level to its maximum height.</p><p>The premium carbon fiber legs with their aerospace-grade magnesium alloy canopy are a great buy on their own. However, the recently updated <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-airhed-cine-cc-review">3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC fluid head</a> is such a great match for the legs that I feel the complete kit is the best option. As a complete travel tripod for videographers, it’s hard to beat.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>High-end features include a built-in leveling base, quick-action twist-locks and pushbutton leg angle locks, plus monopod and tabletop tripod conversion, the latter as an optional extra.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Designed to be small and lightweight yet hugely versatile, the 3 Legged Thing Wes is cleverly designed, expertly engineered and impeccably turned out.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Travel tripods are often spindly affairs that don’t give solid support, but the Wes is impressively rigid and very resistant to unwanted flexing and vibrations.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★½</p></td><td  ><p>It’s certainly not cheap for a travel tripod but if you want something that really will go the distance and not let you down, both the legs on their own and the complete kit are star buys.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5202px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.87%;"><img id="VWtB565vg87rU5ovvM2w8E" name="3LT_Wes 00 hero 2533.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VWtB565vg87rU5ovvM2w8E-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5202" height="2230" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VWtB565vg87rU5ovvM2w8E-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="64be646a-9c65-11f1-87c4-35e8bcf61faf" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Ridley" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Ridley" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-ridley-tripod-kit-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2744px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="DFthGL97jS9sU9EYrjy8RB" name="3 Legged Thing Ridley square.JPG" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DFthGL97jS9sU9EYrjy8RB-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2744" height="2744" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-ridley-tripod-kit-review" data-dimension112="64be646a-9c65-11f1-87c4-35e8bcf61faf" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Ridley" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Ridley" data-dimension25=""><strong>3 Legged Thing Ridley</strong></a> is a more full-sized sibling to the Wes, with 3-section legs and a taller 164cm / 64.6in maximum operating height (including the same fluid head). A similar feature set includes the same built-in leveling base, QD weight hook/tool, leg section twist-locks and pushbutton leg angle locks.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="64be6578-9c65-11f1-923f-49679fc72666" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Leo 2.0 + AirHead Pro" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Leo 2.0 + AirHead Pro" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-leo-20-airhead-pro" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:675px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="NWa6LGth9GSL9ptxEfSK3" name="3 Legged Thing Leo 2.0 square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NWa6LGth9GSL9ptxEfSK3-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="675" height="675" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>If you’re more into stills photography than videography, the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-leo-20-airhead-pro" data-dimension112="64be6578-9c65-11f1-923f-49679fc72666" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Leo 2.0 + AirHead Pro" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Leo 2.0 + AirHead Pro" data-dimension25=""><strong>3 Legged Thing Leo 2.0 + AirHead Pro</strong></a> is an excellent and similarly pro-grade carbon fiber travel tripod. Like the Wes, it features 5-section legs with twist-locks but instead of a leveling base, the Leo incorporates a 2-section extending center column.</p></div> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-wes-tripod-kit-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The lightweight 3 Legged Thing Wes tripod kit folds down small for the journey but aims to give versatile, solid support for stills and video, incorporating a leveling base and revamped fluid head ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">6KGA8TB9ryYajKVNYwbkvK</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VWtB565vg87rU5ovvM2w8E-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Sun, 23 Aug 2026 11:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Tripods]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Matthew Richards ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jDd3HmNtNWfRUREZztFrQo-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VWtB565vg87rU5ovvM2w8E-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Matthew Richards]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[3 Legged Thing Wes tripod]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[3 Legged Thing Wes tripod]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[3 Legged Thing Wes tripod]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VWtB565vg87rU5ovvM2w8E-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>It’s been about five years since I discovered 3 Legged Thing, a British company specializing in tripods and other supports. My first encounter was with the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review">Winston 2.0 and AirHed Pro kit</a>. I instantly fell for Winston, and it’s still my favorite full-sized tripod to this day. Even so, a lot has happened in the last five years, and 3 Legged Thing has branched out in all sorts of different directions, currently catering to photographers and videographers, as well as ramping up its endeavors for field sports and birding, plus shooting and target sports. I’ve reviewed many 3 Legged Thing tripods and heads, desk mounts, window mounts, phone mounts, microphone arms, light stands, L-brackets, camera straps, and other items along the way, being highly impressed by pretty much all of them.</p><p>Bringing things up to date, there’s a dynamic duo of new 3 Legged Thing video tripods in town, going by the names of Ridley and Wes. They’re both similar in many ways and are named after master movie directors. <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-ridley-tripod-kit-review">Ridley</a> (Scott) is the larger three-section tripod of the two, whereas Wes (Anderson) is the smaller sibling, with a travel-friendly, fold-down-small five-section leg design. Both carbon fiber tripods are available as sets of legs on their own, or as full kits with the same fluid head. They aim to be among the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/carbon-fiber-tripods">best carbon fiber tripods</a> and the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-video-tripod">best video tripods</a>, while the Wes that I’m reviewing here also eyes up a spot as one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-tripod">best travel tripods</a> for videographers.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="8ozf7nnxJZKKHxLjK2QjCE" name="3LT_Wes 01 intro 2484.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8ozf7nnxJZKKHxLjK2QjCE-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8ozf7nnxJZKKHxLjK2QjCE-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The 3 Legged Thing Wes is available as a set of video travel tripod legs on their own or as a complete kit with a fluid head, the latter pictured here. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-wes-specifications"><span>3 Legged Thing Wes: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Material</p></td><td  ><p>Carbon fiber</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Folded height</p></td><td  ><p>54.8cm / 21.6in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Maximum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>134.5cm / 53in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Minimum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>21cm / 8.3in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Monopod conversion</p></td><td  ><p>Yes</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight</p></td><td  ><p>2.1kg / 4.6lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Load rating</p></td><td  ><p>14kg / 30lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Sections per leg/center column</p></td><td  ><p>5 / 0</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Maximum leg section diameter</p></td><td  ><p>26cm / 1.02in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Locking leg angles</p></td><td  ><p>3</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Feet</p></td><td  ><p>Pads (interchangeable)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Case/bag included</p></td><td  ><p>Padded case</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-wes-price"><span>3 Legged Thing Wes: Price</span></h3><p>Quality seldom comes cheap, and sure enough, a set of the premium Wes travel tripod legs will set you back $399 / £379 (AU$ TBA). Go for the complete kit with the addition of a high-performance fluid head, and you can expect to pay $599 / £569. They’re both fairly substantial chunks of money, but the features, design and build quality make them well worth the outlay, especially as both options feature a built-in leveling base, smart padded soft case and handy little extras. All in all, they’re very competitively priced.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="3 Legged Thing Wes"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-wes-design-handling"><span>3 Legged Thing Wes: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>Wes Anderson has proved himself as an ingenious, stylistic, and very versatile movie director over the last 30 years, so Wes is an inspirational and aspirational name for this new video travel tripod from 3 Legged Thing. Available in gray and black with orange accents or in all-black, the legs are made from premium Japanese eight-layer carbon fiber with an aerospace-grade magnesium alloy canopy. But when shooting a video narrative, I feel that legs are only half the tripod story, so I went for the full kit that adds a fluid head. More on the head later, but I’ll begin with the legs.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="EqMVzzAdregYh4SWfBsrBE" name="3LT_Wes 2485.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EqMVzzAdregYh4SWfBsrBE-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EqMVzzAdregYh4SWfBsrBE-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The top section of each leg has a chunky 26cm / 1.02in diameter but with five sections in each leg, the bottom ones are necessarily narrow. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The small stowage size of the Wes tripod legs equates to just 44cm / 17.3in in length, or 54.8cm / 21.6in with the fluid head fitted. To my mind, that makes the kit small enough to take on pretty much every journey to any location, whether I’m pounding around local city streets or jetting off to the other side of the world. For the latter, the tripod is small enough to fit within the cabin baggage regulations of most airlines.</p><p>Fully extending all five sections of each leg reveals ever-decreasing circles, in terms of the relative diameters. Even so, the thinnest bottom sections have a perfectly respectable 14mm diameter. Not only is that significantly greater than in many travel tripods that I’ve seen and used, but it also enables a strong payload rating of 14kg / 30lb, even when the tripod is at full stretch.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5074px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="AiocrSrsAJyLNQuJ5uZH9E" name="3LT_Wes 2487.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/AiocrSrsAJyLNQuJ5uZH9E-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5074" height="2855" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/AiocrSrsAJyLNQuJ5uZH9E-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Stepping down from the fattest leg sections at the top to the slimmest at the bottom, they have diameters of 26mm, 23mm, 20mm, 17mm and 14mm respectively, so you basically drop just 3mm each time around. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>There are a couple of potential drawbacks to five-section legs that can outweigh the allure of compact stowage. First up, each joint is a possible point of weakness, where flexing and wobbling might be introduced. The second is that you end up with no less than 12 separate leg section locks to contend with when fully extending and contracting the tripod. That can equate to a lot of time and effort.</p><p>Thankfully, the twist-action section locks featured in the Wes only require minimal rotation to unlock and relock them. You can easily grab the full set of them for each leg when the sections are contracted, and tighten or loosen them with a single flick of the wrist. Ultimately, they’re surprisingly quick and easy to use, while maintaining super-solid locking that avoids any unwanted flexing or movement when the tripod is in use.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3660px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="YTLpirM9iKrw53LEveqz3E" name="3LT_Wes 2488.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YTLpirM9iKrw53LEveqz3E-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3660" height="2060" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YTLpirM9iKrw53LEveqz3E-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The twist-locks work a treat and are very tactile, with grippy, textured rubber pads to add a feelgood factor. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>While the twist-locks for the leg sections are a brilliant piece of design that’s thoroughly well executed, the same applies to the locks for the three alternative leg angles. The leg angles themselves measure 23, 55, and 80 degrees from the vertical, so there’s plenty of room for maneuver. Moreover, the simple yet highly effective spring-loaded, push-lever locks ensure maximum speed and ease when playing all the angles. Unlike many travel tripods, including the more stills-centric <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-leo-20-airhead-pro">3 Legged Thing Leo 2.0 + AirHead Pro</a>, there’s no time wasted swinging the legs up around the center column for compact stowage, as the Wes has no center column anyway.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3255px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="UttynGKPBP7JzKARQdNY3E" name="3LT_Wes 2489.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/UttynGKPBP7JzKARQdNY3E-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3255" height="1832" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/UttynGKPBP7JzKARQdNY3E-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The push-lever locks for the multiple leg angles make any changes quick and effortless to carry out. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>One place you generally don’t want any angles coming into play is in the platform on which the head is mounted. If you try to compensate by adjusting the level of the head itself, you’ll find that your horizons go wonky as soon as you start panning. One method is to meticulously adjust the overall height of each leg, so that the tripod canopy is level. However, this tends to be an arduous, time-consuming process, especially if you’re working on uneven ground.</p><p>To make things quick, simple, and highly effective, the Wes features a built-in leveling base that is an absolute doddle to use. It has a single locking screw with a spring-loaded handle mounted on a six-sided shaft, so you can pull out the handle and rotate it for your favored orientation. Another aid to leveling up is that the base features a bubble level, which can be rotated through a full 360 degrees for easy viewing from any angle.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3897px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="GM5BM83AA2xTGSyhWx2E6E" name="3LT_Wes 2492.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GM5BM83AA2xTGSyhWx2E6E-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3897" height="2193" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GM5BM83AA2xTGSyhWx2E6E-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The leveling base is an integral part of the tripod design and a real bonus for videography. It’s also ideal for shooting a series of stills for stitching into a panorama. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>With the opposite of a soft underbelly, Wes has a pair of solid, robust weight hooks extending from the bottom of its magnesium alloy leveling base. They’re ideal for adding ballast to avoid the tripod swaying in the breeze if you’re shooting outdoors in windy conditions.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4700px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="7WuzYhDH8FXbpPpbhjeh7E" name="3LT_Wes 2493.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7WuzYhDH8FXbpPpbhjeh7E-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4700" height="2645" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7WuzYhDH8FXbpPpbhjeh7E-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The bottom of the leveling base features a pair of weight hooks, and they’re more tricked up than you might think. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Intent as ever to cram as many crafty design flourishes into a tripod as possible, 3 Legged Thing has doubled up the usefulness of the weight hooks. The hooks also form the T-section of an Allen key that mounts to the underside of the leveling base via a QD (Quick Detach) mechanism. A simple press of a button is all that’s required to release the Allen key, which you can then use for securing your camera to the head’s quick-release plate, or for anything else that uses the same-size Allen key.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3037px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="UCAYgRHvRFnaiURCy9GTzD" name="3LT_Wes 2494.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/UCAYgRHvRFnaiURCy9GTzD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3037" height="1709" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/UCAYgRHvRFnaiURCy9GTzD-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">An allen key secures to the QD mount in the bottom of the leveling plate, and the mount itself can play host to straps, harnesses and other QD-compatible accessories. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I’ve written a full, standalone review of the revamped and updated <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-airhed-cine-cc-review">3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC fluid head,</a> and as part of the complete kit, it’s an ideal match for the Wes tripod legs. It ensures wonderfully smooth tilt and pan operation and excellent all-around performance. The favorable feature set includes an adjustable, telescopic panning arm that can mount on either side for left-handed or right-handed use, and an extra-long XP100 Ultra Plate quick-release plate, which is Arca-Swiss compatible.</p><p>Another bonus is that you can use that QD-mounted Allen key that I mentioned just now to remove four screws and rotate the orientation of the head’s camera platform through 90-degree increments. The upshot is that the long QR plate can run from side to side instead of just from front to back. The sideways orientation can be more ideal if you’re using a cage, and definitely if you’re using an L-bracket like one of 3 Legged Thing’s camera-specific L-brackets or the universal <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/embargo-12-dec-2023-2pm-gmt-3-legged-thing-lexie-review">3 Legged Thing Lexie</a>.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4993px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="F3ZRsBJsWK9WxSxzzXFU9E" name="3LT_Wes 2490.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/F3ZRsBJsWK9WxSxzzXFU9E-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4993" height="2810" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/F3ZRsBJsWK9WxSxzzXFU9E-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The AirHed Cine CC fluid video head is available in gray and black with orange accents or in an all-black option to match the two colorways of the Wes tripod legs. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Going from top to bottom, or rather from head to foot, the legs are fitted with rubber pads that give a very firm and stable footing on most surfaces. There’s also a variety of alternative footwear on offer from 3 Legged Thing as optional extras. These include Heelz (metal spikes), Stilettoz (elevated metal spikes), Clawz (metal ice/rock grips) and Vanz (dual metal spikes and rubber pads).</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3167px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="7cyC4g8XAuYqMztmvc2DzD" name="3LT_Wes 2496.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7cyC4g8XAuYqMztmvc2DzD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3167" height="1782" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7cyC4g8XAuYqMztmvc2DzD-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The rubber feet unscrew so you can fit a range of alternative footwear. The threaded sockets for the feet have 3/8in threads with 1/4in adapters, catering to both standard sizes. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>There are many and varied tripods on the market, in which you can unscrew one of the legs and use it as a monopod instead. It’s a good idea in that it saves carrying two separate bits of support kit. With the Wes, however, you can remove all three legs if you wish, which adds even greater versatility.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5379px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="JLtgyEDjGA6pxRfEPsyHBE" name="3LT_Wes 2498.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JLtgyEDjGA6pxRfEPsyHBE-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5379" height="3027" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JLtgyEDjGA6pxRfEPsyHBE-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Any or all three of the legs can be unscrewed, enabling use as a bipod, monopod and more besides. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A neat trick is that if you remove all three legs, you can use the canopy of the Wes with the optional Vanz footwear that I mentioned just now. These dual metal spikes with rubber pads can screw directly into the canopy, effectively transforming the Wes into a tabletop tripod.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5379px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="dATNsnizUkeTiD2GKJYSAE" name="3LT_Wes 2501.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/dATNsnizUkeTiD2GKJYSAE-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5379" height="3027" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/dATNsnizUkeTiD2GKJYSAE-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Pictured here, the Wes has all of its legs unscrewed and replaced by optional Vanz footwear, turning it into a tabletop tripod. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>There’s a handy multi-function tool supplied with the tripod kit, aptly named the 3 Legged Thing Toolz2. It has a keyring attachment and includes two different sizes of hex keys, a coin/flat blade key, a bottle opener, and a carabiner. It comes in useful for a whole range of tripod/photographic tasks, as well as for popping the tops off bottles when all that videography makes you work up a thirst.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3434px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="jjo9sCCgWhwQ3cfWFhnZ4E" name="3LT_Wes toolz.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jjo9sCCgWhwQ3cfWFhnZ4E-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3434" height="1932" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jjo9sCCgWhwQ3cfWFhnZ4E-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Toolz carabiner/multi-tool is a cunning little gadget, supplied as part of the kit. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Attention to detail in both design and manufacture is carried over from the tripod itself to the high-quality padded soft case that it’s supplied in. The case features a pair of internal securing straps for the tripod and an internal mesh pocket, all with Velcro fasteners. There’s also a side pocket for additional storage complete with a zippered three-section organizer (the zippers have comfy pullers for easy opening and closing). There’s a detachable, adjustable shoulder strap, a carrying handle, plus a carabiner-style hook. The hook is ideal for attaching the bag to one of the weight hooks on the tripod after popping a few weighty objects inside.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="NSg3ZhA74hSu6PCF5cZwGE" name="3LT_Wes 2499.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NSg3ZhA74hSu6PCF5cZwGE-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NSg3ZhA74hSu6PCF5cZwGE-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Nicely designed and immaculately finished, the soft case features its own set of design flourishes. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-wes-performance"><span>3 Legged Thing Wes: Performance</span></h3><p>Travel tripods sometimes get a bad press, not least from me. Sure, I like that they tend to be lightweight to carry and fold down to unfeasibly small dimensions, but I feel that the lack of rigidity and meagre maximum operating height often makes them somewhat unfit for their intended purpose. I’m happy to report that while the maximum operating height of the 3 Legged Thing Wes kit isn’t exactly towering, it’s definitely tall enough for the vast majority of videography shooting scenarios, equating to 134.5cm / 53in complete with its fluid head. That’s actually pretty generous for a videocentric travel tripod that omits a center column.</p><p>Just as important, or maybe more so, is the fact that the Wes supplies firm, solid, and stable support even at its maximum operating height, with all of the leg sections fully extended. That’s no mean feat for a relatively lightweight tripod with 5-section legs.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3054px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:177.80%;"><img id="gY8EhhmCbrZJAn7hTXmZFE" name="3LT_Wes 2541.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/gY8EhhmCbrZJAn7hTXmZFE-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3054" height="5430" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/gY8EhhmCbrZJAn7hTXmZFE-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Wes isn’t going to win any prizes in ‘tallest tripod’ competitions but the maximum operating height should prove ample for most video shooting scenarios. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Another factor that I’m happy to include under the ‘performance’ umbrella is that I like a tripod to enable ultra-low-level shooting without too much fuss and bother, or the need to invert the center column and shoot with the camera upside down, which is a bit of a non-starter for videography anyway. With its head in place, the Wes can shoot down to nearly ground level for creative effect, with a minimum operating height of just 21cm / 8.3in.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5899px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="ayrdaDJUMho5bcmZUfnCCE" name="3LT_Wes 2537.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ayrdaDJUMho5bcmZUfnCCE-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5899" height="3315" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ayrdaDJUMho5bcmZUfnCCE-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The minimum operating height of just over eight inches, with the legs splayed to their widest angles, enables plenty of creative versatility. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I found that the multiple leg angles made it easy to work around obstacles like low walls and staircases, as well as catering to rough terrain. Another bonus is that the middle leg angle setting enables a firmer footing when shooting from fairly low operating heights, adding stability and making the tripod less at risk of being knocked over accidentally or falling foul of very windy conditions.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5886px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="kGwYFLXnCZHocSkSJcG5EE" name="3LT_Wes 2534.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kGwYFLXnCZHocSkSJcG5EE-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5886" height="3309" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kGwYFLXnCZHocSkSJcG5EE-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The intermediate leg angle works very well for fairly low-level shooting, adding greater stability. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I’m tall at 6ft 5in and found that the Wes was a little short for me in regular monopod mode, at least when using the viewfinder of a camera. Even so, I didn’t have to crouch very much, and like many of us, I’m much more likely to shoot video using the rear screen of a camera rather than putting my eye to the viewfinder. In this configuration, the monopod proved tall enough for me at its maximum height with the head fitted. And if you hanker after a taller monopod, you could connect two or even three legs, top to toe, after removing the feet from two or three of the legs, respectively.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5363px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="WkxSoC89YuFgyzFHByZAFE" name="3LT_Wes 2555.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/WkxSoC89YuFgyzFHByZAFE-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5363" height="3017" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/WkxSoC89YuFgyzFHByZAFE-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The maximum operating height of the Wes in monopod mode with the head attached should prove adequate, even for tall videographers. And if it isn’t, you could connect two or even three of the legs together, screwing the top of one into the bottom of another with its foot removed. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-wes-verdict"><span>3 Legged Thing Wes: Verdict</span></h3><p>The 3 Legged Thing Wes ticks all of the boxes on my wish list for a video travel tripod. It folds down small and is very lightweight to carry, yet reaches a decent maximum operating height while being sturdy and resistant to flexing and vibrations. I’m generally wary of tripods with five-section legs because the bottom leg sections are often very thin and spindly, resulting in a drop in rigidity and stability when they’re extended. There was no hint of this when using the Wes, and I found it gave solid support throughout its entire operating range, from just above ground level to its maximum height.</p><p>The premium carbon fiber legs with their aerospace-grade magnesium alloy canopy are a great buy on their own. However, the recently updated <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-airhed-cine-cc-review">3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC fluid head</a> is such a great match for the legs that I feel the complete kit is the best option. As a complete travel tripod for videographers, it’s hard to beat.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>High-end features include a built-in leveling base, quick-action twist-locks and pushbutton leg angle locks, plus monopod and tabletop tripod conversion, the latter as an optional extra.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Designed to be small and lightweight yet hugely versatile, the 3 Legged Thing Wes is cleverly designed, expertly engineered and impeccably turned out.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Travel tripods are often spindly affairs that don’t give solid support, but the Wes is impressively rigid and very resistant to unwanted flexing and vibrations.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★½</p></td><td  ><p>It’s certainly not cheap for a travel tripod but if you want something that really will go the distance and not let you down, both the legs on their own and the complete kit are star buys.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5202px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.87%;"><img id="VWtB565vg87rU5ovvM2w8E" name="3LT_Wes 00 hero 2533.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Wes tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VWtB565vg87rU5ovvM2w8E-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5202" height="2230" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VWtB565vg87rU5ovvM2w8E-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="64be646a-9c65-11f1-87c4-35e8bcf61faf" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Ridley" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Ridley" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-ridley-tripod-kit-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2744px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="DFthGL97jS9sU9EYrjy8RB" name="3 Legged Thing Ridley square.JPG" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DFthGL97jS9sU9EYrjy8RB-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2744" height="2744" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-ridley-tripod-kit-review" data-dimension112="64be646a-9c65-11f1-87c4-35e8bcf61faf" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Ridley" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Ridley" data-dimension25=""><strong>3 Legged Thing Ridley</strong></a> is a more full-sized sibling to the Wes, with 3-section legs and a taller 164cm / 64.6in maximum operating height (including the same fluid head). A similar feature set includes the same built-in leveling base, QD weight hook/tool, leg section twist-locks and pushbutton leg angle locks.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="64be6578-9c65-11f1-923f-49679fc72666" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Leo 2.0 + AirHead Pro" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Leo 2.0 + AirHead Pro" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-leo-20-airhead-pro" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:675px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="NWa6LGth9GSL9ptxEfSK3" name="3 Legged Thing Leo 2.0 square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NWa6LGth9GSL9ptxEfSK3-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="675" height="675" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>If you’re more into stills photography than videography, the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-leo-20-airhead-pro" data-dimension112="64be6578-9c65-11f1-923f-49679fc72666" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Leo 2.0 + AirHead Pro" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Leo 2.0 + AirHead Pro" data-dimension25=""><strong>3 Legged Thing Leo 2.0 + AirHead Pro</strong></a> is an excellent and similarly pro-grade carbon fiber travel tripod. Like the Wes, it features 5-section legs with twist-locks but instead of a leveling base, the Leo incorporates a 2-section extending center column.</p></div>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ 3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 review: a super-strong set of carbon fiber tripod legs for professional hybrid photography and more besides ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>I’ve been reviewing 3 Legged Thing gear for five years and counting, since first encountering the rather epic <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review">Winston 2.0 and AirHed Pro kit</a> from the Pro 2.0 range. Indeed, it’s been my go-to full-sized tripod ever since, and I’m no stranger to the company’s supersized video tripods either, like the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-legends-tommy-carbon-fiber-tripod-review">3 Legged Thing Legends Tommy</a>. Over the ensuing years, I’ve also tested and reviewed a bunch of other 3 Legged Thing tripods great and small, desk mounts, window mounts, phone mounts, microphone arms, light stands, L-brackets, camera straps, and other paraphernalia. The company’s product catalog is nothing if not diverse, ranging from photography and videography kit, through field sports and birding, to shooting and target sports supports and accessories.</p><p>One constant is that I’ve always been impressed by 3 Legged Things’ design flair and the company’s ability to turn its clever design concepts into expertly engineered and beautifully finished products. The set of Ethan 4 tripod legs that I’m reviewing here is a mighty, super-strong set of carbon fiber legs that aims to stick with that tradition, billed as a professional hybrid photography and tactical tripod system for photo, video, shooting, and tactical pursuits. Let’s see if it lives up to its claims, not just as one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/carbon-fiber-tripods">best carbon fiber tripods</a>, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-video-tripod">best video tripods,</a> and <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod">best tripods for photographers</a>, but for a variety of other duties as well.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4354px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="9f3mS9dEvnzbfDDuNa98HK" name="3LT_E4 01 intro 2442.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9f3mS9dEvnzbfDDuNa98HK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="4354" height="2450" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Ethan 4 plays a powerful ‘supporting role’ as a character in 3 Legged Thing’s large cast of tripods </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-ethan-4-specifications"><span>3 Legged Thing Ethan 4: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Material</p></td><td  ><p>Carbon fiber</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Folded height</p></td><td  ><p>61cm / 24in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Maximum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>162cm / 64in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Minimum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>14cm / 5.5in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Monopod conversion</p></td><td  ><p>Yes</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight</p></td><td  ><p>2.4kg / 5.3lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Load rating</p></td><td  ><p>60kg / 132lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Sections per leg/center column</p></td><td  ><p>4 / 0</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Maximum leg section diameter</p></td><td  ><p>32mm / 1.26in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Locking leg angles</p></td><td  ><p>3</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Feet</p></td><td  ><p>Pads (interchangeable)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Case/bag included</p></td><td  ><p>Padded case</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-ethan-4-price"><span>3 Legged Thing Ethan 4: Price</span></h3><p>A full-sized tripod with a mighty 60kg / 132lb payload rating and built from premium Japanese carbon fiber and aerospace-grade magnesium alloy, the Ethan 4 doesn’t come cheap. The legs list at $499 / £429 (AU$ TBA), and bear in mind that you’ll have to factor in a head and maybe a leveling base, if you don’t have them already, which will add to the cost. Even so, I think the legs are set at a very fair price, considering their specifications, so long as the build quality and performance stack up. That’s what I’m here to test.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-ethan-4-design-handling"><span>3 Legged Thing Ethan 4: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>Designed as a ‘tactical’ tripod for shooting and target sports as well as photography and videography, Ethan 4 takes its name from Ethan Hunt of <em>Mission: Impossible</em>. As such, it’s ‘engineered for chaos, built for legends’, as 3 Legged Thing likes to say. It’s certainly very tough and endlessly adaptable. In the realm of shooting pictures, I’d say that pro-grade videography is its best fit.</p><p>Suitably hard as nails, Ethan 4 is made from premium 3K weave Japanese carbon fiber with an oversized outer leg section diameter of 32mm. Metal parts are constructed in aerospace-grade magnesium alloy, and fixings are made from corrosion-resistant stainless steel. For the style-conscious, the tripod is available in Darkness (black), Olive Drab Green, and Lava colorways; the last of these with orange accents.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5577px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="KAHNiZ5EJ65a99FR4oyBLK" name="3LT_E4 2443.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KAHNiZ5EJ65a99FR4oyBLK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5577" height="3138" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KAHNiZ5EJ65a99FR4oyBLK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The 3K weave carbon fiber leg sections look as good as they feel, with an oversized 32mm diameter top section. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>With four telescoping sections in each leg, a bonus of the chunky 32mm outer is that even the narrowest bottom sections have an impressive girth to them. The upshot is that the tripod has a super-sturdy payload rating of 60kg / 132lb. Naturally, you’ll be hard-pressed to find a camera and lens combination that weighs anywhere near that much, but the Ethan 4 can also support additional accessories, as I’ll come to later.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4933px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="FtCX73YuLwszWWEp3scyFK" name="3LT_E4 2446.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FtCX73YuLwszWWEp3scyFK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4933" height="2776" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FtCX73YuLwszWWEp3scyFK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Even the bottom sections of the four-section legs have a satisfying girth to them, rather than being spindly, thin, and flimsy. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>There’s an endless debate over whether twist-locks or flip-locks are better for tripod legs. Personally, I generally prefer twist-locks, especially if they’re the kind featured in this tripod, labelled as ‘Oversized Helical Strake’ leg locks. As such, they’re quick and easy to use with minimal rotation required to loosen or lock each section. As with other elements of the tripod, they have a top-quality look and feel, and are fitted with grippy rubber pads. They’re also designed for quick and easy strip-down and reassembly if and when they need cleaning.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3568px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="JbYDv33jxGNwjcX5t8Zk4K" name="3LT_E4 2447.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JbYDv33jxGNwjcX5t8Zk4K-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3568" height="2008" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JbYDv33jxGNwjcX5t8Zk4K-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Quick and easy to use, and equally so to disassemble and reassemble if they need cleaning, the twist locks incorporate 3 Legged Thing’s usual ‘chicken lips’ or nylon shims. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>While the twist-locks are pretty standard fare, the three-position leg-angle locks have a new patented trigger-pull design. The idea is that you can pull out the mechanism in the more time-honored fashion, or simply squeeze a trigger-action release with your finger.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4278px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="mafTY5GjvxuMFZy4JbtCFK" name="3LT_E4 2448.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mafTY5GjvxuMFZy4JbtCFK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4278" height="2407" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mafTY5GjvxuMFZy4JbtCFK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The legs can be locked at three alternative angles, namely 23, 55, or 80 degrees from the vertical, using the handy new trigger-action mechanism. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As I mentioned at the outset, the Ethan 4 is sold as a set of legs, rather than as a complete kit. Especially for videography, to which the tripod legs are ideally suited, you’re best off adding either of 3 Legged Thing’s LevelHed Leveling Base or 75mm Half Bowl, as well as a fluid head. The tripod is supplied with a flat plate for the former, and there’s an optional 75mm bowl mount that you can swap to if you buy it separately.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4855px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="Aez9hgZfUYzWMPWtnN5dJK" name="3LT_E4 2450.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Aez9hgZfUYzWMPWtnN5dJK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4855" height="2732" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Aez9hgZfUYzWMPWtnN5dJK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The tripod is supplied complete with a flat mounting plate, shown here, but you can swap it out to an optional 75mm bowl mount. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Naturally, you can attach your camera or whatever else you’re shooting with to the flat plate itself, without using a leveling aid or tripod head. With that in mind, the plate features a dual 1/4in mount with a 3/8in adapter sleeve, catering to both industry-standard threaded sockets.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4855px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="VLxqasafPrB56HkRf35jFK" name="3LT_E4 2451.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VLxqasafPrB56HkRf35jFK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4855" height="2732" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VLxqasafPrB56HkRf35jFK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The flat plate includes a dual 1/4in threaded mounting screw with a 3/8in sleeve. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Keeping moving parts to a minimum, the bubble level is fixed on the side of the chassis, rather than having a rotating base. Being positioned off to the side, it’s easy to keep an eye on and is large enough to see clearly when leveling the tripod.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3860px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="GTeN49NGWezhSmN8CPrpEK" name="3LT_E4 2452.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GTeN49NGWezhSmN8CPrpEK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3860" height="2172" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GTeN49NGWezhSmN8CPrpEK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The bubble level is large, easy to see and therefore easy to use. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The Ethan 4 can support more than just its primary load. A threaded socket on the side of the chassis enables the attachment of a magic arm, LED lamp, microphone mount, monitor screen or just about anything else you might want to add on.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3310px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="oEQCqP5oaZdELeGTJjmHEK" name="3LT_E4 2454.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/oEQCqP5oaZdELeGTJjmHEK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3310" height="1863" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/oEQCqP5oaZdELeGTJjmHEK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The threaded accessory mount on the side of the chassis has a standard 3/8in threaded socket and comes with a 14/in adapter. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Going one better than the standard threaded accessory mount, the tripod chassis also includes a QD (Quick-Detach) socket. Compatible with 3 Legged Thing Axis QD straps and all sorts of other gadgets that use this kind of mount, it enables ultra-quick-and-easy mounting and detachment with a simple pushbutton mechanism.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3310px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="xbQS2DkmKYMTwNYaSgJUEK" name="3LT_E4 2455.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xbQS2DkmKYMTwNYaSgJUEK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3310" height="1863" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xbQS2DkmKYMTwNYaSgJUEK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The chassis has an integrated QD socket that’s compatible with 3 Legged Thing Axis QD straps and other like-minded accessories. The connectors also happen to be used by NASA among others, for securing cargo on space rockets. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A ballast hook is featured under the flat mounting plate and also serves as the grab handle for tightening or loosening the main dual 1/4in and 3/8in threaded mounting screw with sleeve. Using the ballast hook enables you to hang a weight off the tripod, again taking advantage of its hefty payload rating and adding stability if you’re shooting in windy conditions.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3310px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="nH2aykHkFNwYX4u82UKNEK" name="3LT_E4 2456.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/nH2aykHkFNwYX4u82UKNEK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3310" height="1863" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/nH2aykHkFNwYX4u82UKNEK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The weight hook is easy to get at, positioned directly under the flat plate and also serves as the finger/thumb grip for the main mounting screw. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>When it comes to tripod heads, you can naturally fit pretty much anything that takes your fancy. One that works particularly well for videography with the Ethan 4 is the revamped and revitalized <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-airhed-cine-cc-review">3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC fluid head</a>, which I’ve reviewed separately and very favorably in the past. The head has a list price of $249 / £229 and is available in black or grey colorways.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3887px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.29%;"><img id="7sThpozcjjU3tttKfTcrFK" name="3LT_E4 2475.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7sThpozcjjU3tttKfTcrFK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3887" height="2188" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7sThpozcjjU3tttKfTcrFK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The redesigned AirHed Cine CC is a compact but fully functional and a great performer. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The tripod comes with chunky rubber feet, which give a very firm and stable footing while also doing a good job of absorbing vibrations. They’re not the only choice, however, as alternative footwear is available as optional extras from 3 Legged Thing. Choices include smaller Little Bootz (rubber pads), Heelz (metal spikes), Stilettoz (elevated metal spikes), Clawz (metal ice/rock grips), and Vanz (dual metal spikes and rubber pads).</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4035px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="38ptph7XJYPnvUtRxbfPFK" name="3LT_E4 2460.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/38ptph7XJYPnvUtRxbfPFK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4035" height="2271" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/38ptph7XJYPnvUtRxbfPFK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The large rubber feet unscrew so you can fit a range of alternative footwear. Accepting all sorts, the threaded foot sockets have 3/8in threads with 1/4in adapters. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>In keeping with the multi-talented nature of Ethan 4, you can remove one, two, or all three of the legs. Each of the legs can work independently for monopod duty, and leaving two of the legs attached to the chassis enables use as a bipod. Removing all three legs might sound counterproductive, but I’ll come back to that in a moment.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5546px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.29%;"><img id="VRAh624DQpMY4JELTkReJK" name="3LT_E4 2457.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VRAh624DQpMY4JELTkReJK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5546" height="3122" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VRAh624DQpMY4JELTkReJK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Any or all three of the legs can be unscrewed, enabling use as a bipod, monopod and more besides. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Getting back to the optional Vanz footwear that I mentioned just now, these dual metal spikes with rubber pads can serve up a neat trick. If you unscrew all three legs from the chassis and then screw the Vanz into the empty sockets that are revealed, you can effectively transform the Ethan 4 into a tabletop tripod, stretching its versatility even further.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5441px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="xfn3V8NXqVkRr5dmviwGLK" name="3LT_E4 2503.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xfn3V8NXqVkRr5dmviwGLK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5441" height="3062" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xfn3V8NXqVkRr5dmviwGLK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Here’s what the Ethan 4 looks like with all of its legs unscrewed and optional Vanz footwear attached in their place, serving as a tabletop tripod. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The tripod comes with a 3 Legged Thing Toolz2. It’s a neat multi-function tool, with a keyring. It acts as two different sizes of hex keys, a coin/flat blade key, a bottle opener, and a carabiner. It’s handy for a whole range of tripod/photographic tasks as well as for grabbing a quick drink when the going gets thirsty.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3230px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="buX64LLC98ExoNSNpBaMEK" name="3LT_E4 toolz.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/buX64LLC98ExoNSNpBaMEK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3230" height="1818" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/buX64LLC98ExoNSNpBaMEK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Toolz2 carabiner/multi-tool is a smart and useful extra supplied with the tripod. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>It annoys me when some of the most famous tripod manufacturers sell very expensive tripods and don’t bother to bundle a carrying bag of any sort. The situation here is quite the reverse. The Ethan 4 comes with a very high-quality padded soft case and, typical of 3 Legged Thing, it’s not short of crafty design flourishes. There’s an internal mesh pocket and two securing straps, both with Velcro fasteners. You also get a side pocket with additional room and a zippered three-section organizer. The zippers themselves have comfy pullers for easy operation. There’s also a detachable, adjustable shoulder strap, a carrying handle, plus a carabiner-style hook. I’d use the last of these for attaching the bag to the ballast hook on the tripod, after popping a weighty object or two inside.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="VzBSp6Lc2jPxMKCSaZ5MPK" name="3LT_E4 2458.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VzBSp6Lc2jPxMKCSaZ5MPK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VzBSp6Lc2jPxMKCSaZ5MPK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The padded soft case follows suit with the tripod itself, being of very high quality and having lots of neat little extras. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-ethan-4-performance"><span>3 Legged Thing Ethan 4: Performance</span></h3><p>Let’s cut to the chase. Performance of the Ethan 4 is exemplary in every respect. It gives rock-solid support for even the heaviest of cameras and accessories, right up to and including its maximum operating height of 162cm / 64in (without head). The legs and rubber feet combine to give excellent resistance against unwanted flexing and vibrations, even when the leg sections are fully extended.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2988px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:177.78%;"><img id="uQVzJwSEfVx4PfUxhidSTK" name="3LT_E4 2523.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uQVzJwSEfVx4PfUxhidSTK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2988" height="5312" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uQVzJwSEfVx4PfUxhidSTK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The tripod remains very solid and resistant to flexing and vibrations, even at its maximum operating height with all the leg sections fully extended. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As with most video-friendly tripods, there’s no center column, but an upside of this is that when the legs are splayed to their widest locking angle, you can shoot from ultra-low levels for creative effect, without the center column getting in the way. Again, without an attached head, the minimum operating height is a mere 14cm / 5.5in. The 4-section legs also enable a fairly compact carrying length of 61cm / 24in. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4955px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="XaazMWFdMoGPDtMifamnNK" name="3LT_E4 2521.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XaazMWFdMoGPDtMifamnNK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4955" height="2787" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XaazMWFdMoGPDtMifamnNK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The largest locking leg angle from the vertical enables ultra-low-level shooting. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>While the maximum payload rating is a huge 60kg / 132lb, the tripod itself is easy on the back for carrying around, weighing in at 2.4kg / 5.3lb. It’s also very easy to live with from an operational perspective. The twist locks work with simple efficiency, requiring minimal rotation to lock and unlock the leg sections. The trigger-action leg angle locks are similarly simple and intuitive. As well as enabling ultra-low-level shooting and working on uneven terrain or around obstacles, the multi-angle legs add stability at their intermediate setting when shooting at low to middling heights.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4892px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="f8vwj7oMPbNP8a7KwV6cJK" name="3LT_E4 2519.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/f8vwj7oMPbNP8a7KwV6cJK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4892" height="2752" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/f8vwj7oMPbNP8a7KwV6cJK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">For low to middling shooting heights, the interim leg angle adds stability and makes the tripod less prone to toppling over if knocked or in very windy conditions. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Not just a tripod, the Ethan 4 works equally well in bipod mode or with any of the three legs removed for monopod duty. You can attach a camera or anything else to the mounting screw in the flat base, but the addition of a head makes monopod shooting more refined.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5816px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="LFpfYQ6PeCZoKftXP6CaXK" name="3LT_E4 2531.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LFpfYQ6PeCZoKftXP6CaXK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5816" height="3271" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LFpfYQ6PeCZoKftXP6CaXK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">As pictured here, I’ve removed one of the legs and transferred the 3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC fluid head to the top of it for monopod duty. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-ethan-4-verdict"><span>3 Legged Thing Ethan 4: Verdict</span></h3><p>Ethan Hunt is a very ingenious, versatile, and action-packed (if fictitious) character, giving his namesake tripod, the Ethan 4, a lot to live up to. True to the role, however, this 3 Legged Thing tripod can take on a barrage of different scenarios and win out against seemingly impossible odds, delivering a sure-fire success rate.</p><p>I love that the Ethan 4 tripod is so rock-solid and utterly dependable, and so resistant to any unwanted flexing or vibration. The twist-locks for the leg sections work impeccably, and the new trigger-action leg angle locks are a pleasure to use. Ultimately, this tripod offers wide-ranging versatility while also being entirely intuitive and simple to use, so you can concentrate on your creative flow rather than wrestling with a finicky tripod.</p><p>The fact that it also works flawlessly as a bipod or monopod reinforces its credentials as a ‘tactical’ tripod for photography, videography, shooting, and target sports. Just add a head, and you’re good to go.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Top features include quick-action twist-locks and trigger-action leg angle locks, a flat plate mount that can be swapped out for an optional half bowl mount, and the ability to work as a tripod, bipod or monopod.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>The design of the tripod is full of clever tricks and flourishes that make the Ethan 4 immensely versatile yet quick-and-easy to use. The build quality is top-notch as well.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Super-solid and dependable from ground level right up to and including its maximum operating height, the Ethan 4 is a top performer. It’s also very quick to set up and take down again.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★½</p></td><td  ><p>It’s undeniably expensive for a set of tripod legs, with no leveling base or head, but the features, design, build quality and performance make it excellent value for money nonetheless.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5926px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.86%;"><img id="FQ9v3Jcayu8BPTf5fSnwLK" name="3LT_E4 00 hero 2516.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FQ9v3Jcayu8BPTf5fSnwLK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5926" height="2540" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FQ9v3Jcayu8BPTf5fSnwLK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="894efac8-9c5c-11f1-bc02-1964bfef21ab" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Legends Tommy" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Legends Tommy" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-legends-tommy-carbon-fiber-tripod-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2771px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="GFYK97JunrrYZ5VjphZmn" name="3 Legged Thing Tommy square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GFYK97JunrrYZ5VjphZmn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2771" height="2771" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-legends-tommy-carbon-fiber-tripod-review" data-dimension112="894efac8-9c5c-11f1-bc02-1964bfef21ab" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Legends Tommy" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Legends Tommy" data-dimension25=""><strong>3 Legged Thing Legends Tommy</strong></a> is one of the company’s biggest and strongest video tripods, with three-section legs and an interchangeable flat plate and 75mm bowl mount. It’s also one of the company’s most expensive sets of tripod legs (much pricier than the Ethan 4) and again comes without a bundled head.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="894efb2c-9c5c-11f1-8d69-436f0e54f292" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Winston 2.0 and AirHed Pro kit" data-dimension48="Winston 2.0 and AirHed Pro kit" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:900px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="aG9EGrNc9ExvSSEZJyjR9" name="3 Legged Thing Winston 2.0 square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aG9EGrNc9ExvSSEZJyjR9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="900" height="900" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The  <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review" data-dimension112="894efb2c-9c5c-11f1-8d69-436f0e54f292" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Winston 2.0 and AirHed Pro kit" data-dimension48="Winston 2.0 and AirHed Pro kit" data-dimension25=""><strong>Winston 2.0 and AirHed Pro kit</strong></a> is another very robust tripod, this time more ideal for stills rather than video capture. The full kit comes with the latest edition of the company’s top-flight ball head, but you can also buy just the legs (or the head) on their own.</p></div> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-ethan-4-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The hugely strong and versatile 3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 bills itself as a pro-grade hybrid photography and tactical tripod system with bipod and monopod conversion. Sounds like a mission improbable… ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">EjXoQi3XS3BdE37U2yzbSS</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FQ9v3Jcayu8BPTf5fSnwLK-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Sat, 22 Aug 2026 11:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Tripods]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Matthew Richards ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jDd3HmNtNWfRUREZztFrQo-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FQ9v3Jcayu8BPTf5fSnwLK-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Matthew Richards]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FQ9v3Jcayu8BPTf5fSnwLK-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>I’ve been reviewing 3 Legged Thing gear for five years and counting, since first encountering the rather epic <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review">Winston 2.0 and AirHed Pro kit</a> from the Pro 2.0 range. Indeed, it’s been my go-to full-sized tripod ever since, and I’m no stranger to the company’s supersized video tripods either, like the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-legends-tommy-carbon-fiber-tripod-review">3 Legged Thing Legends Tommy</a>. Over the ensuing years, I’ve also tested and reviewed a bunch of other 3 Legged Thing tripods great and small, desk mounts, window mounts, phone mounts, microphone arms, light stands, L-brackets, camera straps, and other paraphernalia. The company’s product catalog is nothing if not diverse, ranging from photography and videography kit, through field sports and birding, to shooting and target sports supports and accessories.</p><p>One constant is that I’ve always been impressed by 3 Legged Things’ design flair and the company’s ability to turn its clever design concepts into expertly engineered and beautifully finished products. The set of Ethan 4 tripod legs that I’m reviewing here is a mighty, super-strong set of carbon fiber legs that aims to stick with that tradition, billed as a professional hybrid photography and tactical tripod system for photo, video, shooting, and tactical pursuits. Let’s see if it lives up to its claims, not just as one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/carbon-fiber-tripods">best carbon fiber tripods</a>, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-video-tripod">best video tripods,</a> and <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod">best tripods for photographers</a>, but for a variety of other duties as well.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4354px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="9f3mS9dEvnzbfDDuNa98HK" name="3LT_E4 01 intro 2442.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9f3mS9dEvnzbfDDuNa98HK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="4354" height="2450" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Ethan 4 plays a powerful ‘supporting role’ as a character in 3 Legged Thing’s large cast of tripods </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-ethan-4-specifications"><span>3 Legged Thing Ethan 4: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Material</p></td><td  ><p>Carbon fiber</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Folded height</p></td><td  ><p>61cm / 24in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Maximum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>162cm / 64in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Minimum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>14cm / 5.5in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Monopod conversion</p></td><td  ><p>Yes</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight</p></td><td  ><p>2.4kg / 5.3lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Load rating</p></td><td  ><p>60kg / 132lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Sections per leg/center column</p></td><td  ><p>4 / 0</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Maximum leg section diameter</p></td><td  ><p>32mm / 1.26in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Locking leg angles</p></td><td  ><p>3</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Feet</p></td><td  ><p>Pads (interchangeable)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Case/bag included</p></td><td  ><p>Padded case</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-ethan-4-price"><span>3 Legged Thing Ethan 4: Price</span></h3><p>A full-sized tripod with a mighty 60kg / 132lb payload rating and built from premium Japanese carbon fiber and aerospace-grade magnesium alloy, the Ethan 4 doesn’t come cheap. The legs list at $499 / £429 (AU$ TBA), and bear in mind that you’ll have to factor in a head and maybe a leveling base, if you don’t have them already, which will add to the cost. Even so, I think the legs are set at a very fair price, considering their specifications, so long as the build quality and performance stack up. That’s what I’m here to test.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-ethan-4-design-handling"><span>3 Legged Thing Ethan 4: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>Designed as a ‘tactical’ tripod for shooting and target sports as well as photography and videography, Ethan 4 takes its name from Ethan Hunt of <em>Mission: Impossible</em>. As such, it’s ‘engineered for chaos, built for legends’, as 3 Legged Thing likes to say. It’s certainly very tough and endlessly adaptable. In the realm of shooting pictures, I’d say that pro-grade videography is its best fit.</p><p>Suitably hard as nails, Ethan 4 is made from premium 3K weave Japanese carbon fiber with an oversized outer leg section diameter of 32mm. Metal parts are constructed in aerospace-grade magnesium alloy, and fixings are made from corrosion-resistant stainless steel. For the style-conscious, the tripod is available in Darkness (black), Olive Drab Green, and Lava colorways; the last of these with orange accents.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5577px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="KAHNiZ5EJ65a99FR4oyBLK" name="3LT_E4 2443.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KAHNiZ5EJ65a99FR4oyBLK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5577" height="3138" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KAHNiZ5EJ65a99FR4oyBLK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The 3K weave carbon fiber leg sections look as good as they feel, with an oversized 32mm diameter top section. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>With four telescoping sections in each leg, a bonus of the chunky 32mm outer is that even the narrowest bottom sections have an impressive girth to them. The upshot is that the tripod has a super-sturdy payload rating of 60kg / 132lb. Naturally, you’ll be hard-pressed to find a camera and lens combination that weighs anywhere near that much, but the Ethan 4 can also support additional accessories, as I’ll come to later.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4933px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="FtCX73YuLwszWWEp3scyFK" name="3LT_E4 2446.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FtCX73YuLwszWWEp3scyFK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4933" height="2776" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FtCX73YuLwszWWEp3scyFK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Even the bottom sections of the four-section legs have a satisfying girth to them, rather than being spindly, thin, and flimsy. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>There’s an endless debate over whether twist-locks or flip-locks are better for tripod legs. Personally, I generally prefer twist-locks, especially if they’re the kind featured in this tripod, labelled as ‘Oversized Helical Strake’ leg locks. As such, they’re quick and easy to use with minimal rotation required to loosen or lock each section. As with other elements of the tripod, they have a top-quality look and feel, and are fitted with grippy rubber pads. They’re also designed for quick and easy strip-down and reassembly if and when they need cleaning.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3568px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="JbYDv33jxGNwjcX5t8Zk4K" name="3LT_E4 2447.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JbYDv33jxGNwjcX5t8Zk4K-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3568" height="2008" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JbYDv33jxGNwjcX5t8Zk4K-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Quick and easy to use, and equally so to disassemble and reassemble if they need cleaning, the twist locks incorporate 3 Legged Thing’s usual ‘chicken lips’ or nylon shims. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>While the twist-locks are pretty standard fare, the three-position leg-angle locks have a new patented trigger-pull design. The idea is that you can pull out the mechanism in the more time-honored fashion, or simply squeeze a trigger-action release with your finger.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4278px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="mafTY5GjvxuMFZy4JbtCFK" name="3LT_E4 2448.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mafTY5GjvxuMFZy4JbtCFK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4278" height="2407" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mafTY5GjvxuMFZy4JbtCFK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The legs can be locked at three alternative angles, namely 23, 55, or 80 degrees from the vertical, using the handy new trigger-action mechanism. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As I mentioned at the outset, the Ethan 4 is sold as a set of legs, rather than as a complete kit. Especially for videography, to which the tripod legs are ideally suited, you’re best off adding either of 3 Legged Thing’s LevelHed Leveling Base or 75mm Half Bowl, as well as a fluid head. The tripod is supplied with a flat plate for the former, and there’s an optional 75mm bowl mount that you can swap to if you buy it separately.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4855px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="Aez9hgZfUYzWMPWtnN5dJK" name="3LT_E4 2450.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Aez9hgZfUYzWMPWtnN5dJK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4855" height="2732" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Aez9hgZfUYzWMPWtnN5dJK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The tripod is supplied complete with a flat mounting plate, shown here, but you can swap it out to an optional 75mm bowl mount. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Naturally, you can attach your camera or whatever else you’re shooting with to the flat plate itself, without using a leveling aid or tripod head. With that in mind, the plate features a dual 1/4in mount with a 3/8in adapter sleeve, catering to both industry-standard threaded sockets.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4855px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="VLxqasafPrB56HkRf35jFK" name="3LT_E4 2451.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VLxqasafPrB56HkRf35jFK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4855" height="2732" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VLxqasafPrB56HkRf35jFK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The flat plate includes a dual 1/4in threaded mounting screw with a 3/8in sleeve. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Keeping moving parts to a minimum, the bubble level is fixed on the side of the chassis, rather than having a rotating base. Being positioned off to the side, it’s easy to keep an eye on and is large enough to see clearly when leveling the tripod.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3860px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="GTeN49NGWezhSmN8CPrpEK" name="3LT_E4 2452.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GTeN49NGWezhSmN8CPrpEK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3860" height="2172" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GTeN49NGWezhSmN8CPrpEK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The bubble level is large, easy to see and therefore easy to use. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The Ethan 4 can support more than just its primary load. A threaded socket on the side of the chassis enables the attachment of a magic arm, LED lamp, microphone mount, monitor screen or just about anything else you might want to add on.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3310px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="oEQCqP5oaZdELeGTJjmHEK" name="3LT_E4 2454.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/oEQCqP5oaZdELeGTJjmHEK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3310" height="1863" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/oEQCqP5oaZdELeGTJjmHEK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The threaded accessory mount on the side of the chassis has a standard 3/8in threaded socket and comes with a 14/in adapter. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Going one better than the standard threaded accessory mount, the tripod chassis also includes a QD (Quick-Detach) socket. Compatible with 3 Legged Thing Axis QD straps and all sorts of other gadgets that use this kind of mount, it enables ultra-quick-and-easy mounting and detachment with a simple pushbutton mechanism.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3310px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="xbQS2DkmKYMTwNYaSgJUEK" name="3LT_E4 2455.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xbQS2DkmKYMTwNYaSgJUEK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3310" height="1863" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xbQS2DkmKYMTwNYaSgJUEK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The chassis has an integrated QD socket that’s compatible with 3 Legged Thing Axis QD straps and other like-minded accessories. The connectors also happen to be used by NASA among others, for securing cargo on space rockets. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A ballast hook is featured under the flat mounting plate and also serves as the grab handle for tightening or loosening the main dual 1/4in and 3/8in threaded mounting screw with sleeve. Using the ballast hook enables you to hang a weight off the tripod, again taking advantage of its hefty payload rating and adding stability if you’re shooting in windy conditions.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3310px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="nH2aykHkFNwYX4u82UKNEK" name="3LT_E4 2456.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/nH2aykHkFNwYX4u82UKNEK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3310" height="1863" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/nH2aykHkFNwYX4u82UKNEK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The weight hook is easy to get at, positioned directly under the flat plate and also serves as the finger/thumb grip for the main mounting screw. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>When it comes to tripod heads, you can naturally fit pretty much anything that takes your fancy. One that works particularly well for videography with the Ethan 4 is the revamped and revitalized <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-airhed-cine-cc-review">3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC fluid head</a>, which I’ve reviewed separately and very favorably in the past. The head has a list price of $249 / £229 and is available in black or grey colorways.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3887px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.29%;"><img id="7sThpozcjjU3tttKfTcrFK" name="3LT_E4 2475.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7sThpozcjjU3tttKfTcrFK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3887" height="2188" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7sThpozcjjU3tttKfTcrFK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The redesigned AirHed Cine CC is a compact but fully functional and a great performer. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The tripod comes with chunky rubber feet, which give a very firm and stable footing while also doing a good job of absorbing vibrations. They’re not the only choice, however, as alternative footwear is available as optional extras from 3 Legged Thing. Choices include smaller Little Bootz (rubber pads), Heelz (metal spikes), Stilettoz (elevated metal spikes), Clawz (metal ice/rock grips), and Vanz (dual metal spikes and rubber pads).</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4035px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="38ptph7XJYPnvUtRxbfPFK" name="3LT_E4 2460.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/38ptph7XJYPnvUtRxbfPFK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4035" height="2271" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/38ptph7XJYPnvUtRxbfPFK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The large rubber feet unscrew so you can fit a range of alternative footwear. Accepting all sorts, the threaded foot sockets have 3/8in threads with 1/4in adapters. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>In keeping with the multi-talented nature of Ethan 4, you can remove one, two, or all three of the legs. Each of the legs can work independently for monopod duty, and leaving two of the legs attached to the chassis enables use as a bipod. Removing all three legs might sound counterproductive, but I’ll come back to that in a moment.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5546px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.29%;"><img id="VRAh624DQpMY4JELTkReJK" name="3LT_E4 2457.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VRAh624DQpMY4JELTkReJK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5546" height="3122" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VRAh624DQpMY4JELTkReJK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Any or all three of the legs can be unscrewed, enabling use as a bipod, monopod and more besides. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Getting back to the optional Vanz footwear that I mentioned just now, these dual metal spikes with rubber pads can serve up a neat trick. If you unscrew all three legs from the chassis and then screw the Vanz into the empty sockets that are revealed, you can effectively transform the Ethan 4 into a tabletop tripod, stretching its versatility even further.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5441px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="xfn3V8NXqVkRr5dmviwGLK" name="3LT_E4 2503.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xfn3V8NXqVkRr5dmviwGLK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5441" height="3062" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xfn3V8NXqVkRr5dmviwGLK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Here’s what the Ethan 4 looks like with all of its legs unscrewed and optional Vanz footwear attached in their place, serving as a tabletop tripod. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The tripod comes with a 3 Legged Thing Toolz2. It’s a neat multi-function tool, with a keyring. It acts as two different sizes of hex keys, a coin/flat blade key, a bottle opener, and a carabiner. It’s handy for a whole range of tripod/photographic tasks as well as for grabbing a quick drink when the going gets thirsty.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3230px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="buX64LLC98ExoNSNpBaMEK" name="3LT_E4 toolz.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/buX64LLC98ExoNSNpBaMEK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3230" height="1818" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/buX64LLC98ExoNSNpBaMEK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Toolz2 carabiner/multi-tool is a smart and useful extra supplied with the tripod. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>It annoys me when some of the most famous tripod manufacturers sell very expensive tripods and don’t bother to bundle a carrying bag of any sort. The situation here is quite the reverse. The Ethan 4 comes with a very high-quality padded soft case and, typical of 3 Legged Thing, it’s not short of crafty design flourishes. There’s an internal mesh pocket and two securing straps, both with Velcro fasteners. You also get a side pocket with additional room and a zippered three-section organizer. The zippers themselves have comfy pullers for easy operation. There’s also a detachable, adjustable shoulder strap, a carrying handle, plus a carabiner-style hook. I’d use the last of these for attaching the bag to the ballast hook on the tripod, after popping a weighty object or two inside.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="VzBSp6Lc2jPxMKCSaZ5MPK" name="3LT_E4 2458.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VzBSp6Lc2jPxMKCSaZ5MPK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VzBSp6Lc2jPxMKCSaZ5MPK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The padded soft case follows suit with the tripod itself, being of very high quality and having lots of neat little extras. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-ethan-4-performance"><span>3 Legged Thing Ethan 4: Performance</span></h3><p>Let’s cut to the chase. Performance of the Ethan 4 is exemplary in every respect. It gives rock-solid support for even the heaviest of cameras and accessories, right up to and including its maximum operating height of 162cm / 64in (without head). The legs and rubber feet combine to give excellent resistance against unwanted flexing and vibrations, even when the leg sections are fully extended.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2988px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:177.78%;"><img id="uQVzJwSEfVx4PfUxhidSTK" name="3LT_E4 2523.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uQVzJwSEfVx4PfUxhidSTK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2988" height="5312" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uQVzJwSEfVx4PfUxhidSTK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The tripod remains very solid and resistant to flexing and vibrations, even at its maximum operating height with all the leg sections fully extended. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As with most video-friendly tripods, there’s no center column, but an upside of this is that when the legs are splayed to their widest locking angle, you can shoot from ultra-low levels for creative effect, without the center column getting in the way. Again, without an attached head, the minimum operating height is a mere 14cm / 5.5in. The 4-section legs also enable a fairly compact carrying length of 61cm / 24in. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4955px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="XaazMWFdMoGPDtMifamnNK" name="3LT_E4 2521.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XaazMWFdMoGPDtMifamnNK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4955" height="2787" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XaazMWFdMoGPDtMifamnNK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The largest locking leg angle from the vertical enables ultra-low-level shooting. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>While the maximum payload rating is a huge 60kg / 132lb, the tripod itself is easy on the back for carrying around, weighing in at 2.4kg / 5.3lb. It’s also very easy to live with from an operational perspective. The twist locks work with simple efficiency, requiring minimal rotation to lock and unlock the leg sections. The trigger-action leg angle locks are similarly simple and intuitive. As well as enabling ultra-low-level shooting and working on uneven terrain or around obstacles, the multi-angle legs add stability at their intermediate setting when shooting at low to middling heights.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4892px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="f8vwj7oMPbNP8a7KwV6cJK" name="3LT_E4 2519.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/f8vwj7oMPbNP8a7KwV6cJK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4892" height="2752" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/f8vwj7oMPbNP8a7KwV6cJK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">For low to middling shooting heights, the interim leg angle adds stability and makes the tripod less prone to toppling over if knocked or in very windy conditions. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Not just a tripod, the Ethan 4 works equally well in bipod mode or with any of the three legs removed for monopod duty. You can attach a camera or anything else to the mounting screw in the flat base, but the addition of a head makes monopod shooting more refined.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5816px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="LFpfYQ6PeCZoKftXP6CaXK" name="3LT_E4 2531.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LFpfYQ6PeCZoKftXP6CaXK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5816" height="3271" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LFpfYQ6PeCZoKftXP6CaXK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">As pictured here, I’ve removed one of the legs and transferred the 3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC fluid head to the top of it for monopod duty. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-ethan-4-verdict"><span>3 Legged Thing Ethan 4: Verdict</span></h3><p>Ethan Hunt is a very ingenious, versatile, and action-packed (if fictitious) character, giving his namesake tripod, the Ethan 4, a lot to live up to. True to the role, however, this 3 Legged Thing tripod can take on a barrage of different scenarios and win out against seemingly impossible odds, delivering a sure-fire success rate.</p><p>I love that the Ethan 4 tripod is so rock-solid and utterly dependable, and so resistant to any unwanted flexing or vibration. The twist-locks for the leg sections work impeccably, and the new trigger-action leg angle locks are a pleasure to use. Ultimately, this tripod offers wide-ranging versatility while also being entirely intuitive and simple to use, so you can concentrate on your creative flow rather than wrestling with a finicky tripod.</p><p>The fact that it also works flawlessly as a bipod or monopod reinforces its credentials as a ‘tactical’ tripod for photography, videography, shooting, and target sports. Just add a head, and you’re good to go.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Top features include quick-action twist-locks and trigger-action leg angle locks, a flat plate mount that can be swapped out for an optional half bowl mount, and the ability to work as a tripod, bipod or monopod.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>The design of the tripod is full of clever tricks and flourishes that make the Ethan 4 immensely versatile yet quick-and-easy to use. The build quality is top-notch as well.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Super-solid and dependable from ground level right up to and including its maximum operating height, the Ethan 4 is a top performer. It’s also very quick to set up and take down again.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★½</p></td><td  ><p>It’s undeniably expensive for a set of tripod legs, with no leveling base or head, but the features, design, build quality and performance make it excellent value for money nonetheless.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5926px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.86%;"><img id="FQ9v3Jcayu8BPTf5fSnwLK" name="3LT_E4 00 hero 2516.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FQ9v3Jcayu8BPTf5fSnwLK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5926" height="2540" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FQ9v3Jcayu8BPTf5fSnwLK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="894efac8-9c5c-11f1-bc02-1964bfef21ab" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Legends Tommy" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Legends Tommy" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-legends-tommy-carbon-fiber-tripod-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2771px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="GFYK97JunrrYZ5VjphZmn" name="3 Legged Thing Tommy square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GFYK97JunrrYZ5VjphZmn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2771" height="2771" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-legends-tommy-carbon-fiber-tripod-review" data-dimension112="894efac8-9c5c-11f1-bc02-1964bfef21ab" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Legends Tommy" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Legends Tommy" data-dimension25=""><strong>3 Legged Thing Legends Tommy</strong></a> is one of the company’s biggest and strongest video tripods, with three-section legs and an interchangeable flat plate and 75mm bowl mount. It’s also one of the company’s most expensive sets of tripod legs (much pricier than the Ethan 4) and again comes without a bundled head.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="894efb2c-9c5c-11f1-8d69-436f0e54f292" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Winston 2.0 and AirHed Pro kit" data-dimension48="Winston 2.0 and AirHed Pro kit" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:900px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="aG9EGrNc9ExvSSEZJyjR9" name="3 Legged Thing Winston 2.0 square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aG9EGrNc9ExvSSEZJyjR9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="900" height="900" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The  <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review" data-dimension112="894efb2c-9c5c-11f1-8d69-436f0e54f292" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Winston 2.0 and AirHed Pro kit" data-dimension48="Winston 2.0 and AirHed Pro kit" data-dimension25=""><strong>Winston 2.0 and AirHed Pro kit</strong></a> is another very robust tripod, this time more ideal for stills rather than video capture. The full kit comes with the latest edition of the company’s top-flight ball head, but you can also buy just the legs (or the head) on their own.</p></div>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ 3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit review: the real deal, this pro-grade carbon fiber kit for hybrid photographers comes complete with a leveling base and fluid head ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>3 Legged Thing is a British company that’s earned a really solid reputation over the years, mostly for making really solid tripods and other supports. The current catalog caters to photography and videography, field sports and birding, and shooting and target sports, covering a very wide remit. I’ve reviewed many 3 Legged Thing tripods, desk mounts, window mounts, phone mounts, microphone arms, light stands, L-brackets, camera straps and other bits and pieces over the years, generally being so impressed that I’ve bought a few myself, and the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review">Winston 2.0 and AirHed Pro kit</a> that I first encountered five years ago remains my personal full-sized tripod of choice.</p><p>The Ridley I’m reviewing here is from a dynamic duo of new videocentric tripods that take their names from movie directors; this one is named after Ridley Scott, while the smaller sidekick <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-wes-review">Wes</a> is named after Wes Anderson. There’s also a simultaneously launched set of hybrid photography and tactical tripod legs by the name of <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-ethan-4-review">Ethan 4</a>, after <em>Mission: Impossible</em>’s Ethan Hunt. The Ridley and Wes are both carbon fiber tripods that are available as legs-only or as full kits with a fluid head. Ridley is the larger of the two, with 3-section legs, whereas the Wes is a more travel-friendly option with 5-section legs. Both aim to be among the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/carbon-fiber-tripods">best carbon fiber tripods</a> and the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-video-tripod">best video tripods</a>, while the Wes is also a contender as one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-tripod">best travel tripods</a> for videographers on the move.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="HDtY6fNoBMdb7DKMqroNQn" name="3LT_Rid 01 intro 2464.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HDtY6fNoBMdb7DKMqroNQn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HDtY6fNoBMdb7DKMqroNQn-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The 3 Legged Thing Ridley is a superb set of legs, made all the smarter by the clever head that’s included in the complete kit. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-ridley-specifications"><span>3 Legged Thing Ridley: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Material</p></td><td  ><p>Carbon fiber</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Folded height</p></td><td  ><p>79cm / 31.1in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Maximum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>164cm / 64.6in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Minimum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>24.5cm / 9.6in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Monopod conversion</p></td><td  ><p>Yes</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight</p></td><td  ><p>2.4kg / 5.3lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Load rating</p></td><td  ><p>14kg / 30lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Sections per leg/center column</p></td><td  ><p>3 / 0</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Maximum leg section diameter</p></td><td  ><p>29mm / 1.14in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Locking leg angles</p></td><td  ><p>3</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Feet</p></td><td  ><p>Pads (interchangeable)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Case/bag included</p></td><td  ><p>Padded case</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-ridley-price"><span>3 Legged Thing Ridley: Price</span></h3><p>Pay your money and take your choice. The complete Ridley kit with fluid video head costs $649 / £619 (AU$ TBA). If you’d rather bring your own head or have one already, you can buy just the Ridley legs with built-in leveling base and padded soft case for $449 / £429. Neither is a cheap option, but I feel that the prices represent great value considering the features, design, and build quality. Ultimately, of course, it all comes down to performance, which I’ll get to later.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="3 Legged Thing Ridley"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-ridley-design-handling"><span>3 Legged Thing Ridley: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>The sci-fi sensations <em>Alien</em> and <em>Blade Runner</em> absolutely blew me away when they first came out, and have definitely stood the test of time, so the 3 Legged Thing Ridley has a lot to live up to, being named after the movies’ director, Ridley Scott. The tripod is available in gray and black, or all black, the latter looking suitably dark and menacing – that’s the one that I went for. I also went for the complete kit that includes not only the set of legs made from premium Japanese carbon fiber with an aerospace-grade magnesium alloy canopy, but also the fittingly epic <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-airhed-cine-cc-review">3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC fluid head</a>, which I’ve recently reviewed as a revamped video head in its own right. But let’s kick off with the legs, which seems only logical.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3342px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="2TE6sv2kC4V49AojArs7vm" name="3LT_Rid 2465.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2TE6sv2kC4V49AojArs7vm-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3342" height="1881" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2TE6sv2kC4V49AojArs7vm-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The three-section legs have a chunky maximum tube diameter of 29mm and are made from premium Japanese eight-layer carbon fiber. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>There’s a lot to be said for tripods with four or even five sections in each leg, at least in terms of compactness for stowage. I personally don’t mind tripods being a bit longer when carrying them around, and generally prefer three-section legs for ease and speed of setup, with fewer section clamps to contend with. Another bonus is that the bottom section of each leg tends to have a wider diameter and is thus sturdier.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4440px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="NsguzGqsJty2jNbjjKnMQn" name="3LT_Rid 2467.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NsguzGqsJty2jNbjjKnMQn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4440" height="2499" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NsguzGqsJty2jNbjjKnMQn-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">With three sections in each leg rather than four or five, the bottom section remains of an impressive girth. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Another factor in the speed and ease of setup and takedown is the efficiency of the section clamps. Some like twist-locks; others prefer flip-locks. I’m in the twist camp, so long as they release smoothly and lock firmly with minimal rotation. That’s certainly the case here, and adjusting the leg sections is a very speedy, smooth, and simple operation. I also like the grippy rubber pads on each twist-lock, making them feel nice to the touch.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3266px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="YLX7wC8t4MtpGjwxdjLt8n" name="3LT_Rid 2468.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YLX7wC8t4MtpGjwxdjLt8n-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3266" height="1838" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YLX7wC8t4MtpGjwxdjLt8n-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The high-quality twist-locks only require minimal rotation to loosen them and then re-lock them for solid support. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Another potential pitfall is that leg angle locks often seem to be more fiddly than they need to be. Again, the Ridley wins out with simple, spring-loaded catches that have a push-to-release action. Like the twist-locks, they have non-slip textured rubber pads for an extra feel-good factor. Three lockable leg angles are available: 23, 55, or 80 degrees from the vertical. The upshot is that it’s easy to adapt to tricky terrain or work around obstacles when you’re setting up the tripod.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2481px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="GGtNiPYCoDCydKMdcehAkm" name="3LT_Rid 2469.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GGtNiPYCoDCydKMdcehAkm-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2481" height="1396" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GGtNiPYCoDCydKMdcehAkm-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Following suit, the spring-loaded leg angle locks are every bit as intuitive and easy to use as the twist-locks for the extending leg sections. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A key element of setting up a video tripod is that you level the platform on which the head sits, rather than making leveling adjustments via the head itself. The latter will result in your horizon going on the slant as soon as you start panning. To ensure accuracy with fast and simple setup, the tripod features a built-in leveling base. A single lock/release screw has a handle that’s mounted on a six-sided shaft, so you can pull it out and reposition it for your preferred fit.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3639px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="uTYpaaD8sp3xWSV3PBzFMn" name="3LT_Rid 2472.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uTYpaaD8sp3xWSV3PBzFMn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3639" height="2048" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uTYpaaD8sp3xWSV3PBzFMn-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The built-in leveling base is an integral part of the tripod design and a real bonus for videography, as well as for shooting a series of stills for stitching into a panorama. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>To further enhance leveling up, the adjustable base comes complete with a bubble level that’s large enough for a clear view. It’s also mounted on a rotating platform, so you can swing it around to whatever angle works best for you, through an entire 360 degrees.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3481px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="ajuQG3ge49xSfvysPCyuKn" name="3LT_Rid 2471.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ajuQG3ge49xSfvysPCyuKn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3481" height="1958" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ajuQG3ge49xSfvysPCyuKn-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The bubble level can be rotated through an entire circle, making it easy to see from any angle. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Down below, the leveling base has two weight hooks. These are ideal for adding ballast to steady the tripod if you’re shooting outdoors in windy conditions. Adding some ballast to the soft case that’s supplied with the tripod is a handy option, but more on that later.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3639px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="GzBNP3Pibm9GeknWGQPHMn" name="3LT_Rid 2473.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GzBNP3Pibm9GeknWGQPHMn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3639" height="2048" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GzBNP3Pibm9GeknWGQPHMn-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The underneath of the integral leveling base features a pair of weight hooks, and there’s more to them than initially meets the eye. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A clever design flourish is that the weight hooks aren’t just weight hooks. They also form the T-section grip of an Allen key that mounts to the bottom of the leveling base via a QD (Quick Detach) mechanism. As such, you can push the QD button and simply pull out the Allen key to secure your camera to the head’s Arca-Swiss-compatible quick-release plate, or for anything else that uses the same size Allen key.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2714px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.30%;"><img id="6nMeTvWoFsWMwDYax8AKqm" name="3LT_Rid 2474.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6nMeTvWoFsWMwDYax8AKqm-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2714" height="1528" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6nMeTvWoFsWMwDYax8AKqm-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">A useful allen key fits into the bottom of the leveling plate via a QD mechanism, which you can also use for attaching straps, harnesses and other QD-compatible accessories. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I won’t talk too much about the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-airhed-cine-cc-review">3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC fluid head</a> that’s part of the complete kit, as I’ve already created a full, standalone review of it. Suffice it to say that it’s an ideal match for the Ridley, offering wonderfully smooth tilt and pan with excellent all-round performance. The head features an adjustable, telescopic panning arm that can mount on either side for left-handed or right-handed use, plus an extra-long XP100 Ultra Plate quick-release plate, which is Arca-Swiss compatible.</p><p>Another nice touch is that you can use the QD Allen key that I just mentioned to remove four screws and rotate the orientation of the head’s camera platform through 90 degrees. This enables the long QR plate to run from side to side instead of from front to back. It can be a more ideal orientation if you’re using a cage, and definitely if you’re using an L-bracket like the universal <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/embargo-12-dec-2023-2pm-gmt-3-legged-thing-lexie-review">3 Legged Thing Lexie</a>, or one of the camera-specific options in the line-up.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3887px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.29%;"><img id="pVChSMtiCcSriFwaHkHjLn" name="3LT_Rid 2475.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/pVChSMtiCcSriFwaHkHjLn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3887" height="2188" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/pVChSMtiCcSriFwaHkHjLn-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The AirHed Cine CC is a top-class fluid video head in its own right, and a worthy inclusion in the complete Ridley kit. Like the tripod legs, it’s available in gray and black with orange accents, or as an all-black option. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Dropping down from head to toe, the legs feature removable feet. The supplied feet are chunky rubber pads that give a very firm and stable footing while also doing a good job of absorbing vibrations. However, they’re certainly not the only choice. As alternative footwear, 3 Legged Thing offers a range of optional extras. These include smaller Little Bootz (rubber pads), Heelz (metal spikes), Stilettoz (elevated metal spikes), Clawz (metal ice/rock grips) and Vanz (dual metal spikes and rubber pads).</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3887px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.29%;"><img id="r8ir6Phiye6agZGdtvLVLn" name="3LT_Rid 2476.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/r8ir6Phiye6agZGdtvLVLn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3887" height="2188" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/r8ir6Phiye6agZGdtvLVLn-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The large rubber feet unscrew so you can fit a range of alternative footwear. The threaded sockets for the feet have 3/8in threads with 1/4in adapters to keep all the options open. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I’ve often seen tripods in which one leg can be unscrewed and used on its own as a monopod, either with or without attaching it to the center column. Typical of video tripods, the Ridley doesn’t actually have a center column, but you can use any leg as a monopod, unscrewing it from the canopy and attaching the head directly to it. Moreover, you can unscrew all three legs from the canopy if you wish, but why would you want to? Let’s see…</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="EUagpjWSoW6Ln9zdbnQqTn" name="3LT_Rid 2477.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EUagpjWSoW6Ln9zdbnQqTn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EUagpjWSoW6Ln9zdbnQqTn-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Any or all three of the legs can be unscrewed, enabling use as a bipod, monopod, and more besides. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Unscrewing a single leg gives the option of using the tripod as a bipod, or the removed leg as a monopod. However, if you remove all three legs, you can use the canopy with the optional Vanz footwear that I mentioned just now. These dual metal spikes with rubber pads can screw directly into the canopy, effectively transforming the Ridley into a tabletop tripod and adding yet more versatility.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5317px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.29%;"><img id="ZMwe8EU6ySwhpkXUee9NPn" name="3LT_Rid 2502.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZMwe8EU6ySwhpkXUee9NPn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5317" height="2993" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZMwe8EU6ySwhpkXUee9NPn-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">This image shows the Ridley with all of its legs unscrewed and optional Vanz footwear attached in their place, turning it into a tabletop tripod. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A nice little extra included with the tripod is the 3 Legged Thing Toolz2. It’s a smart multi-function tool, with a keyring attachment. It includes two different sizes of hex keys, a coin/flat blade key, a bottle opener, and a carabiner. It’s handy for a whole range of tripod/photographic tasks as well as for grabbing a quick drink during thirsty work.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2957px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="HbBJF3twTEUEPJJtK3w8Dn" name="3LT_Rid toolz.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HbBJF3twTEUEPJJtK3w8Dn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2957" height="1664" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HbBJF3twTEUEPJJtK3w8Dn-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Toolz carabiner/multi-tool is a smart and useful extra supplied with the tripod. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>3 Legged Thing generally goes the extra mile, and that’s certainly the case (so to speak) with the Ridley. It comes complete with a high-quality padded soft case that packs plenty of design flourishes, as well as the tripod kit itself. There’s a pair of internal securing straps for the tripod and an internal mesh pocket, all with Velcro fasteners. A separate zippered side pocket gives additional storage complete with an internal zippered three-section organizer. There’s a detachable and adjustable shoulder strap as well as a carrying handle, plus a carabiner-style hook. I’d use the last of these for attaching the bag to one of the weight hooks on the tripod, after popping a suitably weighty object inside.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="FbgRbh36YHvXLZWiENN3Rn" name="3LT_Rid 2480.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FbgRbh36YHvXLZWiENN3Rn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FbgRbh36YHvXLZWiENN3Rn-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The dark blue padded soft case is immaculately finished and features its own set of design flourishes. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-ridley-performance"><span>3 Legged Thing Ridley: Performance</span></h3><p>The sheer quality of the 3 Legged Thing Ridley is so impressive that I’m happy to just sit and look at it, or play with its cleverly designed features. But naturally, the kit’s performance as a tripod is what really counts. There’s good news all around, as it gives really solid support for even heavyweight cameras, boasting a payload rating of 14kg / 30lb. The tripod retains excellent resistance to unwanted flexing and vibrations, all the way up to its maximum operating height of 164cm / 64.6in (including head). That’s pretty lofty for a three-section tripod, considering that there’s no center column, as is the case for most video tripods.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2900px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:177.83%;"><img id="Ybqbi5NNjHf3nLJ6vLpeUn" name="3LT_Rid 2512.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Ybqbi5NNjHf3nLJ6vLpeUn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2900" height="5157" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Ybqbi5NNjHf3nLJ6vLpeUn-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Resistance to flexing and vibrations is very impressive, even at the tripod’s maximum operating height with all the leg sections fully extended. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Although the built-in leveling base precludes the addition of a center column, a bonus of this is that when the legs are splayed to their widest locking angle, you can shoot from ultra-low levels for creative effect, without a center column getting in the way. With the fluid head in the mix, the minimum operating height gives you the literal lowdown at just 24.5cm / 9.6in. And despite having 3-section legs, the folded length of the complete kit for stowage is reasonably compact at 79cm / 31.1in.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5706px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="vgrTXorV9ASQyisUaSF9Un" name="3LT_Rid 2510.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vgrTXorV9ASQyisUaSF9Un-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5706" height="3207" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vgrTXorV9ASQyisUaSF9Un-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Legs akimbo at their maximum 80-degree angles, the Ridley delivers ultra-low-level shooting. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The complete kit (including fluid head) weighs in at 2.4kg / 5.3lb, so Ridley is easy to take along for the journey. From a performance standpoint, it’s also very quick and easy to use. The twist locks only require minimal rotation for locking and unlocking the leg sections, and the leg angle locks are similarly simple and intuitive. The multiple leg angles also make it easy to work around obstacles or on very uneven terrain, as well as enabling ultra-low-level shooting.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5241px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="uNxpbcc55nSqyFofLhkNRn" name="3LT_Rid 2508.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uNxpbcc55nSqyFofLhkNRn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5241" height="2946" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uNxpbcc55nSqyFofLhkNRn-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">For fairly low rather than ultra-low shooting heights, the intermediate leg angle gives greater stability and lessens the risk of the tripod toppling over if it’s knocked or if you’re shooting in very windy conditions. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Remove a leg, and Ridley works well as a monopod with the head attached. I’m 6ft 5in tall and didn’t think that a 3-section leg would extend to a sufficient height for my personal monopod use, without a center column to add into the mix. However, full extension in monopod mode worked out just fine for me. If you’re a complete giant, you could always remove two legs and one of the feet, then screw the top of one leg into the bottom of the other to double the available height.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6016px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="D2vH3atyHxJqDAkzkD4KSn" name="3LT_Rid 2514.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/D2vH3atyHxJqDAkzkD4KSn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6016" height="3381" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/D2vH3atyHxJqDAkzkD4KSn-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Even without a center column to stretch things out, the use of a single leg and the head delivers a sufficiently high monopod measurement even for tall shooters. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-ridley-verdict"><span>3 Legged Thing Ridley: Verdict</span></h3><p>I just love the 3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod. It’s a first-class, fully pro-grade set of legs that’s easy to live with and genuinely fun to use. The built-in leveling base works a treat for videography and for shooting sequences of stills for stitching into panoramas. The twist-clamps for the extending leg sections and the pushbutton leg angle locks couldn’t be any quicker or easier to use, and everything’s cleverly designed, expertly engineered and immaculately finished.</p><p>So yes, the Ridley is a great set of legs, but I’d definitely go for the complete kit that includes the similarly fabulous <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-airhed-cine-cc-review">3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC fluid head</a>. Not only is the head a perfect match in terms of design, features, and performance, it’s also available in the same choice of colorways, satisfying my sense of style (if I actually had one). Sure, neither the legs on their own nor the complete kit come cheap, but they’re both worth every cent of their asking prices and more besides, if you’re in the market for some pro-grade support.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Winning features include quick-action twist-locks and pushbutton leg angle locks, a built-in leveling base and the ability to work as a tripod, bipod or monopod, plus a great fluid head if you get the full kit.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>3 Legged Thing excels in clever designs and the Ridley tripod is packed full of clever tricks and design flourishes, making it dependable and versatile yet quick and easy to use. Build quality is also superb.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>There’s excellent rigidity and resistance to unwanted flexing and vibrations, all the way up from ground-level shooting to the maximum operating height. Speed and ease of setup add to the impressive performance and the Ridley works well as monopod too.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★½</p></td><td  ><p>Sure, you can buy a fairly decent set of tripod legs or a complete video tripod kit for less money, but the Ridley is still very good value when you take everything into account.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5276px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.85%;"><img id="5omFAZFcnTWePZCeLsS9Pn" name="3LT_Rid 00 hero 2505.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5omFAZFcnTWePZCeLsS9Pn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5276" height="2261" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5omFAZFcnTWePZCeLsS9Pn-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="4176aba6-9c61-11f1-ac39-23588565d2f3" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-ethan-4-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="YwH5wHsNw9gyNXtHNFVQJB" name="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 square.JPG" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YwH5wHsNw9gyNXtHNFVQJB-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="3400" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-ethan-4-review" data-dimension112="4176aba6-9c61-11f1-ac39-23588565d2f3" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4" data-dimension25=""><strong>3 Legged Thing Ethan 4</strong></a> is a properly macho, pro-grade hybrid photography and tactical tripod system with bipod and monopod conversion, catering to shooting and target sports as well as photography and videography. Named after Ethan Hunt of <em>Mission: Impossible</em> fame, no escapade is too daring for this super-strong set of legs (head sold separately).</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="4176ac00-9c61-11f1-8f1e-877eb05b6074" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Wes" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Wes" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-wes-tripod-kit-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="6nU476jKG5DKCT3W2PxKWB" name="3 Legged Thing Wes square.JPG" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6nU476jKG5DKCT3W2PxKWB-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="3400" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-wes-tripod-kit-review" data-dimension112="4176ac00-9c61-11f1-8f1e-877eb05b6074" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Wes" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Wes" data-dimension25=""><strong>3 Legged Thing Wes</strong></a> is very much like a ‘travel tripod’ version of the Ridley, with many of the same features, including a built-in leveling base, the same style of leg section twist-locks and pushbutton leg angle locks, and the same ‘kit’ option fluid head. However, its five-section carbon fiber design enables more compact stowage, with a folded length of just 54.8cm / 21.6in (including head) compared with the Ridley’s 79cm / 31.1in.</p></div> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-ridley-tripod-kit-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Strong and sturdy, the 3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit makes it easy to level up and go steady, ideal for videographers and content creators ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">Rwm7ckb7YroyRdRp6gRyeD</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5omFAZFcnTWePZCeLsS9Pn-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Sat, 22 Aug 2026 11:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Tripods]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Matthew Richards ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jDd3HmNtNWfRUREZztFrQo-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5omFAZFcnTWePZCeLsS9Pn-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Matthew Richards]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5omFAZFcnTWePZCeLsS9Pn-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>3 Legged Thing is a British company that’s earned a really solid reputation over the years, mostly for making really solid tripods and other supports. The current catalog caters to photography and videography, field sports and birding, and shooting and target sports, covering a very wide remit. I’ve reviewed many 3 Legged Thing tripods, desk mounts, window mounts, phone mounts, microphone arms, light stands, L-brackets, camera straps and other bits and pieces over the years, generally being so impressed that I’ve bought a few myself, and the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review">Winston 2.0 and AirHed Pro kit</a> that I first encountered five years ago remains my personal full-sized tripod of choice.</p><p>The Ridley I’m reviewing here is from a dynamic duo of new videocentric tripods that take their names from movie directors; this one is named after Ridley Scott, while the smaller sidekick <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-wes-review">Wes</a> is named after Wes Anderson. There’s also a simultaneously launched set of hybrid photography and tactical tripod legs by the name of <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-ethan-4-review">Ethan 4</a>, after <em>Mission: Impossible</em>’s Ethan Hunt. The Ridley and Wes are both carbon fiber tripods that are available as legs-only or as full kits with a fluid head. Ridley is the larger of the two, with 3-section legs, whereas the Wes is a more travel-friendly option with 5-section legs. Both aim to be among the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/carbon-fiber-tripods">best carbon fiber tripods</a> and the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-video-tripod">best video tripods</a>, while the Wes is also a contender as one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-tripod">best travel tripods</a> for videographers on the move.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="HDtY6fNoBMdb7DKMqroNQn" name="3LT_Rid 01 intro 2464.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HDtY6fNoBMdb7DKMqroNQn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HDtY6fNoBMdb7DKMqroNQn-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The 3 Legged Thing Ridley is a superb set of legs, made all the smarter by the clever head that’s included in the complete kit. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-ridley-specifications"><span>3 Legged Thing Ridley: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Material</p></td><td  ><p>Carbon fiber</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Folded height</p></td><td  ><p>79cm / 31.1in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Maximum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>164cm / 64.6in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Minimum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>24.5cm / 9.6in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Monopod conversion</p></td><td  ><p>Yes</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight</p></td><td  ><p>2.4kg / 5.3lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Load rating</p></td><td  ><p>14kg / 30lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Sections per leg/center column</p></td><td  ><p>3 / 0</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Maximum leg section diameter</p></td><td  ><p>29mm / 1.14in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Locking leg angles</p></td><td  ><p>3</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Feet</p></td><td  ><p>Pads (interchangeable)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Case/bag included</p></td><td  ><p>Padded case</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-ridley-price"><span>3 Legged Thing Ridley: Price</span></h3><p>Pay your money and take your choice. The complete Ridley kit with fluid video head costs $649 / £619 (AU$ TBA). If you’d rather bring your own head or have one already, you can buy just the Ridley legs with built-in leveling base and padded soft case for $449 / £429. Neither is a cheap option, but I feel that the prices represent great value considering the features, design, and build quality. Ultimately, of course, it all comes down to performance, which I’ll get to later.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="3 Legged Thing Ridley"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-ridley-design-handling"><span>3 Legged Thing Ridley: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>The sci-fi sensations <em>Alien</em> and <em>Blade Runner</em> absolutely blew me away when they first came out, and have definitely stood the test of time, so the 3 Legged Thing Ridley has a lot to live up to, being named after the movies’ director, Ridley Scott. The tripod is available in gray and black, or all black, the latter looking suitably dark and menacing – that’s the one that I went for. I also went for the complete kit that includes not only the set of legs made from premium Japanese carbon fiber with an aerospace-grade magnesium alloy canopy, but also the fittingly epic <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-airhed-cine-cc-review">3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC fluid head</a>, which I’ve recently reviewed as a revamped video head in its own right. But let’s kick off with the legs, which seems only logical.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3342px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="2TE6sv2kC4V49AojArs7vm" name="3LT_Rid 2465.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2TE6sv2kC4V49AojArs7vm-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3342" height="1881" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2TE6sv2kC4V49AojArs7vm-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The three-section legs have a chunky maximum tube diameter of 29mm and are made from premium Japanese eight-layer carbon fiber. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>There’s a lot to be said for tripods with four or even five sections in each leg, at least in terms of compactness for stowage. I personally don’t mind tripods being a bit longer when carrying them around, and generally prefer three-section legs for ease and speed of setup, with fewer section clamps to contend with. Another bonus is that the bottom section of each leg tends to have a wider diameter and is thus sturdier.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4440px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="NsguzGqsJty2jNbjjKnMQn" name="3LT_Rid 2467.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NsguzGqsJty2jNbjjKnMQn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4440" height="2499" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NsguzGqsJty2jNbjjKnMQn-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">With three sections in each leg rather than four or five, the bottom section remains of an impressive girth. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Another factor in the speed and ease of setup and takedown is the efficiency of the section clamps. Some like twist-locks; others prefer flip-locks. I’m in the twist camp, so long as they release smoothly and lock firmly with minimal rotation. That’s certainly the case here, and adjusting the leg sections is a very speedy, smooth, and simple operation. I also like the grippy rubber pads on each twist-lock, making them feel nice to the touch.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3266px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="YLX7wC8t4MtpGjwxdjLt8n" name="3LT_Rid 2468.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YLX7wC8t4MtpGjwxdjLt8n-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3266" height="1838" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YLX7wC8t4MtpGjwxdjLt8n-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The high-quality twist-locks only require minimal rotation to loosen them and then re-lock them for solid support. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Another potential pitfall is that leg angle locks often seem to be more fiddly than they need to be. Again, the Ridley wins out with simple, spring-loaded catches that have a push-to-release action. Like the twist-locks, they have non-slip textured rubber pads for an extra feel-good factor. Three lockable leg angles are available: 23, 55, or 80 degrees from the vertical. The upshot is that it’s easy to adapt to tricky terrain or work around obstacles when you’re setting up the tripod.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2481px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="GGtNiPYCoDCydKMdcehAkm" name="3LT_Rid 2469.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GGtNiPYCoDCydKMdcehAkm-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2481" height="1396" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GGtNiPYCoDCydKMdcehAkm-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Following suit, the spring-loaded leg angle locks are every bit as intuitive and easy to use as the twist-locks for the extending leg sections. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A key element of setting up a video tripod is that you level the platform on which the head sits, rather than making leveling adjustments via the head itself. The latter will result in your horizon going on the slant as soon as you start panning. To ensure accuracy with fast and simple setup, the tripod features a built-in leveling base. A single lock/release screw has a handle that’s mounted on a six-sided shaft, so you can pull it out and reposition it for your preferred fit.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3639px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="uTYpaaD8sp3xWSV3PBzFMn" name="3LT_Rid 2472.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uTYpaaD8sp3xWSV3PBzFMn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3639" height="2048" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uTYpaaD8sp3xWSV3PBzFMn-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The built-in leveling base is an integral part of the tripod design and a real bonus for videography, as well as for shooting a series of stills for stitching into a panorama. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>To further enhance leveling up, the adjustable base comes complete with a bubble level that’s large enough for a clear view. It’s also mounted on a rotating platform, so you can swing it around to whatever angle works best for you, through an entire 360 degrees.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3481px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="ajuQG3ge49xSfvysPCyuKn" name="3LT_Rid 2471.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ajuQG3ge49xSfvysPCyuKn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3481" height="1958" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ajuQG3ge49xSfvysPCyuKn-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The bubble level can be rotated through an entire circle, making it easy to see from any angle. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Down below, the leveling base has two weight hooks. These are ideal for adding ballast to steady the tripod if you’re shooting outdoors in windy conditions. Adding some ballast to the soft case that’s supplied with the tripod is a handy option, but more on that later.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3639px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="GzBNP3Pibm9GeknWGQPHMn" name="3LT_Rid 2473.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GzBNP3Pibm9GeknWGQPHMn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3639" height="2048" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GzBNP3Pibm9GeknWGQPHMn-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The underneath of the integral leveling base features a pair of weight hooks, and there’s more to them than initially meets the eye. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A clever design flourish is that the weight hooks aren’t just weight hooks. They also form the T-section grip of an Allen key that mounts to the bottom of the leveling base via a QD (Quick Detach) mechanism. As such, you can push the QD button and simply pull out the Allen key to secure your camera to the head’s Arca-Swiss-compatible quick-release plate, or for anything else that uses the same size Allen key.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2714px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.30%;"><img id="6nMeTvWoFsWMwDYax8AKqm" name="3LT_Rid 2474.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6nMeTvWoFsWMwDYax8AKqm-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2714" height="1528" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6nMeTvWoFsWMwDYax8AKqm-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">A useful allen key fits into the bottom of the leveling plate via a QD mechanism, which you can also use for attaching straps, harnesses and other QD-compatible accessories. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I won’t talk too much about the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-airhed-cine-cc-review">3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC fluid head</a> that’s part of the complete kit, as I’ve already created a full, standalone review of it. Suffice it to say that it’s an ideal match for the Ridley, offering wonderfully smooth tilt and pan with excellent all-round performance. The head features an adjustable, telescopic panning arm that can mount on either side for left-handed or right-handed use, plus an extra-long XP100 Ultra Plate quick-release plate, which is Arca-Swiss compatible.</p><p>Another nice touch is that you can use the QD Allen key that I just mentioned to remove four screws and rotate the orientation of the head’s camera platform through 90 degrees. This enables the long QR plate to run from side to side instead of from front to back. It can be a more ideal orientation if you’re using a cage, and definitely if you’re using an L-bracket like the universal <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/embargo-12-dec-2023-2pm-gmt-3-legged-thing-lexie-review">3 Legged Thing Lexie</a>, or one of the camera-specific options in the line-up.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3887px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.29%;"><img id="pVChSMtiCcSriFwaHkHjLn" name="3LT_Rid 2475.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/pVChSMtiCcSriFwaHkHjLn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3887" height="2188" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/pVChSMtiCcSriFwaHkHjLn-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The AirHed Cine CC is a top-class fluid video head in its own right, and a worthy inclusion in the complete Ridley kit. Like the tripod legs, it’s available in gray and black with orange accents, or as an all-black option. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Dropping down from head to toe, the legs feature removable feet. The supplied feet are chunky rubber pads that give a very firm and stable footing while also doing a good job of absorbing vibrations. However, they’re certainly not the only choice. As alternative footwear, 3 Legged Thing offers a range of optional extras. These include smaller Little Bootz (rubber pads), Heelz (metal spikes), Stilettoz (elevated metal spikes), Clawz (metal ice/rock grips) and Vanz (dual metal spikes and rubber pads).</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3887px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.29%;"><img id="r8ir6Phiye6agZGdtvLVLn" name="3LT_Rid 2476.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/r8ir6Phiye6agZGdtvLVLn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3887" height="2188" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/r8ir6Phiye6agZGdtvLVLn-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The large rubber feet unscrew so you can fit a range of alternative footwear. The threaded sockets for the feet have 3/8in threads with 1/4in adapters to keep all the options open. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I’ve often seen tripods in which one leg can be unscrewed and used on its own as a monopod, either with or without attaching it to the center column. Typical of video tripods, the Ridley doesn’t actually have a center column, but you can use any leg as a monopod, unscrewing it from the canopy and attaching the head directly to it. Moreover, you can unscrew all three legs from the canopy if you wish, but why would you want to? Let’s see…</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="EUagpjWSoW6Ln9zdbnQqTn" name="3LT_Rid 2477.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EUagpjWSoW6Ln9zdbnQqTn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/EUagpjWSoW6Ln9zdbnQqTn-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Any or all three of the legs can be unscrewed, enabling use as a bipod, monopod, and more besides. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Unscrewing a single leg gives the option of using the tripod as a bipod, or the removed leg as a monopod. However, if you remove all three legs, you can use the canopy with the optional Vanz footwear that I mentioned just now. These dual metal spikes with rubber pads can screw directly into the canopy, effectively transforming the Ridley into a tabletop tripod and adding yet more versatility.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5317px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.29%;"><img id="ZMwe8EU6ySwhpkXUee9NPn" name="3LT_Rid 2502.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZMwe8EU6ySwhpkXUee9NPn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5317" height="2993" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZMwe8EU6ySwhpkXUee9NPn-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">This image shows the Ridley with all of its legs unscrewed and optional Vanz footwear attached in their place, turning it into a tabletop tripod. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A nice little extra included with the tripod is the 3 Legged Thing Toolz2. It’s a smart multi-function tool, with a keyring attachment. It includes two different sizes of hex keys, a coin/flat blade key, a bottle opener, and a carabiner. It’s handy for a whole range of tripod/photographic tasks as well as for grabbing a quick drink during thirsty work.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2957px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="HbBJF3twTEUEPJJtK3w8Dn" name="3LT_Rid toolz.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HbBJF3twTEUEPJJtK3w8Dn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2957" height="1664" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HbBJF3twTEUEPJJtK3w8Dn-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Toolz carabiner/multi-tool is a smart and useful extra supplied with the tripod. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>3 Legged Thing generally goes the extra mile, and that’s certainly the case (so to speak) with the Ridley. It comes complete with a high-quality padded soft case that packs plenty of design flourishes, as well as the tripod kit itself. There’s a pair of internal securing straps for the tripod and an internal mesh pocket, all with Velcro fasteners. A separate zippered side pocket gives additional storage complete with an internal zippered three-section organizer. There’s a detachable and adjustable shoulder strap as well as a carrying handle, plus a carabiner-style hook. I’d use the last of these for attaching the bag to one of the weight hooks on the tripod, after popping a suitably weighty object inside.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="FbgRbh36YHvXLZWiENN3Rn" name="3LT_Rid 2480.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FbgRbh36YHvXLZWiENN3Rn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FbgRbh36YHvXLZWiENN3Rn-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The dark blue padded soft case is immaculately finished and features its own set of design flourishes. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-ridley-performance"><span>3 Legged Thing Ridley: Performance</span></h3><p>The sheer quality of the 3 Legged Thing Ridley is so impressive that I’m happy to just sit and look at it, or play with its cleverly designed features. But naturally, the kit’s performance as a tripod is what really counts. There’s good news all around, as it gives really solid support for even heavyweight cameras, boasting a payload rating of 14kg / 30lb. The tripod retains excellent resistance to unwanted flexing and vibrations, all the way up to its maximum operating height of 164cm / 64.6in (including head). That’s pretty lofty for a three-section tripod, considering that there’s no center column, as is the case for most video tripods.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2900px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:177.83%;"><img id="Ybqbi5NNjHf3nLJ6vLpeUn" name="3LT_Rid 2512.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Ybqbi5NNjHf3nLJ6vLpeUn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2900" height="5157" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Ybqbi5NNjHf3nLJ6vLpeUn-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Resistance to flexing and vibrations is very impressive, even at the tripod’s maximum operating height with all the leg sections fully extended. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Although the built-in leveling base precludes the addition of a center column, a bonus of this is that when the legs are splayed to their widest locking angle, you can shoot from ultra-low levels for creative effect, without a center column getting in the way. With the fluid head in the mix, the minimum operating height gives you the literal lowdown at just 24.5cm / 9.6in. And despite having 3-section legs, the folded length of the complete kit for stowage is reasonably compact at 79cm / 31.1in.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5706px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="vgrTXorV9ASQyisUaSF9Un" name="3LT_Rid 2510.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vgrTXorV9ASQyisUaSF9Un-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5706" height="3207" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vgrTXorV9ASQyisUaSF9Un-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Legs akimbo at their maximum 80-degree angles, the Ridley delivers ultra-low-level shooting. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The complete kit (including fluid head) weighs in at 2.4kg / 5.3lb, so Ridley is easy to take along for the journey. From a performance standpoint, it’s also very quick and easy to use. The twist locks only require minimal rotation for locking and unlocking the leg sections, and the leg angle locks are similarly simple and intuitive. The multiple leg angles also make it easy to work around obstacles or on very uneven terrain, as well as enabling ultra-low-level shooting.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5241px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="uNxpbcc55nSqyFofLhkNRn" name="3LT_Rid 2508.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uNxpbcc55nSqyFofLhkNRn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5241" height="2946" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uNxpbcc55nSqyFofLhkNRn-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">For fairly low rather than ultra-low shooting heights, the intermediate leg angle gives greater stability and lessens the risk of the tripod toppling over if it’s knocked or if you’re shooting in very windy conditions. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Remove a leg, and Ridley works well as a monopod with the head attached. I’m 6ft 5in tall and didn’t think that a 3-section leg would extend to a sufficient height for my personal monopod use, without a center column to add into the mix. However, full extension in monopod mode worked out just fine for me. If you’re a complete giant, you could always remove two legs and one of the feet, then screw the top of one leg into the bottom of the other to double the available height.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6016px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="D2vH3atyHxJqDAkzkD4KSn" name="3LT_Rid 2514.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/D2vH3atyHxJqDAkzkD4KSn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6016" height="3381" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/D2vH3atyHxJqDAkzkD4KSn-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Even without a center column to stretch things out, the use of a single leg and the head delivers a sufficiently high monopod measurement even for tall shooters. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-ridley-verdict"><span>3 Legged Thing Ridley: Verdict</span></h3><p>I just love the 3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod. It’s a first-class, fully pro-grade set of legs that’s easy to live with and genuinely fun to use. The built-in leveling base works a treat for videography and for shooting sequences of stills for stitching into panoramas. The twist-clamps for the extending leg sections and the pushbutton leg angle locks couldn’t be any quicker or easier to use, and everything’s cleverly designed, expertly engineered and immaculately finished.</p><p>So yes, the Ridley is a great set of legs, but I’d definitely go for the complete kit that includes the similarly fabulous <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-airhed-cine-cc-review">3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC fluid head</a>. Not only is the head a perfect match in terms of design, features, and performance, it’s also available in the same choice of colorways, satisfying my sense of style (if I actually had one). Sure, neither the legs on their own nor the complete kit come cheap, but they’re both worth every cent of their asking prices and more besides, if you’re in the market for some pro-grade support.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Winning features include quick-action twist-locks and pushbutton leg angle locks, a built-in leveling base and the ability to work as a tripod, bipod or monopod, plus a great fluid head if you get the full kit.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>3 Legged Thing excels in clever designs and the Ridley tripod is packed full of clever tricks and design flourishes, making it dependable and versatile yet quick and easy to use. Build quality is also superb.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>There’s excellent rigidity and resistance to unwanted flexing and vibrations, all the way up from ground-level shooting to the maximum operating height. Speed and ease of setup add to the impressive performance and the Ridley works well as monopod too.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★½</p></td><td  ><p>Sure, you can buy a fairly decent set of tripod legs or a complete video tripod kit for less money, but the Ridley is still very good value when you take everything into account.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5276px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.85%;"><img id="5omFAZFcnTWePZCeLsS9Pn" name="3LT_Rid 00 hero 2505.JPG" alt="3 Legged Thing Ridley tripod kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5omFAZFcnTWePZCeLsS9Pn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5276" height="2261" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5omFAZFcnTWePZCeLsS9Pn-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="4176aba6-9c61-11f1-ac39-23588565d2f3" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-ethan-4-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="YwH5wHsNw9gyNXtHNFVQJB" name="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4 square.JPG" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YwH5wHsNw9gyNXtHNFVQJB-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="3400" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-ethan-4-review" data-dimension112="4176aba6-9c61-11f1-ac39-23588565d2f3" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Ethan 4" data-dimension25=""><strong>3 Legged Thing Ethan 4</strong></a> is a properly macho, pro-grade hybrid photography and tactical tripod system with bipod and monopod conversion, catering to shooting and target sports as well as photography and videography. Named after Ethan Hunt of <em>Mission: Impossible</em> fame, no escapade is too daring for this super-strong set of legs (head sold separately).</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="4176ac00-9c61-11f1-8f1e-877eb05b6074" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Wes" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Wes" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-wes-tripod-kit-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="6nU476jKG5DKCT3W2PxKWB" name="3 Legged Thing Wes square.JPG" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6nU476jKG5DKCT3W2PxKWB-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="3400" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-wes-tripod-kit-review" data-dimension112="4176ac00-9c61-11f1-8f1e-877eb05b6074" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Wes" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Wes" data-dimension25=""><strong>3 Legged Thing Wes</strong></a> is very much like a ‘travel tripod’ version of the Ridley, with many of the same features, including a built-in leveling base, the same style of leg section twist-locks and pushbutton leg angle locks, and the same ‘kit’ option fluid head. However, its five-section carbon fiber design enables more compact stowage, with a folded length of just 54.8cm / 21.6in (including head) compared with the Ridley’s 79cm / 31.1in.</p></div>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ I’ve finally found my perfect travel tripod – and it doesn’t cost Peak Design money ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>I hate carrying things. I try to keep my photography kit as light and minimal as possible, but sometimes (well, a lot of the time) I need a tripod. </p><p><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-tripod">Travel tripods</a> are usually an exercise in deciding which compromise will annoy me least. The lightest models can feel flimsy, the reassuringly solid ones are too heavy to carry all day, and the clever designs that balance both often come with a price that makes me reconsider whether I really need a tripod at all.</p><p>So when I got a chance to test the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/heipi-3-in-1-travel-tripod-w28s-review">Heipi 3-in-1 W28S Travel Tripod</a>, I jumped at it. A lightweight <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/carbon-fiber-tripods">carbon fiber tripod</a> with all the bells and whistles, but for half the price of Peak Design’s version – sounds great!</p><p>Its defining feature is the unusual three-pillar center column. Pull it out and it becomes a second, aluminum mini tripod, complete with adjustable leg angles and accessory threads. </p><p>The supplied low-profile ball head reveals a spring-loaded smartphone holder hidden beneath its Arca-type plate. And at 1.4kg, it is light enough to travel; it folds to 45cm long and just 7.5cm across, yet reaches 152cm and carries a quoted 20kg payload.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3477px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="8Pnr6gym5rHYFAiP4uAZ88" name="HTT 00 listing 2217" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8Pnr6gym5rHYFAiP4uAZ88-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="3477" height="1956" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>In <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/heipi-3-in-1-travel-tripod-w28s-review">our review</a>, my colleague Matthew Richards called it “very good value for a tricked-up carbon fiber travel tripod,” and that is where the W28S really wins me over. </p><p>It costs $399 / £349, compared with $599 / £599 for <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/peak-design-travel-tripod-review">Peak Design’s carbon fiber Travel Tripod</a> and $900 / £800 for the newer <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/peak-design-pro-tripod-review">Peak Design Pro Tripod</a>. Peak Design’s models remain beautifully engineered and more polished, but the Heipi offers an enormous amount of functionality for considerably less. </p><p>It is not flawless. The 12 fliplocks on the legs are stiff and slower to open individually, while the 5-section legs taper to fairly spindly 14mm lower sections. </p><p>Our tests found some flex and vibration near maximum height, although Matthew still judged it “more sturdy and rigid than many travel tripods on the market.” The mini tripod can also flex when its legs are spread especially wide.</p><p>However, in my endless quest for something light enough to pack, solid enough to trust and more reasonably priced, the W28S balances all three better than almost anything else I have seen. My travel tripod search might finally be over.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Heipi 3-in-1 Standard Travel Tripod W28S"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-might-also-like"><span>You might also like…</span></h3><p>Take a look at the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-tripod">best travel tripods</a> and see how they compare to the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod">best tripods for photography</a> across all categories.</p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/ive-finally-found-my-perfect-travel-tripod-and-it-doesnt-cost-peak-design-money</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The Heipi 3-in-1 W28S Travel Tripod ticks all the boxes as a light, clever, easy-to-carry travel tripod that doesn't cost the earth ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">pAmRrGfk3ghJfL57kcjQG4</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YHGwnsRftuvcKeCRhnzLX8-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Sat, 01 Aug 2026 15:20:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Mon, 03 Aug 2026 09:30:49 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Tripods]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ gareth.bevan@futurenet.com (Gareth Bevan) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Gareth Bevan ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/AsbARYkh4iHozfim2Y2PdC-320-70.jpeg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;Gareth is a photographer based in London, working as a freelance photographer and videographer for the past several years, having the privilege to shoot for some household names. With work focusing on fashion, portrait and lifestyle content creation, he has developed a range of skills covering everything from editorial shoots to social media videos. Outside of work, he has a personal passion for travel and nature photography, with a devotion to sustainability and environmental causes.&lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YHGwnsRftuvcKeCRhnzLX8-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Matthew Richards]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YHGwnsRftuvcKeCRhnzLX8-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>I hate carrying things. I try to keep my photography kit as light and minimal as possible, but sometimes (well, a lot of the time) I need a tripod. </p><p><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-tripod">Travel tripods</a> are usually an exercise in deciding which compromise will annoy me least. The lightest models can feel flimsy, the reassuringly solid ones are too heavy to carry all day, and the clever designs that balance both often come with a price that makes me reconsider whether I really need a tripod at all.</p><p>So when I got a chance to test the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/heipi-3-in-1-travel-tripod-w28s-review">Heipi 3-in-1 W28S Travel Tripod</a>, I jumped at it. A lightweight <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/carbon-fiber-tripods">carbon fiber tripod</a> with all the bells and whistles, but for half the price of Peak Design’s version – sounds great!</p><p>Its defining feature is the unusual three-pillar center column. Pull it out and it becomes a second, aluminum mini tripod, complete with adjustable leg angles and accessory threads. </p><p>The supplied low-profile ball head reveals a spring-loaded smartphone holder hidden beneath its Arca-type plate. And at 1.4kg, it is light enough to travel; it folds to 45cm long and just 7.5cm across, yet reaches 152cm and carries a quoted 20kg payload.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3477px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="8Pnr6gym5rHYFAiP4uAZ88" name="HTT 00 listing 2217" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8Pnr6gym5rHYFAiP4uAZ88-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="3477" height="1956" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>In <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/heipi-3-in-1-travel-tripod-w28s-review">our review</a>, my colleague Matthew Richards called it “very good value for a tricked-up carbon fiber travel tripod,” and that is where the W28S really wins me over. </p><p>It costs $399 / £349, compared with $599 / £599 for <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/peak-design-travel-tripod-review">Peak Design’s carbon fiber Travel Tripod</a> and $900 / £800 for the newer <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/peak-design-pro-tripod-review">Peak Design Pro Tripod</a>. Peak Design’s models remain beautifully engineered and more polished, but the Heipi offers an enormous amount of functionality for considerably less. </p><p>It is not flawless. The 12 fliplocks on the legs are stiff and slower to open individually, while the 5-section legs taper to fairly spindly 14mm lower sections. </p><p>Our tests found some flex and vibration near maximum height, although Matthew still judged it “more sturdy and rigid than many travel tripods on the market.” The mini tripod can also flex when its legs are spread especially wide.</p><p>However, in my endless quest for something light enough to pack, solid enough to trust and more reasonably priced, the W28S balances all three better than almost anything else I have seen. My travel tripod search might finally be over.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Heipi 3-in-1 Standard Travel Tripod W28S"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-might-also-like"><span>You might also like…</span></h3><p>Take a look at the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-tripod">best travel tripods</a> and see how they compare to the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod">best tripods for photography</a> across all categories.</p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S review: a trick stick that works in three different ways, for both cameras and smartphones ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>I’ve been using tripods for about 50 years but just when I thought I knew them inside out, something new has taken me by surprise. Based in Shenzhen, China, Heipi isn’t a company that’s really been on my radar but they’re now celebrating their 7<sup>th</sup> anniversary. The brand is the brainchild of an engineer who’s also a passionate wildlife photographer. Combining these two facets of his skills set, he launched his first tripod launch in 2019, and the company made a big splash three years later with a 3-in-1 travel tripod, based on a Kickstarter campaign that raised a million dollars in a mere 30 days, from 3,000 backers.</p><p>The new Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S that I’m reviewing here is the company’s new, updated and upgraded flagship tripod kit, joining the other tripods, tripod heads, clamps, mounts, magic arms and accessories already in the Heipi catalog. Innovative, cleverly designed and nicely built with impressive attention to detail, the W28S aims to be one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-tripod">best travel tripods</a> on the market, or perhaps I should say that it aims to be two of the best travel tripods plus a selfie stick, all rolled into one travel-friendly package.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2930px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="zifPRDq2z4UcWUQbkgcW48" name="HTT 01 intro 2216.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zifPRDq2z4UcWUQbkgcW48-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2930" height="1649" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zifPRDq2z4UcWUQbkgcW48-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">If twice as much is twice as good, the Heipi is a winner. The center column pulls out to become a complete second set of tripod legs. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-heipi-3-in-1-travel-tripod-w28s-specifications"><span>Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Material</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Carbon Fiber / Aluminum </p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Folded height</strong></p></td><td  ><p>45cm / 17.7in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Maximum operating height</strong></p></td><td  ><p>152cm / 59.8in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Minimum operating height</strong></p></td><td  ><p>6cm / 2.4in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Folded diameter</strong></p></td><td  ><p>7.5cm / 3.0in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Weight</strong></p></td><td  ><p>1.4kg / 3.0lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Load rating</strong></p></td><td  ><p>20kg / 44lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Sections per leg</strong></p></td><td  ><p>5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Leg section diameters (main)</strong></p></td><td  ><p>26, 23, 20, 17, 14mm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Section clamps</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Flip locks</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Locking leg angles</strong></p></td><td  ><p>3 angles</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Feet</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Pads / spikes</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Case/bag included</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Bag</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-heipi-3-in-1-travel-tripod-w28s-price"><span>Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S: Price</span></h3><p>What price a pair of travel tripods plus a selfie stick and a low-profile ball head, all bundled into a single product and wrapped up in a stylish travel bag? The Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S lists at $399 / £349 / AU$649, which is very reasonable for just one carbon fiber tripod (the smaller one in the dual-tripod design is actually aluminum), especially considering that it’s such a comprehensive kit with such a rich feature set.</p><p>A comparably compact carbon tripod is available in the space-saving shape of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/peak-design-travel-tripod-review">Peak Design Travel Tripod carbon fiber</a>, which costs $599 / £599 / AU$1,169, and the newer <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/peak-design-pro-tripod-review">Peak Design Pro Tripod</a> which is even pricier at $900 / £800 / AU$1,500. On the face of it, the Heipi looks a proper bargain.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Heipi 3-in-1 Standard Travel Tripod W28S"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-heipi-3-in-1-travel-tripod-w28s-design-handling"><span>Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>The 2-in-1 or even 3-in-1 design, depending on which way you look at it, isn’t the only crafty concept behind the Heipi’s build. When I said I thought it was reminiscent of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/peak-design-travel-tripod-review">Peak Design Travel Tripod carbon fiber</a>, it’s not just because both are made from carbon fiber, but because they both have a similar space-saving design element.</p><p>For a while now, the travel tripod trend has been to have swing-up legs, which save space if you fully extend the center column and then invert the legs so that the feet encompass the head. It takes a bit off the stowage height but makes setup and takedown more of a time-consuming chore. Like the Peak Design, the Heipi doesn’t have swing-up legs but does have center column that uses the space between the legs, but in a different way. The Peak Design has a triangular section center column and specially shaped legs that wrap around it, thus filling the gaps.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="TU8iWCvcfTvu8uzhnUcTP8" name="HTT 2221.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TU8iWCvcfTvu8uzhnUcTP8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TU8iWCvcfTvu8uzhnUcTP8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The three triangular legs of the mini tripod that acts as a center column sit between the outers of the three circular legs of the main tripod. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The Heipi doesn’t really have a center column as such. Instead of a central column that sits between the tripod legs, it has three triangular profile blades (for want of a better term), that take up the spaces between the legs, but on the outside. The net results is pretty much the same, in that all of the available space is used and nothing goes to waste in the pursuit of compactness.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="WJgtVnxqC5SA5sBY6bkJN8" name="HTT 2222.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/WJgtVnxqC5SA5sBY6bkJN8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/WJgtVnxqC5SA5sBY6bkJN8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">With the center column extended, you naturally add extra height to the main tripod. The leg angle locks for the mini tripod become visible and the 1/4-inch threaded accessory sockets on each leg are available with the center column raised or at its lowest position, just not with only a slight extension. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>From an operational perspective, the 3-pillar column works like any other center column, in that you can loosen a locking mechanism (this time a rotary dial at the top) and extend the column upwards. Just pay attention to the warning line at the bottom of each mini tripod leg, indicating the maximum safe extension height. Go beyond this and you can pull the center column out altogether and transform it into a mini tripod, complete with adjustable leg angle locks and a 1/4-inch threaded socket on each leg for attaching a accessories or a magic arm (Heipi can sell you one of those as well).</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="qmbrBwHiMqAGHtNf8wVkN8" name="HTT 2223.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qmbrBwHiMqAGHtNf8wVkN8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qmbrBwHiMqAGHtNf8wVkN8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">In this image, I’ve removed the 3-pillar column completely so I’ve now got two tripods on the go. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Not just for doubling up on tripods, removing the 3-pillar column has the advantage that you can invert it and slide it back in to the main tripod again, from underneath. This enables shooting right down to ground level, with the usual caveat that the camera is inverted. More on low-level shooting later but for now, I’ll reiterate that while the main tripod has carbon fiber legs, those of the 3-pillar column / mini tripod are made from aluminum.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="NFsWDxdyZ3p9VyV6BqEwM8" name="HTT 2224.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NFsWDxdyZ3p9VyV6BqEwM8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NFsWDxdyZ3p9VyV6BqEwM8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Here’s the main tripod with the 3-pillar column removed and refitted in inverted orientation, useful for ground-level shooting. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Some like to twist, others prefer to flip. Again like the Peak Design travel tripod, the Heipi has slim profile flip locks which take up very little space and only stick out from the legs by a tiny amount, thanks to the way they’re shaped. A key difference is that they’re quite stiff to operate and it’s a real struggle to grasp them all in one hand and open them with a single gesture. You’re more likely to settle on working them one by one, which can take a while as there are no less than 12 of them altogether.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4629px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="MbQrtVougWY3o7v6AQmPB8" name="HTT 2225.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/MbQrtVougWY3o7v6AQmPB8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4629" height="2604" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/MbQrtVougWY3o7v6AQmPB8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">They’re stiff to operate but the flip locks work well and give a secure locking action. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>An upgrade to Heipi’s original flip lock design is that the new and improved version gives a stronger locking force with uniform pressure applied around the entire circumference of the leg sections. The new locks are also easier to detach for cleaning and maintenance. The leg sections themselves start with a reasonably sizeable 26mm diameter at the top, working downwards in 3mm increments to a relatively spindly 14mm at the bottom. The bottom sections do look and feel a little flimsy but that’s the price you usually pay for space-saving 5-section legs, compared with 3-section or 4-section legs. To be fair, I’ve seen thinner bottom leg sections on some up-market travel tripods.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5244px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="zZZz3voUEZiN8TypDxxeE8" name="HTT 2226.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zZZz3voUEZiN8TypDxxeE8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5244" height="2950" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zZZz3voUEZiN8TypDxxeE8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The 5-section legs have diameters of 26, 23, 20, 17 and 14mm, the bottom ones looking a bit on the skinny side. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Most tripods have three separate locking angles for each leg, which can help if you’re working around obstacles or setting up on tricky terrain. Many of them use spring-loaded locking mechanisms that you either pull out or press in. The Heipi adopts a mix and match approach, with locks that pull out for the main tripod and push in for the mini tripod. It makes sense as you can’t have anything that sticks out in the mini tripod legs, or they wouldn’t be able to slide all the way into the platform on the main tripod.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5244px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="jbw9RZuT7QHUjsBo8pbKF8" name="HTT 2227.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jbw9RZuT7QHUjsBo8pbKF8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5244" height="2950" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jbw9RZuT7QHUjsBo8pbKF8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">To operate the leg angle locks on the main tripod legs, it’s easiest to pull them out, swing the legs up as far as they’ll go, and then they automatically spring in to each of the alternative locking positions on the way back down. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Many tripods feature a weight hook, which is useful for hanging ballast and reducing the risk of them swaying in a breeze. The Heipi has a variation on the theme in that it has a loop of weight rope instead. That’s all well and good if you’ve got a carabiner or some other method of attaching a weight but is arguably less convenient than just having a simple hook to hang something on. Naturally, the normal practice of fixing a weight hook on the bottom of a tripod’s center column wouldn’t work with the Heipi’s 3-pillar design.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5244px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="LEJWjGhJBkUtGmPW7dULK8" name="HTT 2228.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LEJWjGhJBkUtGmPW7dULK8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5244" height="2950" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LEJWjGhJBkUtGmPW7dULK8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The weight rope, as its called, is a loop that hangs down from the main tripod’s platform at the top. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Switching from top to bottom, the feet are formed from removable rubber pads. Unscrewing the feet reveals 30mm metal spikes which you can again unscrew and invert, so that they stick out from the bottom of the foot instead of from the top. This effectively transforms the feet from pads to spikes, the latter giving a firmer footing on loose ground.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5244px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="kWQRuLxKfPyHtiefZt8aC8" name="HTT 2229.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kWQRuLxKfPyHtiefZt8aC8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5244" height="2950" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kWQRuLxKfPyHtiefZt8aC8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Each of the three rubber pad feet feature metal spikes which you can remove and refit so that they stick out at the bottom. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The metal hooks have eyelets in them for inserting a tool and twisting them around to unscrew them from the top or bottom of the feet and reinsert them in the other.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4531px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="iRRWEeGL5AxhyTj5o5xZ88" name="HTT 2230.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/iRRWEeGL5AxhyTj5o5xZ88-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4531" height="2549" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/iRRWEeGL5AxhyTj5o5xZ88-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Here’s one of the metal spikes in its concealed orientation, only visible when you remove the rubber pad foot from the tripod leg. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Enough talk of legs, let’s move onto the head. It’s a rather clever one, after all. It can attach directly to either the main legs or small legs but in the normal configuration of the tripod, it’ll fit to the small legs which are then inserted into the main legs to form the 3-pillar column. Naturally, the only thing you can’t do is to attach the head to both sets of legs at the same time, as you only get one head in the kit and not two, unless you buy a second one separately. That said, pretty much any tripod head should be compatible with the kit, so long as it has a standard 3/8in threaded socket and its mounting disk fits within the 60mm diameter of the center column locking ring.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4531px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="2CZsAarhhsfp6E4cAk4iB8" name="HTT 2231.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2CZsAarhhsfp6E4cAk4iB8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4531" height="2549" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2CZsAarhhsfp6E4cAk4iB8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The ball head has a standard 3/8in mounting thread and a smart low-profile design. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The low-profile ball head looks right at home when fitted to either tripod, as well as to the smaller when used in center column mode. In case you’re wondering, the platform of the main tripod has a spring-loaded, retractable mounting screw that neatly moves out of the way when the 3-pillar column is inserted.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5308px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="B2fovpBTSn9stn4AQBpCF8" name="HTT 2232.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/B2fovpBTSn9stn4AQBpCF8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5308" height="2986" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/B2fovpBTSn9stn4AQBpCF8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Here’s the ball head mounted on the smaller tripod, which in turn is fitted to the larger one as a 3-pillar column. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The lock/release mechanism for the Arca type quick-release plate relies on twisting the upper section of the head. A protrusion on either side helps to enable a firm grip but there’s no additional security lock to avoid accidental release. The camera platform of the head also features a bubble level, to aid accurate leveling.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4830px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="LvmJ7MFxMEmTZvJstKUMB8" name="HTT 2233.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LvmJ7MFxMEmTZvJstKUMB8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4830" height="2717" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LvmJ7MFxMEmTZvJstKUMB8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The QR plate’s lock/release mechanism is twist-action, and the platform also features a bubble level, as shown here. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The underside of the QR plate reveals the attachment screw for the camera. It can be tightened or released with a hex key (supplied) or a coin, but there’s no D-ring for fastening it or undoing it with just a finger and thumb.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4132px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="6mc3AzjH4UPnUJa3YczD78" name="HTT 2234.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6mc3AzjH4UPnUJa3YczD78-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4132" height="2324" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6mc3AzjH4UPnUJa3YczD78-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">You’ll need a hex key, coin or flat blade to operate the screw in the QR plate. Fingers and thumbs alone won’t suffice. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Another hidden gem of the design is that the ball head features a pull-out smartphone mount. Like other elements of the tripod, it’s spring-loaded for convenience. One thing that’s less convenient about it is that if you have even a thin cover on the back of your phone, you might need to remove it as there’s only a narrow gap to push it through. Even so, it adds credibility to the Heipi’s claim of working as a selfie stick.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5005px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="KTi5EQbMn7Uep7sxrMRSD8" name="HTT 2235.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KTi5EQbMn7Uep7sxrMRSD8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5005" height="2815" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KTi5EQbMn7Uep7sxrMRSD8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">This is the smart phone mount that pulls out of the ball head’s camera platform when the QR plate is removed. The metal pillars that you can see have spring-loaded inners, enabling further extension and a firm grip of your phone. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The main ball action of the head relies on a single twist-clamp lever for loosening and locking it. The usual cutout in the ball socket enables 90-degree rotation of the camera for portrait orientation shooting, in the absence of an L-bracket. Slight negative points are that there’s no independent friction adjuster to tailor the action to alternative lightweight and heavy camera combos, and the locking lever needs to be fairly precisely positioned. You might well find that you need to pull it out, slip it over its splines and re-engage it again to avoid it fouling on other parts of the head.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5309px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="LpC6SDHmWLxtFbsUidP6G8" name="HTT 2236.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LpC6SDHmWLxtFbsUidP6G8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5309" height="2986" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LpC6SDHmWLxtFbsUidP6G8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The main locking lever for the ball and socket action of the head can pull out and be reoriented on its splines, which you might well need to do to avoid it coming into contact with other parts of the head. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>One thing that I always like to see, and that’s present and correct in the Heipi ball head, is a separate pan-only lock. Not only does it have one, but it comes complete with a 360-degree scale marked in 5-degree increments. What’s more, a secondary screw with a hex head enables you to swap between smooth panning and high-precision 10-degree click steps. It’s a bit like using the aperture control ring on a lens that has a click/de-click switch.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5309px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="wSRHDXXYXMsxQJw545JSK8" name="HTT 2237.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wSRHDXXYXMsxQJw545JSK8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5309" height="2986" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wSRHDXXYXMsxQJw545JSK8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The panning mechanism comes with a locking screw and an additional screw that enables a click/de-click facility. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>One of my pet hates is instruction leaflets for all manner of gadgets, that have such tiny print that you can’t actually read them. I’m happy that the guide supplied with the Heipi is not only entirely legible, but includes color photos of various parts, functions and facilities, enabling a better understanding of the various features and facilities on offer.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5758px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="wvC34QChhHsYBJsgXwXCQ8" name="HTT 2239.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wvC34QChhHsYBJsgXwXCQ8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5758" height="3236" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wvC34QChhHsYBJsgXwXCQ8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The instruction leaflet is unusual in this day and age, in having sufficiently large print to make it entirely legible and even featuring color photos for visual reference. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The tools supplied with the tripod comprise hex keys in three different sizes, as shown below. That’s really all you need for any operational or maintenance task.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3661px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="Ag8QHX62aXESX9mDvEYhE8" name="HTT 2240.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Ag8QHX62aXESX9mDvEYhE8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3661" height="2059" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Ag8QHX62aXESX9mDvEYhE8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Three hex keys of different sizes are supplied in the kit. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Everything wraps up safe and sound in a weather-proofed bag that’s supplied with the tripod. It’s a snug fit, so there’s no wasted space and the carrying size is as small as possible. It also has an adjustable, detachable shoulder strap that fastens to loops at either end of the bag with Velco strips.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="bDuydytVDfzuR63NdFECR8" name="HTT 2242.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bDuydytVDfzuR63NdFECR8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bDuydytVDfzuR63NdFECR8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The supplied weather-proof carrying bag (complete with weather-proof zipper) is of good quality and features a small internal pocket for carrying the hex keys. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-heipi-3-in-1-travel-tripod-w28s-performance"><span>Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S: Performance</span></h3><p>I like my tripods to be big and small in equal measure. I want them to be tall enough at their maximum height for comfortable shooting (and I’m 6ft 5in), but nice and small when folded down so that they’re compact travelling companions. The Heipi serves mostly well on both counts. The maximum operating height with the 3-pillar center column fully extended is a fairly modest 152cm / 59.8in, but that’s still taller than a number of travel tripods that I can think of. Meanwhile, the folded height of just 45cm / 17.7in enables it to stow away in tight spaces, as does the 7.5cm / 3.0in diameter, courtesy of the space-saving leg/3-pillar column design.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5491px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="YHGwnsRftuvcKeCRhnzLX8" name="HTT 2247" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YHGwnsRftuvcKeCRhnzLX8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5491" height="3089" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YHGwnsRftuvcKeCRhnzLX8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The  multi-angle legs for both main and mini tripods enables a wider footing and greater stability for low-level shooting. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A key performance benefit is the whole ‘dual tripods’ thing. The main tripod works well as a regular, go-to tripod for all sorts of shooting scenarios, while the mini tripod is great for tabletop use, ultra-low-level shooting (without inverting the center column) and for selfie stick action. In its regular configuration as one complete tripod with a 3-pillar center column, the Heipi has a hefty payload rating of 20kg / 44lb. That seems a bit ‘optimistic’ to my mind, given the relatively thin bottom leg sections, but I’m never likely to put that much load on it anyway.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4885px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="yy4NK2hQ4VAoeyErwGpjS8" name="HTT 2249" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yy4NK2hQ4VAoeyErwGpjS8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4885" height="2748" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yy4NK2hQ4VAoeyErwGpjS8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">There used to be a British comedy act duo called ‘Little and Large’. You could apply the title to the dual tripods in this kit but they’re deadly serious when it comes to performance. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The maximum height of a tripod is one consideration, but the minimum shooting height can be equally important from a creative perspective. Both of the main and mini tripods that make up the kit can shoot very close to the ground, with a minimum operating height of just 6cm / 2.4in. That’s thanks to the adjustable locking leg angles and the removable nature of the center column / mini tripod. However, I found that the mini tripod was quite prone to unwanted flexing and sagging when the legs were splayed to wider operating angles.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5857px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="tMYheAjHVQ4Dy7WCPTjfU8" name="HTT 2251" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tMYheAjHVQ4Dy7WCPTjfU8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5857" height="3292" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tMYheAjHVQ4Dy7WCPTjfU8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The minimum operating height is very low for both the main and mini tripods in the kit, but there can be some unwanted flexing in the legs of the mini tripod. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The head (or heads if you buy and use an extra one) can attach to both the main and mini tripods. The platform in the main tripod features a large bubble level to aid with leveling, and it’s a lot more useful than the miniscule bubble levels featured in some tripods. Correctly leveling the legs ensures that panning will also be on the level, rather than the camera going on the slant during the panning process. That’s an important consideration when shooting video, or a sequence of stills to stitch into a panorama. </p><p>The only slight issue with the large bubble level is that you have to raise the 3-pillar column a little to get a really clear view of it. Back on the plus side, both platforms in the main and mini tripods feature a grub screw for firmly locking the head in place. This can be very useful as it effectively guards against the head coming unscrewed on its main mounting screw if and when you’re panning in an anti-clockwise direction.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4316px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="ub92LzfiArKzsF8pdRMAS8" name="HTT 2252" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ub92LzfiArKzsF8pdRMAS8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4316" height="2428" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ub92LzfiArKzsF8pdRMAS8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The main tripod’s platform features a bubble level and they both have a grub screw for firmly locking the head in place. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I’ve saved arguably the most crucial performance factor until last, and that’s the rigidity of the tripod and its resistance to unwanted flexing and vibrations. I’ve touched on this for the small mini tripod, which is made from aluminum, but the main carbon fiber legs have their own story to tell. And that story is that they’re made from a mix of T700 high-tensile fibers and T400 impact-resistant fibers, designed to enhance stability and weight loss. However, there’s no getting away from the fact that 5-section legs result in spindly bottom sections and I found that at or near its maximum operating height, the tripod was a little prone to flexing and vibration. However, it’s still more sturdy and rigid than many travel tripods on the market.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3737px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:115.92%;"><img id="eZxjt9uLhLMhQAJ8mZMfW8" name="HTT 2254" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/eZxjt9uLhLMhQAJ8mZMfW8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3737" height="4332" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/eZxjt9uLhLMhQAJ8mZMfW8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">That’s not quite the whole story because the general rule of tripod usage is that you extend the fat leg sections first and only use the bottom ones if you really need to. After that, you only extend the center column as a last resort. The Heipi goes against this perceived wisdom, because the 3-pillar center column is particularly rigid and resistant to flexing, more so than the bottom leg sections. Ultimately, you might want to reconsider the natural order of things. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-heipi-3-in-1-travel-tripod-w28s-verdict"><span>Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S: Verdict</span></h3><p>There’s a lot to love about the Heipe 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S, and top of the list is that there’s not a lot of it. I like that it folds down nice and small, making it an ideal travel companion for the journey, which is mainly what travel tripods are all about. Thanks to the 5-section legs, it reaches a decent if modest maximum operating height, in conjunction with the 3-pillar extending center column, which itself is what sets the Heipe apart from the crowd of its 3-legged cronies. I’m so impressed that you can remove the center column and use it as a whole other mini tripod or selfie stick, that I’m frankly amazed the design isn’t featured far and wide in other tripods.</p><p>I’m not going to give the Heipe a completely glowing report, however. Little niggles include spindly bottom leg sections that impair rigidity at or near maximum operating height. Those 5-section legs also equate to a lot of flip locks to contend with, each of which is surprisingly stiff and unyielding. The Heipe also doesn’t conveniently convert into a monopod, although that’s certainly not unusual amongst travel tripods rather than full-sized sticks. All in all, this tripod, or perhaps collection of tripods, is a crafty design that’s very well implemented, and very good value at the price.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Top of the features list is the 3-in-1 collection of large and small tripods, plus a selfie stick with smartphone mount, coupled with a clever ball head.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>The 3-pillar column is a genuinely innovative piece of design that works really well in practice, and build quality is impressive for all parts of the kit.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>It’s very good overall but the main tripod isn’t immune to flexing at or near its maximum operating height. That’s certainly not unusual among travel tripods.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Considering its comprehensive set of features, clever design and quality carbon fiber build, the Heipe is standout value for money.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3477px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.85%;"><img id="rJ7aK9Sc73JJwEjVTsWKz7" name="HTT 00 hero 2217" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rJ7aK9Sc73JJwEjVTsWKz7-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3477" height="1490" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rJ7aK9Sc73JJwEjVTsWKz7-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="37c36bde-84f7-11f1-964f-31e9710e2ca5" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Peak Design Travel Tripod (Carbon Fiber)" data-dimension48="Peak Design Travel Tripod (Carbon Fiber)" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/peak-design-travel-tripod-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:603px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.33%;"><img id="VwoHNejv4mUpMwgyrXGKyg" name="Peak Design Travel Tripod Carbon Fiber square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VwoHNejv4mUpMwgyrXGKyg-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="603" height="605" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/peak-design-travel-tripod-review" data-dimension112="37c36bde-84f7-11f1-964f-31e9710e2ca5" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Peak Design Travel Tripod (Carbon Fiber)" data-dimension48="Peak Design Travel Tripod (Carbon Fiber)" data-dimension25=""><strong>Peak Design Travel Tripod (Carbon Fiber)</strong></a> was a genuinely revolutionary tripod when it was launched, due to its space-saving triangular center column and wrap-around legs. It’s very pricey at around $599 / £599 / AU$1,169 but the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/peak-design-travel-tripod-aluminum-review"><strong>Peak Design Travel Tripod (Aluminum)</strong></a> is more affordable at $399 / £379 / AU$689.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="37c36c4c-84f7-11f1-a52a-23e3dbc34fb5" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Punks Corey 2.0" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Punks Corey 2.0" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-punks-corey-20-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2168px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.32%;"><img id="zSK98dDK8z5PDsTmoa7T5h" name="3 Legged Thing Punks Corey 2.0 camera square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zSK98dDK8z5PDsTmoa7T5h-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2168" height="2175" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-punks-corey-20-review" data-dimension112="37c36c4c-84f7-11f1-a52a-23e3dbc34fb5" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Punks Corey 2.0" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Punks Corey 2.0" data-dimension25=""><strong>3 Legged Thing Punks Corey 2.0</strong></a> folds down really small to a height of just 36.1cm / 14.2in, thanks to 5-section swing-up legs and a 2-section center column. It’s made from sturdy aerospace grade magnesium alloy rather than carbon fiber, but is good value for money at around $199 / £179 / AU$299 complete with AirHed Neo 2.0 ball head.</p></div> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/heipi-3-in-1-travel-tripod-w28s-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S is the quality carbon realization of a rather revolutionary and very clever idea, putting a new twist on tripod design ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">veSSbZS4vvHTmcsUHUQfvB</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rJ7aK9Sc73JJwEjVTsWKz7-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Tue, 21 Jul 2026 15:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Tripods]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Matthew Richards ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jDd3HmNtNWfRUREZztFrQo-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rJ7aK9Sc73JJwEjVTsWKz7-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Matthew Richards]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rJ7aK9Sc73JJwEjVTsWKz7-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>I’ve been using tripods for about 50 years but just when I thought I knew them inside out, something new has taken me by surprise. Based in Shenzhen, China, Heipi isn’t a company that’s really been on my radar but they’re now celebrating their 7<sup>th</sup> anniversary. The brand is the brainchild of an engineer who’s also a passionate wildlife photographer. Combining these two facets of his skills set, he launched his first tripod launch in 2019, and the company made a big splash three years later with a 3-in-1 travel tripod, based on a Kickstarter campaign that raised a million dollars in a mere 30 days, from 3,000 backers.</p><p>The new Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S that I’m reviewing here is the company’s new, updated and upgraded flagship tripod kit, joining the other tripods, tripod heads, clamps, mounts, magic arms and accessories already in the Heipi catalog. Innovative, cleverly designed and nicely built with impressive attention to detail, the W28S aims to be one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-tripod">best travel tripods</a> on the market, or perhaps I should say that it aims to be two of the best travel tripods plus a selfie stick, all rolled into one travel-friendly package.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2930px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="zifPRDq2z4UcWUQbkgcW48" name="HTT 01 intro 2216.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zifPRDq2z4UcWUQbkgcW48-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2930" height="1649" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zifPRDq2z4UcWUQbkgcW48-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">If twice as much is twice as good, the Heipi is a winner. The center column pulls out to become a complete second set of tripod legs. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-heipi-3-in-1-travel-tripod-w28s-specifications"><span>Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Material</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Carbon Fiber / Aluminum </p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Folded height</strong></p></td><td  ><p>45cm / 17.7in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Maximum operating height</strong></p></td><td  ><p>152cm / 59.8in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Minimum operating height</strong></p></td><td  ><p>6cm / 2.4in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Folded diameter</strong></p></td><td  ><p>7.5cm / 3.0in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Weight</strong></p></td><td  ><p>1.4kg / 3.0lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Load rating</strong></p></td><td  ><p>20kg / 44lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Sections per leg</strong></p></td><td  ><p>5</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Leg section diameters (main)</strong></p></td><td  ><p>26, 23, 20, 17, 14mm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Section clamps</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Flip locks</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Locking leg angles</strong></p></td><td  ><p>3 angles</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Feet</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Pads / spikes</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Case/bag included</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Bag</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-heipi-3-in-1-travel-tripod-w28s-price"><span>Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S: Price</span></h3><p>What price a pair of travel tripods plus a selfie stick and a low-profile ball head, all bundled into a single product and wrapped up in a stylish travel bag? The Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S lists at $399 / £349 / AU$649, which is very reasonable for just one carbon fiber tripod (the smaller one in the dual-tripod design is actually aluminum), especially considering that it’s such a comprehensive kit with such a rich feature set.</p><p>A comparably compact carbon tripod is available in the space-saving shape of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/peak-design-travel-tripod-review">Peak Design Travel Tripod carbon fiber</a>, which costs $599 / £599 / AU$1,169, and the newer <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/peak-design-pro-tripod-review">Peak Design Pro Tripod</a> which is even pricier at $900 / £800 / AU$1,500. On the face of it, the Heipi looks a proper bargain.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Heipi 3-in-1 Standard Travel Tripod W28S"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-heipi-3-in-1-travel-tripod-w28s-design-handling"><span>Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>The 2-in-1 or even 3-in-1 design, depending on which way you look at it, isn’t the only crafty concept behind the Heipi’s build. When I said I thought it was reminiscent of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/peak-design-travel-tripod-review">Peak Design Travel Tripod carbon fiber</a>, it’s not just because both are made from carbon fiber, but because they both have a similar space-saving design element.</p><p>For a while now, the travel tripod trend has been to have swing-up legs, which save space if you fully extend the center column and then invert the legs so that the feet encompass the head. It takes a bit off the stowage height but makes setup and takedown more of a time-consuming chore. Like the Peak Design, the Heipi doesn’t have swing-up legs but does have center column that uses the space between the legs, but in a different way. The Peak Design has a triangular section center column and specially shaped legs that wrap around it, thus filling the gaps.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="TU8iWCvcfTvu8uzhnUcTP8" name="HTT 2221.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TU8iWCvcfTvu8uzhnUcTP8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TU8iWCvcfTvu8uzhnUcTP8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The three triangular legs of the mini tripod that acts as a center column sit between the outers of the three circular legs of the main tripod. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The Heipi doesn’t really have a center column as such. Instead of a central column that sits between the tripod legs, it has three triangular profile blades (for want of a better term), that take up the spaces between the legs, but on the outside. The net results is pretty much the same, in that all of the available space is used and nothing goes to waste in the pursuit of compactness.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="WJgtVnxqC5SA5sBY6bkJN8" name="HTT 2222.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/WJgtVnxqC5SA5sBY6bkJN8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/WJgtVnxqC5SA5sBY6bkJN8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">With the center column extended, you naturally add extra height to the main tripod. The leg angle locks for the mini tripod become visible and the 1/4-inch threaded accessory sockets on each leg are available with the center column raised or at its lowest position, just not with only a slight extension. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>From an operational perspective, the 3-pillar column works like any other center column, in that you can loosen a locking mechanism (this time a rotary dial at the top) and extend the column upwards. Just pay attention to the warning line at the bottom of each mini tripod leg, indicating the maximum safe extension height. Go beyond this and you can pull the center column out altogether and transform it into a mini tripod, complete with adjustable leg angle locks and a 1/4-inch threaded socket on each leg for attaching a accessories or a magic arm (Heipi can sell you one of those as well).</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="qmbrBwHiMqAGHtNf8wVkN8" name="HTT 2223.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qmbrBwHiMqAGHtNf8wVkN8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qmbrBwHiMqAGHtNf8wVkN8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">In this image, I’ve removed the 3-pillar column completely so I’ve now got two tripods on the go. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Not just for doubling up on tripods, removing the 3-pillar column has the advantage that you can invert it and slide it back in to the main tripod again, from underneath. This enables shooting right down to ground level, with the usual caveat that the camera is inverted. More on low-level shooting later but for now, I’ll reiterate that while the main tripod has carbon fiber legs, those of the 3-pillar column / mini tripod are made from aluminum.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="NFsWDxdyZ3p9VyV6BqEwM8" name="HTT 2224.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NFsWDxdyZ3p9VyV6BqEwM8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NFsWDxdyZ3p9VyV6BqEwM8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Here’s the main tripod with the 3-pillar column removed and refitted in inverted orientation, useful for ground-level shooting. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Some like to twist, others prefer to flip. Again like the Peak Design travel tripod, the Heipi has slim profile flip locks which take up very little space and only stick out from the legs by a tiny amount, thanks to the way they’re shaped. A key difference is that they’re quite stiff to operate and it’s a real struggle to grasp them all in one hand and open them with a single gesture. You’re more likely to settle on working them one by one, which can take a while as there are no less than 12 of them altogether.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4629px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="MbQrtVougWY3o7v6AQmPB8" name="HTT 2225.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/MbQrtVougWY3o7v6AQmPB8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4629" height="2604" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/MbQrtVougWY3o7v6AQmPB8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">They’re stiff to operate but the flip locks work well and give a secure locking action. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>An upgrade to Heipi’s original flip lock design is that the new and improved version gives a stronger locking force with uniform pressure applied around the entire circumference of the leg sections. The new locks are also easier to detach for cleaning and maintenance. The leg sections themselves start with a reasonably sizeable 26mm diameter at the top, working downwards in 3mm increments to a relatively spindly 14mm at the bottom. The bottom sections do look and feel a little flimsy but that’s the price you usually pay for space-saving 5-section legs, compared with 3-section or 4-section legs. To be fair, I’ve seen thinner bottom leg sections on some up-market travel tripods.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5244px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="zZZz3voUEZiN8TypDxxeE8" name="HTT 2226.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zZZz3voUEZiN8TypDxxeE8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5244" height="2950" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zZZz3voUEZiN8TypDxxeE8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The 5-section legs have diameters of 26, 23, 20, 17 and 14mm, the bottom ones looking a bit on the skinny side. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Most tripods have three separate locking angles for each leg, which can help if you’re working around obstacles or setting up on tricky terrain. Many of them use spring-loaded locking mechanisms that you either pull out or press in. The Heipi adopts a mix and match approach, with locks that pull out for the main tripod and push in for the mini tripod. It makes sense as you can’t have anything that sticks out in the mini tripod legs, or they wouldn’t be able to slide all the way into the platform on the main tripod.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5244px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="jbw9RZuT7QHUjsBo8pbKF8" name="HTT 2227.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jbw9RZuT7QHUjsBo8pbKF8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5244" height="2950" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jbw9RZuT7QHUjsBo8pbKF8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">To operate the leg angle locks on the main tripod legs, it’s easiest to pull them out, swing the legs up as far as they’ll go, and then they automatically spring in to each of the alternative locking positions on the way back down. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Many tripods feature a weight hook, which is useful for hanging ballast and reducing the risk of them swaying in a breeze. The Heipi has a variation on the theme in that it has a loop of weight rope instead. That’s all well and good if you’ve got a carabiner or some other method of attaching a weight but is arguably less convenient than just having a simple hook to hang something on. Naturally, the normal practice of fixing a weight hook on the bottom of a tripod’s center column wouldn’t work with the Heipi’s 3-pillar design.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5244px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="LEJWjGhJBkUtGmPW7dULK8" name="HTT 2228.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LEJWjGhJBkUtGmPW7dULK8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5244" height="2950" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LEJWjGhJBkUtGmPW7dULK8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The weight rope, as its called, is a loop that hangs down from the main tripod’s platform at the top. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Switching from top to bottom, the feet are formed from removable rubber pads. Unscrewing the feet reveals 30mm metal spikes which you can again unscrew and invert, so that they stick out from the bottom of the foot instead of from the top. This effectively transforms the feet from pads to spikes, the latter giving a firmer footing on loose ground.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5244px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="kWQRuLxKfPyHtiefZt8aC8" name="HTT 2229.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kWQRuLxKfPyHtiefZt8aC8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5244" height="2950" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kWQRuLxKfPyHtiefZt8aC8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Each of the three rubber pad feet feature metal spikes which you can remove and refit so that they stick out at the bottom. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The metal hooks have eyelets in them for inserting a tool and twisting them around to unscrew them from the top or bottom of the feet and reinsert them in the other.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4531px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="iRRWEeGL5AxhyTj5o5xZ88" name="HTT 2230.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/iRRWEeGL5AxhyTj5o5xZ88-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4531" height="2549" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/iRRWEeGL5AxhyTj5o5xZ88-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Here’s one of the metal spikes in its concealed orientation, only visible when you remove the rubber pad foot from the tripod leg. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Enough talk of legs, let’s move onto the head. It’s a rather clever one, after all. It can attach directly to either the main legs or small legs but in the normal configuration of the tripod, it’ll fit to the small legs which are then inserted into the main legs to form the 3-pillar column. Naturally, the only thing you can’t do is to attach the head to both sets of legs at the same time, as you only get one head in the kit and not two, unless you buy a second one separately. That said, pretty much any tripod head should be compatible with the kit, so long as it has a standard 3/8in threaded socket and its mounting disk fits within the 60mm diameter of the center column locking ring.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4531px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="2CZsAarhhsfp6E4cAk4iB8" name="HTT 2231.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2CZsAarhhsfp6E4cAk4iB8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4531" height="2549" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2CZsAarhhsfp6E4cAk4iB8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The ball head has a standard 3/8in mounting thread and a smart low-profile design. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The low-profile ball head looks right at home when fitted to either tripod, as well as to the smaller when used in center column mode. In case you’re wondering, the platform of the main tripod has a spring-loaded, retractable mounting screw that neatly moves out of the way when the 3-pillar column is inserted.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5308px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="B2fovpBTSn9stn4AQBpCF8" name="HTT 2232.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/B2fovpBTSn9stn4AQBpCF8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5308" height="2986" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/B2fovpBTSn9stn4AQBpCF8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Here’s the ball head mounted on the smaller tripod, which in turn is fitted to the larger one as a 3-pillar column. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The lock/release mechanism for the Arca type quick-release plate relies on twisting the upper section of the head. A protrusion on either side helps to enable a firm grip but there’s no additional security lock to avoid accidental release. The camera platform of the head also features a bubble level, to aid accurate leveling.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4830px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="LvmJ7MFxMEmTZvJstKUMB8" name="HTT 2233.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LvmJ7MFxMEmTZvJstKUMB8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4830" height="2717" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LvmJ7MFxMEmTZvJstKUMB8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The QR plate’s lock/release mechanism is twist-action, and the platform also features a bubble level, as shown here. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The underside of the QR plate reveals the attachment screw for the camera. It can be tightened or released with a hex key (supplied) or a coin, but there’s no D-ring for fastening it or undoing it with just a finger and thumb.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4132px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="6mc3AzjH4UPnUJa3YczD78" name="HTT 2234.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6mc3AzjH4UPnUJa3YczD78-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4132" height="2324" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6mc3AzjH4UPnUJa3YczD78-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">You’ll need a hex key, coin or flat blade to operate the screw in the QR plate. Fingers and thumbs alone won’t suffice. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Another hidden gem of the design is that the ball head features a pull-out smartphone mount. Like other elements of the tripod, it’s spring-loaded for convenience. One thing that’s less convenient about it is that if you have even a thin cover on the back of your phone, you might need to remove it as there’s only a narrow gap to push it through. Even so, it adds credibility to the Heipi’s claim of working as a selfie stick.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5005px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="KTi5EQbMn7Uep7sxrMRSD8" name="HTT 2235.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KTi5EQbMn7Uep7sxrMRSD8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5005" height="2815" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KTi5EQbMn7Uep7sxrMRSD8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">This is the smart phone mount that pulls out of the ball head’s camera platform when the QR plate is removed. The metal pillars that you can see have spring-loaded inners, enabling further extension and a firm grip of your phone. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The main ball action of the head relies on a single twist-clamp lever for loosening and locking it. The usual cutout in the ball socket enables 90-degree rotation of the camera for portrait orientation shooting, in the absence of an L-bracket. Slight negative points are that there’s no independent friction adjuster to tailor the action to alternative lightweight and heavy camera combos, and the locking lever needs to be fairly precisely positioned. You might well find that you need to pull it out, slip it over its splines and re-engage it again to avoid it fouling on other parts of the head.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5309px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="LpC6SDHmWLxtFbsUidP6G8" name="HTT 2236.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LpC6SDHmWLxtFbsUidP6G8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5309" height="2986" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LpC6SDHmWLxtFbsUidP6G8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The main locking lever for the ball and socket action of the head can pull out and be reoriented on its splines, which you might well need to do to avoid it coming into contact with other parts of the head. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>One thing that I always like to see, and that’s present and correct in the Heipi ball head, is a separate pan-only lock. Not only does it have one, but it comes complete with a 360-degree scale marked in 5-degree increments. What’s more, a secondary screw with a hex head enables you to swap between smooth panning and high-precision 10-degree click steps. It’s a bit like using the aperture control ring on a lens that has a click/de-click switch.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5309px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="wSRHDXXYXMsxQJw545JSK8" name="HTT 2237.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wSRHDXXYXMsxQJw545JSK8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5309" height="2986" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wSRHDXXYXMsxQJw545JSK8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The panning mechanism comes with a locking screw and an additional screw that enables a click/de-click facility. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>One of my pet hates is instruction leaflets for all manner of gadgets, that have such tiny print that you can’t actually read them. I’m happy that the guide supplied with the Heipi is not only entirely legible, but includes color photos of various parts, functions and facilities, enabling a better understanding of the various features and facilities on offer.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5758px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.20%;"><img id="wvC34QChhHsYBJsgXwXCQ8" name="HTT 2239.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wvC34QChhHsYBJsgXwXCQ8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5758" height="3236" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wvC34QChhHsYBJsgXwXCQ8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The instruction leaflet is unusual in this day and age, in having sufficiently large print to make it entirely legible and even featuring color photos for visual reference. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The tools supplied with the tripod comprise hex keys in three different sizes, as shown below. That’s really all you need for any operational or maintenance task.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3661px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="Ag8QHX62aXESX9mDvEYhE8" name="HTT 2240.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Ag8QHX62aXESX9mDvEYhE8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3661" height="2059" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Ag8QHX62aXESX9mDvEYhE8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Three hex keys of different sizes are supplied in the kit. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Everything wraps up safe and sound in a weather-proofed bag that’s supplied with the tripod. It’s a snug fit, so there’s no wasted space and the carrying size is as small as possible. It also has an adjustable, detachable shoulder strap that fastens to loops at either end of the bag with Velco strips.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="bDuydytVDfzuR63NdFECR8" name="HTT 2242.JPG" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bDuydytVDfzuR63NdFECR8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/bDuydytVDfzuR63NdFECR8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The supplied weather-proof carrying bag (complete with weather-proof zipper) is of good quality and features a small internal pocket for carrying the hex keys. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-heipi-3-in-1-travel-tripod-w28s-performance"><span>Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S: Performance</span></h3><p>I like my tripods to be big and small in equal measure. I want them to be tall enough at their maximum height for comfortable shooting (and I’m 6ft 5in), but nice and small when folded down so that they’re compact travelling companions. The Heipi serves mostly well on both counts. The maximum operating height with the 3-pillar center column fully extended is a fairly modest 152cm / 59.8in, but that’s still taller than a number of travel tripods that I can think of. Meanwhile, the folded height of just 45cm / 17.7in enables it to stow away in tight spaces, as does the 7.5cm / 3.0in diameter, courtesy of the space-saving leg/3-pillar column design.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5491px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="YHGwnsRftuvcKeCRhnzLX8" name="HTT 2247" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YHGwnsRftuvcKeCRhnzLX8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5491" height="3089" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YHGwnsRftuvcKeCRhnzLX8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The  multi-angle legs for both main and mini tripods enables a wider footing and greater stability for low-level shooting. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A key performance benefit is the whole ‘dual tripods’ thing. The main tripod works well as a regular, go-to tripod for all sorts of shooting scenarios, while the mini tripod is great for tabletop use, ultra-low-level shooting (without inverting the center column) and for selfie stick action. In its regular configuration as one complete tripod with a 3-pillar center column, the Heipi has a hefty payload rating of 20kg / 44lb. That seems a bit ‘optimistic’ to my mind, given the relatively thin bottom leg sections, but I’m never likely to put that much load on it anyway.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4885px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="yy4NK2hQ4VAoeyErwGpjS8" name="HTT 2249" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yy4NK2hQ4VAoeyErwGpjS8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4885" height="2748" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/yy4NK2hQ4VAoeyErwGpjS8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">There used to be a British comedy act duo called ‘Little and Large’. You could apply the title to the dual tripods in this kit but they’re deadly serious when it comes to performance. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The maximum height of a tripod is one consideration, but the minimum shooting height can be equally important from a creative perspective. Both of the main and mini tripods that make up the kit can shoot very close to the ground, with a minimum operating height of just 6cm / 2.4in. That’s thanks to the adjustable locking leg angles and the removable nature of the center column / mini tripod. However, I found that the mini tripod was quite prone to unwanted flexing and sagging when the legs were splayed to wider operating angles.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5857px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="tMYheAjHVQ4Dy7WCPTjfU8" name="HTT 2251" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tMYheAjHVQ4Dy7WCPTjfU8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5857" height="3292" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tMYheAjHVQ4Dy7WCPTjfU8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The minimum operating height is very low for both the main and mini tripods in the kit, but there can be some unwanted flexing in the legs of the mini tripod. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The head (or heads if you buy and use an extra one) can attach to both the main and mini tripods. The platform in the main tripod features a large bubble level to aid with leveling, and it’s a lot more useful than the miniscule bubble levels featured in some tripods. Correctly leveling the legs ensures that panning will also be on the level, rather than the camera going on the slant during the panning process. That’s an important consideration when shooting video, or a sequence of stills to stitch into a panorama. </p><p>The only slight issue with the large bubble level is that you have to raise the 3-pillar column a little to get a really clear view of it. Back on the plus side, both platforms in the main and mini tripods feature a grub screw for firmly locking the head in place. This can be very useful as it effectively guards against the head coming unscrewed on its main mounting screw if and when you’re panning in an anti-clockwise direction.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4316px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="ub92LzfiArKzsF8pdRMAS8" name="HTT 2252" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ub92LzfiArKzsF8pdRMAS8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4316" height="2428" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ub92LzfiArKzsF8pdRMAS8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The main tripod’s platform features a bubble level and they both have a grub screw for firmly locking the head in place. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I’ve saved arguably the most crucial performance factor until last, and that’s the rigidity of the tripod and its resistance to unwanted flexing and vibrations. I’ve touched on this for the small mini tripod, which is made from aluminum, but the main carbon fiber legs have their own story to tell. And that story is that they’re made from a mix of T700 high-tensile fibers and T400 impact-resistant fibers, designed to enhance stability and weight loss. However, there’s no getting away from the fact that 5-section legs result in spindly bottom sections and I found that at or near its maximum operating height, the tripod was a little prone to flexing and vibration. However, it’s still more sturdy and rigid than many travel tripods on the market.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3737px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:115.92%;"><img id="eZxjt9uLhLMhQAJ8mZMfW8" name="HTT 2254" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/eZxjt9uLhLMhQAJ8mZMfW8-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3737" height="4332" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/eZxjt9uLhLMhQAJ8mZMfW8-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">That’s not quite the whole story because the general rule of tripod usage is that you extend the fat leg sections first and only use the bottom ones if you really need to. After that, you only extend the center column as a last resort. The Heipi goes against this perceived wisdom, because the 3-pillar center column is particularly rigid and resistant to flexing, more so than the bottom leg sections. Ultimately, you might want to reconsider the natural order of things. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-heipi-3-in-1-travel-tripod-w28s-verdict"><span>Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S: Verdict</span></h3><p>There’s a lot to love about the Heipe 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S, and top of the list is that there’s not a lot of it. I like that it folds down nice and small, making it an ideal travel companion for the journey, which is mainly what travel tripods are all about. Thanks to the 5-section legs, it reaches a decent if modest maximum operating height, in conjunction with the 3-pillar extending center column, which itself is what sets the Heipe apart from the crowd of its 3-legged cronies. I’m so impressed that you can remove the center column and use it as a whole other mini tripod or selfie stick, that I’m frankly amazed the design isn’t featured far and wide in other tripods.</p><p>I’m not going to give the Heipe a completely glowing report, however. Little niggles include spindly bottom leg sections that impair rigidity at or near maximum operating height. Those 5-section legs also equate to a lot of flip locks to contend with, each of which is surprisingly stiff and unyielding. The Heipe also doesn’t conveniently convert into a monopod, although that’s certainly not unusual amongst travel tripods rather than full-sized sticks. All in all, this tripod, or perhaps collection of tripods, is a crafty design that’s very well implemented, and very good value at the price.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Top of the features list is the 3-in-1 collection of large and small tripods, plus a selfie stick with smartphone mount, coupled with a clever ball head.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>The 3-pillar column is a genuinely innovative piece of design that works really well in practice, and build quality is impressive for all parts of the kit.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>It’s very good overall but the main tripod isn’t immune to flexing at or near its maximum operating height. That’s certainly not unusual among travel tripods.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Considering its comprehensive set of features, clever design and quality carbon fiber build, the Heipe is standout value for money.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3477px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.85%;"><img id="rJ7aK9Sc73JJwEjVTsWKz7" name="HTT 00 hero 2217" alt="Heipi 3-in-1 Travel Tripod W28S" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rJ7aK9Sc73JJwEjVTsWKz7-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3477" height="1490" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rJ7aK9Sc73JJwEjVTsWKz7-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="37c36bde-84f7-11f1-964f-31e9710e2ca5" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Peak Design Travel Tripod (Carbon Fiber)" data-dimension48="Peak Design Travel Tripod (Carbon Fiber)" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/peak-design-travel-tripod-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:603px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.33%;"><img id="VwoHNejv4mUpMwgyrXGKyg" name="Peak Design Travel Tripod Carbon Fiber square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VwoHNejv4mUpMwgyrXGKyg-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="603" height="605" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/peak-design-travel-tripod-review" data-dimension112="37c36bde-84f7-11f1-964f-31e9710e2ca5" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Peak Design Travel Tripod (Carbon Fiber)" data-dimension48="Peak Design Travel Tripod (Carbon Fiber)" data-dimension25=""><strong>Peak Design Travel Tripod (Carbon Fiber)</strong></a> was a genuinely revolutionary tripod when it was launched, due to its space-saving triangular center column and wrap-around legs. It’s very pricey at around $599 / £599 / AU$1,169 but the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/peak-design-travel-tripod-aluminum-review"><strong>Peak Design Travel Tripod (Aluminum)</strong></a> is more affordable at $399 / £379 / AU$689.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="37c36c4c-84f7-11f1-a52a-23e3dbc34fb5" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Punks Corey 2.0" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Punks Corey 2.0" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-punks-corey-20-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2168px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.32%;"><img id="zSK98dDK8z5PDsTmoa7T5h" name="3 Legged Thing Punks Corey 2.0 camera square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zSK98dDK8z5PDsTmoa7T5h-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2168" height="2175" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-punks-corey-20-review" data-dimension112="37c36c4c-84f7-11f1-a52a-23e3dbc34fb5" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Punks Corey 2.0" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Punks Corey 2.0" data-dimension25=""><strong>3 Legged Thing Punks Corey 2.0</strong></a> folds down really small to a height of just 36.1cm / 14.2in, thanks to 5-section swing-up legs and a 2-section center column. It’s made from sturdy aerospace grade magnesium alloy rather than carbon fiber, but is good value for money at around $199 / £179 / AU$299 complete with AirHed Neo 2.0 ball head.</p></div>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Peak Design Pro Tripod review: An updated and upgraded version of Peak Design’s superb ‘Travel Tripod’, in three different size options ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Think Peak Design and you’re probably thinking photo bags and backpacks, and those clever <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/bags-and-backpacks/peak-design-slide-lite-review">Peak Design Slide camera straps</a> with their quick-release mechanisms. However, the company also makes general travel luggage, outdoor gear, phone cases, wallets, and even gadget mounts for cars and motorcycles. The California-based outfit was founded in 2010 with a mission to ‘build happy and meaningful lives for the people that work there', and, hopefully, some of that meaningful happiness will spill over to people who buy their products.</p><p>Fast-forward to 2020, and the company launched its first and so far only tripod, in the somewhat revolutionary shape of a very distinctive travel tripod. We’ve reviewed it very favorably in both of its <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/peak-design-travel-tripod-aluminum-review">Peak Design Travel Tripod (Aluminum)</a> and <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/peak-design-travel-tripod-review">Peak Design Travel Tripod (Carbon Fiber)</a> editions. The company designed and launched its first tripod off the back of a crowdfunding campaign, which is its go-to business method, and the result is undeniably one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-tripod">best travel tripods</a> on the market.</p><p>The new Peak Design Pro Tripods inherit the innovative design and features of the original Travel Tripod and build them into a (mostly) full-sized range of kits. As such, the new models are available in Pro, Pro Lite, and Pro Tall versions, each of them aiming to be among the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod">best tripods for photography</a>, as well as being among the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/carbon-fiber-tripods">best carbon fiber tripods</a>. As you’ve probably guessed, though, the Pro Lite is relatively lightweight and downsized, compared with the other two more full-sized sticks.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3427px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="GotCqqKYmhFwbb7AKrMQtH" name="PDP 01 intro 2049.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GotCqqKYmhFwbb7AKrMQtH-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3427" height="1928" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GotCqqKYmhFwbb7AKrMQtH-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Following on from the Peak Design Travel Tripod, the new Pro editions inherit the same space-saving design criteria. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-peak-design-pro-tripod-specifications"><span>Peak Design Pro Tripod: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol empty" ></td><td  ><p><strong>Peak Design Pro Tripod</strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong>Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod</strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong>Peak Design Pro Lite Tripod </strong></p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Material</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Carbon Fiber </p></td><td  ><p>Carbon Fiber</p></td><td  ><p>Carbon Fiber</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Folded height</strong></p></td><td  ><p>50.1cm / 19.7in</p></td><td  ><p>58.1cm / 22.9in</p></td><td  ><p>48.8cm / 19.2in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Maximum operating height</strong></p></td><td  ><p>168.4cm / 66.3in</p></td><td  ><p>197.4cm / 77.7in</p></td><td  ><p>162.5cm / 64.0in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Minimum operating height</strong></p></td><td  ><p>15.9cm / 6.3in</p></td><td  ><p>17.3cm / 6.8in</p></td><td  ><p>15.8cm / 6.2in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Folded diameter</strong></p></td><td  ><p>9.3cm / 3.66in</p></td><td  ><p>9.3cm / 3.66in</p></td><td  ><p>8.5cm / 3.35in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Weight</strong></p></td><td  ><p>1.9kg / 4.2lb</p></td><td  ><p>2.0kg / 4.5lb</p></td><td  ><p>1.7kg / 3.7lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Load rating</strong></p></td><td  ><p>18.1kg / 40lb</p></td><td  ><p>18.1kg / 40lb</p></td><td  ><p>15.9kg / 35lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Sections per leg</strong></p></td><td  ><p>4 / 1</p></td><td  ><p>4 / 1</p></td><td  ><p>4 / 1</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Section clamps</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Flip locks</p></td><td  ><p>Flip locks</p></td><td  ><p>Flip locks</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Locking leg angles</strong></p></td><td  ><p>3 angles</p></td><td  ><p>3 angles</p></td><td  ><p>3 angles</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Feet</strong></p></td><td  ><p>TPU Pads (optional spikes)</p></td><td  ><p>TPU Pads (optional spikes)</p></td><td  ><p>TPU Pads (optional spikes)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Case/bag included</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Padded bag</p></td><td  ><p>Padded bag</p></td><td  ><p>Padded bag</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-peak-design-pro-tripod-price"><span>Peak Design Pro Tripod: Price</span></h3><p>Full-sized, heavy-duty, carbon fiber tripod kits that are also reasonably lightweight and fold down small for the journey don’t come cheap. One of my all-time favorites is the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review">3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit</a>, complete with AirHed Pro Ball Head, which will set you back around $500 / £400 / AU$750. Then there’s the somewhat legendary <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/manfrotto-055-mt055cxpro3-tripod-review">Manfrotto MT055CXPRO3 Carbon Fiber Tripod</a> (legs only) for around $500 / £399 / AU$850, but it’s also available in kit options with various heads.</p><p>In that context, the Peak Design Pro Tripod kit looks pretty pricey at $900 / £800 / AU$1,500, whereas the Pro Tall is understandably even more expensive at $1,000 / £900 / AU$1,700, as there’s simply more of it, and the least expensive Pro Lite is still very dear at $800 / £700 / AU$1,400. On the face of it, none of these three tripods looks like they’re going to win any ‘Great Value’ awards, but considering the innovative, no-compromise designs, they could still be very well worth the money.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Peak Design Pro Tripod"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-peak-design-pro-tripod-design-handling"><span>Peak Design Pro Tripod: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>After decades of being a keen photographer, it’s very rare that a tripod walks into my studio and really grabs my attention. The Peak Design Travel Tripod did exactly that a few years ago, with sufficient wow-factor to make me actually open my mouth and say ‘wow’. Looking as super-skinny as a catwalk model, the tripod was designed with oval-profile legs that wrap around a triangular center column.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="NwoYeiRtTkPavHVju3qawH" name="PDP 2069.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NwoYeiRtTkPavHVju3qawH-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NwoYeiRtTkPavHVju3qawH-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The specially shaped legs and triangular-profile center column with its concave sides fully come together when the tripod is folded down, to ensure there’s no wasted space. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The net result is that the tripod is incredibly slim when folded, while also avoiding the time-consuming chore that you get with the vast majority of travel tripods. That’s because with the Peak Design and its integral head, you don’t need to fully extend the center column and swing the legs up to achieve a compact stowage size. All of these design facets in regard to the legs, center column, and head are inherited by the next-gen ‘Pro’ tripod range.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4974px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="kLFpQkh9225dMRSj3nSpxH" name="PDP 2074.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kLFpQkh9225dMRSj3nSpxH-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4974" height="2798" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kLFpQkh9225dMRSj3nSpxH-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The integral head works well for both stills and video, combining a ball and socket mechanism with an additional panning function, the latter with a fluid feel. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>One notable difference is that the Pro tripods have four sections in each leg rather than five, which makes setup and takedown quicker and easier, as there are fewer leg section clamps to contend with. The leg sections themselves are made from the good stuff. Like anything else, carbon fiber isn’t all created equal, but this tripod is constructed from premium-grade 3k weave, 2x2 twill carbon fiber, along with CNC-machined and anodized 6061-T6 recycled aluminum for the ball head, hub, load hook and leg locks, rather than using any die-cast parts.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="vwKgDZM2SWBNxDiyAHcXwH" name="PDP 2072.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vwKgDZM2SWBNxDiyAHcXwH-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vwKgDZM2SWBNxDiyAHcXwH-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The flip-action locks for the leg sections have aluminum cams and an updated design, compared with those of the original Travel Tripod, boasting improved anti-flexing solidity and easier cleaning. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As with most tripods great and small nowadays, it’s not just the height of the legs that you can adjust, but also the angle from vertical. True to form, the Pro has three lockable leg angles when unfolded for use. The wider angles enable greater stability and resistance to the tripod toppling over when it’s set to a short operating height. Multiple angles also make it easier to work on uneven terrain and around obstacles.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="y9M7B6soz2y5jjA872FSxH" name="PDP 2073.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/y9M7B6soz2y5jjA872FSxH-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/y9M7B6soz2y5jjA872FSxH-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">A simple spring-loaded, pushbutton latch at the top of each leg enables you to select any of three lockable leg angles when setting up the tripod. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The ball head is equally innovative as the tripod legs, and a crafty bit of design in its own right. The compact, integrated design helps to keep stowage size to a minimum, but it’s nevertheless full of clever tricks. A twist-action lock at the base of the head allows for super-fast release and locking of the ball and socket clamp. The only slight downside is that you have to raise the center column slightly to enable anything more than a slight range of tilting movement of the ball head, and to enable shooting at extreme angles and vertically upwards or downwards, as well as for swapping from landscape to portrait orientation shooting, unless you’re using an <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-l-bracket">L-bracket</a>. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4974px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="jyFeXMY7p66hoPKaBocBxH" name="PDP 2075.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jyFeXMY7p66hoPKaBocBxH-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4974" height="2798" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jyFeXMY7p66hoPKaBocBxH-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">A simple twist of the knurled operating ring shown here is all that’s needed to release and lock the head’s ball and socket assembly. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>While the ball head has a good range of adjustment if you raise the center column a smidge, there’s also a full 360-degree of independent lateral rotation, thanks to a separate panning lock. The panning mechanism has a marked scale and a lovely fluid feel, making the head well-suited to shooting video as well as stills.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4006px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="3Nmu8qiD2q7eGeJ8wf3fuH" name="PDP 2076.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3Nmu8qiD2q7eGeJ8wf3fuH-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4006" height="2254" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3Nmu8qiD2q7eGeJ8wf3fuH-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Loosening the locking screw on the side of the head enables panning while the ball and socket are still locked off. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>One particularly nice touch is the bubble level. It protrudes from the outer circumference of the camera platform and also acts as the lock/release catch for the Arca-Swiss type quick-release plate. And to avoid any expensive accidents if you inadvertently knock the bubble assembly, there’s also a sliding safety lock with marked open and closed positions.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4006px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="Hn3tTJmEjDoE5vXzvDVTuH" name="PDP 2078.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Hn3tTJmEjDoE5vXzvDVTuH-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4006" height="2254" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Hn3tTJmEjDoE5vXzvDVTuH-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The bubble level assembly doubles as the lock/release lever for the quick-release plate, and is joined by a sliding safety latch with marked open and closed positions. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The QR plate itself is a fairly small, square affair, but you can use other plates if you feel the need. My only complaint about the supplied plate is that it can’t be fastened to your camera without the use of a hex key, but at least one is supplied with the tripod, as pictured below. If you'd prefer a more 'hands-on', tool-free QR plate, the Peak Design Field Plate is available as an optional extra.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3952px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="cBAqVfvAwmnZs3TMFsGVuH" name="PDP 2064.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/cBAqVfvAwmnZs3TMFsGVuH-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3952" height="2223" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/cBAqVfvAwmnZs3TMFsGVuH-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The QR plate works well enough, but requires the use of a hex key for fastening it to a camera, as there’s no D-ring or coin slot. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>There’s more trickery down below. A weight hook is featured at the bottom of the center column and, unlike those that need endless twisting on a thread to fit or remove them, this one secures or releases with a spring-loaded lock and a one-third twist. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4006px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="gouZGAtRbxx6JioT5E9huH" name="PDP 2080.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/gouZGAtRbxx6JioT5E9huH-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4006" height="2254" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/gouZGAtRbxx6JioT5E9huH-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The weight hook is quick and easy to remove, and small enough to pop into a spare pocket. When removed, the dual hex key tool pops out, as shown here. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>What’s more, with the weight-hook removed, the dual-sized hex wrench tool that’s stowed inside the center column pops halfway out by a further spring-loaded mechanism, while the use of magnets stops it from falling all the way out unless you actually tug on it. If my memory serves me rightly (and I’m pretty sure it does), the Peak Design Travel Tripod comes with an additional Mobile Phone Mount, but you can buy that separately for use with the Pro, at a cost of around $20 / £20 / AU$55.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3952px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="3c8tkqdGNjyogCevFpmWtH" name="PDP 2067.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3c8tkqdGNjyogCevFpmWtH-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3952" height="2223" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3c8tkqdGNjyogCevFpmWtH-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The neat little tool that stows inside the center column features two fold-out hex keys of different sizes. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Moving further down, right to the bottom of the tripod, sturdy rubber pads are the footwear of choice. Made from non-slip TPU (Thermoplastic Polyurethane), they’re extremely durable and work well on most surfaces. For very soft or loose ground, you might be better off with metal spikes, and these are available as an optional extra, costing around $50 / £45 / AU$80.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4006px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="mZfhzKHbLmtnp2JVyAhfuH" name="PDP 2082.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mZfhzKHbLmtnp2JVyAhfuH-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4006" height="2254" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mZfhzKHbLmtnp2JVyAhfuH-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The TPU foot pads are of similarly high quality to the rest of the tripod and should prove extremely durable. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Finishing with a flourish, the tripod kit is all wrapped up in a very nicely tailored and padded soft case with a single zippered opening and an adjustable shoulder strap.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5813px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="6MjWkHRgTUYd4toj9ankzH" name="PDP 2083.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6MjWkHRgTUYd4toj9ankzH-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5813" height="3271" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6MjWkHRgTUYd4toj9ankzH-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The bag is a tight fit, in a good way, offering cozy padded comfort for the tripod without taking up any real extra space. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-peak-design-pro-tripod-performance"><span>Peak Design Pro Tripod: Performance</span></h3><p>Peak Design points out that it developed the Pro range of tripods in collaboration with the renowned photographer and filmmaker, Jimmy Chin. It also says that they’re based on the groundbreaking architecture of Peak Design’s original Travel Tripod, but scaled up to offer significantly greater stiffness and maximum operating height. I’d say these comments are bang on and that, as I’d expect from a tripod co-developed by a photographer and filmmaker, it works well as a hybrid stick for both photography and videography. That’s mostly thanks to its clever head, which enables fluid panning as well as quick and easy ball and socket adjustments.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4776px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="PMNNm36LuL9bk9qB7XemyH" name="PDP P2051.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PMNNm36LuL9bk9qB7XemyH-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4776" height="2687" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PMNNm36LuL9bk9qB7XemyH-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The multi-angle legs work well for low-level shooting and for working around obstacles and on uneven terrain. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I’d also agree that one of the most crucial aspects of the Pro tripods is that you can shoot from a higher maximum height, as I found the Travel Tripod quite restrictive in this regard. Even so, the maximum height of the Pro tripod isn’t exactly towering at 168.4cm / 66.3 inches. </p><p>Being quite tall and liking to keep my shooting options as open as possible, I went for the Pro Tall version of the tripod, which extends to a more impressive 197.4cm / 77.7 inches. </p><p>The Pro Lite edition is certainly smaller and more lightweight for the journey, but only rises to a maximum height of 162.5cm / 64.0 inches, and has a lower payload rating of 15.9kg / 35lb, compared with the 18.1kg / 40lb of its heftier siblings.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3202px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:177.92%;"><img id="DggnoDAAZG4o8cay55Db5J" name="PDP P2052.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DggnoDAAZG4o8cay55Db5J-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3202" height="5697" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DggnoDAAZG4o8cay55Db5J-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Here’s the Pro Tall version of the tripod at maximum height with the center column fully extended, putting the base of the camera at a lofty height of almost 6ft 6in. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>It’s not just height that I’m interested in. I also like to shoot from really low angles sometimes, for creative effect. In time-honored tradition, the Pro tripods enable you to remove and invert the center column, thus shooting out from between two of the legs with the camera inverted, right down to ground level. That’s all well and good, provided that you don’t mind shooting with your camera upside down, which definitely isn’t preferable for videography.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5728px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="RpEZWYkaT2xetVCRHez2zH" name="PDP P2053.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/RpEZWYkaT2xetVCRHez2zH-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5728" height="3220" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/RpEZWYkaT2xetVCRHez2zH-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">As with many tripod designs old and new, you can remove the weight hook, invert the center column and shoot with the camera inverted, right down to ground level. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A more convenient but more long-winded approach to ultra-low-level shooting is that you can tilt the ball head through 90 degrees, loosen a screw, and remove all but the very top of the center column. This enables you to shoot from as little as 15.9cm / 6.3in, 17.3cm / 6.8in, or 15.8cm / 6.2in above ground level, with the Pro, Pro Tall, and Pro Lite versions of the tripod, respectively.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5537px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="jesEKRL5atgCdRUWNzxezH" name="PDP P2055.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jesEKRL5atgCdRUWNzxezH-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5537" height="3115" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jesEKRL5atgCdRUWNzxezH-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">That little dual hex key tool that stows inside the center column can also be used to remove all but the top-most section of it, for ultra-low-level shooting with the camera the right way up. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Those specializing in videography rather than stills photography might like to go a little further with filmmaking features. Catering to these needs, Peak Design offers a Leveling Base for an additional $120 / £110 / AU$220. This enables you to level the head even if the tripod legs aren’t precisely leveled, so that your horizon doesn’t go on the slant when you start panning. And if you want to add a fluid tilt action to the head’s existing fluid pan abilities, there’s an optional Tilt Mod for $150 / £135 / AU$300.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4490px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="CgrPhNLRyM2AzkeAGw6wxH" name="PDP P2063.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CgrPhNLRyM2AzkeAGw6wxH-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4490" height="2526" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CgrPhNLRyM2AzkeAGw6wxH-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The tilt mod adds fluid tilt to the existing fluid pan, for a fuller range of movement, and comes complete with a rotatable, detachable, telescopic panning handle. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-peak-design-pro-tripod-verdict"><span>Peak Design Pro Tripod: Verdict</span></h3><p>I’ve tried many and varied Peak Design products, and they always give me a real feel-good factor. The company makes bold claims regarding the design, features, build quality, and performance of its Peak Design Pro Tripod range. I love it when products live up to and even surpass their billing, and that’s my experience of the Pro Tall tripod kit that I tested and immediately fell for.</p><p>Highlights for me are that the design neatly cuts out any wasted space, the specially profiled legs snugly wrapping around the center column for incredibly slimline stowage. The integral head also helps to keep packing size to a minimum, so everything’s neat and tidy. Better still, the tripod has super-fast setup and take-down times, apart from its fiddly tool-driven quick-release plate. Best of all, the kit gives rock-solid support for stills and video shooting, with a nice fluid panning feel for the latter, and remains really steady and stable even at its maximum height with all of the leg sections and center column fully extended.</p><p>The only catch, as far as I’m concerned, is the price. It’s a very expensive tripod by any standards, but I feel that Peak Design has really gone the extra mile with its no-compromise design and build, making the Pro range of tripods well worth the money.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Smart features include specially shaped legs and center column, along with a clever integral head.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Truly innovative tripods are few and far between but some really out-of-the-box thinking has gone into the design of this one, backed up by superb build quality.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>The tripod is sturdy and extremely resistant to flexing and vibrations, from ultra-low-level shooting to its maximum operating height.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>It’s a very expensive tripod by any standards but the advanced features, smart design and impressive performance make it well worth the money.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.86%;"><img id="qahNE8b3swESngFNY6BLvH" name="PDP V2070 21x9.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qahNE8b3swESngFNY6BLvH-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="2592" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qahNE8b3swESngFNY6BLvH-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="5c7cc2c0-8346-11f1-bdc0-33aaf78b0fad" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit" data-dimension48="3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:900px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="fNLXT7mjFpZLUmDJVgc9CG" name="3LT Winston 2.0 square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/fNLXT7mjFpZLUmDJVgc9CG-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="900" height="900" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review" data-dimension112="5c7cc2c0-8346-11f1-bdc0-33aaf78b0fad" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit" data-dimension48="3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit" data-dimension25=""><strong>3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit</strong></a> comes complete with a compact but robust AirHed Pro Ball Head. Swing-up legs make for a compact stowage size, despite it being a full-sized tripod. Any of the legs can be unscrewed for monopod duty, and you can detach all the legs to convert the Winston into a tabletop tripod, using ‘Vanz’ footwear (sold separately).</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="5c7cc32e-8346-11f1-b734-53fe8a40a75b" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Manfrotto MT055CXPRO3 Carbon Fiber Tripod" data-dimension48="Manfrotto MT055CXPRO3 Carbon Fiber Tripod" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/manfrotto-055-mt055cxpro3-tripod-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3288px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="N5zELbREN5R7Fb5QBhYwRG" name="Manfrotto MT055CXPRO3 square.JPG" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/N5zELbREN5R7Fb5QBhYwRG-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="3288" height="3288" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/manfrotto-055-mt055cxpro3-tripod-review" data-dimension112="5c7cc32e-8346-11f1-b734-53fe8a40a75b" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Manfrotto MT055CXPRO3 Carbon Fiber Tripod" data-dimension48="Manfrotto MT055CXPRO3 Carbon Fiber Tripod" data-dimension25=""><strong>Manfrotto MT055CXPRO3 Carbon Fiber Tripod</strong></a> is a full-sized carbon fiber tripod based on 3-section legs and a single-section extending center column. The center column has a pivot facility so you can configure it as a horizontal boom, ideal for macro and low-level photography, as well as for shooting with ultra-wide-angle and fisheye lenses.</p></div> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/peak-design-pro-tripod-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The Peak Design Pro Tripod builds on the success of the company’s award-winning travel tripod, with Pro, Pro Lite and Pro Tall options to choose from ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">FFG2QU6BojeknEug6zekqM</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CcUS2o8WwrPrChG3A8bWtH-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Sun, 05 Jul 2026 03:20:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Sun, 19 Jul 2026 07:49:24 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Tripods]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Matthew Richards ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jDd3HmNtNWfRUREZztFrQo-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CcUS2o8WwrPrChG3A8bWtH-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Matthew Richards]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CcUS2o8WwrPrChG3A8bWtH-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Think Peak Design and you’re probably thinking photo bags and backpacks, and those clever <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/bags-and-backpacks/peak-design-slide-lite-review">Peak Design Slide camera straps</a> with their quick-release mechanisms. However, the company also makes general travel luggage, outdoor gear, phone cases, wallets, and even gadget mounts for cars and motorcycles. The California-based outfit was founded in 2010 with a mission to ‘build happy and meaningful lives for the people that work there', and, hopefully, some of that meaningful happiness will spill over to people who buy their products.</p><p>Fast-forward to 2020, and the company launched its first and so far only tripod, in the somewhat revolutionary shape of a very distinctive travel tripod. We’ve reviewed it very favorably in both of its <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/peak-design-travel-tripod-aluminum-review">Peak Design Travel Tripod (Aluminum)</a> and <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/peak-design-travel-tripod-review">Peak Design Travel Tripod (Carbon Fiber)</a> editions. The company designed and launched its first tripod off the back of a crowdfunding campaign, which is its go-to business method, and the result is undeniably one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-tripod">best travel tripods</a> on the market.</p><p>The new Peak Design Pro Tripods inherit the innovative design and features of the original Travel Tripod and build them into a (mostly) full-sized range of kits. As such, the new models are available in Pro, Pro Lite, and Pro Tall versions, each of them aiming to be among the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod">best tripods for photography</a>, as well as being among the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/carbon-fiber-tripods">best carbon fiber tripods</a>. As you’ve probably guessed, though, the Pro Lite is relatively lightweight and downsized, compared with the other two more full-sized sticks.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3427px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="GotCqqKYmhFwbb7AKrMQtH" name="PDP 01 intro 2049.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GotCqqKYmhFwbb7AKrMQtH-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3427" height="1928" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GotCqqKYmhFwbb7AKrMQtH-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Following on from the Peak Design Travel Tripod, the new Pro editions inherit the same space-saving design criteria. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-peak-design-pro-tripod-specifications"><span>Peak Design Pro Tripod: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol empty" ></td><td  ><p><strong>Peak Design Pro Tripod</strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong>Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod</strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong>Peak Design Pro Lite Tripod </strong></p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Material</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Carbon Fiber </p></td><td  ><p>Carbon Fiber</p></td><td  ><p>Carbon Fiber</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Folded height</strong></p></td><td  ><p>50.1cm / 19.7in</p></td><td  ><p>58.1cm / 22.9in</p></td><td  ><p>48.8cm / 19.2in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Maximum operating height</strong></p></td><td  ><p>168.4cm / 66.3in</p></td><td  ><p>197.4cm / 77.7in</p></td><td  ><p>162.5cm / 64.0in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Minimum operating height</strong></p></td><td  ><p>15.9cm / 6.3in</p></td><td  ><p>17.3cm / 6.8in</p></td><td  ><p>15.8cm / 6.2in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Folded diameter</strong></p></td><td  ><p>9.3cm / 3.66in</p></td><td  ><p>9.3cm / 3.66in</p></td><td  ><p>8.5cm / 3.35in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Weight</strong></p></td><td  ><p>1.9kg / 4.2lb</p></td><td  ><p>2.0kg / 4.5lb</p></td><td  ><p>1.7kg / 3.7lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Load rating</strong></p></td><td  ><p>18.1kg / 40lb</p></td><td  ><p>18.1kg / 40lb</p></td><td  ><p>15.9kg / 35lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Sections per leg</strong></p></td><td  ><p>4 / 1</p></td><td  ><p>4 / 1</p></td><td  ><p>4 / 1</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Section clamps</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Flip locks</p></td><td  ><p>Flip locks</p></td><td  ><p>Flip locks</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Locking leg angles</strong></p></td><td  ><p>3 angles</p></td><td  ><p>3 angles</p></td><td  ><p>3 angles</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Feet</strong></p></td><td  ><p>TPU Pads (optional spikes)</p></td><td  ><p>TPU Pads (optional spikes)</p></td><td  ><p>TPU Pads (optional spikes)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Case/bag included</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Padded bag</p></td><td  ><p>Padded bag</p></td><td  ><p>Padded bag</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-peak-design-pro-tripod-price"><span>Peak Design Pro Tripod: Price</span></h3><p>Full-sized, heavy-duty, carbon fiber tripod kits that are also reasonably lightweight and fold down small for the journey don’t come cheap. One of my all-time favorites is the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review">3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit</a>, complete with AirHed Pro Ball Head, which will set you back around $500 / £400 / AU$750. Then there’s the somewhat legendary <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/manfrotto-055-mt055cxpro3-tripod-review">Manfrotto MT055CXPRO3 Carbon Fiber Tripod</a> (legs only) for around $500 / £399 / AU$850, but it’s also available in kit options with various heads.</p><p>In that context, the Peak Design Pro Tripod kit looks pretty pricey at $900 / £800 / AU$1,500, whereas the Pro Tall is understandably even more expensive at $1,000 / £900 / AU$1,700, as there’s simply more of it, and the least expensive Pro Lite is still very dear at $800 / £700 / AU$1,400. On the face of it, none of these three tripods looks like they’re going to win any ‘Great Value’ awards, but considering the innovative, no-compromise designs, they could still be very well worth the money.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Peak Design Pro Tripod"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-peak-design-pro-tripod-design-handling"><span>Peak Design Pro Tripod: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>After decades of being a keen photographer, it’s very rare that a tripod walks into my studio and really grabs my attention. The Peak Design Travel Tripod did exactly that a few years ago, with sufficient wow-factor to make me actually open my mouth and say ‘wow’. Looking as super-skinny as a catwalk model, the tripod was designed with oval-profile legs that wrap around a triangular center column.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="NwoYeiRtTkPavHVju3qawH" name="PDP 2069.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NwoYeiRtTkPavHVju3qawH-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NwoYeiRtTkPavHVju3qawH-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The specially shaped legs and triangular-profile center column with its concave sides fully come together when the tripod is folded down, to ensure there’s no wasted space. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The net result is that the tripod is incredibly slim when folded, while also avoiding the time-consuming chore that you get with the vast majority of travel tripods. That’s because with the Peak Design and its integral head, you don’t need to fully extend the center column and swing the legs up to achieve a compact stowage size. All of these design facets in regard to the legs, center column, and head are inherited by the next-gen ‘Pro’ tripod range.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4974px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="kLFpQkh9225dMRSj3nSpxH" name="PDP 2074.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kLFpQkh9225dMRSj3nSpxH-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4974" height="2798" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/kLFpQkh9225dMRSj3nSpxH-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The integral head works well for both stills and video, combining a ball and socket mechanism with an additional panning function, the latter with a fluid feel. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>One notable difference is that the Pro tripods have four sections in each leg rather than five, which makes setup and takedown quicker and easier, as there are fewer leg section clamps to contend with. The leg sections themselves are made from the good stuff. Like anything else, carbon fiber isn’t all created equal, but this tripod is constructed from premium-grade 3k weave, 2x2 twill carbon fiber, along with CNC-machined and anodized 6061-T6 recycled aluminum for the ball head, hub, load hook and leg locks, rather than using any die-cast parts.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="vwKgDZM2SWBNxDiyAHcXwH" name="PDP 2072.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vwKgDZM2SWBNxDiyAHcXwH-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vwKgDZM2SWBNxDiyAHcXwH-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The flip-action locks for the leg sections have aluminum cams and an updated design, compared with those of the original Travel Tripod, boasting improved anti-flexing solidity and easier cleaning. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As with most tripods great and small nowadays, it’s not just the height of the legs that you can adjust, but also the angle from vertical. True to form, the Pro has three lockable leg angles when unfolded for use. The wider angles enable greater stability and resistance to the tripod toppling over when it’s set to a short operating height. Multiple angles also make it easier to work on uneven terrain and around obstacles.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="y9M7B6soz2y5jjA872FSxH" name="PDP 2073.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/y9M7B6soz2y5jjA872FSxH-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/y9M7B6soz2y5jjA872FSxH-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">A simple spring-loaded, pushbutton latch at the top of each leg enables you to select any of three lockable leg angles when setting up the tripod. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The ball head is equally innovative as the tripod legs, and a crafty bit of design in its own right. The compact, integrated design helps to keep stowage size to a minimum, but it’s nevertheless full of clever tricks. A twist-action lock at the base of the head allows for super-fast release and locking of the ball and socket clamp. The only slight downside is that you have to raise the center column slightly to enable anything more than a slight range of tilting movement of the ball head, and to enable shooting at extreme angles and vertically upwards or downwards, as well as for swapping from landscape to portrait orientation shooting, unless you’re using an <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-l-bracket">L-bracket</a>. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4974px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="jyFeXMY7p66hoPKaBocBxH" name="PDP 2075.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jyFeXMY7p66hoPKaBocBxH-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4974" height="2798" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jyFeXMY7p66hoPKaBocBxH-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">A simple twist of the knurled operating ring shown here is all that’s needed to release and lock the head’s ball and socket assembly. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>While the ball head has a good range of adjustment if you raise the center column a smidge, there’s also a full 360-degree of independent lateral rotation, thanks to a separate panning lock. The panning mechanism has a marked scale and a lovely fluid feel, making the head well-suited to shooting video as well as stills.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4006px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="3Nmu8qiD2q7eGeJ8wf3fuH" name="PDP 2076.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3Nmu8qiD2q7eGeJ8wf3fuH-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4006" height="2254" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3Nmu8qiD2q7eGeJ8wf3fuH-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Loosening the locking screw on the side of the head enables panning while the ball and socket are still locked off. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>One particularly nice touch is the bubble level. It protrudes from the outer circumference of the camera platform and also acts as the lock/release catch for the Arca-Swiss type quick-release plate. And to avoid any expensive accidents if you inadvertently knock the bubble assembly, there’s also a sliding safety lock with marked open and closed positions.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4006px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="Hn3tTJmEjDoE5vXzvDVTuH" name="PDP 2078.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Hn3tTJmEjDoE5vXzvDVTuH-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4006" height="2254" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Hn3tTJmEjDoE5vXzvDVTuH-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The bubble level assembly doubles as the lock/release lever for the quick-release plate, and is joined by a sliding safety latch with marked open and closed positions. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The QR plate itself is a fairly small, square affair, but you can use other plates if you feel the need. My only complaint about the supplied plate is that it can’t be fastened to your camera without the use of a hex key, but at least one is supplied with the tripod, as pictured below. If you'd prefer a more 'hands-on', tool-free QR plate, the Peak Design Field Plate is available as an optional extra.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3952px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="cBAqVfvAwmnZs3TMFsGVuH" name="PDP 2064.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/cBAqVfvAwmnZs3TMFsGVuH-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3952" height="2223" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/cBAqVfvAwmnZs3TMFsGVuH-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The QR plate works well enough, but requires the use of a hex key for fastening it to a camera, as there’s no D-ring or coin slot. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>There’s more trickery down below. A weight hook is featured at the bottom of the center column and, unlike those that need endless twisting on a thread to fit or remove them, this one secures or releases with a spring-loaded lock and a one-third twist. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4006px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="gouZGAtRbxx6JioT5E9huH" name="PDP 2080.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/gouZGAtRbxx6JioT5E9huH-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4006" height="2254" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/gouZGAtRbxx6JioT5E9huH-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The weight hook is quick and easy to remove, and small enough to pop into a spare pocket. When removed, the dual hex key tool pops out, as shown here. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>What’s more, with the weight-hook removed, the dual-sized hex wrench tool that’s stowed inside the center column pops halfway out by a further spring-loaded mechanism, while the use of magnets stops it from falling all the way out unless you actually tug on it. If my memory serves me rightly (and I’m pretty sure it does), the Peak Design Travel Tripod comes with an additional Mobile Phone Mount, but you can buy that separately for use with the Pro, at a cost of around $20 / £20 / AU$55.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3952px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="3c8tkqdGNjyogCevFpmWtH" name="PDP 2067.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3c8tkqdGNjyogCevFpmWtH-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3952" height="2223" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3c8tkqdGNjyogCevFpmWtH-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The neat little tool that stows inside the center column features two fold-out hex keys of different sizes. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Moving further down, right to the bottom of the tripod, sturdy rubber pads are the footwear of choice. Made from non-slip TPU (Thermoplastic Polyurethane), they’re extremely durable and work well on most surfaces. For very soft or loose ground, you might be better off with metal spikes, and these are available as an optional extra, costing around $50 / £45 / AU$80.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4006px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="mZfhzKHbLmtnp2JVyAhfuH" name="PDP 2082.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mZfhzKHbLmtnp2JVyAhfuH-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4006" height="2254" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mZfhzKHbLmtnp2JVyAhfuH-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The TPU foot pads are of similarly high quality to the rest of the tripod and should prove extremely durable. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Finishing with a flourish, the tripod kit is all wrapped up in a very nicely tailored and padded soft case with a single zippered opening and an adjustable shoulder strap.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5813px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="6MjWkHRgTUYd4toj9ankzH" name="PDP 2083.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6MjWkHRgTUYd4toj9ankzH-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5813" height="3271" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6MjWkHRgTUYd4toj9ankzH-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The bag is a tight fit, in a good way, offering cozy padded comfort for the tripod without taking up any real extra space. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-peak-design-pro-tripod-performance"><span>Peak Design Pro Tripod: Performance</span></h3><p>Peak Design points out that it developed the Pro range of tripods in collaboration with the renowned photographer and filmmaker, Jimmy Chin. It also says that they’re based on the groundbreaking architecture of Peak Design’s original Travel Tripod, but scaled up to offer significantly greater stiffness and maximum operating height. I’d say these comments are bang on and that, as I’d expect from a tripod co-developed by a photographer and filmmaker, it works well as a hybrid stick for both photography and videography. That’s mostly thanks to its clever head, which enables fluid panning as well as quick and easy ball and socket adjustments.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4776px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="PMNNm36LuL9bk9qB7XemyH" name="PDP P2051.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PMNNm36LuL9bk9qB7XemyH-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4776" height="2687" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PMNNm36LuL9bk9qB7XemyH-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The multi-angle legs work well for low-level shooting and for working around obstacles and on uneven terrain. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I’d also agree that one of the most crucial aspects of the Pro tripods is that you can shoot from a higher maximum height, as I found the Travel Tripod quite restrictive in this regard. Even so, the maximum height of the Pro tripod isn’t exactly towering at 168.4cm / 66.3 inches. </p><p>Being quite tall and liking to keep my shooting options as open as possible, I went for the Pro Tall version of the tripod, which extends to a more impressive 197.4cm / 77.7 inches. </p><p>The Pro Lite edition is certainly smaller and more lightweight for the journey, but only rises to a maximum height of 162.5cm / 64.0 inches, and has a lower payload rating of 15.9kg / 35lb, compared with the 18.1kg / 40lb of its heftier siblings.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3202px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:177.92%;"><img id="DggnoDAAZG4o8cay55Db5J" name="PDP P2052.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DggnoDAAZG4o8cay55Db5J-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3202" height="5697" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DggnoDAAZG4o8cay55Db5J-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Here’s the Pro Tall version of the tripod at maximum height with the center column fully extended, putting the base of the camera at a lofty height of almost 6ft 6in. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>It’s not just height that I’m interested in. I also like to shoot from really low angles sometimes, for creative effect. In time-honored tradition, the Pro tripods enable you to remove and invert the center column, thus shooting out from between two of the legs with the camera inverted, right down to ground level. That’s all well and good, provided that you don’t mind shooting with your camera upside down, which definitely isn’t preferable for videography.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5728px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="RpEZWYkaT2xetVCRHez2zH" name="PDP P2053.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/RpEZWYkaT2xetVCRHez2zH-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5728" height="3220" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/RpEZWYkaT2xetVCRHez2zH-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">As with many tripod designs old and new, you can remove the weight hook, invert the center column and shoot with the camera inverted, right down to ground level. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A more convenient but more long-winded approach to ultra-low-level shooting is that you can tilt the ball head through 90 degrees, loosen a screw, and remove all but the very top of the center column. This enables you to shoot from as little as 15.9cm / 6.3in, 17.3cm / 6.8in, or 15.8cm / 6.2in above ground level, with the Pro, Pro Tall, and Pro Lite versions of the tripod, respectively.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5537px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="jesEKRL5atgCdRUWNzxezH" name="PDP P2055.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jesEKRL5atgCdRUWNzxezH-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5537" height="3115" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jesEKRL5atgCdRUWNzxezH-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">That little dual hex key tool that stows inside the center column can also be used to remove all but the top-most section of it, for ultra-low-level shooting with the camera the right way up. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Those specializing in videography rather than stills photography might like to go a little further with filmmaking features. Catering to these needs, Peak Design offers a Leveling Base for an additional $120 / £110 / AU$220. This enables you to level the head even if the tripod legs aren’t precisely leveled, so that your horizon doesn’t go on the slant when you start panning. And if you want to add a fluid tilt action to the head’s existing fluid pan abilities, there’s an optional Tilt Mod for $150 / £135 / AU$300.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4490px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="CgrPhNLRyM2AzkeAGw6wxH" name="PDP P2063.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CgrPhNLRyM2AzkeAGw6wxH-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4490" height="2526" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CgrPhNLRyM2AzkeAGw6wxH-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The tilt mod adds fluid tilt to the existing fluid pan, for a fuller range of movement, and comes complete with a rotatable, detachable, telescopic panning handle. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-peak-design-pro-tripod-verdict"><span>Peak Design Pro Tripod: Verdict</span></h3><p>I’ve tried many and varied Peak Design products, and they always give me a real feel-good factor. The company makes bold claims regarding the design, features, build quality, and performance of its Peak Design Pro Tripod range. I love it when products live up to and even surpass their billing, and that’s my experience of the Pro Tall tripod kit that I tested and immediately fell for.</p><p>Highlights for me are that the design neatly cuts out any wasted space, the specially profiled legs snugly wrapping around the center column for incredibly slimline stowage. The integral head also helps to keep packing size to a minimum, so everything’s neat and tidy. Better still, the tripod has super-fast setup and take-down times, apart from its fiddly tool-driven quick-release plate. Best of all, the kit gives rock-solid support for stills and video shooting, with a nice fluid panning feel for the latter, and remains really steady and stable even at its maximum height with all of the leg sections and center column fully extended.</p><p>The only catch, as far as I’m concerned, is the price. It’s a very expensive tripod by any standards, but I feel that Peak Design has really gone the extra mile with its no-compromise design and build, making the Pro range of tripods well worth the money.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Smart features include specially shaped legs and center column, along with a clever integral head.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Truly innovative tripods are few and far between but some really out-of-the-box thinking has gone into the design of this one, backed up by superb build quality.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>The tripod is sturdy and extremely resistant to flexing and vibrations, from ultra-low-level shooting to its maximum operating height.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>It’s a very expensive tripod by any standards but the advanced features, smart design and impressive performance make it well worth the money.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.86%;"><img id="qahNE8b3swESngFNY6BLvH" name="PDP V2070 21x9.JPG" alt="Peak Design Pro Tall Tripod product image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qahNE8b3swESngFNY6BLvH-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="2592" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qahNE8b3swESngFNY6BLvH-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="5c7cc2c0-8346-11f1-bdc0-33aaf78b0fad" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit" data-dimension48="3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:900px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="fNLXT7mjFpZLUmDJVgc9CG" name="3LT Winston 2.0 square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/fNLXT7mjFpZLUmDJVgc9CG-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="900" height="900" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review" data-dimension112="5c7cc2c0-8346-11f1-bdc0-33aaf78b0fad" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit" data-dimension48="3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit" data-dimension25=""><strong>3 Legged Winston Pro 2.0 kit</strong></a> comes complete with a compact but robust AirHed Pro Ball Head. Swing-up legs make for a compact stowage size, despite it being a full-sized tripod. Any of the legs can be unscrewed for monopod duty, and you can detach all the legs to convert the Winston into a tabletop tripod, using ‘Vanz’ footwear (sold separately).</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="5c7cc32e-8346-11f1-b734-53fe8a40a75b" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Manfrotto MT055CXPRO3 Carbon Fiber Tripod" data-dimension48="Manfrotto MT055CXPRO3 Carbon Fiber Tripod" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/manfrotto-055-mt055cxpro3-tripod-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3288px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="N5zELbREN5R7Fb5QBhYwRG" name="Manfrotto MT055CXPRO3 square.JPG" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/N5zELbREN5R7Fb5QBhYwRG-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="3288" height="3288" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/manfrotto-055-mt055cxpro3-tripod-review" data-dimension112="5c7cc32e-8346-11f1-b734-53fe8a40a75b" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Manfrotto MT055CXPRO3 Carbon Fiber Tripod" data-dimension48="Manfrotto MT055CXPRO3 Carbon Fiber Tripod" data-dimension25=""><strong>Manfrotto MT055CXPRO3 Carbon Fiber Tripod</strong></a> is a full-sized carbon fiber tripod based on 3-section legs and a single-section extending center column. The center column has a pivot facility so you can configure it as a horizontal boom, ideal for macro and low-level photography, as well as for shooting with ultra-wide-angle and fisheye lenses.</p></div>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Benro launches new monopods, a three-legged base, and loads of bits and bobs ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>First up is the <strong>MSD36CB SupaDupa Black Diamond</strong>. Designed for shooters requiring speed and fluid movement, this monopod features a unique combination of all-metal twist locks and a CNC-machined aluminium flip lock, enabling rapid, one-handed height adjustments. </p><p>Despite a lightweight carbon fibre frame weighing only 0.5kg, it supports an impressive 40kg payload. Its 6-section design extends to 165cm and collapses to a compact 42cm for travel, while the base features a rotating rubber foot with a V-shaped bearing for smooth panning. </p><p>It’s essentially a slightly more compact variant of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/monopods/benro-msd46cb-black-diamond-supadupa-monopod-review">Benro MSD46CB Black Diamond SupaDupa Monopod</a> that we reviewed recently.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2132px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="JgCEjTYig4pHWHVxpwYGGk" name="MMX37C_LS02_DSF0943" alt="Benro MiniMax MMX37C Carbon Fiber Monopod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JgCEjTYig4pHWHVxpwYGGk-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2132" height="1199" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JgCEjTYig4pHWHVxpwYGGk-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Benro)</span></figcaption></figure><p>For those prioritizing extreme portability, the <strong>MiniMax MMX37C</strong> is a 7-section carbon fibre monopod that collapses down to just 37cm and weighs a featherweight 0.36kg, making it an ideal companion for street photography and fast-moving productions. </p><p>Capable of supporting up to 20kg, it includes a versatile spring-loaded 1/4″-20 and 3/8″-16 mounting stud, ensuring compatibility with a wide array of camera and lens setups.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="CZ7uSjeoxWv8cg9zL5ppoL" name="VT4_LS01_DSF1319" alt="Benro VT4 Monopod Base" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CZ7uSjeoxWv8cg9zL5ppoL-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CZ7uSjeoxWv8cg9zL5ppoL-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Benro)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Benro has also introduced the <strong>VT4 Monopod Base</strong>, a robust 3-leg solution designed for demanding environments like sports and event production. Its standout feature is a foot-activated 90-degree locking pedal that instantly locks the monopod vertically on flat surfaces. A quick tap of the pedal unlocks the ballhead, transitioning seamlessly back to fluid, articulated movement. </p><p>With a wide 54cm base spread and tension-adjustable ballhead, it provides the stability required for long-duration shooting. It attaches directly to the Benro monopods above or to any compatible 3/8″-16-threaded monopod.</p><p>Benro has also released a range of accessories to help keep your gear in tip-top condition. There are two sets of replacement rubber feet for enhanced indoor traction, with <strong>RF001 Rubber Feet</strong> for Benro 0 and 1 Series tripods with smaller leg diameters and <strong>RF002 Rubber Feet</strong> for larger Benro 2, 3, and 4 Series tripods using a standard 3/8"-16 thread. Or, for the larger tripods, you can swap in <strong>SF001 Stainless Steel Spiked Feet</strong> for superior grip on rugged outdoor terrain. </p><p>And for when your tripod or monopod joints get a bit wobbly, replacement shim kits (<strong>ALS001</strong> for aluminium and <strong>CFS001</strong> for carbon fibre models) will restore smooth leg extensions that lock solidly once more. </p><p>The new lineup is already available in the USA, and will be available in the UK from August 5, 2026, with the following pricing:</p><p><br><strong>MSD36CB SupaDupa:</strong> $140 / £150<br><strong>MiniMax MMX37C:</strong> $100 / £100<br><strong>VT4 Monopod Base:</strong> $100 / £95<br><strong>Rubber Feet (RF001): </strong>$15 / £10<br><strong>Rubber Feet (RF002): </strong>$20 / £15<br><strong>Spiked Feet (SF001):</strong> $15 / £15<br><strong>Shim Kits (ALS001/CFS001):</strong> $10 / £10 </p><div data-widget-type="multimodelreview" data-widget-title="Today's best deals on Benro's new monopods and accessories" data-model-name="Benro MSD36CB,Benro MiniMax MMX37C,Benro VT4,Benro RF001,Benro RF002,Benro SF001,Benro ALS001,Benro CFS001"></div> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/monopods/benro-launches-new-monopods-a-three-legged-base-and-loads-of-bits-and-bobs</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Benro has announced a pair of specialized carbon fibre monopods, an innovative locking monopod base, and a slew of accessories to go with them ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">P2Gu2PdJ8KTNRrhmxqgNhi</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/t8Dg76TbAApVzrqicy7KFV-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Wed, 01 Jul 2026 11:58:10 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Wed, 01 Jul 2026 11:59:28 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Monopods]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ adam.waring@futurenet.com (Adam Waring) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Adam Waring ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wA7LDveTne9XaEFCQSgdn-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/t8Dg76TbAApVzrqicy7KFV-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Benro]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Benro MSD36CB Black Diamond SupaDupa Carbon Fiber Monopod]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Benro MSD36CB Black Diamond SupaDupa Carbon Fiber Monopod]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Benro MSD36CB Black Diamond SupaDupa Carbon Fiber Monopod]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/t8Dg76TbAApVzrqicy7KFV-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>First up is the <strong>MSD36CB SupaDupa Black Diamond</strong>. Designed for shooters requiring speed and fluid movement, this monopod features a unique combination of all-metal twist locks and a CNC-machined aluminium flip lock, enabling rapid, one-handed height adjustments. </p><p>Despite a lightweight carbon fibre frame weighing only 0.5kg, it supports an impressive 40kg payload. Its 6-section design extends to 165cm and collapses to a compact 42cm for travel, while the base features a rotating rubber foot with a V-shaped bearing for smooth panning. </p><p>It’s essentially a slightly more compact variant of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/monopods/benro-msd46cb-black-diamond-supadupa-monopod-review">Benro MSD46CB Black Diamond SupaDupa Monopod</a> that we reviewed recently.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2132px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="JgCEjTYig4pHWHVxpwYGGk" name="MMX37C_LS02_DSF0943" alt="Benro MiniMax MMX37C Carbon Fiber Monopod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JgCEjTYig4pHWHVxpwYGGk-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2132" height="1199" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JgCEjTYig4pHWHVxpwYGGk-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Benro)</span></figcaption></figure><p>For those prioritizing extreme portability, the <strong>MiniMax MMX37C</strong> is a 7-section carbon fibre monopod that collapses down to just 37cm and weighs a featherweight 0.36kg, making it an ideal companion for street photography and fast-moving productions. </p><p>Capable of supporting up to 20kg, it includes a versatile spring-loaded 1/4″-20 and 3/8″-16 mounting stud, ensuring compatibility with a wide array of camera and lens setups.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1920px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="CZ7uSjeoxWv8cg9zL5ppoL" name="VT4_LS01_DSF1319" alt="Benro VT4 Monopod Base" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CZ7uSjeoxWv8cg9zL5ppoL-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1920" height="1080" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CZ7uSjeoxWv8cg9zL5ppoL-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Benro)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Benro has also introduced the <strong>VT4 Monopod Base</strong>, a robust 3-leg solution designed for demanding environments like sports and event production. Its standout feature is a foot-activated 90-degree locking pedal that instantly locks the monopod vertically on flat surfaces. A quick tap of the pedal unlocks the ballhead, transitioning seamlessly back to fluid, articulated movement. </p><p>With a wide 54cm base spread and tension-adjustable ballhead, it provides the stability required for long-duration shooting. It attaches directly to the Benro monopods above or to any compatible 3/8″-16-threaded monopod.</p><p>Benro has also released a range of accessories to help keep your gear in tip-top condition. There are two sets of replacement rubber feet for enhanced indoor traction, with <strong>RF001 Rubber Feet</strong> for Benro 0 and 1 Series tripods with smaller leg diameters and <strong>RF002 Rubber Feet</strong> for larger Benro 2, 3, and 4 Series tripods using a standard 3/8"-16 thread. Or, for the larger tripods, you can swap in <strong>SF001 Stainless Steel Spiked Feet</strong> for superior grip on rugged outdoor terrain. </p><p>And for when your tripod or monopod joints get a bit wobbly, replacement shim kits (<strong>ALS001</strong> for aluminium and <strong>CFS001</strong> for carbon fibre models) will restore smooth leg extensions that lock solidly once more. </p><p>The new lineup is already available in the USA, and will be available in the UK from August 5, 2026, with the following pricing:</p><p><br><strong>MSD36CB SupaDupa:</strong> $140 / £150<br><strong>MiniMax MMX37C:</strong> $100 / £100<br><strong>VT4 Monopod Base:</strong> $100 / £95<br><strong>Rubber Feet (RF001): </strong>$15 / £10<br><strong>Rubber Feet (RF002): </strong>$20 / £15<br><strong>Spiked Feet (SF001):</strong> $15 / £15<br><strong>Shim Kits (ALS001/CFS001):</strong> $10 / £10 </p><div data-widget-type="multimodelreview" data-widget-title="Today's best deals on Benro's new monopods and accessories" data-model-name="Benro MSD36CB,Benro MiniMax MMX37C,Benro VT4,Benro RF001,Benro RF002,Benro SF001,Benro ALS001,Benro CFS001"></div>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ This retro, compact tripod weighs no more than a water bottle – and uses accessory arms to hold phones and lights too ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Hawlowe, a brand arguably best known for its retro-styled camera lights, has unveiled a new tripod – and the company says it weighs only about as much as a water bottle. The Harlowe Rocket Air is a carbon fiber travel tripod with a fluid head that weighs about 2.2 lbs / 1 kg yet can accommodate up to ten times that weight in camera gear.</p><p>But, beyond the more compact size, what caught my eye about the <a href="https://www.harlowe.com/products/rocket-air-carbon-fiber-travel-tripod-with-fluid-head?_kx=1tAObNfjfHYt-bBvRhEYPPZuXwWxIjH2n2hvL4Yyt4nWedmqnF6T4bYe-XxwQd-G.WBFE4x&utm_campaign=Introducing%20Rocket%20Air%20Jun%2029%2C%202026%2C%205%3A24%20PM&utm_id=01KW9B43X1SS6S76RD9BMM1NDP&utm_medium=email&utm_source=Klaviyo" target="_blank" rel="sponsored">Harlowe Rocket Air</a> is that it’s also designed to hold multiple devices at once. The tripod supports up to two accessory arms, which can hold things like a smartphone to record behind-the-scenes content, lights, or other accessories.</p><p>Folded, the tripod’s four leg sections allow it to stow away at 19.7 inches / 50 cm, but at full height can reach 58.7 inches / 149cm. The center column can be reversed to hold the camera upside-down for extreme low angles, while three leg positions also allow for a range of different working heights. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="2GZrDh4VZZV2BndTeKQidG" name="harlowe-rocketair-4000X4000-compact-folded-tripod-scale-reference copy" alt="The Harlowe Rocket Air tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2GZrDh4VZZV2BndTeKQidG-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4000" height="4000" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2GZrDh4VZZV2BndTeKQidG-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Harlowe)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Much of the tripod’s lightweight design comes from its carbon fiber build. A counterweight hook on the bottom of the center column allows creators to add a weight for more stabilization.</p><p>The tripod legs can support up to 22.05 pounds / 10 kg, but the fluid head has a lower weight rating at 6.61 lbs / 3 kg.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1680px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="9KkqtcxyRqzafv2ahMR5EG" name="harlowe-rocketair-scenario-lakeside-sunset-camera-tripod copy" alt="The Harlowe Rocket Air tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9KkqtcxyRqzafv2ahMR5EG-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1680" height="945" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9KkqtcxyRqzafv2ahMR5EG-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Harlowe)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Those legs use twist-style locks, a design that the company says allows creators to deploy to full height in around three seconds.</p><p>The tripod includes a fluid head that has a ten-degree leveling adjustment for uneven terrain, as well as supporting smooth pan and tilt movement.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1200px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="9yj2Vm8VtdBQnZBaYRe6qC" name="unnamed (2)" alt="The Harlowe Rocket Air tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9yj2Vm8VtdBQnZBaYRe6qC-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1200" height="675" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9yj2Vm8VtdBQnZBaYRe6qC-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Harlowe)</span></figcaption></figure><p>While Harlowe is perhaps best known for its retro-styled lights, the Rocket Air follows <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/photography/lighting/i-never-thought-id-want-a-light-stand-as-much-as-i-do-the-new-harlowe-rocket">last year’s Rocket</a>, a multi-purpose stand that can be used as a light stand as well as a modular tripod and monopod.</p><p>The Harlowe Rocket Air retails at $399 / £303 / CA$576. That includes the tripod and detachable fluid head along with a carrying bag and allen wrench; accessory arms are not included with the standard ¼”-20 thread type arms supported. The tripod is <a href="https://www.harlowe.com/products/rocket-air-carbon-fiber-travel-tripod-with-fluid-head?_kx=1tAObNfjfHYt-bBvRhEYPPZuXwWxIjH2n2hvL4Yyt4nWedmqnF6T4bYe-XxwQd-G.WBFE4x&utm_campaign=Introducing%20Rocket%20Air%20Jun%2029%2C%202026%2C%205%3A24%20PM&utm_id=01KW9B43X1SS6S76RD9BMM1NDP&utm_medium=email&utm_source=Klaviyo" target="_blank" rel="sponsored">available from Harlowe</a>, as well as <a href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1981295-REG/harlowe_1510171_rocket_air_carbon_fiber.html/specs" target="_blank" rel="sponsored">select retailers</a>.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Harlowe Rocket Air"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-may-also-like"><span>You may also like...</span></h3><p>Need more camera support? Our expert photographers tested and ranked <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod">the best tripods</a>.</p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/this-retro-compact-tripod-weighs-no-more-than-a-water-bottle-and-uses-accessory-arms-to-hold-phones-and-lights-too</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The Harlowe Rocket Air is a travel tripod with a lightweight design and support for accessories ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">8qH7Vp27o4pTqnxoDdfr7U</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7e4UMg5KN8i5iZpfgrz8GE-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Mon, 29 Jun 2026 16:16:20 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Tripods]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ hillary.grigonis@futurenet.com (Hillary K. Grigonis) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Hillary K. Grigonis ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aCfuiNGVeJZWn4UhcUL8aN-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;The US Editor of Digital Camera World, Hillary K. Grigonis has more than a decade of experience in journalism with a focus on photography and technology. Her work has appeared in Business Insider, Digital Trends, Pocket-lint, Rangefinder, The Phoblographer, and more. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;A current Fujifilm and former Nikon shooter, her background in reviewing camera gear means she’s handled everything from cheap Instax to medium format mirrorless. Her camera bag includes a wide range of gear from a DJI drone to a newly added vintage film SLR. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;On the weekends, she photographs portraits and weddings at Hillary K Photography. As a former photojournalist, her work favors a mix of documentary and posed styles. While she’s turned her passion for photography into a career, she still considers photowalks a break from work, while she also includes reading, hiking, kayaking, and camping among her most-loved hobbies.&lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7e4UMg5KN8i5iZpfgrz8GE-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Harlowe]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[The Harlowe Rocket Air tripod]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[The Harlowe Rocket Air tripod]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[The Harlowe Rocket Air tripod]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7e4UMg5KN8i5iZpfgrz8GE-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Hawlowe, a brand arguably best known for its retro-styled camera lights, has unveiled a new tripod – and the company says it weighs only about as much as a water bottle. The Harlowe Rocket Air is a carbon fiber travel tripod with a fluid head that weighs about 2.2 lbs / 1 kg yet can accommodate up to ten times that weight in camera gear.</p><p>But, beyond the more compact size, what caught my eye about the <a href="https://www.harlowe.com/products/rocket-air-carbon-fiber-travel-tripod-with-fluid-head?_kx=1tAObNfjfHYt-bBvRhEYPPZuXwWxIjH2n2hvL4Yyt4nWedmqnF6T4bYe-XxwQd-G.WBFE4x&utm_campaign=Introducing%20Rocket%20Air%20Jun%2029%2C%202026%2C%205%3A24%20PM&utm_id=01KW9B43X1SS6S76RD9BMM1NDP&utm_medium=email&utm_source=Klaviyo" target="_blank" rel="sponsored">Harlowe Rocket Air</a> is that it’s also designed to hold multiple devices at once. The tripod supports up to two accessory arms, which can hold things like a smartphone to record behind-the-scenes content, lights, or other accessories.</p><p>Folded, the tripod’s four leg sections allow it to stow away at 19.7 inches / 50 cm, but at full height can reach 58.7 inches / 149cm. The center column can be reversed to hold the camera upside-down for extreme low angles, while three leg positions also allow for a range of different working heights. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="2GZrDh4VZZV2BndTeKQidG" name="harlowe-rocketair-4000X4000-compact-folded-tripod-scale-reference copy" alt="The Harlowe Rocket Air tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2GZrDh4VZZV2BndTeKQidG-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4000" height="4000" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2GZrDh4VZZV2BndTeKQidG-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Harlowe)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Much of the tripod’s lightweight design comes from its carbon fiber build. A counterweight hook on the bottom of the center column allows creators to add a weight for more stabilization.</p><p>The tripod legs can support up to 22.05 pounds / 10 kg, but the fluid head has a lower weight rating at 6.61 lbs / 3 kg.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1680px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="9KkqtcxyRqzafv2ahMR5EG" name="harlowe-rocketair-scenario-lakeside-sunset-camera-tripod copy" alt="The Harlowe Rocket Air tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9KkqtcxyRqzafv2ahMR5EG-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1680" height="945" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9KkqtcxyRqzafv2ahMR5EG-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Harlowe)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Those legs use twist-style locks, a design that the company says allows creators to deploy to full height in around three seconds.</p><p>The tripod includes a fluid head that has a ten-degree leveling adjustment for uneven terrain, as well as supporting smooth pan and tilt movement.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1200px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="9yj2Vm8VtdBQnZBaYRe6qC" name="unnamed (2)" alt="The Harlowe Rocket Air tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9yj2Vm8VtdBQnZBaYRe6qC-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1200" height="675" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9yj2Vm8VtdBQnZBaYRe6qC-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Harlowe)</span></figcaption></figure><p>While Harlowe is perhaps best known for its retro-styled lights, the Rocket Air follows <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/photography/lighting/i-never-thought-id-want-a-light-stand-as-much-as-i-do-the-new-harlowe-rocket">last year’s Rocket</a>, a multi-purpose stand that can be used as a light stand as well as a modular tripod and monopod.</p><p>The Harlowe Rocket Air retails at $399 / £303 / CA$576. That includes the tripod and detachable fluid head along with a carrying bag and allen wrench; accessory arms are not included with the standard ¼”-20 thread type arms supported. The tripod is <a href="https://www.harlowe.com/products/rocket-air-carbon-fiber-travel-tripod-with-fluid-head?_kx=1tAObNfjfHYt-bBvRhEYPPZuXwWxIjH2n2hvL4Yyt4nWedmqnF6T4bYe-XxwQd-G.WBFE4x&utm_campaign=Introducing%20Rocket%20Air%20Jun%2029%2C%202026%2C%205%3A24%20PM&utm_id=01KW9B43X1SS6S76RD9BMM1NDP&utm_medium=email&utm_source=Klaviyo" target="_blank" rel="sponsored">available from Harlowe</a>, as well as <a href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1981295-REG/harlowe_1510171_rocket_air_carbon_fiber.html/specs" target="_blank" rel="sponsored">select retailers</a>.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Harlowe Rocket Air"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-may-also-like"><span>You may also like...</span></h3><p>Need more camera support? Our expert photographers tested and ranked <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod">the best tripods</a>.</p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Benro MSD46CB Black Diamond SupaDupa Monopod review: just how smart can a stick be? Very! ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>When it comes to tripod manufacturers, Benro might not be as famous as a couple of its Italian cousins, but this Chinese company has been up and running for more than 30 years and has manufactured some of my personal favorite professional-grade tripods, monopods, and support accessories during that time. I’ve tested and reviewed quite a few of them over the last decade and bought a couple as a result, subsequently being completely happy with them over long periods of time.</p><p>The monopod that I’m reviewing here is from the SupaDupa line-up. Typical of Benro products in general and SupaDupa monopods in particular, it’s cleverly designed with innovative features, expertly engineered, and immaculately finished. As such, it aims to be one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-monopods">best monopods for photographers</a> on the market today. Whether you need to support the heavy load of a big telephoto lens or just beat the shakes when using slow shutter speeds, this Benro should prove well up to the task.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5472px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="uaoR3Vr4YhhvgP4zUGXtSR" name="BSD 01 intro 2111.JPG" alt="Benro MSD46CB Black Diamond SupaDupa Monopod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uaoR3Vr4YhhvgP4zUGXtSR-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5472" height="3078" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uaoR3Vr4YhhvgP4zUGXtSR-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Black Diamond SupaDupa looks and feels a quality item from top to toe. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-benro-msd46cb-supadupa-specifications"><span>Benro MSD46CB SupaDupa: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Material</p></td><td  ><p>Carbon fiber</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Folded height</p></td><td  ><p>43.5cm / 17.1in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Maximum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>177cm / 69.7in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight</p></td><td  ><p>0.58kg / 1.3lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Load rating</p></td><td  ><p>40kg / 88lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Leg sections</p></td><td  ><p>6</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Top plate</p></td><td  ><p>60mm / 2.4in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Feet</p></td><td  ><p>Spinning foot, metal spike</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Case/bag included</p></td><td  ><p>Padded bag</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-benro-msd46cb-supadupa-price"><span>Benro MSD46CB SupaDupa: Price</span></h3><p>What price a monopod? The Benro MSD46CB Black Diamond SupaDupa costs $170 / £180, which is pretty much at the upper end of the scale, especially for a Chinese-manufactured monopod, although you can expect to pay more for a top-of-the-range Manfrotto or Gitzo, both of which are made in Italy. For comparison, we reviewed the similar <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/benro-supadupa-pro-msdpl46c-review">Benro SupaDupa Pro MSDPL46C</a>, which lists at an even pricier $209 / £209 and is shorter but heavier, though it does come complete with a useful leveling pan head, which is absent from the MSD46CB I’m reviewing here.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Benro MSD46CB Black Diamond SupaDupa Monopod"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-benro-msd46cb-supadupa-design-handling"><span>Benro MSD46CB SupaDupa: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>There are a lot of things I like about this Benro monopod, but top of the list is the 8-layer carbon fiber from which it’s made. The look and finish of the carbon fiber absolutely scream ‘quality’, and as I’ll come to later, that translates into superb performance. And although impressively rigid even at full stretch, the carbon build helps to keep the weight down to an easily manageable 0.58kg or 1.3lb. That’s despite the monopod having a mighty maximum payload rating of 40kg / 88lb.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4047px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="QSeX3uMHrz8uKVLHXANtGR" name="BSD 2113.JPG" alt="Benro MSD46CB Black Diamond SupaDupa Monopod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/QSeX3uMHrz8uKVLHXANtGR-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4047" height="2276" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/QSeX3uMHrz8uKVLHXANtGR-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Carbon fiber can be a movable feast of variable quality. This Benro is made of the good stuff. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Speaking of full stretch, I’m a tall guy and have often been disappointed that even some of the best monopods on the market are simply too short for me to use without stooping. That’s definitely not a problem with this Benro, as it extends to a relatively towering 177cm, or 5ft 10in. Just like with the huge payload rating being delivered by a lightweight construction, the lofty maximum operating height comes with a surprisingly small stowage length of just 43.5cm or 17.1in. That’s made possible by no less than six telescoping leg sections.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5568px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.18%;"><img id="SMxuNoF7RBaGxNcox3zcTR" name="BSD 2114.JPG" alt="Benro MSD46CB Black Diamond SupaDupa Monopod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/SMxuNoF7RBaGxNcox3zcTR-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5568" height="3128" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/SMxuNoF7RBaGxNcox3zcTR-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">There’s no sign of any spindly, flimsy leg sections here. They range in diameter from 21.8mm up to 36.2mm. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Okay, I’d be the first to admit that such a large number of leg sections would normally equate to a couple of compromises. First up, as I’ve experienced with many travel tripods, the bottom sections often tend to be very thin and spindly, and therefore lacking in strength and rigidity. That’s not the case here, as even the bottom section has a generous diameter of 21.8mm (0.9in), with a robust and rigid feel to it.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5568px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.18%;"><img id="VX4FiHfJt7tNDoZ258ntRR" name="BSD 2116.JPG" alt="Benro MSD46CB Black Diamond SupaDupa Monopod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VX4FiHfJt7tNDoZ258ntRR-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5568" height="3128" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VX4FiHfJt7tNDoZ258ntRR-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">You can just about grab and then loosen or tighten all four of the twist-action clamps in one handful, when the monopod is fully retracted.  </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The second compromise is that six leg sections require five separate clamps to release and lock them, which brings the prospect of the monopod being a time-consuming chore to use. As it turns out, the bottom four telescoping sections each have a twist-action lock. They’re pretty quick and easy to use, partly because when the monopod is contracted, you can grab all of the twist clamps in one handful and loosen or tighten them in a single gesture.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5568px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.18%;"><img id="RXArwaGGkYofsWXHcdTaTR" name="BSD 2115.JPG" alt="Benro MSD46CB Black Diamond SupaDupa Monopod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/RXArwaGGkYofsWXHcdTaTR-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5568" height="3128" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/RXArwaGGkYofsWXHcdTaTR-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The quick-action flip lock at the top can be a real time-saver for on-the-fly height adjustments. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The top telescoping section is different from all of the rest, as it has a quick-release flip-action lock. Not only is it easy to locate by feel when your eye is to the viewfinder of your camera, but it’s super-speedy to operate. When using the monopod, I find that I generally tend to extend all of the lower sections and just rely on the top section with its flip lock for making any height adjustments. That makes using the Benro speedy and simple.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5568px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.18%;"><img id="TfHXCVVNwCsXCA3WsVnyRR" name="BSD 2117.JPG" alt="Benro MSD46CB Black Diamond SupaDupa Monopod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TfHXCVVNwCsXCA3WsVnyRR-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5568" height="3128" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TfHXCVVNwCsXCA3WsVnyRR-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">A screw within a screw, the spring-loaded securing stud automatically adjusts to fit either of the standard 1/4in or 3/8in mounting sockets of cameras and heads. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I’m a little disappointed that the monopod doesn’t come with a head, but I know a lot of photographers who find it unnecessary to use a head with a monopod. And at least if you do want to use a head, you can buy one of your choosing. Either way, the monopod has a 60mm / 2.4in diameter circular platform up top, which should prove ideal for mounting a camera or the mounting ring of a big, heavy lens, or indeed a head. </p><p>A crafty bit of design is that the securing screw for any of these has a dual-diameter spring-loaded arrangement, so the larger 3/8in thread automatically retracts to reveal a 1/4in thread if you need the smaller size. If you’re fitting a head on the monopod, there’s also a grub screw in the platform to ensure that it doesn’t work loose.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5568px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.18%;"><img id="Exf5FLZoJnTWMJYXbsavPR" name="BSD 2118.JPG" alt="Benro MSD46CB Black Diamond SupaDupa Monopod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Exf5FLZoJnTWMJYXbsavPR-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5568" height="3128" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Exf5FLZoJnTWMJYXbsavPR-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The wrist strap has a pushbutton quick-release system, reminiscent of the ones used in some camera straps. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Another thing that you don’t want to be working loose is your grip on the monopod, sending your camera and attached lens crashing to the ground. I’m reassured that the monopod features a wrist strap, and it’s a particularly good one at that. Not only does it have an adjustable diameter to securely fasten around any size of wrist, but it also has a push-button, quick-release clip so that you can quickly and easily remove the wrist strap if you feel the need. The quick-release clip can also be easily removed from the securing lug to which it’s tethered.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5568px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.18%;"><img id="ZvdimXxRjgmeHxFrX4EpUR" name="BSD 2120.JPG" alt="Benro MSD46CB Black Diamond SupaDupa Monopod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZvdimXxRjgmeHxFrX4EpUR-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5568" height="3128" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZvdimXxRjgmeHxFrX4EpUR-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Fancy a little extra padded comfort? The monopod comes complete with a SupaDupa Shoulder Pad, also sold separately for use with other tripods and monopods. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Keeping a secure hold on the monopod is also aided by the inclusion of a Benro SupaDupa Shoulder Pad in the kit, a standalone version being available on its own for $20 / £15. It’s a really neat comfort pad that you can wrap around the monopod, with a rubberized, anti-slip inner surface, a padded mesh exterior, and a Velcro strip to keep it in place. You can actually use it with any monopod or tripod leg that has a diameter of between 32mm and 37mm (1.3in and 1.5in).</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5568px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.18%;"><img id="JUrPGNBTQG8QmZmHT2ssUR" name="BSD 2121.JPG" alt="Benro MSD46CB Black Diamond SupaDupa Monopod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JUrPGNBTQG8QmZmHT2ssUR-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5568" height="3128" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JUrPGNBTQG8QmZmHT2ssUR-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The clip for fastening the smaller hex key to the monopod can also be used to pass through an electronic cable that’s connected to your camera. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Neat extras include a couple of hex keys for making adjustments if and when needed, and there’s a clip for attaching one of them to the monopod if you feel you might need to use it when you’re out and about.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5568px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.18%;"><img id="9cYbcGndYjKEeW2uoPoZQR" name="BSD 2122.JPG" alt="Benro MSD46CB Black Diamond SupaDupa Monopod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9cYbcGndYjKEeW2uoPoZQR-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5568" height="3128" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9cYbcGndYjKEeW2uoPoZQR-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The foot definitely deserves a mention. It spins on ball bearings to enable smooth, effortless panning without digging yourself into a hole. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Even the foot of the monopod is pretty smart. I find that I’m often given to panning when using a monopod, as I use them with heavy telephoto lenses while tracking wildlife and sports subjects in motion. The fixed foot of most monopods tends to try to drill a hole in the ground during the process, and can make panning feel stiff and jerky. This Benro monopod features a spinning foot, which glides on its own V-profile roller bearing cage, making panning actions silky smooth.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5568px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.18%;"><img id="7ZG55xdCWaqWT2bAsZRsPR" name="BSD 2123.JPG" alt="Benro MSD46CB Black Diamond SupaDupa Monopod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7ZG55xdCWaqWT2bAsZRsPR-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5568" height="3128" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7ZG55xdCWaqWT2bAsZRsPR-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">A metal spike is supplied with the monopod as alternative footwear. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>If panning’s not your thing and you feel the urge to ram the bottom of your monopod into soft ground for a more assured footing, you can swap out the spinning foot with its rubber pad for a metal spike that’s supplied as part of the kit. You simply unscrew one and screw in the other, which takes minimal time and effort.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-benro-msd46cb-supadupa-performance"><span>Benro MSD46CB SupaDupa: Performance</span></h3><p>If I had to sum up the performance of the Benro MSD46CB Black Diamond SupaDupa Monopod in two words, they’d be ‘speedy’ and ‘sturdy’, but allow me to embellish. I like that, with no fewer than six telescopic sections, the monopod folds down small, but has a really tall maximum operating height. </p><p>That would usually come with the pain of setup and take-down being time-consuming chores. However, the provision of a flip-action clamp for the top section and twist-action clamps for the lower sections actually makes the monopod quick to extend and fold down again. It also makes any required height adjustments fast and effortless while the monopod is actually in use.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="azDaXNuCgjAMh8uFX9CSQR" name="BSD 2125.JPG" alt="Benro MSD46CB Black Diamond SupaDupa Monopod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/azDaXNuCgjAMh8uFX9CSQR-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5100" height="2868" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/azDaXNuCgjAMh8uFX9CSQR-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The monopod attaches securely to a camera but in the absence of a head, you’ll need an L-bracket if you want to shoot in portrait orientation. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Then there’s the stability. I’m of the ‘fat legs first’ school of monopod and tripod use, in that I generally extend the larger-diameter top legs first and only deploy the relatively thin bottom ones if I really need to. I use this Benro rather differently, extending all of the lower sections, all of the time, and then extending or contracting the fattest top section with its flip-action clamp to apply any necessary height adjustments. In practice, that works really well, and the monopod remains rigid and extremely resistant to any unwanted flexing, even at its maximum operating height with everything fully extended.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1830px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:124.97%;"><img id="qmyer9qw5zRAzdoc6K3vRR" name="BSD 2135" alt="Benro MSD46CB Black Diamond SupaDupa Monopod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qmyer9qw5zRAzdoc6K3vRR-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1830" height="2287" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qmyer9qw5zRAzdoc6K3vRR-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Benro feels super-sturdy and rigid even when supporting a big, heavy lens at maximum operating height, as shown here. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>And to finish with just a little thing, that spinning pad on the foot with its roller bearings gives a huge performance boost when you’re panning or just tracking subjects in motion.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5568px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.18%;"><img id="Wk6pybLNTZdTX3E4jfe6VR" name="BSD 2124.JPG" alt="Benro MSD46CB Black Diamond SupaDupa Monopod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Wk6pybLNTZdTX3E4jfe6VR-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5568" height="3128" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Wk6pybLNTZdTX3E4jfe6VR-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Everything’s wrapped up in quality padded drawstring bag, with a front pocket for small accessories. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-benro-msd46cb-supadupa-verdict"><span>Benro MSD46CB SupaDupa: Verdict</span></h3><p>The Benro MSD46CB Black Diamond SupaDupa is definitely one of the best monopods I’ve ever used. It’s cleverly designed, superbly well-engineered, immaculately finished, and performs flawlessly. I really like that it folds down nice and small, and is really lightweight for the journey, yet stretches to a very generous maximum operating height and has a mighty payload rating.</p><p>The carbon fiber is of particularly good quality, and the clamps all work with smooth precision. I like the mix of twist-locks and a flip-action lock up top, which work brilliantly well together, enabling speed and ease of use. The spinning foot makes the Benro an absolute joy to use for panning shots. My only gripe is that Benro’s rather excellent leveling pan head isn’t supplied as part of the kit, despite the monopod being particularly pricey to buy.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>From the clever quick-release wrist strap and dual concentric securing screws up top, through the different types of section clamps, right down to the spinning foot at the bottom, the monopod is rich in useful features.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>The design is a bit of a masterclass in how a monopod should be made, and the build quality is epic, featuring top-grade carbon fiber.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Even when using the monopod at its maximum height to support heavy camera and lens combinations, it gives rock-solid support with no unwanted flexing or vibrations.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>This Benro is very pricey for a monopod bet well worth the money, even if you do need to buy a head separately (if you want to use one).</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5413px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.86%;"><img id="qUJHcVoGqZrbGoo7g65bRR" name="BSD 00 hero 2110.JPG" alt="Benro MSD46CB Black Diamond SupaDupa Monopod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qUJHcVoGqZrbGoo7g65bRR-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5413" height="2320" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qUJHcVoGqZrbGoo7g65bRR-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="f88bf70e-108c-4da1-bff1-f7c50e7d60c4" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Benro SupaDupa Pro MSDPL46C" data-dimension48="Benro SupaDupa Pro MSDPL46C" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/benro-supadupa-pro-msdpl46c-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1460px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="XMKtpGzwNh6vPBPUEYeesh" name="Benro SupaDupa Pro MSDPL46C square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XMKtpGzwNh6vPBPUEYeesh-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1460" height="1460" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The similar <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/benro-supadupa-pro-msdpl46c-review" data-dimension112="f88bf70e-108c-4da1-bff1-f7c50e7d60c4" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Benro SupaDupa Pro MSDPL46C" data-dimension48="Benro SupaDupa Pro MSDPL46C" data-dimension25=""><strong>Benro SupaDupa Pro MSDPL46C</strong></a> carbon fiber monopod lists at a more expensive $209 / £209. This one has an older design of twist locks which we found quite stiff to operate. Coming complete with a leveling head, it's heavier at 0.9kg but has a lower 32kg / 70.5lb maximum load rating.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="26721096-3c73-4277-9c44-8057da5b8393" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Trent 2.0" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Trent 2.0" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-trent-20-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1213px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="ZkZTcqiUb8LtqKio2PbUsh" name="3 Legged Thing Trent 2.0 square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZkZTcqiUb8LtqKio2PbUsh-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1213" height="1213" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-trent-20-review" data-dimension112="26721096-3c73-4277-9c44-8057da5b8393" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Trent 2.0" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Trent 2.0" data-dimension25=""><strong>3 Legged Thing Trent 2.0</strong></a> is a magnesium alloy rather than a carbon fiber monopod, but it’s impeccably finished and works a treat. It’s particularly tall, has the same dual spring-loaded securing screw arrangement as the Benro, and true to the company name, has a three-legged base that optionally attaches to the bottom for added stability. The kit is relatively inexpensive to buy at $90 / £71.</p></div> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/monopods/benro-msd46cb-black-diamond-supadupa-monopod-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The Benro MSD46CB Black Diamond SupaDupa Monopod is full of clever tricks and crafty design flourishes, but it’s a pricey bit of kit ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">CJGVq6VsURxrKmww23abEK</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qUJHcVoGqZrbGoo7g65bRR-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Sun, 21 Jun 2026 21:20:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Mon, 22 Jun 2026 06:07:59 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Monopods]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Matthew Richards ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jDd3HmNtNWfRUREZztFrQo-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qUJHcVoGqZrbGoo7g65bRR-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Matthew Richards]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Benro MSD46CB Black Diamond SupaDupa Monopod]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Benro MSD46CB Black Diamond SupaDupa Monopod]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Benro MSD46CB Black Diamond SupaDupa Monopod]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qUJHcVoGqZrbGoo7g65bRR-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>When it comes to tripod manufacturers, Benro might not be as famous as a couple of its Italian cousins, but this Chinese company has been up and running for more than 30 years and has manufactured some of my personal favorite professional-grade tripods, monopods, and support accessories during that time. I’ve tested and reviewed quite a few of them over the last decade and bought a couple as a result, subsequently being completely happy with them over long periods of time.</p><p>The monopod that I’m reviewing here is from the SupaDupa line-up. Typical of Benro products in general and SupaDupa monopods in particular, it’s cleverly designed with innovative features, expertly engineered, and immaculately finished. As such, it aims to be one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-monopods">best monopods for photographers</a> on the market today. Whether you need to support the heavy load of a big telephoto lens or just beat the shakes when using slow shutter speeds, this Benro should prove well up to the task.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5472px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="uaoR3Vr4YhhvgP4zUGXtSR" name="BSD 01 intro 2111.JPG" alt="Benro MSD46CB Black Diamond SupaDupa Monopod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uaoR3Vr4YhhvgP4zUGXtSR-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5472" height="3078" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uaoR3Vr4YhhvgP4zUGXtSR-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Black Diamond SupaDupa looks and feels a quality item from top to toe. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-benro-msd46cb-supadupa-specifications"><span>Benro MSD46CB SupaDupa: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Material</p></td><td  ><p>Carbon fiber</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Folded height</p></td><td  ><p>43.5cm / 17.1in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Maximum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>177cm / 69.7in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight</p></td><td  ><p>0.58kg / 1.3lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Load rating</p></td><td  ><p>40kg / 88lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Leg sections</p></td><td  ><p>6</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Top plate</p></td><td  ><p>60mm / 2.4in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Feet</p></td><td  ><p>Spinning foot, metal spike</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Case/bag included</p></td><td  ><p>Padded bag</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-benro-msd46cb-supadupa-price"><span>Benro MSD46CB SupaDupa: Price</span></h3><p>What price a monopod? The Benro MSD46CB Black Diamond SupaDupa costs $170 / £180, which is pretty much at the upper end of the scale, especially for a Chinese-manufactured monopod, although you can expect to pay more for a top-of-the-range Manfrotto or Gitzo, both of which are made in Italy. For comparison, we reviewed the similar <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/benro-supadupa-pro-msdpl46c-review">Benro SupaDupa Pro MSDPL46C</a>, which lists at an even pricier $209 / £209 and is shorter but heavier, though it does come complete with a useful leveling pan head, which is absent from the MSD46CB I’m reviewing here.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Benro MSD46CB Black Diamond SupaDupa Monopod"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-benro-msd46cb-supadupa-design-handling"><span>Benro MSD46CB SupaDupa: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>There are a lot of things I like about this Benro monopod, but top of the list is the 8-layer carbon fiber from which it’s made. The look and finish of the carbon fiber absolutely scream ‘quality’, and as I’ll come to later, that translates into superb performance. And although impressively rigid even at full stretch, the carbon build helps to keep the weight down to an easily manageable 0.58kg or 1.3lb. That’s despite the monopod having a mighty maximum payload rating of 40kg / 88lb.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4047px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="QSeX3uMHrz8uKVLHXANtGR" name="BSD 2113.JPG" alt="Benro MSD46CB Black Diamond SupaDupa Monopod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/QSeX3uMHrz8uKVLHXANtGR-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4047" height="2276" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/QSeX3uMHrz8uKVLHXANtGR-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Carbon fiber can be a movable feast of variable quality. This Benro is made of the good stuff. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Speaking of full stretch, I’m a tall guy and have often been disappointed that even some of the best monopods on the market are simply too short for me to use without stooping. That’s definitely not a problem with this Benro, as it extends to a relatively towering 177cm, or 5ft 10in. Just like with the huge payload rating being delivered by a lightweight construction, the lofty maximum operating height comes with a surprisingly small stowage length of just 43.5cm or 17.1in. That’s made possible by no less than six telescoping leg sections.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5568px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.18%;"><img id="SMxuNoF7RBaGxNcox3zcTR" name="BSD 2114.JPG" alt="Benro MSD46CB Black Diamond SupaDupa Monopod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/SMxuNoF7RBaGxNcox3zcTR-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5568" height="3128" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/SMxuNoF7RBaGxNcox3zcTR-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">There’s no sign of any spindly, flimsy leg sections here. They range in diameter from 21.8mm up to 36.2mm. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Okay, I’d be the first to admit that such a large number of leg sections would normally equate to a couple of compromises. First up, as I’ve experienced with many travel tripods, the bottom sections often tend to be very thin and spindly, and therefore lacking in strength and rigidity. That’s not the case here, as even the bottom section has a generous diameter of 21.8mm (0.9in), with a robust and rigid feel to it.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5568px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.18%;"><img id="VX4FiHfJt7tNDoZ258ntRR" name="BSD 2116.JPG" alt="Benro MSD46CB Black Diamond SupaDupa Monopod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VX4FiHfJt7tNDoZ258ntRR-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5568" height="3128" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VX4FiHfJt7tNDoZ258ntRR-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">You can just about grab and then loosen or tighten all four of the twist-action clamps in one handful, when the monopod is fully retracted.  </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The second compromise is that six leg sections require five separate clamps to release and lock them, which brings the prospect of the monopod being a time-consuming chore to use. As it turns out, the bottom four telescoping sections each have a twist-action lock. They’re pretty quick and easy to use, partly because when the monopod is contracted, you can grab all of the twist clamps in one handful and loosen or tighten them in a single gesture.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5568px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.18%;"><img id="RXArwaGGkYofsWXHcdTaTR" name="BSD 2115.JPG" alt="Benro MSD46CB Black Diamond SupaDupa Monopod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/RXArwaGGkYofsWXHcdTaTR-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5568" height="3128" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/RXArwaGGkYofsWXHcdTaTR-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The quick-action flip lock at the top can be a real time-saver for on-the-fly height adjustments. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The top telescoping section is different from all of the rest, as it has a quick-release flip-action lock. Not only is it easy to locate by feel when your eye is to the viewfinder of your camera, but it’s super-speedy to operate. When using the monopod, I find that I generally tend to extend all of the lower sections and just rely on the top section with its flip lock for making any height adjustments. That makes using the Benro speedy and simple.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5568px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.18%;"><img id="TfHXCVVNwCsXCA3WsVnyRR" name="BSD 2117.JPG" alt="Benro MSD46CB Black Diamond SupaDupa Monopod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TfHXCVVNwCsXCA3WsVnyRR-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5568" height="3128" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TfHXCVVNwCsXCA3WsVnyRR-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">A screw within a screw, the spring-loaded securing stud automatically adjusts to fit either of the standard 1/4in or 3/8in mounting sockets of cameras and heads. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I’m a little disappointed that the monopod doesn’t come with a head, but I know a lot of photographers who find it unnecessary to use a head with a monopod. And at least if you do want to use a head, you can buy one of your choosing. Either way, the monopod has a 60mm / 2.4in diameter circular platform up top, which should prove ideal for mounting a camera or the mounting ring of a big, heavy lens, or indeed a head. </p><p>A crafty bit of design is that the securing screw for any of these has a dual-diameter spring-loaded arrangement, so the larger 3/8in thread automatically retracts to reveal a 1/4in thread if you need the smaller size. If you’re fitting a head on the monopod, there’s also a grub screw in the platform to ensure that it doesn’t work loose.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5568px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.18%;"><img id="Exf5FLZoJnTWMJYXbsavPR" name="BSD 2118.JPG" alt="Benro MSD46CB Black Diamond SupaDupa Monopod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Exf5FLZoJnTWMJYXbsavPR-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5568" height="3128" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Exf5FLZoJnTWMJYXbsavPR-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The wrist strap has a pushbutton quick-release system, reminiscent of the ones used in some camera straps. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Another thing that you don’t want to be working loose is your grip on the monopod, sending your camera and attached lens crashing to the ground. I’m reassured that the monopod features a wrist strap, and it’s a particularly good one at that. Not only does it have an adjustable diameter to securely fasten around any size of wrist, but it also has a push-button, quick-release clip so that you can quickly and easily remove the wrist strap if you feel the need. The quick-release clip can also be easily removed from the securing lug to which it’s tethered.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5568px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.18%;"><img id="ZvdimXxRjgmeHxFrX4EpUR" name="BSD 2120.JPG" alt="Benro MSD46CB Black Diamond SupaDupa Monopod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZvdimXxRjgmeHxFrX4EpUR-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5568" height="3128" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZvdimXxRjgmeHxFrX4EpUR-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Fancy a little extra padded comfort? The monopod comes complete with a SupaDupa Shoulder Pad, also sold separately for use with other tripods and monopods. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Keeping a secure hold on the monopod is also aided by the inclusion of a Benro SupaDupa Shoulder Pad in the kit, a standalone version being available on its own for $20 / £15. It’s a really neat comfort pad that you can wrap around the monopod, with a rubberized, anti-slip inner surface, a padded mesh exterior, and a Velcro strip to keep it in place. You can actually use it with any monopod or tripod leg that has a diameter of between 32mm and 37mm (1.3in and 1.5in).</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5568px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.18%;"><img id="JUrPGNBTQG8QmZmHT2ssUR" name="BSD 2121.JPG" alt="Benro MSD46CB Black Diamond SupaDupa Monopod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JUrPGNBTQG8QmZmHT2ssUR-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5568" height="3128" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JUrPGNBTQG8QmZmHT2ssUR-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The clip for fastening the smaller hex key to the monopod can also be used to pass through an electronic cable that’s connected to your camera. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Neat extras include a couple of hex keys for making adjustments if and when needed, and there’s a clip for attaching one of them to the monopod if you feel you might need to use it when you’re out and about.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5568px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.18%;"><img id="9cYbcGndYjKEeW2uoPoZQR" name="BSD 2122.JPG" alt="Benro MSD46CB Black Diamond SupaDupa Monopod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9cYbcGndYjKEeW2uoPoZQR-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5568" height="3128" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9cYbcGndYjKEeW2uoPoZQR-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The foot definitely deserves a mention. It spins on ball bearings to enable smooth, effortless panning without digging yourself into a hole. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Even the foot of the monopod is pretty smart. I find that I’m often given to panning when using a monopod, as I use them with heavy telephoto lenses while tracking wildlife and sports subjects in motion. The fixed foot of most monopods tends to try to drill a hole in the ground during the process, and can make panning feel stiff and jerky. This Benro monopod features a spinning foot, which glides on its own V-profile roller bearing cage, making panning actions silky smooth.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5568px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.18%;"><img id="7ZG55xdCWaqWT2bAsZRsPR" name="BSD 2123.JPG" alt="Benro MSD46CB Black Diamond SupaDupa Monopod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7ZG55xdCWaqWT2bAsZRsPR-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5568" height="3128" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7ZG55xdCWaqWT2bAsZRsPR-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">A metal spike is supplied with the monopod as alternative footwear. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>If panning’s not your thing and you feel the urge to ram the bottom of your monopod into soft ground for a more assured footing, you can swap out the spinning foot with its rubber pad for a metal spike that’s supplied as part of the kit. You simply unscrew one and screw in the other, which takes minimal time and effort.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-benro-msd46cb-supadupa-performance"><span>Benro MSD46CB SupaDupa: Performance</span></h3><p>If I had to sum up the performance of the Benro MSD46CB Black Diamond SupaDupa Monopod in two words, they’d be ‘speedy’ and ‘sturdy’, but allow me to embellish. I like that, with no fewer than six telescopic sections, the monopod folds down small, but has a really tall maximum operating height. </p><p>That would usually come with the pain of setup and take-down being time-consuming chores. However, the provision of a flip-action clamp for the top section and twist-action clamps for the lower sections actually makes the monopod quick to extend and fold down again. It also makes any required height adjustments fast and effortless while the monopod is actually in use.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5100px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="azDaXNuCgjAMh8uFX9CSQR" name="BSD 2125.JPG" alt="Benro MSD46CB Black Diamond SupaDupa Monopod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/azDaXNuCgjAMh8uFX9CSQR-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5100" height="2868" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/azDaXNuCgjAMh8uFX9CSQR-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The monopod attaches securely to a camera but in the absence of a head, you’ll need an L-bracket if you want to shoot in portrait orientation. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Then there’s the stability. I’m of the ‘fat legs first’ school of monopod and tripod use, in that I generally extend the larger-diameter top legs first and only deploy the relatively thin bottom ones if I really need to. I use this Benro rather differently, extending all of the lower sections, all of the time, and then extending or contracting the fattest top section with its flip-action clamp to apply any necessary height adjustments. In practice, that works really well, and the monopod remains rigid and extremely resistant to any unwanted flexing, even at its maximum operating height with everything fully extended.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1830px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:124.97%;"><img id="qmyer9qw5zRAzdoc6K3vRR" name="BSD 2135" alt="Benro MSD46CB Black Diamond SupaDupa Monopod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qmyer9qw5zRAzdoc6K3vRR-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1830" height="2287" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qmyer9qw5zRAzdoc6K3vRR-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Benro feels super-sturdy and rigid even when supporting a big, heavy lens at maximum operating height, as shown here. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>And to finish with just a little thing, that spinning pad on the foot with its roller bearings gives a huge performance boost when you’re panning or just tracking subjects in motion.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5568px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.18%;"><img id="Wk6pybLNTZdTX3E4jfe6VR" name="BSD 2124.JPG" alt="Benro MSD46CB Black Diamond SupaDupa Monopod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Wk6pybLNTZdTX3E4jfe6VR-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5568" height="3128" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Wk6pybLNTZdTX3E4jfe6VR-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Everything’s wrapped up in quality padded drawstring bag, with a front pocket for small accessories. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-benro-msd46cb-supadupa-verdict"><span>Benro MSD46CB SupaDupa: Verdict</span></h3><p>The Benro MSD46CB Black Diamond SupaDupa is definitely one of the best monopods I’ve ever used. It’s cleverly designed, superbly well-engineered, immaculately finished, and performs flawlessly. I really like that it folds down nice and small, and is really lightweight for the journey, yet stretches to a very generous maximum operating height and has a mighty payload rating.</p><p>The carbon fiber is of particularly good quality, and the clamps all work with smooth precision. I like the mix of twist-locks and a flip-action lock up top, which work brilliantly well together, enabling speed and ease of use. The spinning foot makes the Benro an absolute joy to use for panning shots. My only gripe is that Benro’s rather excellent leveling pan head isn’t supplied as part of the kit, despite the monopod being particularly pricey to buy.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>From the clever quick-release wrist strap and dual concentric securing screws up top, through the different types of section clamps, right down to the spinning foot at the bottom, the monopod is rich in useful features.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>The design is a bit of a masterclass in how a monopod should be made, and the build quality is epic, featuring top-grade carbon fiber.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Even when using the monopod at its maximum height to support heavy camera and lens combinations, it gives rock-solid support with no unwanted flexing or vibrations.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>This Benro is very pricey for a monopod bet well worth the money, even if you do need to buy a head separately (if you want to use one).</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5413px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.86%;"><img id="qUJHcVoGqZrbGoo7g65bRR" name="BSD 00 hero 2110.JPG" alt="Benro MSD46CB Black Diamond SupaDupa Monopod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qUJHcVoGqZrbGoo7g65bRR-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5413" height="2320" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qUJHcVoGqZrbGoo7g65bRR-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="f88bf70e-108c-4da1-bff1-f7c50e7d60c4" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Benro SupaDupa Pro MSDPL46C" data-dimension48="Benro SupaDupa Pro MSDPL46C" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/benro-supadupa-pro-msdpl46c-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1460px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="XMKtpGzwNh6vPBPUEYeesh" name="Benro SupaDupa Pro MSDPL46C square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XMKtpGzwNh6vPBPUEYeesh-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1460" height="1460" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The similar <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/benro-supadupa-pro-msdpl46c-review" data-dimension112="f88bf70e-108c-4da1-bff1-f7c50e7d60c4" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Benro SupaDupa Pro MSDPL46C" data-dimension48="Benro SupaDupa Pro MSDPL46C" data-dimension25=""><strong>Benro SupaDupa Pro MSDPL46C</strong></a> carbon fiber monopod lists at a more expensive $209 / £209. This one has an older design of twist locks which we found quite stiff to operate. Coming complete with a leveling head, it's heavier at 0.9kg but has a lower 32kg / 70.5lb maximum load rating.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="26721096-3c73-4277-9c44-8057da5b8393" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Trent 2.0" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Trent 2.0" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-trent-20-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1213px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="ZkZTcqiUb8LtqKio2PbUsh" name="3 Legged Thing Trent 2.0 square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZkZTcqiUb8LtqKio2PbUsh-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1213" height="1213" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-trent-20-review" data-dimension112="26721096-3c73-4277-9c44-8057da5b8393" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Trent 2.0" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Trent 2.0" data-dimension25=""><strong>3 Legged Thing Trent 2.0</strong></a> is a magnesium alloy rather than a carbon fiber monopod, but it’s impeccably finished and works a treat. It’s particularly tall, has the same dual spring-loaded securing screw arrangement as the Benro, and true to the company name, has a three-legged base that optionally attaches to the bottom for added stability. The kit is relatively inexpensive to buy at $90 / £71.</p></div>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Benro A48FD Monopod review: it’s part monopod, part tripod, and fully great value for money ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Benro is a Chinese creator of pro-grade tripods and other photography and videography supports. The company has been going strong for 30 years and counting, and I’ve personally paid cash money for some of its products over the last 10 years or so. I’ve been very happy with all of my purchases, being continually impressed with the craftsmanship, quality and dependability, throughout heavy use over long periods of time. Items in my collection include the lofty but super-sturdy carbon fiber Benro TMA38CL Mach3 9X CF Series 3 Long Tripod, the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/benro-gh2n-gimbal-head-review">Benro GH2N gimbal head</a> for the joy of movement, the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/benro-supadupa-pro-msdpl46c-review">Benro SupaDupa Pro MSDPL46C</a> carbon fiber monopod, and the highly ingenious, ultra-versatile <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/benro-fs20pro-video-and-foto-head-review">Benro FS20PRO Hybrid Video & Foto Head</a>.</p><p>The Benro A48FD Aluminum Monopod that I’m reviewing here might not be ‘<a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/benro-supadupa-pro-msdpl46c-review">SupaDupa</a>’, but it’s still packed with clever tricks. Benro bills it as a lightweight flip-lock video monopod that’s ideal for small cameras, with a 3-leg locking base that includes a ball joint for smooth and stable shots, along with reverse folding legs for compact travel. I’d agree with all of that, although I really don’t feel it’s only ‘ideal for small cameras’. I think its 20kg / 44lb payload rating makes this monopod tough enough to support even the heaviest of cameras mounted with long lenses. All in all, it aims to be one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-monopods">best monopods</a> on the market, and quite possibly the best value for money.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5448px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="SkBX6S8Vc36tM6gYVzsXhZ" name="BA48FD 01 intro 1861.JPG" alt="Benro A48FD Series 4 Aluminum Monopod with 3-Leg Locking Base" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/SkBX6S8Vc36tM6gYVzsXhZ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5448" height="3064" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/SkBX6S8Vc36tM6gYVzsXhZ-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Benro is built to deliver solid support for shooting both stills and video. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-benro-a48fd-monopod-specifications"><span>Benro A48FD Monopod: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Material</p></td><td  ><p>Aluminum</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Folded height</p></td><td  ><p>56cm / 22in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Maximum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>164cm / 64.6in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight</p></td><td  ><p>1.07kg / 2.36lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Load rating</p></td><td  ><p>20kg / 44lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Leg sections</p></td><td  ><p>4</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Top plate</p></td><td  ><p>55mm / 2.17in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Feet</p></td><td  ><p>3-leg base + rubber pad</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Case/bag included</p></td><td  ><p>Padded bag</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-benro-a48fd-monopod-price"><span>Benro A48FD Monopod: Price</span></h3><p>I recently tested and reviewed the rather excellent Benro MSD46CB Black Diamond SupaDupa Monopod, a heavy-duty monopod with a heavy-duty price tag of $170 / £180. I’d have bought one myself if I didn’t already have the older <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/benro-supadupa-pro-msdpl46c-review">Benro SupaDupa Pro MSDPL46C</a> in my supporting cast. Shortly afterwards, I spotted this aluminum monopod kit with added extras in the shape of a 3-leg base for the bargain price of just $99 / £59, and the deal was done. It seems outrageously great value, especially in the UK, and for me, it’s a worthy additional monopod that I can use for hybrid shooting. Further investigation revealed the full list price in the UK is actually £120, but even at that price, it's reasonable value. </p><p>If you’re feeling flush, there’s also the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/benro-supadupa-pro-msdpl46c-review">Benro SupaDupa Pro MSDPL46C</a> carbon fiber monopod, which lists at a much more expensive $209 / £209. This kit doesn’t include a 3-leg base but does come complete with a leveling head that’s useful for panning when shooting video or stills.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Benro A48FD Monopod"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-benro-a48fd-monopod-design-handling"><span>Benro A48FD Monopod: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>The full title of this monopod is the Benro A48FD Series 4 Aluminum Monopod with 3-Leg Locking Base, which pretty much gives the game away and doesn’t leave much to the imagination. Even so, it’s imaginatively designed to be genuinely supportive for both videography and stills photography. It’s a bit like the best bits of a monopod and tripod all wrapped up into one convenient package, able to stand on its own three feet while giving a helping hand to panning and tilting, so you can go steady while tracking the action.</p><p>Let me start by saying what this monopod is not… It’s not carbon fiber. Even so, it has a high-quality aluminum build. It’s just that it’s also nearly twice the weight of the carbon fiber Benro MSD46CB Black Diamond SupaDupa Monopod that I mentioned earlier, although that monopod doesn’t include a 3-leg base. Either way, the aluminum model isn’t exactly heavy, at a very manageable 1.07kg / 2.36lb, and that’s with the 3-leg base fitted.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4874px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="jfPKYbwyqNmkxKrPgYGufZ" name="BA48FD 1862.JPG" alt="Benro A48FD Series 4 Aluminum Monopod with 3-Leg Locking Base" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jfPKYbwyqNmkxKrPgYGufZ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4874" height="2741" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jfPKYbwyqNmkxKrPgYGufZ-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Aluminum is the main material used in the construction of this monopod, rather than pricier carbon fiber. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>There are four leg sections in all, enabling the monopod to rise up from a fairly compact 56cm / 22in folded length (or minimum height) to a maximum operating height of 164cm / 64.6in. Sure, it’s not the tallest monopod in the world, but I’m 6ft 5in and found that it was tall enough for me to use comfortably without stooping. Naturally, if you add a monopod/tripod head of your choosing, you’ll gain an extra few inches in maximum height. More on that later.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5586px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="mTmZfQoMAKepMGmDZr7GhZ" name="BA48FD 1863.JPG" alt="Benro A48FD Series 4 Aluminum Monopod with 3-Leg Locking Base" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mTmZfQoMAKepMGmDZr7GhZ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5586" height="3141" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mTmZfQoMAKepMGmDZr7GhZ-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Each of the four leg sections extend and contract smoothly and efficiently, and even the thinnest one at the bottom is strong and sturdy, being an inch in diameter. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Each of those four leg sections is pretty beefy, with diameters of 36.2, 32.4, 28.6, and 25.2mm, as measured from fattest at the top to the thinnest at the bottom. The four sections come complete with three flip locks, again differing from the SupaDupa design, which mostly employs twist locks with just one flip lock at the top. I’m fine with flip locks throughout, especially as they work with smooth but solid efficiency.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4269px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="YzP8b56gHFNseG5YyDJHeZ" name="BA48FD 1864.JPG" alt="Benro A48FD Series 4 Aluminum Monopod with 3-Leg Locking Base" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YzP8b56gHFNseG5YyDJHeZ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4269" height="2400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YzP8b56gHFNseG5YyDJHeZ-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The flip lock levers work very well, enabling smooth movement but locking really tightly. It’s possible to close all three locks with one hand gesture when folding down the monopod to its minimum height. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I’ll come to that 3-leg stand in a moment, but let’s start at the top and work our way downwards. The circular platform for mounting a camera or head has a sizeable diameter of 56cm / 22in. Given the monopod’s aspirations towards videography and panning for stills, I’m pleased that there are no less than three grub screws featured in the platform to securely lock a head in place if you fit one. I just hate it when a head starts unwantedly unscrewing when I’m panning in a counter-clockwise direction.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="6FpDGN3TWt2nFSF3nBnutZ" name="BA48FD 1865.JPG" alt="Benro A48FD Series 4 Aluminum Monopod with 3-Leg Locking Base" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6FpDGN3TWt2nFSF3nBnutZ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6FpDGN3TWt2nFSF3nBnutZ-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Along with the main center screw, the platform includes three grub screws for securely locking a head in place, if you feel the need to fit one (I did). </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Another neat thing about the platform is that it features a reversible screw, so you can use it for mounting cameras or heads with either a standard 1/4in or 3/8in thread. A spanner is provided along with some other tools for removing, inverting, and securely refitting the mounting screw in either orientation. While that’s in process, you can also remove the platform for securing or releasing the grub screws, and detach the wrist strap on its circular metal collar if you’d rather not use it.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3228px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="JcyVhM6nxh46iJ5sePL7YZ" name="BA48FD 1867.JPG" alt="Benro A48FD Series 4 Aluminum Monopod with 3-Leg Locking Base" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JcyVhM6nxh46iJ5sePL7YZ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3228" height="1815" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JcyVhM6nxh46iJ5sePL7YZ-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Loosening the locking nut with the supplied spanner enables you to invert the 1/4in & 3/8in screw, remove the platform and detach the wrist strap on its metal mounting ring. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A plus point of aluminum compared with carbon fiber is that it’s not prone to shattering if it gets a sharp knock (accidentally, of course). A minus point is that it feels relatively cold to the touch, which can be an issue in chilly weather if you’re not wearing gloves. With that in mind, there’s a generous length of comfort padding applied to the top tube, and very comfy it feels too, being not too firm and not too squishy.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5388px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="df22mmzzWJKE8ELGGKrgiZ" name="BA48FD 1868.JPG" alt="Benro A48FD Series 4 Aluminum Monopod with 3-Leg Locking Base" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/df22mmzzWJKE8ELGGKrgiZ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5388" height="3030" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/df22mmzzWJKE8ELGGKrgiZ-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">A generously long section of suitable comfortable comfort padding is fitted to the top leg section. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Enough beating around the bush. Let’s get onto that 3-leg stand, which is indeed a pretty standout feature of the kit. The complete assembly fixes to the bottom of the monopod in the same way that you’d attach a regular foot pad or spike, via a single threaded socket. However, each of the legs within the assembly is mounted on its own separate hinge. You can therefore rotate each of the legs down from their folded-up position, so that they stick out laterally, ready for action. They lock in place automatically when you reach full extension, thanks to the inclusion of spring-loaded pins. The head of each of the three incumbent pins has the word ‘Push’ engraved in the top, and, sure enough, you simply push them in to unlock each leg and fold it up again.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5388px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="ZhimTLXS4QVyB5wo64mEiZ" name="BA48FD 1869.JPG" alt="Benro A48FD Series 4 Aluminum Monopod with 3-Leg Locking Base" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZhimTLXS4QVyB5wo64mEiZ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5388" height="3030" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZhimTLXS4QVyB5wo64mEiZ-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The 3-leg base looks right at home on the bottom of the monopod and has its own set of grippy rubber feet. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The fact that the legs fold upwards means they don’t add anything to the stowage length of the monopod, unless you extend the bottom section to enable them to fold flush with the tube, rather than over the flip locks.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4104px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="eDteoWnWS9M4GvypsuMKeZ" name="BA48FD 1870.JPG" alt="Benro A48FD Series 4 Aluminum Monopod with 3-Leg Locking Base" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/eDteoWnWS9M4GvypsuMKeZ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4104" height="2308" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/eDteoWnWS9M4GvypsuMKeZ-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">There’s no problem folding the legs of the base over the flip locks, but, as shown here, I’ve extended the bottom section slightly so that they fold flush over the tubing. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A smart feature of the 3-leg assembly is that it has a ball and socket joint at the top. An anodized red twist clamp enables you to lock or release the joint. When locked, it keeps the monopod standing upright, or at your preferred angle to the vertical. When unlocked, the ball joint enables tilt and panning for shooting stills or video. There’s a full 360 degrees of panning on offer, but the tilt range is relatively limited.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4104px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="3uDmAGAcRMMWM4yx9prQeZ" name="BA48FD 1871.JPG" alt="Benro A48FD Series 4 Aluminum Monopod with 3-Leg Locking Base" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3uDmAGAcRMMWM4yx9prQeZ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4104" height="2308" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3uDmAGAcRMMWM4yx9prQeZ-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The red twist-action clamp shown in this image is for locking the ball joint in place or for enabling pan and tilt movement. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Although the 3-leg base is a major feature of the kit, there are times when it’s more convenient to ditch it altogether and use the monopod in time-honored fashion, with just a single foot. With that in mind, you can simply unscrew the 3-leg base and detach it altogether, stowing it away for safekeeping.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4104px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="KUiKwrwbuX9Xxt56ahRWeZ" name="BA48FD 1872.JPG" alt="Benro A48FD Series 4 Aluminum Monopod with 3-Leg Locking Base" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KUiKwrwbuX9Xxt56ahRWeZ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4104" height="2308" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KUiKwrwbuX9Xxt56ahRWeZ-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">When removed, the 3-leg base folds down to a conveniently small size for stowing it away in tight spaces. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>For regular monopod duty without the 3-leg foot in tow, the kit comes complete with a regular and impressively chunky pointed rubber pad. It simply screws into the bottom of the monopod in place of the 3-leg base. A metal spike is available to buy as an optional extra if you’d prefer that for working on loose ground.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4104px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="UqWcuBUqRArvHcgwxTAUcZ" name="BA48FD 1873.JPG" alt="Benro A48FD Series 4 Aluminum Monopod with 3-Leg Locking Base" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/UqWcuBUqRArvHcgwxTAUcZ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4104" height="2308" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/UqWcuBUqRArvHcgwxTAUcZ-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">It only takes a few seconds to unscrew the 3-leg base and screw in the supplied rubber pad for a more conventional monopod configuration. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>For making adjustments to any of the flip locks, removing and refitting the platform, and for other running repairs or alterations, the monopod is supplied with a spanner and three hex keys of different sizes. There’s also a clip that you can attach to the top tube, for holding the largest of the hex keys and for tethering a cable that’s running down from your mounted camera.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3504px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="57sfSwHE6QaArZnByKhTcZ" name="BA48FD 1875.JPG" alt="Benro A48FD Series 4 Aluminum Monopod with 3-Leg Locking Base" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/57sfSwHE6QaArZnByKhTcZ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3504" height="1970" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/57sfSwHE6QaArZnByKhTcZ-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The kit comes complete with a set of tools and a handy clip that you can snap over the top leg tube. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I’ve seen plenty of expensive, luxury tripods and monopods from certain manufacturers that are supplied without a carrying bag (stand up and be counted, Manfrotto). I’m impressed that despite the cut-price tag on this Benro monopod, it’s nevertheless supplied with a high-quality soft case, complete with an adjustable shoulder strap and an inner zippered pocket for stashing the set of tools.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="dtardeaq848iXGoywFb2oZ" name="BA48FD 1876.JPG" alt="Benro A48FD Series 4 Aluminum Monopod with 3-Leg Locking Base" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/dtardeaq848iXGoywFb2oZ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/dtardeaq848iXGoywFb2oZ-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The padded carrying bag is of very high quality and a definite bonus, considering the monopod’s affordable price tag. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-benro-a48fd-monopod-performance"><span>Benro A48FD Monopod: Performance</span></h3><p>The Benro monopod is short enough for me to use on my hands and knees, if I feel the need. That also means it’s not too big or heavy to carry around easily. That’s a big performance factor in my book, as unwieldy kit is likely to be left at home when I’m out and about, where it’s of no use whatsoever.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="JJCiFAXpsgG55kbfxCTcrZ" name="BA48FD P1853.JPG" alt="Benro A48FD Series 4 Aluminum Monopod with 3-Leg Locking Base" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JJCiFAXpsgG55kbfxCTcrZ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3402" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JJCiFAXpsgG55kbfxCTcrZ-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Folded down to its minimum height (or length), the monopod is conveniently small for carrying around, as well as for low-level shooting with a camera mounted on it, as shown here. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>For more practical purposes in general shooting, the Benro extends to a fairly generous height so that I can use it without stooping, and I’m a pretty tall guy (well, tall if not pretty). Maximum extension is a stern test for any monopod or tripod, because it makes use of the thinnest legs and all of the joints, each of which is a potential point of weakness. I’m pleased that the Benro feels really rigid and resistant to unwanted flexing and vibrations, even at its maximum operating height.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4893px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="RVHSvgsPnMefov7PXnu6sZ" name="BA48FD P1855.JPG" alt="Benro A48FD Series 4 Aluminum Monopod with 3-Leg Locking Base" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/RVHSvgsPnMefov7PXnu6sZ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4893" height="2752" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/RVHSvgsPnMefov7PXnu6sZ-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">I’m 6ft 5in tall and the monopod is sufficiently lofty at maximum extension for me to use comfortably, without stooping, and that’s without adding a tripod/monopod head into the equation. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Last but not least in the performance stakes, given the hybrid video/stills nature of the monopod, is its ability to enable tilting and panning. I’d say that the system works, but that it’s good rather than entirely great. I found the range of tilt to be a little limiting, and panning was prone to catching occasionally, rather than having a fluid and free-flowing action. The remedy for both of these niggles comes in the shape of a pan and tilt head, which you can buy separately and fit to the monopod.</p><p>I’d heartily recommend the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/benro-fs20pro-video-and-foto-head-review">Benro FS20PRO Hybrid Video & Foto Head</a>, which I actually bought for use with this and other monopods and tripods, and it’s been serving me thoroughly well. It’s a ball head that also includes independent tilt and panning locks with a nice fluid action. There’s even a secondary panning mechanism up on top, which is especially useful for rotating the Arca-Swiss top clamp to suit either a long lens with a tripod mounting collar, or a camera with an L-bracket or cage.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4755px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="AkCsiVAycwRMKvAvbKPLgZ" name="BA48FD P1874.JPG" alt="Benro A48FD Series 4 Aluminum Monopod with 3-Leg Locking Base" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/AkCsiVAycwRMKvAvbKPLgZ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4755" height="2673" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/AkCsiVAycwRMKvAvbKPLgZ-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">I reckon that the Benro FS20PRO Hybrid Video & Foto Head is the stuff of genius. It works great as both a ball head and as a pan and tilt head, complete with a dual-pan system for the latter. I’ve found it simply perfect for hybrid shooting. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-benro-a48fd-monopod-verdict"><span>Benro A48FD Monopod: Verdict</span></h3><p>I really like that the Benro A48FD Series 4 Aluminum Monopod with 3-Leg Locking Base amply caters to my every whim. Sometimes I want the extra stability and secure footing of a 3-leg base. Other times, I prefer the slimline and unrestricted placement of a single foot. The Benro does both, thanks to the inclusion of a 3-leg base and an alternative chunky rubber foot, which are quickly and easily swappable.</p><p>In other respects, the Benro continues to impress, with solid and sturdy performance, fast and simple adjustments, and a good range of operating heights enabled by its chunky 4-section design. Sure, it lacks the luxury of a carbon fiber monopod, but this aluminum stick is cleverly designed, smartly finished, and works a treat. All in all, it’s great for shooting both video and stills, and it’s an absolute steal at the price.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★½</p></td><td  ><p>There’s a host of features, including the interchangeable 3-legged stand and single rubber foot, but the kit doesn’t come complete with a monopod head.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★½</p></td><td  ><p>Crafty design makes the Benro really useful and a joy to use for both video and stills, backed up by solid build quality.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>Performance characteristics combine effective tilt and panning with solid and secure support. Panning could be smoother but ideally you’d add a compact video head.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Not just an adjustable pole, the Benro includes interchangeable footwear, tools and a smart padded carrying case, making it standout value for money.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3247px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.84%;"><img id="3qYeWMVNuugdYXD8EvUKbZ" name="BA48FD 00 hero 1852.JPG" alt="Benro A48FD Series 4 Aluminum Monopod with 3-Leg Locking Base" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3qYeWMVNuugdYXD8EvUKbZ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3247" height="1391" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3qYeWMVNuugdYXD8EvUKbZ-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="d15518fc-fcb1-428d-a0b9-d9ee8b5b1a18" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Benro SupaDupa Pro MSDPL46C" data-dimension48="Benro SupaDupa Pro MSDPL46C" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/benro-supadupa-pro-msdpl46c-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1460px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="XMKtpGzwNh6vPBPUEYeesh" name="Benro SupaDupa Pro MSDPL46C square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XMKtpGzwNh6vPBPUEYeesh-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1460" height="1460" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/benro-supadupa-pro-msdpl46c-review" data-dimension112="d15518fc-fcb1-428d-a0b9-d9ee8b5b1a18" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Benro SupaDupa Pro MSDPL46C" data-dimension48="Benro SupaDupa Pro MSDPL46C" data-dimension25=""><strong>Benro SupaDupa Pro MSDPL46C</strong></a> carbon fiber monopod lists at a much more expensive $209 / £209. With its carbon build, it's slightly lighter in weight at 0.9kg, yet has a stronger 32kg / 70.5lb maximum load rating and comes complete with a leveling head.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="ba5736f0-9da7-4edd-adc0-6a2b8eb4e495" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Trent 2.0" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Trent 2.0" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-trent-20-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1213px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="ZkZTcqiUb8LtqKio2PbUsh" name="3 Legged Thing Trent 2.0 square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZkZTcqiUb8LtqKio2PbUsh-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1213" height="1213" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-trent-20-review" data-dimension112="ba5736f0-9da7-4edd-adc0-6a2b8eb4e495" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Trent 2.0" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Trent 2.0" data-dimension25=""><strong>3 Legged Thing Trent 2.0</strong></a> is a magnesium alloy rather than an aluminum monopod. It’s impeccably finished, works a treat, and is particularly tall. It also has a similar three-legged base as the Benro, which optionally attaches to the bottom for added stability. The kit is slightly cheaper to buy in the USA at $90, but a little dearer in the UK at £71.</p></div> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/monopods/benro-a48fd-monopod-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The Benro A48FD Series 4 Aluminum Monopod with 3-Leg Locking Base proves that three into one really can go, and in fine style ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">DXPb48C9ehNPG2NHNeFdCB</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3qYeWMVNuugdYXD8EvUKbZ-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Sun, 21 Jun 2026 00:10:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Mon, 22 Jun 2026 06:04:57 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Monopods]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Matthew Richards ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jDd3HmNtNWfRUREZztFrQo-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3qYeWMVNuugdYXD8EvUKbZ-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Matthew Richards]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Benro A48FD Series 4 Aluminum Monopod with 3-Leg Locking Base]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Benro A48FD Series 4 Aluminum Monopod with 3-Leg Locking Base]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Benro A48FD Series 4 Aluminum Monopod with 3-Leg Locking Base]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3qYeWMVNuugdYXD8EvUKbZ-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Benro is a Chinese creator of pro-grade tripods and other photography and videography supports. The company has been going strong for 30 years and counting, and I’ve personally paid cash money for some of its products over the last 10 years or so. I’ve been very happy with all of my purchases, being continually impressed with the craftsmanship, quality and dependability, throughout heavy use over long periods of time. Items in my collection include the lofty but super-sturdy carbon fiber Benro TMA38CL Mach3 9X CF Series 3 Long Tripod, the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/benro-gh2n-gimbal-head-review">Benro GH2N gimbal head</a> for the joy of movement, the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/benro-supadupa-pro-msdpl46c-review">Benro SupaDupa Pro MSDPL46C</a> carbon fiber monopod, and the highly ingenious, ultra-versatile <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/benro-fs20pro-video-and-foto-head-review">Benro FS20PRO Hybrid Video & Foto Head</a>.</p><p>The Benro A48FD Aluminum Monopod that I’m reviewing here might not be ‘<a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/benro-supadupa-pro-msdpl46c-review">SupaDupa</a>’, but it’s still packed with clever tricks. Benro bills it as a lightweight flip-lock video monopod that’s ideal for small cameras, with a 3-leg locking base that includes a ball joint for smooth and stable shots, along with reverse folding legs for compact travel. I’d agree with all of that, although I really don’t feel it’s only ‘ideal for small cameras’. I think its 20kg / 44lb payload rating makes this monopod tough enough to support even the heaviest of cameras mounted with long lenses. All in all, it aims to be one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-monopods">best monopods</a> on the market, and quite possibly the best value for money.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5448px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="SkBX6S8Vc36tM6gYVzsXhZ" name="BA48FD 01 intro 1861.JPG" alt="Benro A48FD Series 4 Aluminum Monopod with 3-Leg Locking Base" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/SkBX6S8Vc36tM6gYVzsXhZ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5448" height="3064" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/SkBX6S8Vc36tM6gYVzsXhZ-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Benro is built to deliver solid support for shooting both stills and video. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-benro-a48fd-monopod-specifications"><span>Benro A48FD Monopod: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Material</p></td><td  ><p>Aluminum</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Folded height</p></td><td  ><p>56cm / 22in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Maximum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>164cm / 64.6in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight</p></td><td  ><p>1.07kg / 2.36lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Load rating</p></td><td  ><p>20kg / 44lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Leg sections</p></td><td  ><p>4</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Top plate</p></td><td  ><p>55mm / 2.17in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Feet</p></td><td  ><p>3-leg base + rubber pad</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Case/bag included</p></td><td  ><p>Padded bag</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-benro-a48fd-monopod-price"><span>Benro A48FD Monopod: Price</span></h3><p>I recently tested and reviewed the rather excellent Benro MSD46CB Black Diamond SupaDupa Monopod, a heavy-duty monopod with a heavy-duty price tag of $170 / £180. I’d have bought one myself if I didn’t already have the older <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/benro-supadupa-pro-msdpl46c-review">Benro SupaDupa Pro MSDPL46C</a> in my supporting cast. Shortly afterwards, I spotted this aluminum monopod kit with added extras in the shape of a 3-leg base for the bargain price of just $99 / £59, and the deal was done. It seems outrageously great value, especially in the UK, and for me, it’s a worthy additional monopod that I can use for hybrid shooting. Further investigation revealed the full list price in the UK is actually £120, but even at that price, it's reasonable value. </p><p>If you’re feeling flush, there’s also the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/benro-supadupa-pro-msdpl46c-review">Benro SupaDupa Pro MSDPL46C</a> carbon fiber monopod, which lists at a much more expensive $209 / £209. This kit doesn’t include a 3-leg base but does come complete with a leveling head that’s useful for panning when shooting video or stills.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Benro A48FD Monopod"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-benro-a48fd-monopod-design-handling"><span>Benro A48FD Monopod: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>The full title of this monopod is the Benro A48FD Series 4 Aluminum Monopod with 3-Leg Locking Base, which pretty much gives the game away and doesn’t leave much to the imagination. Even so, it’s imaginatively designed to be genuinely supportive for both videography and stills photography. It’s a bit like the best bits of a monopod and tripod all wrapped up into one convenient package, able to stand on its own three feet while giving a helping hand to panning and tilting, so you can go steady while tracking the action.</p><p>Let me start by saying what this monopod is not… It’s not carbon fiber. Even so, it has a high-quality aluminum build. It’s just that it’s also nearly twice the weight of the carbon fiber Benro MSD46CB Black Diamond SupaDupa Monopod that I mentioned earlier, although that monopod doesn’t include a 3-leg base. Either way, the aluminum model isn’t exactly heavy, at a very manageable 1.07kg / 2.36lb, and that’s with the 3-leg base fitted.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4874px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="jfPKYbwyqNmkxKrPgYGufZ" name="BA48FD 1862.JPG" alt="Benro A48FD Series 4 Aluminum Monopod with 3-Leg Locking Base" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jfPKYbwyqNmkxKrPgYGufZ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4874" height="2741" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jfPKYbwyqNmkxKrPgYGufZ-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Aluminum is the main material used in the construction of this monopod, rather than pricier carbon fiber. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>There are four leg sections in all, enabling the monopod to rise up from a fairly compact 56cm / 22in folded length (or minimum height) to a maximum operating height of 164cm / 64.6in. Sure, it’s not the tallest monopod in the world, but I’m 6ft 5in and found that it was tall enough for me to use comfortably without stooping. Naturally, if you add a monopod/tripod head of your choosing, you’ll gain an extra few inches in maximum height. More on that later.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5586px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="mTmZfQoMAKepMGmDZr7GhZ" name="BA48FD 1863.JPG" alt="Benro A48FD Series 4 Aluminum Monopod with 3-Leg Locking Base" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mTmZfQoMAKepMGmDZr7GhZ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5586" height="3141" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mTmZfQoMAKepMGmDZr7GhZ-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Each of the four leg sections extend and contract smoothly and efficiently, and even the thinnest one at the bottom is strong and sturdy, being an inch in diameter. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Each of those four leg sections is pretty beefy, with diameters of 36.2, 32.4, 28.6, and 25.2mm, as measured from fattest at the top to the thinnest at the bottom. The four sections come complete with three flip locks, again differing from the SupaDupa design, which mostly employs twist locks with just one flip lock at the top. I’m fine with flip locks throughout, especially as they work with smooth but solid efficiency.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4269px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="YzP8b56gHFNseG5YyDJHeZ" name="BA48FD 1864.JPG" alt="Benro A48FD Series 4 Aluminum Monopod with 3-Leg Locking Base" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YzP8b56gHFNseG5YyDJHeZ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4269" height="2400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YzP8b56gHFNseG5YyDJHeZ-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The flip lock levers work very well, enabling smooth movement but locking really tightly. It’s possible to close all three locks with one hand gesture when folding down the monopod to its minimum height. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I’ll come to that 3-leg stand in a moment, but let’s start at the top and work our way downwards. The circular platform for mounting a camera or head has a sizeable diameter of 56cm / 22in. Given the monopod’s aspirations towards videography and panning for stills, I’m pleased that there are no less than three grub screws featured in the platform to securely lock a head in place if you fit one. I just hate it when a head starts unwantedly unscrewing when I’m panning in a counter-clockwise direction.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="6FpDGN3TWt2nFSF3nBnutZ" name="BA48FD 1865.JPG" alt="Benro A48FD Series 4 Aluminum Monopod with 3-Leg Locking Base" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6FpDGN3TWt2nFSF3nBnutZ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6FpDGN3TWt2nFSF3nBnutZ-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Along with the main center screw, the platform includes three grub screws for securely locking a head in place, if you feel the need to fit one (I did). </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Another neat thing about the platform is that it features a reversible screw, so you can use it for mounting cameras or heads with either a standard 1/4in or 3/8in thread. A spanner is provided along with some other tools for removing, inverting, and securely refitting the mounting screw in either orientation. While that’s in process, you can also remove the platform for securing or releasing the grub screws, and detach the wrist strap on its circular metal collar if you’d rather not use it.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3228px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="JcyVhM6nxh46iJ5sePL7YZ" name="BA48FD 1867.JPG" alt="Benro A48FD Series 4 Aluminum Monopod with 3-Leg Locking Base" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JcyVhM6nxh46iJ5sePL7YZ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3228" height="1815" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JcyVhM6nxh46iJ5sePL7YZ-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Loosening the locking nut with the supplied spanner enables you to invert the 1/4in & 3/8in screw, remove the platform and detach the wrist strap on its metal mounting ring. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A plus point of aluminum compared with carbon fiber is that it’s not prone to shattering if it gets a sharp knock (accidentally, of course). A minus point is that it feels relatively cold to the touch, which can be an issue in chilly weather if you’re not wearing gloves. With that in mind, there’s a generous length of comfort padding applied to the top tube, and very comfy it feels too, being not too firm and not too squishy.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5388px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="df22mmzzWJKE8ELGGKrgiZ" name="BA48FD 1868.JPG" alt="Benro A48FD Series 4 Aluminum Monopod with 3-Leg Locking Base" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/df22mmzzWJKE8ELGGKrgiZ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5388" height="3030" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/df22mmzzWJKE8ELGGKrgiZ-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">A generously long section of suitable comfortable comfort padding is fitted to the top leg section. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Enough beating around the bush. Let’s get onto that 3-leg stand, which is indeed a pretty standout feature of the kit. The complete assembly fixes to the bottom of the monopod in the same way that you’d attach a regular foot pad or spike, via a single threaded socket. However, each of the legs within the assembly is mounted on its own separate hinge. You can therefore rotate each of the legs down from their folded-up position, so that they stick out laterally, ready for action. They lock in place automatically when you reach full extension, thanks to the inclusion of spring-loaded pins. The head of each of the three incumbent pins has the word ‘Push’ engraved in the top, and, sure enough, you simply push them in to unlock each leg and fold it up again.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5388px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="ZhimTLXS4QVyB5wo64mEiZ" name="BA48FD 1869.JPG" alt="Benro A48FD Series 4 Aluminum Monopod with 3-Leg Locking Base" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZhimTLXS4QVyB5wo64mEiZ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5388" height="3030" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZhimTLXS4QVyB5wo64mEiZ-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The 3-leg base looks right at home on the bottom of the monopod and has its own set of grippy rubber feet. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The fact that the legs fold upwards means they don’t add anything to the stowage length of the monopod, unless you extend the bottom section to enable them to fold flush with the tube, rather than over the flip locks.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4104px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="eDteoWnWS9M4GvypsuMKeZ" name="BA48FD 1870.JPG" alt="Benro A48FD Series 4 Aluminum Monopod with 3-Leg Locking Base" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/eDteoWnWS9M4GvypsuMKeZ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4104" height="2308" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/eDteoWnWS9M4GvypsuMKeZ-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">There’s no problem folding the legs of the base over the flip locks, but, as shown here, I’ve extended the bottom section slightly so that they fold flush over the tubing. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A smart feature of the 3-leg assembly is that it has a ball and socket joint at the top. An anodized red twist clamp enables you to lock or release the joint. When locked, it keeps the monopod standing upright, or at your preferred angle to the vertical. When unlocked, the ball joint enables tilt and panning for shooting stills or video. There’s a full 360 degrees of panning on offer, but the tilt range is relatively limited.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4104px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="3uDmAGAcRMMWM4yx9prQeZ" name="BA48FD 1871.JPG" alt="Benro A48FD Series 4 Aluminum Monopod with 3-Leg Locking Base" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3uDmAGAcRMMWM4yx9prQeZ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4104" height="2308" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3uDmAGAcRMMWM4yx9prQeZ-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The red twist-action clamp shown in this image is for locking the ball joint in place or for enabling pan and tilt movement. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Although the 3-leg base is a major feature of the kit, there are times when it’s more convenient to ditch it altogether and use the monopod in time-honored fashion, with just a single foot. With that in mind, you can simply unscrew the 3-leg base and detach it altogether, stowing it away for safekeeping.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4104px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="KUiKwrwbuX9Xxt56ahRWeZ" name="BA48FD 1872.JPG" alt="Benro A48FD Series 4 Aluminum Monopod with 3-Leg Locking Base" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KUiKwrwbuX9Xxt56ahRWeZ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4104" height="2308" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KUiKwrwbuX9Xxt56ahRWeZ-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">When removed, the 3-leg base folds down to a conveniently small size for stowing it away in tight spaces. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>For regular monopod duty without the 3-leg foot in tow, the kit comes complete with a regular and impressively chunky pointed rubber pad. It simply screws into the bottom of the monopod in place of the 3-leg base. A metal spike is available to buy as an optional extra if you’d prefer that for working on loose ground.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4104px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="UqWcuBUqRArvHcgwxTAUcZ" name="BA48FD 1873.JPG" alt="Benro A48FD Series 4 Aluminum Monopod with 3-Leg Locking Base" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/UqWcuBUqRArvHcgwxTAUcZ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4104" height="2308" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/UqWcuBUqRArvHcgwxTAUcZ-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">It only takes a few seconds to unscrew the 3-leg base and screw in the supplied rubber pad for a more conventional monopod configuration. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>For making adjustments to any of the flip locks, removing and refitting the platform, and for other running repairs or alterations, the monopod is supplied with a spanner and three hex keys of different sizes. There’s also a clip that you can attach to the top tube, for holding the largest of the hex keys and for tethering a cable that’s running down from your mounted camera.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3504px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="57sfSwHE6QaArZnByKhTcZ" name="BA48FD 1875.JPG" alt="Benro A48FD Series 4 Aluminum Monopod with 3-Leg Locking Base" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/57sfSwHE6QaArZnByKhTcZ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3504" height="1970" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/57sfSwHE6QaArZnByKhTcZ-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The kit comes complete with a set of tools and a handy clip that you can snap over the top leg tube. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I’ve seen plenty of expensive, luxury tripods and monopods from certain manufacturers that are supplied without a carrying bag (stand up and be counted, Manfrotto). I’m impressed that despite the cut-price tag on this Benro monopod, it’s nevertheless supplied with a high-quality soft case, complete with an adjustable shoulder strap and an inner zippered pocket for stashing the set of tools.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="dtardeaq848iXGoywFb2oZ" name="BA48FD 1876.JPG" alt="Benro A48FD Series 4 Aluminum Monopod with 3-Leg Locking Base" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/dtardeaq848iXGoywFb2oZ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3400" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/dtardeaq848iXGoywFb2oZ-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The padded carrying bag is of very high quality and a definite bonus, considering the monopod’s affordable price tag. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-benro-a48fd-monopod-performance"><span>Benro A48FD Monopod: Performance</span></h3><p>The Benro monopod is short enough for me to use on my hands and knees, if I feel the need. That also means it’s not too big or heavy to carry around easily. That’s a big performance factor in my book, as unwieldy kit is likely to be left at home when I’m out and about, where it’s of no use whatsoever.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="JJCiFAXpsgG55kbfxCTcrZ" name="BA48FD P1853.JPG" alt="Benro A48FD Series 4 Aluminum Monopod with 3-Leg Locking Base" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JJCiFAXpsgG55kbfxCTcrZ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6048" height="3402" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JJCiFAXpsgG55kbfxCTcrZ-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Folded down to its minimum height (or length), the monopod is conveniently small for carrying around, as well as for low-level shooting with a camera mounted on it, as shown here. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>For more practical purposes in general shooting, the Benro extends to a fairly generous height so that I can use it without stooping, and I’m a pretty tall guy (well, tall if not pretty). Maximum extension is a stern test for any monopod or tripod, because it makes use of the thinnest legs and all of the joints, each of which is a potential point of weakness. I’m pleased that the Benro feels really rigid and resistant to unwanted flexing and vibrations, even at its maximum operating height.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4893px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="RVHSvgsPnMefov7PXnu6sZ" name="BA48FD P1855.JPG" alt="Benro A48FD Series 4 Aluminum Monopod with 3-Leg Locking Base" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/RVHSvgsPnMefov7PXnu6sZ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4893" height="2752" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/RVHSvgsPnMefov7PXnu6sZ-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">I’m 6ft 5in tall and the monopod is sufficiently lofty at maximum extension for me to use comfortably, without stooping, and that’s without adding a tripod/monopod head into the equation. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Last but not least in the performance stakes, given the hybrid video/stills nature of the monopod, is its ability to enable tilting and panning. I’d say that the system works, but that it’s good rather than entirely great. I found the range of tilt to be a little limiting, and panning was prone to catching occasionally, rather than having a fluid and free-flowing action. The remedy for both of these niggles comes in the shape of a pan and tilt head, which you can buy separately and fit to the monopod.</p><p>I’d heartily recommend the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/benro-fs20pro-video-and-foto-head-review">Benro FS20PRO Hybrid Video & Foto Head</a>, which I actually bought for use with this and other monopods and tripods, and it’s been serving me thoroughly well. It’s a ball head that also includes independent tilt and panning locks with a nice fluid action. There’s even a secondary panning mechanism up on top, which is especially useful for rotating the Arca-Swiss top clamp to suit either a long lens with a tripod mounting collar, or a camera with an L-bracket or cage.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4755px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.21%;"><img id="AkCsiVAycwRMKvAvbKPLgZ" name="BA48FD P1874.JPG" alt="Benro A48FD Series 4 Aluminum Monopod with 3-Leg Locking Base" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/AkCsiVAycwRMKvAvbKPLgZ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4755" height="2673" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/AkCsiVAycwRMKvAvbKPLgZ-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">I reckon that the Benro FS20PRO Hybrid Video & Foto Head is the stuff of genius. It works great as both a ball head and as a pan and tilt head, complete with a dual-pan system for the latter. I’ve found it simply perfect for hybrid shooting. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-benro-a48fd-monopod-verdict"><span>Benro A48FD Monopod: Verdict</span></h3><p>I really like that the Benro A48FD Series 4 Aluminum Monopod with 3-Leg Locking Base amply caters to my every whim. Sometimes I want the extra stability and secure footing of a 3-leg base. Other times, I prefer the slimline and unrestricted placement of a single foot. The Benro does both, thanks to the inclusion of a 3-leg base and an alternative chunky rubber foot, which are quickly and easily swappable.</p><p>In other respects, the Benro continues to impress, with solid and sturdy performance, fast and simple adjustments, and a good range of operating heights enabled by its chunky 4-section design. Sure, it lacks the luxury of a carbon fiber monopod, but this aluminum stick is cleverly designed, smartly finished, and works a treat. All in all, it’s great for shooting both video and stills, and it’s an absolute steal at the price.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★½</p></td><td  ><p>There’s a host of features, including the interchangeable 3-legged stand and single rubber foot, but the kit doesn’t come complete with a monopod head.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★½</p></td><td  ><p>Crafty design makes the Benro really useful and a joy to use for both video and stills, backed up by solid build quality.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>Performance characteristics combine effective tilt and panning with solid and secure support. Panning could be smoother but ideally you’d add a compact video head.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Not just an adjustable pole, the Benro includes interchangeable footwear, tools and a smart padded carrying case, making it standout value for money.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3247px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.84%;"><img id="3qYeWMVNuugdYXD8EvUKbZ" name="BA48FD 00 hero 1852.JPG" alt="Benro A48FD Series 4 Aluminum Monopod with 3-Leg Locking Base" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3qYeWMVNuugdYXD8EvUKbZ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3247" height="1391" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3qYeWMVNuugdYXD8EvUKbZ-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="d15518fc-fcb1-428d-a0b9-d9ee8b5b1a18" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Benro SupaDupa Pro MSDPL46C" data-dimension48="Benro SupaDupa Pro MSDPL46C" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/benro-supadupa-pro-msdpl46c-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1460px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="XMKtpGzwNh6vPBPUEYeesh" name="Benro SupaDupa Pro MSDPL46C square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XMKtpGzwNh6vPBPUEYeesh-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1460" height="1460" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/benro-supadupa-pro-msdpl46c-review" data-dimension112="d15518fc-fcb1-428d-a0b9-d9ee8b5b1a18" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Benro SupaDupa Pro MSDPL46C" data-dimension48="Benro SupaDupa Pro MSDPL46C" data-dimension25=""><strong>Benro SupaDupa Pro MSDPL46C</strong></a> carbon fiber monopod lists at a much more expensive $209 / £209. With its carbon build, it's slightly lighter in weight at 0.9kg, yet has a stronger 32kg / 70.5lb maximum load rating and comes complete with a leveling head.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="ba5736f0-9da7-4edd-adc0-6a2b8eb4e495" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Trent 2.0" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Trent 2.0" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-trent-20-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1213px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="ZkZTcqiUb8LtqKio2PbUsh" name="3 Legged Thing Trent 2.0 square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZkZTcqiUb8LtqKio2PbUsh-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1213" height="1213" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-trent-20-review" data-dimension112="ba5736f0-9da7-4edd-adc0-6a2b8eb4e495" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="3 Legged Thing Trent 2.0" data-dimension48="3 Legged Thing Trent 2.0" data-dimension25=""><strong>3 Legged Thing Trent 2.0</strong></a> is a magnesium alloy rather than an aluminum monopod. It’s impeccably finished, works a treat, and is particularly tall. It also has a similar three-legged base as the Benro, which optionally attaches to the bottom for added stability. The kit is slightly cheaper to buy in the USA at $90, but a little dearer in the UK at £71.</p></div>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ 3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC review: revamped and revitalized, this is the new and improved version of a smart fluid head for videographers ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>It’s been two and a half years since I reviewed the original <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-airhed-cine-review">3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine</a>, and I was very impressed at the time. It was everything I’d come to expect from the company behind it – an innovative design that packs an array of useful features, with excellent build quality and an impeccable finish. </p><p>Enough said? Well, while I’ve been steadily adding to my personal collection of 3 Legged Thing photo and video equipment over the years, the new and improved AirHed Cine CC is destined for a place on my shopping list, with its ability to turn pretty much any set of legs into one of <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-video-tripod">the best video tripods</a>. It certainly looks and feels right at home on my prized <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review">3 Legged Thing Winston 2.0</a> sturdy carbon tripod.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4399px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="Gc4Ai8vUdX9b25Xm9rxcy7" name="3LTAC 01 intro 2142" alt="3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC video tripod head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Gc4Ai8vUdX9b25Xm9rxcy7-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4399" height="2475" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Gc4Ai8vUdX9b25Xm9rxcy7-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Available in all-black or in grey and orange (as shown here), the head is compact and lightweight at just 690g / 1.5lb, yet has a strong payload rating of 10kg / 22lb. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-airhed-cine-cc-specifications"><span>3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Tilt range</strong></p></td><td  ><p>165 degrees (90 forward, 75 back)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Panning range</strong></p></td><td  ><p>360 degrees</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Maximum payload</strong></p></td><td  ><p>10kg / 22lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Base diameter</strong></p></td><td  ><p>60mm / 2.36"</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>QR plate</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Arca-Swiss 100mm / 3.94"</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Dimensions (LWH)</strong></p></td><td  ><p>24x11x10cm / 9.4x4.3x3.9"</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Weight</strong></p></td><td  ><p>690g / 1.5lb</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-airhed-cine-cc-price"><span>3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC: Price</span></h3><p>Specialist video heads are often big, heavy, unwieldy, and very expensive to buy. The 3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC is ideal in my books (and those of my accountant), in that it’s relatively compact, lightweight, and reasonably priced, at $249 / £229 / AU$799. Considering the feature set and quality of construction, it’s a bit of a bargain.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-airhed-cine-cc-design-handling"><span>3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>I didn’t find much of anything wrong with the original version of the 3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine fluid, video head, but the updated ‘CC’ adds some neat new tricks. Let’s not get ahead of ourselves, though, and start with the basics. The head is designed primarily with videography in mind, but it works just fine for shooting stills as well, especially if panning is the name of the game for tracking sports or wildlife subjects. It’s also a good fit for a large spotting scope.</p><p>A key feature of any video head is that it enables smooth pan and tilt movements, and, just like the original, the CC has a lovely fluid feel to it, based on a quality design and spring-loaded counterbalance mechanism. That said, the counterbalance is not adjustable to accommodate different sizes and weights of camera, but the omission is what I’d expect from a relatively compact, lightweight, and affordable video head, such as this one.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4399px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="ctfqXivih2ez8Q72W7F2y7" name="3LTAC 2145" alt="3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC video tripod head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ctfqXivih2ez8Q72W7F2y7-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4399" height="2475" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ctfqXivih2ez8Q72W7F2y7-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Crucial to panning and tilting is the panning handle itself, as your primary point of physical contact with the head. The handle is completely revamped in the new version, the main difference being that it has a retractable design. Not only does it enable you to choose the length that feels most comfortable and natural in use, but it also makes it less likely that you’ll need to remove it and stash it separately when stowing the head. The images above and below show the panning handle in its retracted and fully extended states.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5568px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.18%;"><img id="TJE2TT8W2NigSTPC4fC448" name="3LTAC 2146" alt="3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC video tripod head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TJE2TT8W2NigSTPC4fC448-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5568" height="3128" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TJE2TT8W2NigSTPC4fC448-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">This is what the retractable panning handle looks like at full stretch. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>True to type, the panning handle is mounted on splines, which enable a wide range of rotational adjustment as well as ensuring a secure fitment that avoids any slippage or wobbling. The arm release knob can be pulled out and rotated on a six-sided head to ensure it doesn’t stick out in the wrong direction and get in the way when fastened.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3915px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="9m4YYyAxqpteQ7FU7qxzv7" name="3LTAC 2148" alt="3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC video tripod head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9m4YYyAxqpteQ7FU7qxzv7-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3915" height="2203" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9m4YYyAxqpteQ7FU7qxzv7-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Splines on the panning handle’s connection plates help to avoid any unwanted slipping and sliding. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Also, as I’d hope for in a video head, the panning handle can be attached to the left or right side, catering not only to left-handed and right-handed users but also to individual preference. Some right-handers will prefer to use the panning handle with their left hand, to leave their right hand free for operating the mounted camera.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5568px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.18%;"><img id="wkfmWcRxZrdndTuzdpeA38" name="3LTAC 2149" alt="3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC video tripod head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wkfmWcRxZrdndTuzdpeA38-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5568" height="3128" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wkfmWcRxZrdndTuzdpeA38-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">You can fasten the panning handle onto the left of right hand side of the head. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>At the center of the left side of the head is the main tilt-action lock and release knob. It operates with smooth simplicity and can lock off the tilt very securely for fixed position shooting. Only minimal turning is required to lock or release the head’s tilt mechanism. A generous 165 degrees of tilt is on offer, from 90 degrees forward to 75 degrees backward.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3915px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="aJiJX6dfMYaLdYkFDgYux7" name="3LTAC 2150" alt="3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC video tripod head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aJiJX6dfMYaLdYkFDgYux7-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3915" height="2203" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aJiJX6dfMYaLdYkFDgYux7-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The large lock/release knob for tilting is shown center stage in this image. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Above and to the front of the tilt knob on the side of the head is a mounting socket with a standard 1/4-inch thread. You can use this to attach accessories like a microphone, LED lamp, or video monitor. 3 Legged Thing offers two sizes of optional ‘Pivot Magic Arms’ for the task.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4628px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="9knRwUGSPqDe4WckB9YKx7" name="3LTAC 2151" alt="3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC video tripod head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9knRwUGSPqDe4WckB9YKx7-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4628" height="2604" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9knRwUGSPqDe4WckB9YKx7-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">A threaded 1/4-inch socket enables the attachment of your choice of accessories. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Down at the bottom of the left-hand side is the panning lock/release knob. Like the release knob for the panning handle, this one is spring-loaded and sits on a six-sided head, so you can pull it out and rotate it to your preferred position. Loosening the lever enables a full 360-degree panning rotation. To help keep tabs on movement, there’s a 360-degree scale on the base, numbered in 15-degree intervals and marked with lines at smaller 2.5-degree increments.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4305px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="hXcPiWZRdxuf7ngD9VLDx7" name="3LTAC 2152" alt="3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC video tripod head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hXcPiWZRdxuf7ngD9VLDx7-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4305" height="2422" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hXcPiWZRdxuf7ngD9VLDx7-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The lock/release lever for panning is at the base, next to a rotary calibrated scale. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>To help with leveling your tripod legs, which in turn helps to ensure that everything stays on the level when you’re panning, there’s a bubble level built into the lower section of the head. A secondary bubble level is fitted to the main clamp at the top, for assistance with leveling the tilt mechanism.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4305px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="nWq2WPjx5QNqEzKpiC6Yw7" name="3LTAC 2153" alt="3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC video tripod head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/nWq2WPjx5QNqEzKpiC6Yw7-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4305" height="2422" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/nWq2WPjx5QNqEzKpiC6Yw7-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">This image shows the lower of the two bubble levels, helpful for leveling the tripod legs. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Another upgrade over the original version of the head is that the clamp up on top can be removed by undoing four hex screws, and rotated laterally through 90-degree intervals. The bonus here is that you can change the orientation of the QR plate from running front-to-back to side-to-side. This can be a big advantage if you’re using a camera with an L-bracket or a cage.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4366px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="zA7nbDah2RKvk7GsN6xKz7" name="3LTAC 2155" alt="3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC video tripod head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zA7nbDah2RKvk7GsN6xKz7-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4366" height="2456" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zA7nbDah2RKvk7GsN6xKz7-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The clamp up top is secured by four hex screws. Removing these enables you to rotate the clamp in 90-degree increments, making it more versatile for wide-ranging setups. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The Arca-Swiss compatible quick-release plate is also redesigned. For starters, it’s longer at 100mm instead of 90mm, giving more scope for centering the weight of your camera on the head. It also features a sliding camera screw sled and spring-loaded locator pin, plus a cable management hook at the front. The QR plate also adds compatibility for 3 Legged Thing’s growing range of ‘Xpand’ accessories, cheese plates, and risers, and features multiple 1/4-inch and 3/8-inch threaded screw holes.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3503px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="RQMGJk7R4g4Q4DVvfmquv7" name="3LTAC 2159" alt="3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC video tripod head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/RQMGJk7R4g4Q4DVvfmquv7-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3503" height="1970" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/RQMGJk7R4g4Q4DVvfmquv7-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The images above and below show the top and bottom of the ‘XP 100 Ultra Plate’, 3 Legged Thing’s redesigned Arca-Swiss compatible quick-release plate that’s supplied with the head.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3503px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="JwHEzkEbDWYwktzxughXw7" name="3LTAC 2160" alt="3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC video tripod head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JwHEzkEbDWYwktzxughXw7-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3503" height="1970" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JwHEzkEbDWYwktzxughXw7-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Last but not least, the head is supplied complete with 3 Legged Thing’s handy ‘Toolz’ multi-tool, which features hex keys, a flat-blade coin key, a keyring clip, and a carabiner for attaching it to whatever you see fit. It even works as a bottle opener if things get really tough.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3503px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="uxAQADwL9mARHwZYg6XXv7" name="3LTAC 2161" alt="3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC video tripod head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uxAQADwL9mARHwZYg6XXv7-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3503" height="1970" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uxAQADwL9mARHwZYg6XXv7-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Toolz multi-tool is a neat addition that comes with many and varied 3 Legged Thing tripods and heads. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-airhed-cine-cc-performance"><span>3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC: Performance</span></h3><p>I’m impressed that despite having a compact size and weighing in at just 690g / 1.5lb, the AirHed Cine CC has a beefy maximum payload rating of 10kg / 22lb. As I’ve mentioned, it doesn’t feature an adjustable counterbalance system, but I found it worked well with everything from small, lightweight cameras to big, hefty outfits comprising large camera bodies with super-telephoto lenses.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4577px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="cWRN3mYKg3ghUh8tZYwA28" name="3LTAC P2136" alt="3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC video tripod head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/cWRN3mYKg3ghUh8tZYwA28-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4577" height="2574" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/cWRN3mYKg3ghUh8tZYwA28-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The non-adjustable counterbalance system works well with wide-ranging combinations of cameras and lenses. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Any video head lives or dies by the smoothness of its pan and tilt mechanisms, and the AirHed Cine CC has a really nice fluid feel to it. The new extending panning handle is a joy to use, and all the controls feel smooth, precise, and intuitive. Suffice it to say, you can devote your entire attention to shooting rather than wrestling with the head to get what you want out of it.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4732px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="7ktnshX74KwqaTGGQgomz7" name="3LTAC P2138" alt="3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC video tripod head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7ktnshX74KwqaTGGQgomz7-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4732" height="2661" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7ktnshX74KwqaTGGQgomz7-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">This Tamron 150-500mm lens has a tripod mounting collar with an Arca-Swiss compatible foot, so the top clamp can accommodate it without needing to use the QR plate. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>It can be a bit tricky to level the legs of your tripod, which can be essential to ensure your camera stays on the level during panning. One elegant solution is to add a 3 Legged Thing LevelHed Levelling Base into the mix, but it’s pretty pricey at an additional $140 / £130 / AU$259. Something I’ve seen in some video and hybrid heads, like the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/benro-fs20pro-video-and-foto-head-review">Benro FS20PRO Video & Foto Head,</a> is a secondary panning plate on top of the head, which enables you to just level the head for panning rather than the legs or a leveling base as well, but this is omitted in the AirHed Cine CC.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-airhed-cine-cc-verdict"><span>3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC: Verdict</span></h3><p>The 3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC is a great fit for me and my gear. It’s conveniently compact and lightweight, so I can stash it away in my photo backpack and grab it whenever I need to swap from shooting stills to video. It actually works really well as a pan-and-tilt head for shooting stills in addition to video, especially if you add in an L-bracket for portrait orientation shots. The laterally rotatable clamp makes the new CC version of the head all the more ideal for this, as you can use the QR plate or slot in an Arca-Swiss compatible L-bracket running sideways instead of just front-to-back.</p><p>I also like the redesigned, retractable panning handle, as it enables me to select the length that I want to use, as well as saving on storage space without feeling the need to remove the handle every time I pack the head away. The tricked-up replacement ‘XP 100 Ultra Plate’ is yet another improvement, and I like the way that I don’t even have to use the QR plate at all if I’m shooting with big, heavy telephoto lenses that have an Arca-Swiss profile mounting foot in their tripod mounting collars. All in all, the ‘CC’ is a worthy upgrade over the original. With its clever design, rich feature list, excellent build quality, and stylish finish, this one’s a keeper.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★½</p></td><td  ><p>The original AirHed Cine had an impressive feature list but the CC adds a rotatable clamp, retractable panning handle and an upgraded ‘XP 100 Ultra Plate’.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★½</p></td><td  ><p>The design combines compactness and lightness of weight with a hefty payload rating and excellent build quality, along with intuitive ease of use.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★½</p></td><td  ><p>There’s no adjustable counterbalance system nor a secondary upper panning plate but the head performs brilliantly well and has a wonderfully fluid feel to its tilt and pan mechanisms.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★½</p></td><td  ><p>In no way is this a ‘cheap’ video head but considering the features, design and performance, it’s great value for money.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4970px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.86%;"><img id="8EyivYUMFQFsNw4NQeJjz7" name="3LTAC 00 hero 2141" alt="3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC video tripod head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8EyivYUMFQFsNw4NQeJjz7-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4970" height="2130" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8EyivYUMFQFsNw4NQeJjz7-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="f88bf70e-108c-4da1-bff1-f7c50e7d60c4" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Benro FS20PRO Video &amp; Foto Head" data-dimension48="Benro FS20PRO Video &amp; Foto Head" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/benro-fs20pro-video-and-foto-head-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2013px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="ZmggnVKRX7Ba4KYWtzhAHQ" name="Benro FS20PRO Video & Foto Head square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZmggnVKRX7Ba4KYWtzhAHQ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2013" height="2013" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/benro-fs20pro-video-and-foto-head-review" data-dimension112="f88bf70e-108c-4da1-bff1-f7c50e7d60c4" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Benro FS20PRO Video &amp; Foto Head" data-dimension48="Benro FS20PRO Video &amp; Foto Head" data-dimension25=""><strong>Benro FS20PRO Video & Foto Head</strong></a> works well for both stills and video, making it an ideal head for hybrid shooters who don’t mind a bit of compromise along the way. It has a relatively modest maximum payload rating of 4.5kg / 10lb but is comparatively inexpensive at around $85 / £100 / AU$215.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="26721096-3c73-4277-9c44-8057da5b8393" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Manfrotto 504X Fluid Video Head with flat base" data-dimension48="Manfrotto 504X Fluid Video Head with flat base" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/manfrotto-504x-635-fast-single-leg-carbon-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1512px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="w5kMRengZMxPuo7WYEwfHQ" name="Manfrotto 504X square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/w5kMRengZMxPuo7WYEwfHQ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1512" height="1512" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/manfrotto-504x-635-fast-single-leg-carbon-review" data-dimension112="26721096-3c73-4277-9c44-8057da5b8393" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Manfrotto 504X Fluid Video Head with flat base" data-dimension48="Manfrotto 504X Fluid Video Head with flat base" data-dimension25=""><strong>Manfrotto 504X Fluid Video Head with flat base</strong></a> is a big, chunky beast with a variable fluid drag system on both pan and tilt, along with a 4-step variable counterbalance system for different weights and sizes of gear. It’s relatively expensive, however, at around $535 / £375 / AU$710.</p></div> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/3-legged-thing-airhed-cine-cc-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The 3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC takes all the best bits from the original design and adds some useful new features, at a competitive price ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">3ctyfLE7vkWcX54bphNzSE</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8EyivYUMFQFsNw4NQeJjz7-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Sat, 20 Jun 2026 10:45:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Tripods]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Matthew Richards ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jDd3HmNtNWfRUREZztFrQo-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8EyivYUMFQFsNw4NQeJjz7-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Matthew Richards]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC video tripod head]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC video tripod head]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC video tripod head]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8EyivYUMFQFsNw4NQeJjz7-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>It’s been two and a half years since I reviewed the original <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-airhed-cine-review">3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine</a>, and I was very impressed at the time. It was everything I’d come to expect from the company behind it – an innovative design that packs an array of useful features, with excellent build quality and an impeccable finish. </p><p>Enough said? Well, while I’ve been steadily adding to my personal collection of 3 Legged Thing photo and video equipment over the years, the new and improved AirHed Cine CC is destined for a place on my shopping list, with its ability to turn pretty much any set of legs into one of <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-video-tripod">the best video tripods</a>. It certainly looks and feels right at home on my prized <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/3-legged-thing-winston-20-review">3 Legged Thing Winston 2.0</a> sturdy carbon tripod.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4399px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="Gc4Ai8vUdX9b25Xm9rxcy7" name="3LTAC 01 intro 2142" alt="3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC video tripod head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Gc4Ai8vUdX9b25Xm9rxcy7-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4399" height="2475" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Gc4Ai8vUdX9b25Xm9rxcy7-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Available in all-black or in grey and orange (as shown here), the head is compact and lightweight at just 690g / 1.5lb, yet has a strong payload rating of 10kg / 22lb. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-airhed-cine-cc-specifications"><span>3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Tilt range</strong></p></td><td  ><p>165 degrees (90 forward, 75 back)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Panning range</strong></p></td><td  ><p>360 degrees</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Maximum payload</strong></p></td><td  ><p>10kg / 22lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Base diameter</strong></p></td><td  ><p>60mm / 2.36"</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>QR plate</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Arca-Swiss 100mm / 3.94"</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Dimensions (LWH)</strong></p></td><td  ><p>24x11x10cm / 9.4x4.3x3.9"</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Weight</strong></p></td><td  ><p>690g / 1.5lb</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-airhed-cine-cc-price"><span>3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC: Price</span></h3><p>Specialist video heads are often big, heavy, unwieldy, and very expensive to buy. The 3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC is ideal in my books (and those of my accountant), in that it’s relatively compact, lightweight, and reasonably priced, at $249 / £229 / AU$799. Considering the feature set and quality of construction, it’s a bit of a bargain.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-airhed-cine-cc-design-handling"><span>3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>I didn’t find much of anything wrong with the original version of the 3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine fluid, video head, but the updated ‘CC’ adds some neat new tricks. Let’s not get ahead of ourselves, though, and start with the basics. The head is designed primarily with videography in mind, but it works just fine for shooting stills as well, especially if panning is the name of the game for tracking sports or wildlife subjects. It’s also a good fit for a large spotting scope.</p><p>A key feature of any video head is that it enables smooth pan and tilt movements, and, just like the original, the CC has a lovely fluid feel to it, based on a quality design and spring-loaded counterbalance mechanism. That said, the counterbalance is not adjustable to accommodate different sizes and weights of camera, but the omission is what I’d expect from a relatively compact, lightweight, and affordable video head, such as this one.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4399px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="ctfqXivih2ez8Q72W7F2y7" name="3LTAC 2145" alt="3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC video tripod head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ctfqXivih2ez8Q72W7F2y7-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4399" height="2475" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ctfqXivih2ez8Q72W7F2y7-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Crucial to panning and tilting is the panning handle itself, as your primary point of physical contact with the head. The handle is completely revamped in the new version, the main difference being that it has a retractable design. Not only does it enable you to choose the length that feels most comfortable and natural in use, but it also makes it less likely that you’ll need to remove it and stash it separately when stowing the head. The images above and below show the panning handle in its retracted and fully extended states.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5568px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.18%;"><img id="TJE2TT8W2NigSTPC4fC448" name="3LTAC 2146" alt="3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC video tripod head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TJE2TT8W2NigSTPC4fC448-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5568" height="3128" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TJE2TT8W2NigSTPC4fC448-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">This is what the retractable panning handle looks like at full stretch. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>True to type, the panning handle is mounted on splines, which enable a wide range of rotational adjustment as well as ensuring a secure fitment that avoids any slippage or wobbling. The arm release knob can be pulled out and rotated on a six-sided head to ensure it doesn’t stick out in the wrong direction and get in the way when fastened.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3915px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="9m4YYyAxqpteQ7FU7qxzv7" name="3LTAC 2148" alt="3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC video tripod head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9m4YYyAxqpteQ7FU7qxzv7-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3915" height="2203" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9m4YYyAxqpteQ7FU7qxzv7-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Splines on the panning handle’s connection plates help to avoid any unwanted slipping and sliding. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Also, as I’d hope for in a video head, the panning handle can be attached to the left or right side, catering not only to left-handed and right-handed users but also to individual preference. Some right-handers will prefer to use the panning handle with their left hand, to leave their right hand free for operating the mounted camera.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5568px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.18%;"><img id="wkfmWcRxZrdndTuzdpeA38" name="3LTAC 2149" alt="3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC video tripod head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wkfmWcRxZrdndTuzdpeA38-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5568" height="3128" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wkfmWcRxZrdndTuzdpeA38-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">You can fasten the panning handle onto the left of right hand side of the head. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>At the center of the left side of the head is the main tilt-action lock and release knob. It operates with smooth simplicity and can lock off the tilt very securely for fixed position shooting. Only minimal turning is required to lock or release the head’s tilt mechanism. A generous 165 degrees of tilt is on offer, from 90 degrees forward to 75 degrees backward.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3915px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="aJiJX6dfMYaLdYkFDgYux7" name="3LTAC 2150" alt="3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC video tripod head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aJiJX6dfMYaLdYkFDgYux7-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3915" height="2203" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aJiJX6dfMYaLdYkFDgYux7-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The large lock/release knob for tilting is shown center stage in this image. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Above and to the front of the tilt knob on the side of the head is a mounting socket with a standard 1/4-inch thread. You can use this to attach accessories like a microphone, LED lamp, or video monitor. 3 Legged Thing offers two sizes of optional ‘Pivot Magic Arms’ for the task.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4628px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="9knRwUGSPqDe4WckB9YKx7" name="3LTAC 2151" alt="3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC video tripod head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9knRwUGSPqDe4WckB9YKx7-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4628" height="2604" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9knRwUGSPqDe4WckB9YKx7-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">A threaded 1/4-inch socket enables the attachment of your choice of accessories. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Down at the bottom of the left-hand side is the panning lock/release knob. Like the release knob for the panning handle, this one is spring-loaded and sits on a six-sided head, so you can pull it out and rotate it to your preferred position. Loosening the lever enables a full 360-degree panning rotation. To help keep tabs on movement, there’s a 360-degree scale on the base, numbered in 15-degree intervals and marked with lines at smaller 2.5-degree increments.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4305px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="hXcPiWZRdxuf7ngD9VLDx7" name="3LTAC 2152" alt="3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC video tripod head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hXcPiWZRdxuf7ngD9VLDx7-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4305" height="2422" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hXcPiWZRdxuf7ngD9VLDx7-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The lock/release lever for panning is at the base, next to a rotary calibrated scale. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>To help with leveling your tripod legs, which in turn helps to ensure that everything stays on the level when you’re panning, there’s a bubble level built into the lower section of the head. A secondary bubble level is fitted to the main clamp at the top, for assistance with leveling the tilt mechanism.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4305px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="nWq2WPjx5QNqEzKpiC6Yw7" name="3LTAC 2153" alt="3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC video tripod head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/nWq2WPjx5QNqEzKpiC6Yw7-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4305" height="2422" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/nWq2WPjx5QNqEzKpiC6Yw7-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">This image shows the lower of the two bubble levels, helpful for leveling the tripod legs. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Another upgrade over the original version of the head is that the clamp up on top can be removed by undoing four hex screws, and rotated laterally through 90-degree intervals. The bonus here is that you can change the orientation of the QR plate from running front-to-back to side-to-side. This can be a big advantage if you’re using a camera with an L-bracket or a cage.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4366px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="zA7nbDah2RKvk7GsN6xKz7" name="3LTAC 2155" alt="3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC video tripod head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zA7nbDah2RKvk7GsN6xKz7-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4366" height="2456" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zA7nbDah2RKvk7GsN6xKz7-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The clamp up top is secured by four hex screws. Removing these enables you to rotate the clamp in 90-degree increments, making it more versatile for wide-ranging setups. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The Arca-Swiss compatible quick-release plate is also redesigned. For starters, it’s longer at 100mm instead of 90mm, giving more scope for centering the weight of your camera on the head. It also features a sliding camera screw sled and spring-loaded locator pin, plus a cable management hook at the front. The QR plate also adds compatibility for 3 Legged Thing’s growing range of ‘Xpand’ accessories, cheese plates, and risers, and features multiple 1/4-inch and 3/8-inch threaded screw holes.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3503px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="RQMGJk7R4g4Q4DVvfmquv7" name="3LTAC 2159" alt="3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC video tripod head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/RQMGJk7R4g4Q4DVvfmquv7-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3503" height="1970" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/RQMGJk7R4g4Q4DVvfmquv7-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The images above and below show the top and bottom of the ‘XP 100 Ultra Plate’, 3 Legged Thing’s redesigned Arca-Swiss compatible quick-release plate that’s supplied with the head.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3503px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="JwHEzkEbDWYwktzxughXw7" name="3LTAC 2160" alt="3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC video tripod head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JwHEzkEbDWYwktzxughXw7-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3503" height="1970" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JwHEzkEbDWYwktzxughXw7-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Last but not least, the head is supplied complete with 3 Legged Thing’s handy ‘Toolz’ multi-tool, which features hex keys, a flat-blade coin key, a keyring clip, and a carabiner for attaching it to whatever you see fit. It even works as a bottle opener if things get really tough.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3503px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="uxAQADwL9mARHwZYg6XXv7" name="3LTAC 2161" alt="3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC video tripod head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uxAQADwL9mARHwZYg6XXv7-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3503" height="1970" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uxAQADwL9mARHwZYg6XXv7-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Toolz multi-tool is a neat addition that comes with many and varied 3 Legged Thing tripods and heads. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-airhed-cine-cc-performance"><span>3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC: Performance</span></h3><p>I’m impressed that despite having a compact size and weighing in at just 690g / 1.5lb, the AirHed Cine CC has a beefy maximum payload rating of 10kg / 22lb. As I’ve mentioned, it doesn’t feature an adjustable counterbalance system, but I found it worked well with everything from small, lightweight cameras to big, hefty outfits comprising large camera bodies with super-telephoto lenses.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4577px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="cWRN3mYKg3ghUh8tZYwA28" name="3LTAC P2136" alt="3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC video tripod head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/cWRN3mYKg3ghUh8tZYwA28-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4577" height="2574" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/cWRN3mYKg3ghUh8tZYwA28-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The non-adjustable counterbalance system works well with wide-ranging combinations of cameras and lenses. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Any video head lives or dies by the smoothness of its pan and tilt mechanisms, and the AirHed Cine CC has a really nice fluid feel to it. The new extending panning handle is a joy to use, and all the controls feel smooth, precise, and intuitive. Suffice it to say, you can devote your entire attention to shooting rather than wrestling with the head to get what you want out of it.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4732px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="7ktnshX74KwqaTGGQgomz7" name="3LTAC P2138" alt="3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC video tripod head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7ktnshX74KwqaTGGQgomz7-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4732" height="2661" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7ktnshX74KwqaTGGQgomz7-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">This Tamron 150-500mm lens has a tripod mounting collar with an Arca-Swiss compatible foot, so the top clamp can accommodate it without needing to use the QR plate. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>It can be a bit tricky to level the legs of your tripod, which can be essential to ensure your camera stays on the level during panning. One elegant solution is to add a 3 Legged Thing LevelHed Levelling Base into the mix, but it’s pretty pricey at an additional $140 / £130 / AU$259. Something I’ve seen in some video and hybrid heads, like the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/benro-fs20pro-video-and-foto-head-review">Benro FS20PRO Video & Foto Head,</a> is a secondary panning plate on top of the head, which enables you to just level the head for panning rather than the legs or a leveling base as well, but this is omitted in the AirHed Cine CC.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-3-legged-thing-airhed-cine-cc-verdict"><span>3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC: Verdict</span></h3><p>The 3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC is a great fit for me and my gear. It’s conveniently compact and lightweight, so I can stash it away in my photo backpack and grab it whenever I need to swap from shooting stills to video. It actually works really well as a pan-and-tilt head for shooting stills in addition to video, especially if you add in an L-bracket for portrait orientation shots. The laterally rotatable clamp makes the new CC version of the head all the more ideal for this, as you can use the QR plate or slot in an Arca-Swiss compatible L-bracket running sideways instead of just front-to-back.</p><p>I also like the redesigned, retractable panning handle, as it enables me to select the length that I want to use, as well as saving on storage space without feeling the need to remove the handle every time I pack the head away. The tricked-up replacement ‘XP 100 Ultra Plate’ is yet another improvement, and I like the way that I don’t even have to use the QR plate at all if I’m shooting with big, heavy telephoto lenses that have an Arca-Swiss profile mounting foot in their tripod mounting collars. All in all, the ‘CC’ is a worthy upgrade over the original. With its clever design, rich feature list, excellent build quality, and stylish finish, this one’s a keeper.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★½</p></td><td  ><p>The original AirHed Cine had an impressive feature list but the CC adds a rotatable clamp, retractable panning handle and an upgraded ‘XP 100 Ultra Plate’.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★½</p></td><td  ><p>The design combines compactness and lightness of weight with a hefty payload rating and excellent build quality, along with intuitive ease of use.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★½</p></td><td  ><p>There’s no adjustable counterbalance system nor a secondary upper panning plate but the head performs brilliantly well and has a wonderfully fluid feel to its tilt and pan mechanisms.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★½</p></td><td  ><p>In no way is this a ‘cheap’ video head but considering the features, design and performance, it’s great value for money.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4970px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.86%;"><img id="8EyivYUMFQFsNw4NQeJjz7" name="3LTAC 00 hero 2141" alt="3 Legged Thing AirHed Cine CC video tripod head" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8EyivYUMFQFsNw4NQeJjz7-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4970" height="2130" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8EyivYUMFQFsNw4NQeJjz7-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="f88bf70e-108c-4da1-bff1-f7c50e7d60c4" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Benro FS20PRO Video &amp; Foto Head" data-dimension48="Benro FS20PRO Video &amp; Foto Head" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/benro-fs20pro-video-and-foto-head-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2013px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="ZmggnVKRX7Ba4KYWtzhAHQ" name="Benro FS20PRO Video & Foto Head square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ZmggnVKRX7Ba4KYWtzhAHQ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2013" height="2013" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/benro-fs20pro-video-and-foto-head-review" data-dimension112="f88bf70e-108c-4da1-bff1-f7c50e7d60c4" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Benro FS20PRO Video &amp; Foto Head" data-dimension48="Benro FS20PRO Video &amp; Foto Head" data-dimension25=""><strong>Benro FS20PRO Video & Foto Head</strong></a> works well for both stills and video, making it an ideal head for hybrid shooters who don’t mind a bit of compromise along the way. It has a relatively modest maximum payload rating of 4.5kg / 10lb but is comparatively inexpensive at around $85 / £100 / AU$215.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="26721096-3c73-4277-9c44-8057da5b8393" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Manfrotto 504X Fluid Video Head with flat base" data-dimension48="Manfrotto 504X Fluid Video Head with flat base" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/manfrotto-504x-635-fast-single-leg-carbon-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1512px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="w5kMRengZMxPuo7WYEwfHQ" name="Manfrotto 504X square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/w5kMRengZMxPuo7WYEwfHQ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1512" height="1512" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/manfrotto-504x-635-fast-single-leg-carbon-review" data-dimension112="26721096-3c73-4277-9c44-8057da5b8393" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Manfrotto 504X Fluid Video Head with flat base" data-dimension48="Manfrotto 504X Fluid Video Head with flat base" data-dimension25=""><strong>Manfrotto 504X Fluid Video Head with flat base</strong></a> is a big, chunky beast with a variable fluid drag system on both pan and tilt, along with a 4-step variable counterbalance system for different weights and sizes of gear. It’s relatively expensive, however, at around $535 / £375 / AU$710.</p></div>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Keychain cameras are trendy, but Joby shrank down a tripod for compact cameras and smartphones and gave it a clip ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Keychain cameras like the Kodak Charmera have gone viral – but that’s not the only photo gear shrinking down to fit on a key ring. Joby, the same brand behind the flexible GorillaPod, has launched a mini tripod that clips onto a belt loop or a bag that weighs just 106g / 3.7 oz.</p><p>The <a href="https://joby.com/blogs/explore/introducing-handypod-clip-extend-tripod" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">Joby HandyPod Clip Extend</a> is a mini tripod built for smartphones, compact cameras, and action cameras. While the compact tripod itself is only around six inches, the built-in extending <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-selfie-sticks">selfie stick</a> can also be used to extend the tabletop tripod to a height of 33.5 cm / 13.19 inches.</p><p>One of the tripod’s legs has a built-in carabiner, allowing creators to clip the tripod to a belt loop or backpack. The mini tripod’s folded length under 16mm / 6.5 inches makes it larger than a keychain camera, but still fairly portable for a tripod. </p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2hJcdNdwkrMegcnMA7pGBZ-1920-80.jpg" alt="The Joby Handypod Clip Extend being used by a creator" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Joby</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xpo7nLkEib2RC4JzUfXiwY-1920-80.jpg" alt="The Joby Handypod Clip Extend being used by a creator" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Joby</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XFjdEqXC6py6P5HEaAuKHZ-1920-80.jpg" alt="The Joby Handypod Clip Extend being used by a creator" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Joby</small></figcaption></figure></figure><p>I can see the new <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-mini-tripods-tabletop-camera-supports-thatll-fit-in-any-size-kit-bag">mini tripod</a> attracting creators on the go who want to pack light. The carabiner will also allow the tripod to be attached to lanyards or camera straps.</p><p>The HandyPod Clip Extend uses a standard 1/4-inch tripod thread, allowing it to accommodate a variety of different types of cameras. Those cameras should be under 1 kg / 2.2 lbs, but that still allows the tripod to support smartphones, compact cameras, action cameras, and even some lighter travel mirrorless cameras with lightweight lenses.</p><p>True to Joby’s roots, the tripod isn’t meant to spend its life on a tabletop. The legs have clips that allow the camera to enter what the company calls “mantis mode” and cling on to the side of railings and chain link fences.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="pRBP3g4NvPe6TbbGgwuJCY" name="HandyPodClipExtend_Blog_MidPageHero copy" alt="The Joby Handypod Clip Extend being used by a creator" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/pRBP3g4NvPe6TbbGgwuJCY-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2048" height="1152" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/pRBP3g4NvPe6TbbGgwuJCY-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Joby)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A ball head allows creators to further adjust the camera’s angle, including supporting both horizontal and vertical positions.</p><p>The tripod also has an integrated cold shoe to add a light, mic, or another accessory.</p><p>The tripod also doubles as a selfie stick and handheld grip.</p><p>Last year, Videndum – the same brand that owns Manfrotto and Lowepro – <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/the-brand-behind-the-iconic-gorillapod-flexible-tripods-has-just-been-sold-to-a-china-based-photography-accessory-company">sold the Joby brand to the Chinese manufacturer Vijim</a>. At the time, Videndum said the move would help them narrow their focus on more pro-oriented gear.</p><p>Since then, Joby, who is still based in California, has continued to launch portable camera accessories. The June 09 launch of the HandyPod Clip Extend follows a <a href="https://joby.com/blogs/explore/introducing-joby-griptight-cold-shoe-mount" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">GripTight Cold Shoe mount</a> that allows smartphones to be held from a shoe mount, also announced in June.</p><p>The new launch isn’t Joby’s first tripod with a carabiner, but the June 2026 launch takes on a different design and adds an extension selfie stick compared to earlier options like the HandyPod Clip and HandyPod Clip Action.</p><p>The Joby HandyPod Clip Extend sells for about $35 / £31 / AU$58 / CA$57. Some retailers have already opened orders, including <a href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1963058-REG/joby_jb0001ct_handypod_clip_extend_tripod.html" target="_blank" rel="sponsored">B&H in the US</a> and <a href="https://joby.com/products/handypod-clip-extend-tripod" target="_blank" rel="sponsored">Joby's online store</a>.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Joby HandyPod Clip Extend"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-may-also-like"><span>You may also like...</span></h3><p>Take a deep dive into the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-mini-tripods-tabletop-camera-supports-thatll-fit-in-any-size-kit-bag">best tabletop tripods</a> or the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-selfie-sticks">best selfie sticks</a>.</p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/keychain-cameras-are-trendy-but-joby-shrank-down-a-tripod-for-compact-cameras-and-smartphones-and-gave-it-a-clip</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The Joby HandyPod Clip Extend can clip to a backpack or belt loop and is built for smartphones, compact cameras, and action cams ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">5v9jgzxYco4BuC4AR6bveQ</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VR7hHNmLKvzt6Wfk4dKXQY-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Fri, 12 Jun 2026 18:02:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Tripods]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ hillary.grigonis@futurenet.com (Hillary K. Grigonis) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Hillary K. Grigonis ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aCfuiNGVeJZWn4UhcUL8aN-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;The US Editor of Digital Camera World, Hillary K. Grigonis has more than a decade of experience in journalism with a focus on photography and technology. Her work has appeared in Business Insider, Digital Trends, Pocket-lint, Rangefinder, The Phoblographer, and more. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;A current Fujifilm and former Nikon shooter, her background in reviewing camera gear means she’s handled everything from cheap Instax to medium format mirrorless. Her camera bag includes a wide range of gear from a DJI drone to a newly added vintage film SLR. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;On the weekends, she photographs portraits and weddings at Hillary K Photography. As a former photojournalist, her work favors a mix of documentary and posed styles. While she’s turned her passion for photography into a career, she still considers photowalks a break from work, while she also includes reading, hiking, kayaking, and camping among her most-loved hobbies.&lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VR7hHNmLKvzt6Wfk4dKXQY-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Joby]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[The Joby Handypod Clip Extend being used by a creator]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[The Joby Handypod Clip Extend being used by a creator]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[The Joby Handypod Clip Extend being used by a creator]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VR7hHNmLKvzt6Wfk4dKXQY-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Keychain cameras like the Kodak Charmera have gone viral – but that’s not the only photo gear shrinking down to fit on a key ring. Joby, the same brand behind the flexible GorillaPod, has launched a mini tripod that clips onto a belt loop or a bag that weighs just 106g / 3.7 oz.</p><p>The <a href="https://joby.com/blogs/explore/introducing-handypod-clip-extend-tripod" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">Joby HandyPod Clip Extend</a> is a mini tripod built for smartphones, compact cameras, and action cameras. While the compact tripod itself is only around six inches, the built-in extending <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-selfie-sticks">selfie stick</a> can also be used to extend the tabletop tripod to a height of 33.5 cm / 13.19 inches.</p><p>One of the tripod’s legs has a built-in carabiner, allowing creators to clip the tripod to a belt loop or backpack. The mini tripod’s folded length under 16mm / 6.5 inches makes it larger than a keychain camera, but still fairly portable for a tripod. </p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2hJcdNdwkrMegcnMA7pGBZ-1920-80.jpg" alt="The Joby Handypod Clip Extend being used by a creator" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Joby</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xpo7nLkEib2RC4JzUfXiwY-1920-80.jpg" alt="The Joby Handypod Clip Extend being used by a creator" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Joby</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XFjdEqXC6py6P5HEaAuKHZ-1920-80.jpg" alt="The Joby Handypod Clip Extend being used by a creator" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Joby</small></figcaption></figure></figure><p>I can see the new <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-mini-tripods-tabletop-camera-supports-thatll-fit-in-any-size-kit-bag">mini tripod</a> attracting creators on the go who want to pack light. The carabiner will also allow the tripod to be attached to lanyards or camera straps.</p><p>The HandyPod Clip Extend uses a standard 1/4-inch tripod thread, allowing it to accommodate a variety of different types of cameras. Those cameras should be under 1 kg / 2.2 lbs, but that still allows the tripod to support smartphones, compact cameras, action cameras, and even some lighter travel mirrorless cameras with lightweight lenses.</p><p>True to Joby’s roots, the tripod isn’t meant to spend its life on a tabletop. The legs have clips that allow the camera to enter what the company calls “mantis mode” and cling on to the side of railings and chain link fences.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2048px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="pRBP3g4NvPe6TbbGgwuJCY" name="HandyPodClipExtend_Blog_MidPageHero copy" alt="The Joby Handypod Clip Extend being used by a creator" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/pRBP3g4NvPe6TbbGgwuJCY-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2048" height="1152" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/pRBP3g4NvPe6TbbGgwuJCY-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Joby)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A ball head allows creators to further adjust the camera’s angle, including supporting both horizontal and vertical positions.</p><p>The tripod also has an integrated cold shoe to add a light, mic, or another accessory.</p><p>The tripod also doubles as a selfie stick and handheld grip.</p><p>Last year, Videndum – the same brand that owns Manfrotto and Lowepro – <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/the-brand-behind-the-iconic-gorillapod-flexible-tripods-has-just-been-sold-to-a-china-based-photography-accessory-company">sold the Joby brand to the Chinese manufacturer Vijim</a>. At the time, Videndum said the move would help them narrow their focus on more pro-oriented gear.</p><p>Since then, Joby, who is still based in California, has continued to launch portable camera accessories. The June 09 launch of the HandyPod Clip Extend follows a <a href="https://joby.com/blogs/explore/introducing-joby-griptight-cold-shoe-mount" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">GripTight Cold Shoe mount</a> that allows smartphones to be held from a shoe mount, also announced in June.</p><p>The new launch isn’t Joby’s first tripod with a carabiner, but the June 2026 launch takes on a different design and adds an extension selfie stick compared to earlier options like the HandyPod Clip and HandyPod Clip Action.</p><p>The Joby HandyPod Clip Extend sells for about $35 / £31 / AU$58 / CA$57. Some retailers have already opened orders, including <a href="https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1963058-REG/joby_jb0001ct_handypod_clip_extend_tripod.html" target="_blank" rel="sponsored">B&H in the US</a> and <a href="https://joby.com/products/handypod-clip-extend-tripod" target="_blank" rel="sponsored">Joby's online store</a>.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Joby HandyPod Clip Extend"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-may-also-like"><span>You may also like...</span></h3><p>Take a deep dive into the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-mini-tripods-tabletop-camera-supports-thatll-fit-in-any-size-kit-bag">best tabletop tripods</a> or the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-selfie-sticks">best selfie sticks</a>.</p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock Aluminum Video Tripod Kit review: built for speed and stability ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Benro is renowned for offering solid support to photographers and videographers. The Chinese manufacturer has been going for 30 years and counting, creating a diverse range of products. I’ve been impressed by many and varied bits of Benro kit, including the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/benro-cyanbird-carbon-tripod-with-fs30-head-review">Benro Cyanbird Carbon FS30 travel tripod kit</a>, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/benro-supadupa-pro-msdpl46c-review">Benro SupaDupa Pro MSDPL46C monopod</a>, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/benro-fs20pro-video-and-foto-head-review">Benro FS20PRO Video & Foto Head</a>, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/benro-gh5c-gimbal-head-review">Benro GH5C gimbal head,</a> and the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/benro-qrb95dual-quick-rotation-lens-bracket-review">Benro QRB95DUAL Quick Rotation Lens Bracket</a>, to name but a few.</p><p>The Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock Aluminum Video Tripod Kit that I’m reviewing this time around is from a new series of video tripods, their main claim to fame being the ‘lightning lock’ leg system. As its name suggests, the design aims to be super-fast for setting up the tripod and packing it away again after a take. Available in both aluminum and carbon fiber versions and with different heads, it aims to be one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-video-tripod">best video tripod kits</a> on the market. I put the aluminum kit with the KH fluid head to the test.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4999px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="xYpVWw8ztSBPCTUdXKFnaC" name="BVT 01 intro 2169.JPG" alt="Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock Aluminum Video Tripod Kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xYpVWw8ztSBPCTUdXKFnaC-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4999" height="2812" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xYpVWw8ztSBPCTUdXKFnaC-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Here’s one of the complete kits, comprising aluminum legs and a KH video head. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-benro-a572llkh-lightning-lock-specifications"><span>Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Material</p></td><td  ><p>Aluminum</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Folded height</p></td><td  ><p>81cm / 31.9in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Maximum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>151cm / 59.4in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Minimum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>75.5cm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight</p></td><td  ><p>3.9kg / 8.6lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Load rating</p></td><td  ><p>6.8kg / 15lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Sections per leg</p></td><td  ><p>3</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Maximum leg section diameter</p></td><td  ><p>18mm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Locking leg angles</p></td><td  ><p>1</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Feet</p></td><td  ><p>Twin spike / pad</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Case/bag included</p></td><td  ><p>Padded bag</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-benro-a572llkh-lightning-lock-price"><span>Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock: Price</span></h3><p>The current range of Lightning Lock-series legs and complete kits starts at a very competitive price and stays very reasonable through to the top end. Kicking off the selection is the set of aluminum legs on their own, priced at $175 / £220. Adding the KH fluid head for a complete kit brings the price up to $280 / £330. The carbon fiber legs on their own are slightly pricier than the complete aluminum kit, priced at $300 / £340, while the range-topping carbon kit with head sells for $380 / £450. Even that’s very affordable for a pro-grade video tripod.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-benro-a572llkh-lightning-lock-design-handling"><span>Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>Following something of a time-honored tradition for video tripods, the legs are constructed from twin-tube sections. The idea is to maximize the overall stability while reducing the risk of tortional flexing and twisting while you’re panning. As such, the top and middle sections of the 3-section legs have double tubes, and the bottom section has the usual single tube.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5568px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.18%;"><img id="CExkCf5dwaM8PgHoWSotQC" name="BVT 2167.JPG" alt="Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock Aluminum Video Tripod Kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CExkCf5dwaM8PgHoWSotQC-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5568" height="3128" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CExkCf5dwaM8PgHoWSotQC-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">True to type, there are tubular leg sections aplenty, as immediately apparent when the tripod is folded down. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>When folded out, the legs have the usual look of five tubes in a row. At least, that’s how things look when the tripod is set to its minimum height. As you extend the legs for loftier operation, the top two sections extend in pairs of tubes, and the single bottom tube of each leg also extends.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4762px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="YE7eHXZ5RHm6ejrtFkpuYC" name="BVT 2170.JPG" alt="Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock Aluminum Video Tripod Kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YE7eHXZ5RHm6ejrtFkpuYC-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4762" height="2679" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YE7eHXZ5RHm6ejrtFkpuYC-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">There are still lots of tubes in evidence when you fold the legs out and stand the tripod up. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Another bit of video tradition is that the Benro features a spreader between the legs. Again, this is to enhance stability and to make sure that the legs stay evenly and securely positioned while the tripod is in use. The spreader is typically hinged so that it folds out automatically as you pull the legs out from their folded position. As such, the tripod doesn’t feature alternative locking leg angles for operational use, and clips are included for holding the legs together when the tripod is folded down.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3849px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="cHEarG7nPY4Ej99FpwT4XC" name="BVT 2174.JPG" alt="Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock Aluminum Video Tripod Kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/cHEarG7nPY4Ej99FpwT4XC-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3849" height="2165" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/cHEarG7nPY4Ej99FpwT4XC-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The hinged spreader automatically folds out as you pull the legs away from their stowage position. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Getting on to the hotter news about extending and contracting the legs to alter the height, the tripod features Benro’s new ‘lightning locks’. I’m a fan, liking that each leg has just a single lock/release lever for height adjustment, making them very quick and easy to adjust. You simply pull each lever outwards from the leg to release all three sections, make the necessary height adjustment, then push it back in again. As well as speeding up the process of height adjustments, the system also makes it easier to level the legs.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4493px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="sKC2XoMZQdCG8Dk4nRAvQC" name="BVT 2175.JPG" alt="Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock Aluminum Video Tripod Kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sKC2XoMZQdCG8Dk4nRAvQC-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4493" height="2527" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sKC2XoMZQdCG8Dk4nRAvQC-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The leg locks do indeed work with lightning speed and very little effort, making height and leveling adjustments quick and intuitive. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>While the lightning locks enable quick and broadly accurate leveling, you still need the platform that supports the head to be perfectly leveled if panning is on the cards. That’s so that the horizon doesn’t start to tip over at an angle during panning. As such, the tripod features a 60mm leveling bowl and a simple lock/release knob underneath the main platform. Again, it’s a quick and easy system to use, as you just have to loosen the knob, make the leveling adjustment, then tighten it back up to lock the platform in place.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5568px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.18%;"><img id="hjBYLrxv5dmWUJEiKqdLSC" name="BVT 2178.JPG" alt="Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock Aluminum Video Tripod Kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hjBYLrxv5dmWUJEiKqdLSC-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5568" height="3128" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hjBYLrxv5dmWUJEiKqdLSC-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The 60mm leveling bowl follows suit, being similarly quick and easy to adjust as the legs. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As an aid to leveling, there’s a bubble level on the platform, and I’m pleased that it’s comparatively large and easy to see, unlike the tiny bubble levels of some tripods. Naturally, most cameras these days feature an artificial horizon that can be more accurate than using a bubble level, but every little helps.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5568px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.18%;"><img id="tro55L3yPvSA9cwboHEzRC" name="BVT 2180.JPG" alt="Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock Aluminum Video Tripod Kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tro55L3yPvSA9cwboHEzRC-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5568" height="3128" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tro55L3yPvSA9cwboHEzRC-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The bubble level on the platform is relatively large and clear to see. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I’ve found that some video heads have a panning action that’s a little too loose for my liking, whereas others feel a bit tight and stiff. A neat feature of the Benro is that, as well as the pan lock/release knob, there’s an adjustable fluid drag control. This has a twist action that enables you to set just the right amount of fluid drag that you’re most comfortable with, for the job at hand.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5568px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.18%;"><img id="saTfiEPQGQAAiUHSuX6RUC" name="BVT 2181.JPG" alt="Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock Aluminum Video Tripod Kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/saTfiEPQGQAAiUHSuX6RUC-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5568" height="3128" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/saTfiEPQGQAAiUHSuX6RUC-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Beneath the black panning lock/release knob, there’s a blue ring for adjusting the fluid drag, below which is a calibrated panning scale. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The tilt mechanism is relatively straightforward, with a simple lock/release knob. This gives some control over the amount of drag for front-to-back tilting, but not so much as with the panning adjuster. As I’d expect, there’s a spring-loaded counterbalance system but, again, this is quite a simple affair and the head doesn’t feature an adjustable counterbalance mechanism for tailoring it to different weights of camera.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5568px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.18%;"><img id="Pboq6p2C3qUmbF8jW7NdWC" name="BVT 2184.JPG" alt="Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock Aluminum Video Tripod Kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Pboq6p2C3qUmbF8jW7NdWC-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5568" height="3128" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Pboq6p2C3qUmbF8jW7NdWC-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The tilt lock/release knob is on the same side of the head as the panning knob, the former at the top and the latter at the bottom. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>To further enhance the feel of the tilt and panning action, the head features a generously long panning handle. It has the usual elbow that angles its shaft, and is mounted on splines that avoid any risk of slippage or wobbling. The grippy rubberized hand grip area of the panning handle is also comfortably large and feels good to the touch.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5568px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.18%;"><img id="WJoSLfxTYu93HXSjoej9XC" name="BVT 2185.JPG" alt="Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock Aluminum Video Tripod Kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/WJoSLfxTYu93HXSjoej9XC-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5568" height="3128" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/WJoSLfxTYu93HXSjoej9XC-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The splines in its mount and elbow in its shaft ensure a secure mount for the panning handle, with both vertical and lateral adjustments. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As is often the case with up-market video heads, a splined attachment bracket is featured on both the left and right sides of the head, to accommodate comfortable panning with either your left or right hand, respectively.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5568px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.18%;"><img id="rXpPVEQXReNfusawpB5DWC" name="BVT 2188.JPG" alt="Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock Aluminum Video Tripod Kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rXpPVEQXReNfusawpB5DWC-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5568" height="3128" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rXpPVEQXReNfusawpB5DWC-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Even if you’re not left-handed, you might prefer to mount the panning handle on the left to leave your right hand free for controlling your camera. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The clamp up on top is industry-standard 501 compatible and comes complete with a quick-release plate. The clamp has a rotary lock-release knob plus a security pushbutton at the rear, to avoid any nasty surprises with the plate sliding out accidentally.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5568px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.18%;"><img id="S9yG2ehBqrz435z8YxMWXC" name="BVT 2190.JPG" alt="Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock Aluminum Video Tripod Kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/S9yG2ehBqrz435z8YxMWXC-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5568" height="3128" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/S9yG2ehBqrz435z8YxMWXC-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The 501-type clamp plays host to a quick-release plate that’s supplied with the head. The safety catch release button at the rear is pictured under my thumb in this image. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The QR plate itself features a sliding mounting screw saddle for attaching your camera, cage, or lens with a tripod-mounting collar. There are also three spring-loaded security pins and a calibrated scale along both sides of the plate, for precision placement.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3370px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="KjomDyrj2UTAUdT7PDW5JC" name="BVT 2192.JPG" alt="Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock Aluminum Video Tripod Kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KjomDyrj2UTAUdT7PDW5JC-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3370" height="1895" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KjomDyrj2UTAUdT7PDW5JC-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The QR plate has a measurement scale printed on both sides and marked in millimeters. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The tripod comes with large, rubber pads which give a firm and stable footing on hard flooring and ground. They’re removable, to reveal dual spikes as alternative footwear that’s more suitable for soft flooring and loose ground. It’s nice to have the choice, my only slight complaint being that I found the rubber retaining straps that hold the rubber feet in place to be quite stiff and fiddly for removal and replacement.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3717px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="uorB9fL7u7e725YnP3PgHC" name="BVT 2194.JPG" alt="Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock Aluminum Video Tripod Kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uorB9fL7u7e725YnP3PgHC-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3717" height="2090" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uorB9fL7u7e725YnP3PgHC-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The image above shows one of the large rubber foot pads, whereas it has been removed for the image below, which shows the dual metal spikes.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3717px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="mwdNPJDbdXr3vXqCR2j5P9" name="BVT 2195.JPG" alt="Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock Aluminum Video Tripod Kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mwdNPJDbdXr3vXqCR2j5P9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3717" height="2090" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mwdNPJDbdXr3vXqCR2j5P9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-benro-a572llkh-lightning-lock-performance"><span>Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock: Performance</span></h3><p>A key performance plus point is that the ‘lightning locks’ live up to their billing and enable super-quick setup of the tripod. That can be a massive bonus if you need to react quickly to an unfolding storyline at weddings and other events, and for shooting sports or wildlife. The bowl mechanism in the head is similarly speedy for quick and accurate leveling, so you’re ready to roll in no time at all.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4104px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="voxaRPVDhsaBjAE3trTkQC" name="BVT 2198.JPG" alt="Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock Aluminum Video Tripod Kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/voxaRPVDhsaBjAE3trTkQC-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4104" height="2308" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/voxaRPVDhsaBjAE3trTkQC-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The maximum operating height is adequate rather than overly generous, and ultra-low-level shooting isn’t available. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>There’s a fairly decent height range on offer, from a minimum operating height of 75cm / 29.5 inches, up to a maximum of 151cm / 59.5 inches. That should suffice for most scenarios, but won’t cover you for ultra-low-level shooting or for getting an overview with a really tall perspective.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5568px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.18%;"><img id="45ScEGqFWLqUazGZtaYfVC" name="BVT 2204.JPG" alt="Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock Aluminum Video Tripod Kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/45ScEGqFWLqUazGZtaYfVC-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5568" height="3128" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/45ScEGqFWLqUazGZtaYfVC-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Tightening the pan and tilt knobs effectively enable you to lock off the tripod for static shooting. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Stability and rigidity are impressive, and the tripod is very resistant to flexing and vibrations when panning and tilting. Pan and tilt themselves operate with the requisite fluidity for videography, and I’m very happy with the adjustable fluid drag control for panning. The lack of an adjustable counterbalance system can be less rewarding, especially if you’re using hefty camera and lens combinations. The maximum payload rating of the kit is 6.8kg / 15lb, which again should suffice for most needs but isn’t overly generous. There’s also no threaded socket for attaching accessories like an LED lamp, microphone, or monitor screen via a magic arm.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5568px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.18%;"><img id="rfxoHGGnpzuQiU4wotkFWC" name="BVT 2206.JPG" alt="Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock Aluminum Video Tripod Kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rfxoHGGnpzuQiU4wotkFWC-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5568" height="3128" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rfxoHGGnpzuQiU4wotkFWC-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Unlike a growing range of video tripods and heads, there’s no threaded socket for adding accessories like a monitor screen or LED lamp. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Ultimately, the Benro won’t win any prizes for its range of height adjustment or maximum load-bearing capability, but performance is very pleasing within the design parameters. It’s a quick and easy video tripod to use, without being too big, heavy, and cumbersome.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4501px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="s6deQdm4WaNSfPKmtYxWXC" name="BVT 2207.JPG" alt="Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock Aluminum Video Tripod Kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/s6deQdm4WaNSfPKmtYxWXC-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4501" height="2531" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/s6deQdm4WaNSfPKmtYxWXC-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Weighing in at a manageable 3.9kg / 8.6lb, the complete aluminum tripod kit with video head is ideal to take on the road, and comes complete with a padded bag. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-benro-a572llkh-lightning-lock-verdict"><span>Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock: Verdict</span></h3><p>There’s a lot to like in the Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock Aluminum Video Tripod Kit. Living up to its billing, the new ‘lightning lock’ system enables super-fast height adjustments and leveling of the legs, while the 60mm bowl mechanism in the head allows for ultra-precise leveling adjustments. As well as being quick and easy to set up, the tripod operates with smooth efficiency and features an adjustable fluid drag mechanism for panning. That’s backed up by good resistance to unwanted flexing and vibrations.</p><p>The maximum load rating isn’t overly generous, there’s no adjustable counterbalance system, and the feet require a bit of effort to swap them between rubber pads and dual metal spikes. Even so, the Benro is simple to use, highly effective in most shooting scenarios, and very good value for money.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★½</p></td><td  ><p>The lightning locks for height adjustment are the most innovative feature but the adjustable fluid drag for panning is another high point.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>The design is a mix of old and new, enabling speedy setup but lacking a few finer points like an adjustable counterbalance system, accessory mount or a provision for ultra-low-level shooting.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>Rigidity and resistance to flexing and vibrations are good, and the tripod is a smooth operator for panning and tilt.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>For a complete video tripod kit that includes specialized legs, a leveling bowl and clever head, the aluminum version in particularly is good value for money.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2964px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.85%;"><img id="hUwut5JRk4Pf92w3vXK4T9" name="BVT 00 hero 2165.JPG" alt="Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock Aluminum Video Tripod Kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hUwut5JRk4Pf92w3vXK4T9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2964" height="1270" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hUwut5JRk4Pf92w3vXK4T9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="f88bf70e-108c-4da1-bff1-f7c50e7d60c4" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Vanguard Alta Pro 3VRL 303CV 18" data-dimension48="Vanguard Alta Pro 3VRL 303CV 18" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/vanguard-alta-pro-3vrl-303cv-18-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1181px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="eYsdbcjwRDChgnvCdAuNch" name="Vanguard Alta Pro 3VRL 303CV 18 square.JPG" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/eYsdbcjwRDChgnvCdAuNch-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1181" height="1181" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/vanguard-alta-pro-3vrl-303cv-18-review" data-dimension112="f88bf70e-108c-4da1-bff1-f7c50e7d60c4" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Vanguard Alta Pro 3VRL 303CV 18" data-dimension48="Vanguard Alta Pro 3VRL 303CV 18" data-dimension25=""><strong>Vanguard Alta Pro 3VRL 303CV 18</strong></a> carbon fiber video tripod kit has an impressive range of fluid movement, thanks to a clever head and a rock-solid set of legs. I also like its quick-release leveling base and additional flat platform.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="26721096-3c73-4277-9c44-8057da5b8393" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Manfrotto 504X 635 Fast Single Leg Carbon" data-dimension48="Manfrotto 504X 635 Fast Single Leg Carbon" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/manfrotto-504x-635-fast-single-leg-carbon-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1945px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="aJNq8yWa8zZqkfjpZsRLfh" name="Manfrotto 504X 635 Fast square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aJNq8yWa8zZqkfjpZsRLfh-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1945" height="1945" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/manfrotto-504x-635-fast-single-leg-carbon-review" data-dimension112="26721096-3c73-4277-9c44-8057da5b8393" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Manfrotto 504X 635 Fast Single Leg Carbon" data-dimension48="Manfrotto 504X 635 Fast Single Leg Carbon" data-dimension25=""><strong>Manfrotto 504X 635 Fast Single Leg Carbon</strong></a> uses a similarly quick-action, single clamp for each set of leg sections, and the complete kit comes with a particularly excellent pan and tilt video head. However, it’s very much more expensive than the Benro kit to buy.</p></div> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/benro-a572llkh-lightning-lock-aluminum-video-tripod-kit-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock Aluminum Video Tripod Kit is from a new generation of pro-grade video tripods from a leading manufacturer ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">BtGR8JWGgCF6VKqMRUEjZG</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hUwut5JRk4Pf92w3vXK4T9-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Thu, 11 Jun 2026 15:39:47 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Tripods]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Matthew Richards ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jDd3HmNtNWfRUREZztFrQo-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hUwut5JRk4Pf92w3vXK4T9-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Matthew Richards]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock Aluminum Video Tripod Kit]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock Aluminum Video Tripod Kit]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock Aluminum Video Tripod Kit]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hUwut5JRk4Pf92w3vXK4T9-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Benro is renowned for offering solid support to photographers and videographers. The Chinese manufacturer has been going for 30 years and counting, creating a diverse range of products. I’ve been impressed by many and varied bits of Benro kit, including the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/benro-cyanbird-carbon-tripod-with-fs30-head-review">Benro Cyanbird Carbon FS30 travel tripod kit</a>, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/benro-supadupa-pro-msdpl46c-review">Benro SupaDupa Pro MSDPL46C monopod</a>, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/benro-fs20pro-video-and-foto-head-review">Benro FS20PRO Video & Foto Head</a>, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/benro-gh5c-gimbal-head-review">Benro GH5C gimbal head,</a> and the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/benro-qrb95dual-quick-rotation-lens-bracket-review">Benro QRB95DUAL Quick Rotation Lens Bracket</a>, to name but a few.</p><p>The Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock Aluminum Video Tripod Kit that I’m reviewing this time around is from a new series of video tripods, their main claim to fame being the ‘lightning lock’ leg system. As its name suggests, the design aims to be super-fast for setting up the tripod and packing it away again after a take. Available in both aluminum and carbon fiber versions and with different heads, it aims to be one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-video-tripod">best video tripod kits</a> on the market. I put the aluminum kit with the KH fluid head to the test.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4999px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="xYpVWw8ztSBPCTUdXKFnaC" name="BVT 01 intro 2169.JPG" alt="Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock Aluminum Video Tripod Kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xYpVWw8ztSBPCTUdXKFnaC-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4999" height="2812" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/xYpVWw8ztSBPCTUdXKFnaC-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Here’s one of the complete kits, comprising aluminum legs and a KH video head. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-benro-a572llkh-lightning-lock-specifications"><span>Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Material</p></td><td  ><p>Aluminum</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Folded height</p></td><td  ><p>81cm / 31.9in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Maximum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>151cm / 59.4in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Minimum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>75.5cm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight</p></td><td  ><p>3.9kg / 8.6lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Load rating</p></td><td  ><p>6.8kg / 15lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Sections per leg</p></td><td  ><p>3</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Maximum leg section diameter</p></td><td  ><p>18mm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Locking leg angles</p></td><td  ><p>1</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Feet</p></td><td  ><p>Twin spike / pad</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Case/bag included</p></td><td  ><p>Padded bag</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-benro-a572llkh-lightning-lock-price"><span>Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock: Price</span></h3><p>The current range of Lightning Lock-series legs and complete kits starts at a very competitive price and stays very reasonable through to the top end. Kicking off the selection is the set of aluminum legs on their own, priced at $175 / £220. Adding the KH fluid head for a complete kit brings the price up to $280 / £330. The carbon fiber legs on their own are slightly pricier than the complete aluminum kit, priced at $300 / £340, while the range-topping carbon kit with head sells for $380 / £450. Even that’s very affordable for a pro-grade video tripod.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-benro-a572llkh-lightning-lock-design-handling"><span>Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>Following something of a time-honored tradition for video tripods, the legs are constructed from twin-tube sections. The idea is to maximize the overall stability while reducing the risk of tortional flexing and twisting while you’re panning. As such, the top and middle sections of the 3-section legs have double tubes, and the bottom section has the usual single tube.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5568px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.18%;"><img id="CExkCf5dwaM8PgHoWSotQC" name="BVT 2167.JPG" alt="Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock Aluminum Video Tripod Kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CExkCf5dwaM8PgHoWSotQC-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5568" height="3128" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CExkCf5dwaM8PgHoWSotQC-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">True to type, there are tubular leg sections aplenty, as immediately apparent when the tripod is folded down. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>When folded out, the legs have the usual look of five tubes in a row. At least, that’s how things look when the tripod is set to its minimum height. As you extend the legs for loftier operation, the top two sections extend in pairs of tubes, and the single bottom tube of each leg also extends.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4762px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="YE7eHXZ5RHm6ejrtFkpuYC" name="BVT 2170.JPG" alt="Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock Aluminum Video Tripod Kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YE7eHXZ5RHm6ejrtFkpuYC-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4762" height="2679" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/YE7eHXZ5RHm6ejrtFkpuYC-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">There are still lots of tubes in evidence when you fold the legs out and stand the tripod up. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Another bit of video tradition is that the Benro features a spreader between the legs. Again, this is to enhance stability and to make sure that the legs stay evenly and securely positioned while the tripod is in use. The spreader is typically hinged so that it folds out automatically as you pull the legs out from their folded position. As such, the tripod doesn’t feature alternative locking leg angles for operational use, and clips are included for holding the legs together when the tripod is folded down.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3849px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="cHEarG7nPY4Ej99FpwT4XC" name="BVT 2174.JPG" alt="Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock Aluminum Video Tripod Kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/cHEarG7nPY4Ej99FpwT4XC-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3849" height="2165" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/cHEarG7nPY4Ej99FpwT4XC-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The hinged spreader automatically folds out as you pull the legs away from their stowage position. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Getting on to the hotter news about extending and contracting the legs to alter the height, the tripod features Benro’s new ‘lightning locks’. I’m a fan, liking that each leg has just a single lock/release lever for height adjustment, making them very quick and easy to adjust. You simply pull each lever outwards from the leg to release all three sections, make the necessary height adjustment, then push it back in again. As well as speeding up the process of height adjustments, the system also makes it easier to level the legs.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4493px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="sKC2XoMZQdCG8Dk4nRAvQC" name="BVT 2175.JPG" alt="Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock Aluminum Video Tripod Kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sKC2XoMZQdCG8Dk4nRAvQC-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4493" height="2527" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sKC2XoMZQdCG8Dk4nRAvQC-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The leg locks do indeed work with lightning speed and very little effort, making height and leveling adjustments quick and intuitive. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>While the lightning locks enable quick and broadly accurate leveling, you still need the platform that supports the head to be perfectly leveled if panning is on the cards. That’s so that the horizon doesn’t start to tip over at an angle during panning. As such, the tripod features a 60mm leveling bowl and a simple lock/release knob underneath the main platform. Again, it’s a quick and easy system to use, as you just have to loosen the knob, make the leveling adjustment, then tighten it back up to lock the platform in place.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5568px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.18%;"><img id="hjBYLrxv5dmWUJEiKqdLSC" name="BVT 2178.JPG" alt="Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock Aluminum Video Tripod Kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hjBYLrxv5dmWUJEiKqdLSC-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5568" height="3128" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hjBYLrxv5dmWUJEiKqdLSC-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The 60mm leveling bowl follows suit, being similarly quick and easy to adjust as the legs. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As an aid to leveling, there’s a bubble level on the platform, and I’m pleased that it’s comparatively large and easy to see, unlike the tiny bubble levels of some tripods. Naturally, most cameras these days feature an artificial horizon that can be more accurate than using a bubble level, but every little helps.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5568px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.18%;"><img id="tro55L3yPvSA9cwboHEzRC" name="BVT 2180.JPG" alt="Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock Aluminum Video Tripod Kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tro55L3yPvSA9cwboHEzRC-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5568" height="3128" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tro55L3yPvSA9cwboHEzRC-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The bubble level on the platform is relatively large and clear to see. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I’ve found that some video heads have a panning action that’s a little too loose for my liking, whereas others feel a bit tight and stiff. A neat feature of the Benro is that, as well as the pan lock/release knob, there’s an adjustable fluid drag control. This has a twist action that enables you to set just the right amount of fluid drag that you’re most comfortable with, for the job at hand.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5568px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.18%;"><img id="saTfiEPQGQAAiUHSuX6RUC" name="BVT 2181.JPG" alt="Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock Aluminum Video Tripod Kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/saTfiEPQGQAAiUHSuX6RUC-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5568" height="3128" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/saTfiEPQGQAAiUHSuX6RUC-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Beneath the black panning lock/release knob, there’s a blue ring for adjusting the fluid drag, below which is a calibrated panning scale. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The tilt mechanism is relatively straightforward, with a simple lock/release knob. This gives some control over the amount of drag for front-to-back tilting, but not so much as with the panning adjuster. As I’d expect, there’s a spring-loaded counterbalance system but, again, this is quite a simple affair and the head doesn’t feature an adjustable counterbalance mechanism for tailoring it to different weights of camera.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5568px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.18%;"><img id="Pboq6p2C3qUmbF8jW7NdWC" name="BVT 2184.JPG" alt="Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock Aluminum Video Tripod Kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Pboq6p2C3qUmbF8jW7NdWC-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5568" height="3128" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Pboq6p2C3qUmbF8jW7NdWC-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The tilt lock/release knob is on the same side of the head as the panning knob, the former at the top and the latter at the bottom. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>To further enhance the feel of the tilt and panning action, the head features a generously long panning handle. It has the usual elbow that angles its shaft, and is mounted on splines that avoid any risk of slippage or wobbling. The grippy rubberized hand grip area of the panning handle is also comfortably large and feels good to the touch.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5568px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.18%;"><img id="WJoSLfxTYu93HXSjoej9XC" name="BVT 2185.JPG" alt="Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock Aluminum Video Tripod Kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/WJoSLfxTYu93HXSjoej9XC-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5568" height="3128" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/WJoSLfxTYu93HXSjoej9XC-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The splines in its mount and elbow in its shaft ensure a secure mount for the panning handle, with both vertical and lateral adjustments. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As is often the case with up-market video heads, a splined attachment bracket is featured on both the left and right sides of the head, to accommodate comfortable panning with either your left or right hand, respectively.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5568px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.18%;"><img id="rXpPVEQXReNfusawpB5DWC" name="BVT 2188.JPG" alt="Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock Aluminum Video Tripod Kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rXpPVEQXReNfusawpB5DWC-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5568" height="3128" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rXpPVEQXReNfusawpB5DWC-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Even if you’re not left-handed, you might prefer to mount the panning handle on the left to leave your right hand free for controlling your camera. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The clamp up on top is industry-standard 501 compatible and comes complete with a quick-release plate. The clamp has a rotary lock-release knob plus a security pushbutton at the rear, to avoid any nasty surprises with the plate sliding out accidentally.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5568px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.18%;"><img id="S9yG2ehBqrz435z8YxMWXC" name="BVT 2190.JPG" alt="Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock Aluminum Video Tripod Kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/S9yG2ehBqrz435z8YxMWXC-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5568" height="3128" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/S9yG2ehBqrz435z8YxMWXC-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The 501-type clamp plays host to a quick-release plate that’s supplied with the head. The safety catch release button at the rear is pictured under my thumb in this image. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The QR plate itself features a sliding mounting screw saddle for attaching your camera, cage, or lens with a tripod-mounting collar. There are also three spring-loaded security pins and a calibrated scale along both sides of the plate, for precision placement.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3370px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="KjomDyrj2UTAUdT7PDW5JC" name="BVT 2192.JPG" alt="Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock Aluminum Video Tripod Kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KjomDyrj2UTAUdT7PDW5JC-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3370" height="1895" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KjomDyrj2UTAUdT7PDW5JC-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The QR plate has a measurement scale printed on both sides and marked in millimeters. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The tripod comes with large, rubber pads which give a firm and stable footing on hard flooring and ground. They’re removable, to reveal dual spikes as alternative footwear that’s more suitable for soft flooring and loose ground. It’s nice to have the choice, my only slight complaint being that I found the rubber retaining straps that hold the rubber feet in place to be quite stiff and fiddly for removal and replacement.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3717px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="uorB9fL7u7e725YnP3PgHC" name="BVT 2194.JPG" alt="Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock Aluminum Video Tripod Kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uorB9fL7u7e725YnP3PgHC-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3717" height="2090" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uorB9fL7u7e725YnP3PgHC-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The image above shows one of the large rubber foot pads, whereas it has been removed for the image below, which shows the dual metal spikes.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3717px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="mwdNPJDbdXr3vXqCR2j5P9" name="BVT 2195.JPG" alt="Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock Aluminum Video Tripod Kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mwdNPJDbdXr3vXqCR2j5P9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3717" height="2090" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mwdNPJDbdXr3vXqCR2j5P9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-benro-a572llkh-lightning-lock-performance"><span>Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock: Performance</span></h3><p>A key performance plus point is that the ‘lightning locks’ live up to their billing and enable super-quick setup of the tripod. That can be a massive bonus if you need to react quickly to an unfolding storyline at weddings and other events, and for shooting sports or wildlife. The bowl mechanism in the head is similarly speedy for quick and accurate leveling, so you’re ready to roll in no time at all.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4104px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="voxaRPVDhsaBjAE3trTkQC" name="BVT 2198.JPG" alt="Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock Aluminum Video Tripod Kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/voxaRPVDhsaBjAE3trTkQC-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4104" height="2308" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/voxaRPVDhsaBjAE3trTkQC-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The maximum operating height is adequate rather than overly generous, and ultra-low-level shooting isn’t available. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>There’s a fairly decent height range on offer, from a minimum operating height of 75cm / 29.5 inches, up to a maximum of 151cm / 59.5 inches. That should suffice for most scenarios, but won’t cover you for ultra-low-level shooting or for getting an overview with a really tall perspective.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5568px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.18%;"><img id="45ScEGqFWLqUazGZtaYfVC" name="BVT 2204.JPG" alt="Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock Aluminum Video Tripod Kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/45ScEGqFWLqUazGZtaYfVC-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5568" height="3128" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/45ScEGqFWLqUazGZtaYfVC-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Tightening the pan and tilt knobs effectively enable you to lock off the tripod for static shooting. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Stability and rigidity are impressive, and the tripod is very resistant to flexing and vibrations when panning and tilting. Pan and tilt themselves operate with the requisite fluidity for videography, and I’m very happy with the adjustable fluid drag control for panning. The lack of an adjustable counterbalance system can be less rewarding, especially if you’re using hefty camera and lens combinations. The maximum payload rating of the kit is 6.8kg / 15lb, which again should suffice for most needs but isn’t overly generous. There’s also no threaded socket for attaching accessories like an LED lamp, microphone, or monitor screen via a magic arm.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5568px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.18%;"><img id="rfxoHGGnpzuQiU4wotkFWC" name="BVT 2206.JPG" alt="Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock Aluminum Video Tripod Kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rfxoHGGnpzuQiU4wotkFWC-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5568" height="3128" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rfxoHGGnpzuQiU4wotkFWC-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Unlike a growing range of video tripods and heads, there’s no threaded socket for adding accessories like a monitor screen or LED lamp. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Ultimately, the Benro won’t win any prizes for its range of height adjustment or maximum load-bearing capability, but performance is very pleasing within the design parameters. It’s a quick and easy video tripod to use, without being too big, heavy, and cumbersome.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4501px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="s6deQdm4WaNSfPKmtYxWXC" name="BVT 2207.JPG" alt="Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock Aluminum Video Tripod Kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/s6deQdm4WaNSfPKmtYxWXC-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4501" height="2531" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/s6deQdm4WaNSfPKmtYxWXC-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Weighing in at a manageable 3.9kg / 8.6lb, the complete aluminum tripod kit with video head is ideal to take on the road, and comes complete with a padded bag. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-benro-a572llkh-lightning-lock-verdict"><span>Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock: Verdict</span></h3><p>There’s a lot to like in the Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock Aluminum Video Tripod Kit. Living up to its billing, the new ‘lightning lock’ system enables super-fast height adjustments and leveling of the legs, while the 60mm bowl mechanism in the head allows for ultra-precise leveling adjustments. As well as being quick and easy to set up, the tripod operates with smooth efficiency and features an adjustable fluid drag mechanism for panning. That’s backed up by good resistance to unwanted flexing and vibrations.</p><p>The maximum load rating isn’t overly generous, there’s no adjustable counterbalance system, and the feet require a bit of effort to swap them between rubber pads and dual metal spikes. Even so, the Benro is simple to use, highly effective in most shooting scenarios, and very good value for money.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★½</p></td><td  ><p>The lightning locks for height adjustment are the most innovative feature but the adjustable fluid drag for panning is another high point.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>The design is a mix of old and new, enabling speedy setup but lacking a few finer points like an adjustable counterbalance system, accessory mount or a provision for ultra-low-level shooting.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>Rigidity and resistance to flexing and vibrations are good, and the tripod is a smooth operator for panning and tilt.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>For a complete video tripod kit that includes specialized legs, a leveling bowl and clever head, the aluminum version in particularly is good value for money.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2964px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.85%;"><img id="hUwut5JRk4Pf92w3vXK4T9" name="BVT 00 hero 2165.JPG" alt="Benro A572LLKH Lightning Lock Aluminum Video Tripod Kit" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hUwut5JRk4Pf92w3vXK4T9-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2964" height="1270" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hUwut5JRk4Pf92w3vXK4T9-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="f88bf70e-108c-4da1-bff1-f7c50e7d60c4" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Vanguard Alta Pro 3VRL 303CV 18" data-dimension48="Vanguard Alta Pro 3VRL 303CV 18" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/vanguard-alta-pro-3vrl-303cv-18-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1181px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="eYsdbcjwRDChgnvCdAuNch" name="Vanguard Alta Pro 3VRL 303CV 18 square.JPG" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/eYsdbcjwRDChgnvCdAuNch-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1181" height="1181" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/vanguard-alta-pro-3vrl-303cv-18-review" data-dimension112="f88bf70e-108c-4da1-bff1-f7c50e7d60c4" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Vanguard Alta Pro 3VRL 303CV 18" data-dimension48="Vanguard Alta Pro 3VRL 303CV 18" data-dimension25=""><strong>Vanguard Alta Pro 3VRL 303CV 18</strong></a> carbon fiber video tripod kit has an impressive range of fluid movement, thanks to a clever head and a rock-solid set of legs. I also like its quick-release leveling base and additional flat platform.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="26721096-3c73-4277-9c44-8057da5b8393" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Manfrotto 504X 635 Fast Single Leg Carbon" data-dimension48="Manfrotto 504X 635 Fast Single Leg Carbon" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/manfrotto-504x-635-fast-single-leg-carbon-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1945px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="aJNq8yWa8zZqkfjpZsRLfh" name="Manfrotto 504X 635 Fast square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aJNq8yWa8zZqkfjpZsRLfh-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1945" height="1945" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/manfrotto-504x-635-fast-single-leg-carbon-review" data-dimension112="26721096-3c73-4277-9c44-8057da5b8393" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Manfrotto 504X 635 Fast Single Leg Carbon" data-dimension48="Manfrotto 504X 635 Fast Single Leg Carbon" data-dimension25=""><strong>Manfrotto 504X 635 Fast Single Leg Carbon</strong></a> uses a similarly quick-action, single clamp for each set of leg sections, and the complete kit comes with a particularly excellent pan and tilt video head. However, it’s very much more expensive than the Benro kit to buy.</p></div>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Really Right Stuff's most affordable carbon fiber tripod yet still holds up to 40 pounds for pro-grade gear ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Carbon fiber tripods tend to hold heavier loads, but come at a premium cost. Really Right Stuff (RRS), the U.S.-based company known for its high-end carbon pro fiber camera support systems, believes its new Core Line offers a compelling solution.</p><p>According to RRS, the new Benchmark and Benchmark Inverted tripods are the most affordable carbon fiber tripods the company has ever produced, costing up to 32% less than comparable in-house alternatives.</p><p><a href="https://reallyrightstuff.com/benchmark/" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">The Core Line</a> is RRS's first tripod series produced entirely at its facility in Lehi, Utah, from raw fiber to finished legs. That, the company says, is one of the main reasons the new options are more affordable than the brand's previous supports.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3543px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="7NbL9nK3j29oSq8NjssRjb" name="bench,mark" alt="The RSS Benchmark carbon fiber tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7NbL9nK3j29oSq8NjssRjb-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3543" height="1993" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7NbL9nK3j29oSq8NjssRjb-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The RSS Benchmark carbon fiber tripod  </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Really Right Stuff)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The Benchmark is a four-section carbon fiber tripod designed for maximum stability, reach, and load capacity. It offers four leg-angle positions (24°, 44°, 64°, and 84°), weather-sealed twist locks designed to prevent over-twisting, and magnetic pull tabs that make adjustments easier, even while wearing gloves.</p><p>Built for heavier camera setups, the Benchmark supports up to 75 lb (34 kg), with a height range of 4.2 in (10.7 cm) to 69.7 in (177 cm). It weighs 3.8 lb (1.7 kg) and folds to 23.6 in (60 cm). While suitable for travel and hiking, it is less compact than many dedicated <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-tripod" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">travel tripods</a> when folded.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3543px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="TpbrLB497D4qHDwrWWUz7c" name="inverted" alt="tripod." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TpbrLB497D4qHDwrWWUz7c-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3543" height="1993" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TpbrLB497D4qHDwrWWUz7c-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The RSS Benchmark Inverted carbon fibre tripod  </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Really Right Stuff)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The Benchmark Inverted shares the same core features but uses a three-section design with an inverted leg system that allows the tripod to be extended or collapsed from the top. RRS says this enables photographers to adjust the tripod without changing their position.</p><p>The Benchmark Inverted supports up to 40 lb (18 kg), weighs 3.6 lb (1.6 kg), and offers a height range of 4.6 in (11.8 cm) to 61.1 in (155.2 cm). It folds to 26.5 in (67.3 cm). Although relatively lightweight, its folded length may make it difficult to fit inside some backpacks.</p><p>The Core Line is available for preorder exclusively on the <a href="https://reallyrightstuff.com/benchmark/" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">RSS website</a>, with prices starting at $945 (£701 / AU$1,315) for the Benchmark and $795 (£589 / AU$1,106) for the Benchmark Inverted.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-might-also-like"><span>You might also like…</span></h2><p>Check out our expert review of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/peak-design-travel-tripod-review">Peak Design Travel Tripod</a> (carbon fibre), which tops our list of <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-tripod">best travel tripods</a>. </p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/really-right-stuffs-most-affordable-carbon-fiber-tripod-yet-still-holds-up-to-40-pounds-for-pro-grade-gear</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ RRS has unveiled its most affordable carbon fiber tripod lineup yet with the new Core Line promising the brand's signature stability ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">pt7m35iMSrBXNmesSra2d5</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zcZxt6NurPG7qN3qwjqSmb-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Tue, 02 Jun 2026 19:33:27 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Tripods]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Alan Palazon ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Zf7tYsbRE9JKvfVjebG5Cn-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;I’ve been writing professionally since 2021 and joined Digital Camera World as a staff writer in 2026. My previous role was as a junior editor for a careers advice publisher and I’ve freelanced in the sustainability and travel and tourism niches.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;In 2025, I became a qualified journalist completing my training remotely while traveling through Latin America. The experience melded my love for words and photography, and expanded my photographic interest into international photojournalism. Capturing the world’s incredible landscapes and cultures through the lens is what most inspires me.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;I started out on a Nikon D3500, which was the ideal entry-level digital camera, but have since upgraded to Sony’s Alpha system. My go-to setup is the A7III (and later A7 models) paired with the 24-105 F4 G lens. In all honesty, cameras are so advanced these days that I don’t think it matters what make or model you use.&lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zcZxt6NurPG7qN3qwjqSmb-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Really Right Stuff]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[tripod. ]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[tripod. ]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[tripod. ]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zcZxt6NurPG7qN3qwjqSmb-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Carbon fiber tripods tend to hold heavier loads, but come at a premium cost. Really Right Stuff (RRS), the U.S.-based company known for its high-end carbon pro fiber camera support systems, believes its new Core Line offers a compelling solution.</p><p>According to RRS, the new Benchmark and Benchmark Inverted tripods are the most affordable carbon fiber tripods the company has ever produced, costing up to 32% less than comparable in-house alternatives.</p><p><a href="https://reallyrightstuff.com/benchmark/" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">The Core Line</a> is RRS's first tripod series produced entirely at its facility in Lehi, Utah, from raw fiber to finished legs. That, the company says, is one of the main reasons the new options are more affordable than the brand's previous supports.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3543px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="7NbL9nK3j29oSq8NjssRjb" name="bench,mark" alt="The RSS Benchmark carbon fiber tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7NbL9nK3j29oSq8NjssRjb-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3543" height="1993" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7NbL9nK3j29oSq8NjssRjb-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The RSS Benchmark carbon fiber tripod  </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Really Right Stuff)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The Benchmark is a four-section carbon fiber tripod designed for maximum stability, reach, and load capacity. It offers four leg-angle positions (24°, 44°, 64°, and 84°), weather-sealed twist locks designed to prevent over-twisting, and magnetic pull tabs that make adjustments easier, even while wearing gloves.</p><p>Built for heavier camera setups, the Benchmark supports up to 75 lb (34 kg), with a height range of 4.2 in (10.7 cm) to 69.7 in (177 cm). It weighs 3.8 lb (1.7 kg) and folds to 23.6 in (60 cm). While suitable for travel and hiking, it is less compact than many dedicated <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-tripod" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">travel tripods</a> when folded.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3543px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="TpbrLB497D4qHDwrWWUz7c" name="inverted" alt="tripod." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TpbrLB497D4qHDwrWWUz7c-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3543" height="1993" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TpbrLB497D4qHDwrWWUz7c-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The RSS Benchmark Inverted carbon fibre tripod  </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Really Right Stuff)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The Benchmark Inverted shares the same core features but uses a three-section design with an inverted leg system that allows the tripod to be extended or collapsed from the top. RRS says this enables photographers to adjust the tripod without changing their position.</p><p>The Benchmark Inverted supports up to 40 lb (18 kg), weighs 3.6 lb (1.6 kg), and offers a height range of 4.6 in (11.8 cm) to 61.1 in (155.2 cm). It folds to 26.5 in (67.3 cm). Although relatively lightweight, its folded length may make it difficult to fit inside some backpacks.</p><p>The Core Line is available for preorder exclusively on the <a href="https://reallyrightstuff.com/benchmark/" target="_blank" rel="nofollow">RSS website</a>, with prices starting at $945 (£701 / AU$1,315) for the Benchmark and $795 (£589 / AU$1,106) for the Benchmark Inverted.</p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-might-also-like"><span>You might also like…</span></h2><p>Check out our expert review of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/peak-design-travel-tripod-review">Peak Design Travel Tripod</a> (carbon fibre), which tops our list of <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-tripod">best travel tripods</a>. </p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ There’s no such thing as the perfect camera tripod, and it's the laws of physics that are to blame! ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>[HeaderNot every digital camera has in-body or lens-enabled image stabilization, and even those that do need a little extra help from time to time. Especially in low light, where I might not want to simply crank-up ISO sensitivity or deploy artificial lighting.</p><p>Enter the camera tripod, which has been around as long as photography itself. Think metal sheet or glass plate photographs from the 19th Century that required excessively long exposures to produce an image. Not only did subjects need to remain as static as corpses, but the camera did too.</p><p><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/photography/france-set-to-stage-a-year-long-celebration-to-mark-200-years-of-photography-in-2026">Nearly two hundred years later</a>, however, I’m still yet to encounter the perfect camera or the perfect camera tripod. Even finding a tripod that matches my personal needs most of the time can be tricky, and nigh impossible if embarking on both stills and video capture, with the latter requiring a smooth panning head capability and seamless real-time adjustment.</p><p>I blame the basic laws of physics; which, having suffered through physics lessons and exams as a teenager, I’m always happy to do. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5950px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="iQhJsErJhVA823RkgfTg5k" name="CMB1324.howto_landscapes.IP_RS41256_DSC_6648 copy" alt="Group of tripods" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/iQhJsErJhVA823RkgfTg5k-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="5950" height="3347" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The tripod paradox... bigger may be better for stability, but smaller is better for portability </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>If I want a lightweight and portable tripod, it’s not going to be able to cope with my large camera body and heavyweight telephoto lens. And if I compensate by going for a larger, heavier tripod, it’s obviously not going to be as portable. Yes, some tripods will allow me to hang a balancing weight from a hook at the base of the center column, to lower the centre of gravity and increase stability, but not all.</p><p>Therefore, the rule of thumb I go by is to always opt for the sturdiest possible example, which typically means the heaviest tripod I am prepared to carry. There’s no point in buying something I’m going to struggle to transport and use; it’ll just get left at home. The warhorse of a Velbon CX 540 tripod and three-way PH-656Q <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-pan-and-tilt-tripod-heads">pan-and-tilt head</a> has served me well for the past 25 years. Yes, I could spend more on a <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/carbon-fiber-tripods">carbon fiber tripod </a>for maximum strength and a relatively lightweight build over a heavier aluminum model at a lower cost, but, whichever, there is always a compromise to be made.</p><p>And whether I choose a <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-ball-heads-for-tripods">ball head</a>, a three-way head, a two-way head, a <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-geared-tripod-head">geared head</a> or a <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-video-tripod">fluid video head</a> is an article all to itself. Types of leg lock also differ; but basically, I’m looking at something that is quickly adjustable yet provides maximum flexibility in terms of height and stability with it. Three-section legs with lever locks have served me just fine.</p><p>Alternatively, to throw a cat amongst the pigeons, might a <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-monopods">monopod</a> with height adjustable sections and a tripod-like base occasionally suit you better than a tripod? I’ve found monopods useful when needing to gain height in a narrow or confined space, when shooting alongside other people, or over the heads of a crowd.</p><p>But while, ultimately, I don’t believe there is a one-size-suits-all solution, it’s safe to say that any camera tripod (or monopod) is better than no tripod at all.</p><p><strong>Check out our full guide to the </strong><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod"><strong>best tripods for photography</strong></a><strong></strong></p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/theres-no-such-thing-as-the-perfect-camera-tripod-and-its-the-laws-of-physics-that-are-to-blame</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The frustrating truth about finding the perfect three-legged photographers' friend ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">K7RYqBJwuVWF8jQmZTZifU</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Vqrie65PxBxhcfavvHQSFk-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Mon, 01 Jun 2026 16:04:26 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Mon, 01 Jun 2026 16:04:37 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Tripods]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Gavin Stoker ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/cEpxm5TCwZVj9XaYBGaerE-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Vqrie65PxBxhcfavvHQSFk-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Group of tripods]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Group of tripods]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Group of tripods]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Vqrie65PxBxhcfavvHQSFk-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>[HeaderNot every digital camera has in-body or lens-enabled image stabilization, and even those that do need a little extra help from time to time. Especially in low light, where I might not want to simply crank-up ISO sensitivity or deploy artificial lighting.</p><p>Enter the camera tripod, which has been around as long as photography itself. Think metal sheet or glass plate photographs from the 19th Century that required excessively long exposures to produce an image. Not only did subjects need to remain as static as corpses, but the camera did too.</p><p><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/photography/france-set-to-stage-a-year-long-celebration-to-mark-200-years-of-photography-in-2026">Nearly two hundred years later</a>, however, I’m still yet to encounter the perfect camera or the perfect camera tripod. Even finding a tripod that matches my personal needs most of the time can be tricky, and nigh impossible if embarking on both stills and video capture, with the latter requiring a smooth panning head capability and seamless real-time adjustment.</p><p>I blame the basic laws of physics; which, having suffered through physics lessons and exams as a teenager, I’m always happy to do. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5950px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="iQhJsErJhVA823RkgfTg5k" name="CMB1324.howto_landscapes.IP_RS41256_DSC_6648 copy" alt="Group of tripods" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/iQhJsErJhVA823RkgfTg5k-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="5950" height="3347" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The tripod paradox... bigger may be better for stability, but smaller is better for portability </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>If I want a lightweight and portable tripod, it’s not going to be able to cope with my large camera body and heavyweight telephoto lens. And if I compensate by going for a larger, heavier tripod, it’s obviously not going to be as portable. Yes, some tripods will allow me to hang a balancing weight from a hook at the base of the center column, to lower the centre of gravity and increase stability, but not all.</p><p>Therefore, the rule of thumb I go by is to always opt for the sturdiest possible example, which typically means the heaviest tripod I am prepared to carry. There’s no point in buying something I’m going to struggle to transport and use; it’ll just get left at home. The warhorse of a Velbon CX 540 tripod and three-way PH-656Q <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-pan-and-tilt-tripod-heads">pan-and-tilt head</a> has served me well for the past 25 years. Yes, I could spend more on a <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/carbon-fiber-tripods">carbon fiber tripod </a>for maximum strength and a relatively lightweight build over a heavier aluminum model at a lower cost, but, whichever, there is always a compromise to be made.</p><p>And whether I choose a <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-ball-heads-for-tripods">ball head</a>, a three-way head, a two-way head, a <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-geared-tripod-head">geared head</a> or a <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-video-tripod">fluid video head</a> is an article all to itself. Types of leg lock also differ; but basically, I’m looking at something that is quickly adjustable yet provides maximum flexibility in terms of height and stability with it. Three-section legs with lever locks have served me just fine.</p><p>Alternatively, to throw a cat amongst the pigeons, might a <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-monopods">monopod</a> with height adjustable sections and a tripod-like base occasionally suit you better than a tripod? I’ve found monopods useful when needing to gain height in a narrow or confined space, when shooting alongside other people, or over the heads of a crowd.</p><p>But while, ultimately, I don’t believe there is a one-size-suits-all solution, it’s safe to say that any camera tripod (or monopod) is better than no tripod at all.</p><p><strong>Check out our full guide to the </strong><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod"><strong>best tripods for photography</strong></a><strong></strong></p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Should all photographers have camera insurance? There are more risks to cover than you probably think ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>You might think that camera insurance is only for serious pros, but I’d make the case that more casual photographers should consider taking out a policy as well. </p><p>When you work as a photographer for a large corporation, as I did for many years, you’re usually covered by the company’s insurance policy for all sorts of things. But the big one is public liability – in case you cause harm to a third party, such as clients or the general public. </p><p>(This article refers specifically to insurance in the United Kingdom, but the general principles apply everywhere.)</p><p>It was reassuring to have the backing of a publisher such as Future PLC, when I was the deputy editor for <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/author/photoplus">PhotoPlus: the Canon magazine</a> from 2019 until its closure in 2025. But when I stepped into the world of freelance last year, I knew that insurance needed to be something I sorted ASAP.</p><p>When my camera insurance was renewed recently, it got me thinking about how useful this would be not only for working pros, who often need to prove they’re covered before they can shoot at certain venues, but also for more casual photographers. </p><p>Would you be covered if somebody tripped over your tethering cable, if your light stand scratched an expensive floor or your tripod toppled over and smashed a priceless antique?</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="w7E6psxiSqCi6xvBPPbEag" name="_MG_0082-Pano" alt="Two men in a landscape framing up their cameras on tripods" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/w7E6psxiSqCi6xvBPPbEag-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/w7E6psxiSqCi6xvBPPbEag-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Insurance comes in all sorts of levels, from contents to fire and theft, accidental damage, professional indemnity and public liability. Public liability is the one that I think more casual shooters should consider. </p><p>When first starting out, the value of your camera and lenses may not be high enough to consider insuring, though if you’re particularly clumsy then accidental damage cover could be worth considering.</p><p>If you shoot any sort of events or wedding photography, either as a hobbyist or professional, you may find that many venues such as hotels or churches won’t allow you to operate on their property without providing proof of your cover – usually requiring at least £2 million of public liability insurance. </p><p>Producing such a policy is also a great way of showing your clients that you’re serious and helps give you credibility.</p><p>You may think that your home insurance policy covers this, and you’ll need to read the fine details to double-check. Many won’t, though, if your camera kit is over a certain amount, as it may need to be listed as a named item – and some brokers won’t cover items like cameras if they're used professionally, so you'll need special insurance for this instead. </p><p>Dedicated camera insurance from providers such as The Photographer’s Emporium or Photoguard offer varying levels of cover, ranging from public liability to professional indemnity to accidental damage, and the list goes on.</p><p>So my parting advice is, you may not need to cover the camera bodies and lenses themselves, but you should certainly consider public liability insurance to save you a headache if you get yourself into a situation on a shoot where it’s needed – it’s probably cheaper than you think and in my opinion is well worth it for peace of mind.</p><p>One final tip: the best resolution to theft or losing your camera kit is prevention – so be extra careful when you’re out and about in cities, use camera straps to keep them secure and place trackers like <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/news/apple-airtags-could-finally-be-on-the-way">Apple Air Tags</a> on your camera and in your camera bag to give you as much help as possible tracking down lost or stolen kit. </p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-might-also-like"><span>You might also like…</span></h3><p>Want to know more? Take a look at the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-camera-remoteshttps://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-camera-phonehttps://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-camera-insurance-for-photographers">best camera insurance</a>.</p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/should-all-photographers-have-camera-insurance-there-are-more-risks-to-cover-than-you-probably-think</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Would you be covered if somebody tripped over your tripod? ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">JU4xgAjD6ehjGTJ3UiuTWo</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uNYtd3j9JdNNa6pHiyLBag-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Mon, 25 May 2026 00:10:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Tripods]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ dan.mold@futurenet.com (Dan Mold) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Dan Mold ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/j5BBQoKwLZznXzRK4N6DC4-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;A freelance professional photographer and filmmaker, Dan also has over a decade of experience as a journalist writing about all aspects of photography. Before serving as the Technique Editor and then Deputy Editor on &lt;em&gt;PhotoPlus: The Canon Magazine&lt;/em&gt;, he was the Technical Editor for &lt;em&gt;Practical Photography&lt;/em&gt; magazine as well as Photoshop Editor on &lt;em&gt;Digital Photo&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;Dan is an Adobe-certified Photoshop guru, making him officially a beast at post-processing – so he’s the perfect person to share tips and tricks both in-camera and in post. Able to shoot all genres, Dan provides techniques and tutorials on everything from portraits and landscapes to macro and wildlife, helping photographers get the most out of their cameras, lenses, filters, lighting, tripods, and, of course, editing software. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;He&#039;s also one of our go-to reviewers, putting his years of Canon experience to play in testing cameras and lenses from the world&#039;s biggest camera company. &lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uNYtd3j9JdNNa6pHiyLBag-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Two men in a landscape framing up their cameras on tripods]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Two men in a landscape framing up their cameras on tripods]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Two men in a landscape framing up their cameras on tripods]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/uNYtd3j9JdNNa6pHiyLBag-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>You might think that camera insurance is only for serious pros, but I’d make the case that more casual photographers should consider taking out a policy as well. </p><p>When you work as a photographer for a large corporation, as I did for many years, you’re usually covered by the company’s insurance policy for all sorts of things. But the big one is public liability – in case you cause harm to a third party, such as clients or the general public. </p><p>(This article refers specifically to insurance in the United Kingdom, but the general principles apply everywhere.)</p><p>It was reassuring to have the backing of a publisher such as Future PLC, when I was the deputy editor for <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/author/photoplus">PhotoPlus: the Canon magazine</a> from 2019 until its closure in 2025. But when I stepped into the world of freelance last year, I knew that insurance needed to be something I sorted ASAP.</p><p>When my camera insurance was renewed recently, it got me thinking about how useful this would be not only for working pros, who often need to prove they’re covered before they can shoot at certain venues, but also for more casual photographers. </p><p>Would you be covered if somebody tripped over your tethering cable, if your light stand scratched an expensive floor or your tripod toppled over and smashed a priceless antique?</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="w7E6psxiSqCi6xvBPPbEag" name="_MG_0082-Pano" alt="Two men in a landscape framing up their cameras on tripods" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/w7E6psxiSqCi6xvBPPbEag-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/w7E6psxiSqCi6xvBPPbEag-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Insurance comes in all sorts of levels, from contents to fire and theft, accidental damage, professional indemnity and public liability. Public liability is the one that I think more casual shooters should consider. </p><p>When first starting out, the value of your camera and lenses may not be high enough to consider insuring, though if you’re particularly clumsy then accidental damage cover could be worth considering.</p><p>If you shoot any sort of events or wedding photography, either as a hobbyist or professional, you may find that many venues such as hotels or churches won’t allow you to operate on their property without providing proof of your cover – usually requiring at least £2 million of public liability insurance. </p><p>Producing such a policy is also a great way of showing your clients that you’re serious and helps give you credibility.</p><p>You may think that your home insurance policy covers this, and you’ll need to read the fine details to double-check. Many won’t, though, if your camera kit is over a certain amount, as it may need to be listed as a named item – and some brokers won’t cover items like cameras if they're used professionally, so you'll need special insurance for this instead. </p><p>Dedicated camera insurance from providers such as The Photographer’s Emporium or Photoguard offer varying levels of cover, ranging from public liability to professional indemnity to accidental damage, and the list goes on.</p><p>So my parting advice is, you may not need to cover the camera bodies and lenses themselves, but you should certainly consider public liability insurance to save you a headache if you get yourself into a situation on a shoot where it’s needed – it’s probably cheaper than you think and in my opinion is well worth it for peace of mind.</p><p>One final tip: the best resolution to theft or losing your camera kit is prevention – so be extra careful when you’re out and about in cities, use camera straps to keep them secure and place trackers like <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/news/apple-airtags-could-finally-be-on-the-way">Apple Air Tags</a> on your camera and in your camera bag to give you as much help as possible tracking down lost or stolen kit. </p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-might-also-like"><span>You might also like…</span></h3><p>Want to know more? Take a look at the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-camera-remoteshttps://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-camera-phonehttps://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-camera-insurance-for-photographers">best camera insurance</a>.</p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Insta360's new Luna cameras – with Leica tech – are coming to challenge DJI's pocket gimbal dominance with this unique trick ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Insta360 has just completed a pre-launch event for its new Luna and Luna Ultra <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/action-cameras/best-pocket-gimbal-cameras">pocket gimbal cameras</a>, sharing the device with creators and others at the legendary Leica campus.</p><p>The camera clearly takes a swipe at DJI's established <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/gimbals/dji-osmo-pocket-4-review">Osmo Pocket 4</a> and <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/gimbals/i-dont-usually-come-to-the-cannes-film-festival-but-for-this-much-dynamic-range-i-will-the-dji-osmo-pocket-4p-makes-its-cannes-debut">Pocket 4P</a> products, the latter of which is also waiting for final price and release date, but is has some distinct differences.</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="high" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/mhcZ3d74bAA" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>One of the most obvious is that both variants of the Leica Luna sport a detachable remote control – into which the controls, a touchscreen, and a microphone are built-in. This gives the Luna some interesting use cases for YouTubers.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="3MzSAfDnQw7VwnAsuoH5Ph" name="DSC06437.JPG" alt="Insta360 Luna Ultra in hand in front of Leica campus" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3MzSAfDnQw7VwnAsuoH5Ph-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6000" height="3376" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3MzSAfDnQw7VwnAsuoH5Ph-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>At the event, the company shared that there will be two models of the Luna – a Luna Pro (with one camera) and the Luna Ultra with two.</p><p>The Luna Ultra will have five steps of optical zoom, with the tele lens 3x the wide, but also offering 6x (lossless) and 12x.</p><p>In both cases, the lens is co-engineered with legendary camera company Leica, which celebrated the 100th anniversary of its core technology last year.</p><p>The main image sensor is 1-inch, and has a f/1.8 maximum aperture.</p><p>The camera also boasts an in-camera beauty mode, which should make it very competitive in the vlogging space. This is a feature DJI has made sure is available in its cameras, and it seems to contribute to success – before Insta360 arrived to compete, DJI was reported to have 72.5% of the market share in Japan for video cameras by BCN in April, thanks to the new Pocket 4 launch (the Pocket 4P is still not on sale).</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2856px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="b5ojYYV4UoB5bnhqaxkTBa" name="IMG_3845" alt="Insta360 Luna Ultra white version" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/v2/w:1920,t:352,l:0,cw:2856,ch:1607,q:80/b5ojYYV4UoB5bnhqaxkTBa.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2856" height="2142" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/v2/w:1920,t:352,l:0,cw:2856,ch:1607,q:80/b5ojYYV4UoB5bnhqaxkTBa.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">There are white versions of both cameras as well as black </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Insta360 has clearly also considered the cinematography market. There are cinematic profiles, as well as ACES workflow compatibility, 10-Bit I-Log and Dolby Vision.</p><p>As you might imagine, given the location for the event, there are also Leica color profiles built-in.</p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/gimbals/insta360-luna-series-with-leica-tech-is-coming-to-challenge-djis-gimbal-dominance</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Insta360 showed its new Luna and Luna Ultra cameras to an exclusive few at the Leica campus, and DJI might be in trouble ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">VrKDoT9BpA9CaUDtHdGT5b</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ToUPB8oSzcvip45mvbwRB4-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Fri, 22 May 2026 12:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Fri, 22 May 2026 13:43:15 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Gimbals]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ adam.juniper@futurenet.com (Adam Juniper) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Adam Juniper ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/72ckUfmgPdyE9rg429R7Md-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ToUPB8oSzcvip45mvbwRB4-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Insta360 Luna Ultra in hand at Leica Campus]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Insta360 Luna Ultra in hand at Leica Campus]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Insta360 Luna Ultra in hand at Leica Campus]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ToUPB8oSzcvip45mvbwRB4-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Insta360 has just completed a pre-launch event for its new Luna and Luna Ultra <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/action-cameras/best-pocket-gimbal-cameras">pocket gimbal cameras</a>, sharing the device with creators and others at the legendary Leica campus.</p><p>The camera clearly takes a swipe at DJI's established <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/gimbals/dji-osmo-pocket-4-review">Osmo Pocket 4</a> and <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/gimbals/i-dont-usually-come-to-the-cannes-film-festival-but-for-this-much-dynamic-range-i-will-the-dji-osmo-pocket-4p-makes-its-cannes-debut">Pocket 4P</a> products, the latter of which is also waiting for final price and release date, but is has some distinct differences.</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="high" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/mhcZ3d74bAA" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>One of the most obvious is that both variants of the Leica Luna sport a detachable remote control – into which the controls, a touchscreen, and a microphone are built-in. This gives the Luna some interesting use cases for YouTubers.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="3MzSAfDnQw7VwnAsuoH5Ph" name="DSC06437.JPG" alt="Insta360 Luna Ultra in hand in front of Leica campus" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3MzSAfDnQw7VwnAsuoH5Ph-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6000" height="3376" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3MzSAfDnQw7VwnAsuoH5Ph-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>At the event, the company shared that there will be two models of the Luna – a Luna Pro (with one camera) and the Luna Ultra with two.</p><p>The Luna Ultra will have five steps of optical zoom, with the tele lens 3x the wide, but also offering 6x (lossless) and 12x.</p><p>In both cases, the lens is co-engineered with legendary camera company Leica, which celebrated the 100th anniversary of its core technology last year.</p><p>The main image sensor is 1-inch, and has a f/1.8 maximum aperture.</p><p>The camera also boasts an in-camera beauty mode, which should make it very competitive in the vlogging space. This is a feature DJI has made sure is available in its cameras, and it seems to contribute to success – before Insta360 arrived to compete, DJI was reported to have 72.5% of the market share in Japan for video cameras by BCN in April, thanks to the new Pocket 4 launch (the Pocket 4P is still not on sale).</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2856px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="b5ojYYV4UoB5bnhqaxkTBa" name="IMG_3845" alt="Insta360 Luna Ultra white version" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/v2/w:1920,t:352,l:0,cw:2856,ch:1607,q:80/b5ojYYV4UoB5bnhqaxkTBa.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2856" height="2142" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/v2/w:1920,t:352,l:0,cw:2856,ch:1607,q:80/b5ojYYV4UoB5bnhqaxkTBa.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">There are white versions of both cameras as well as black </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Insta360 has clearly also considered the cinematography market. There are cinematic profiles, as well as ACES workflow compatibility, 10-Bit I-Log and Dolby Vision.</p><p>As you might imagine, given the location for the event, there are also Leica color profiles built-in.</p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ I don't usually come to the Cannes Film Festival – but for this much dynamic range, I will! The DJI Osmo Pocket 4P makes its Cannes debut ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Last night DJI shared the much-teased Osmo Pocket 4P and finally put one in my hands – in no less a place than the Hotel Majestic at the center of the Cannes Film Festival.</p><p>The new Pocket 4P has no final price – though it’s fair to say it’s going to cost more than the $769 <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/gimbals/dji-osmo-pocket-4-review">Osmo Pocket 4</a>, which only has the single 1-inch sensor. What I can say is that it is definitely real and that I’m testing it with a review on the way.</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/WjS2rOLMR6o" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>It’s nice to have a chance to rub shoulders with movie stars, but once I’d made my way past the red carpet and into the hotel it was clear that the device’s Cannes debut was about positioning the 4P as a distinct product.</p><p>While the Pocket gimbal camera has established itself as a camera popular with vloggers – and there were plenty of those outside the hotel. Inside was the hands-on experience with the as-yet-unlaunched Pocket 4P, and that was teeming with cinematographers and professional filmmakers wanting to try out the new device.</p><p>Some details aren’t final, but DJI was very clear that the camera boasts 17 stops of dynamic range – which, incidentally, is the same amount as a <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-cinema-cameras">cinema camera</a> like the Arri Alexa 35 – and shoots D-Log 2.</p><p>This concentration on color science is significant and it'll be something I'll look at closely in my upcoming review – which we won't publish until the device's software is final and the price announced.</p><p>Clearly, I’ve not fully tested the camera that I was handed last night. But it also clearly has much in common with its sibling, the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/gimbals/dji-osmo-pocket-4-review">Osmo Pocket 4</a>, which I reviewed already, so I'm intrigued to see how they compare in real-world use and high-end use.</p><p>And judging by the turnout from the filmmaking community, I'm not the only one! </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4665px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="299obnp7F8Lqv9a9QRm4CX" name="IMG_8330_169_169" alt="DJI Osmo Pocket 4P" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/299obnp7F8Lqv9a9QRm4CX-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4665" height="2624" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/299obnp7F8Lqv9a9QRm4CX-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: DJI )</span></figcaption></figure><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="DJI Osmo Pocket 4"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-might-also-like"><span>You might also like…</span></h3><p>Depending on what you're looking for, check out the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-cameras-for-vlogging">best cameras for vlogging</a> and the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-4k-camera-for-filmmaking">best cameras for filmmaking</a>.</p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/gimbals/i-dont-usually-come-to-the-cannes-film-festival-but-for-this-much-dynamic-range-i-will-the-dji-osmo-pocket-4p-makes-its-cannes-debut</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The DJI Osmo Pocket 4 debuts at the Cannes Film Festival – and crowds of cinematographers are there to see it ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">mDDRmL2LdmECyTesYWV8gF</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Z7NfPVjwFyjTxstZ7QQxGb-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Fri, 15 May 2026 10:49:20 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Mon, 18 May 2026 08:39:02 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Gimbals]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ adam.juniper@futurenet.com (Adam Juniper) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Adam Juniper ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/72ckUfmgPdyE9rg429R7Md-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Z7NfPVjwFyjTxstZ7QQxGb-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[null]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Adam Juniper holding the DJI Osmo Pocket 4P at the Cannes Film Festival]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Adam Juniper holding the DJI Osmo Pocket 4P at the Cannes Film Festival]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Adam Juniper holding the DJI Osmo Pocket 4P at the Cannes Film Festival]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Z7NfPVjwFyjTxstZ7QQxGb-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Last night DJI shared the much-teased Osmo Pocket 4P and finally put one in my hands – in no less a place than the Hotel Majestic at the center of the Cannes Film Festival.</p><p>The new Pocket 4P has no final price – though it’s fair to say it’s going to cost more than the $769 <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/gimbals/dji-osmo-pocket-4-review">Osmo Pocket 4</a>, which only has the single 1-inch sensor. What I can say is that it is definitely real and that I’m testing it with a review on the way.</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/WjS2rOLMR6o" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>It’s nice to have a chance to rub shoulders with movie stars, but once I’d made my way past the red carpet and into the hotel it was clear that the device’s Cannes debut was about positioning the 4P as a distinct product.</p><p>While the Pocket gimbal camera has established itself as a camera popular with vloggers – and there were plenty of those outside the hotel. Inside was the hands-on experience with the as-yet-unlaunched Pocket 4P, and that was teeming with cinematographers and professional filmmakers wanting to try out the new device.</p><p>Some details aren’t final, but DJI was very clear that the camera boasts 17 stops of dynamic range – which, incidentally, is the same amount as a <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-cinema-cameras">cinema camera</a> like the Arri Alexa 35 – and shoots D-Log 2.</p><p>This concentration on color science is significant and it'll be something I'll look at closely in my upcoming review – which we won't publish until the device's software is final and the price announced.</p><p>Clearly, I’ve not fully tested the camera that I was handed last night. But it also clearly has much in common with its sibling, the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/gimbals/dji-osmo-pocket-4-review">Osmo Pocket 4</a>, which I reviewed already, so I'm intrigued to see how they compare in real-world use and high-end use.</p><p>And judging by the turnout from the filmmaking community, I'm not the only one! </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4665px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="299obnp7F8Lqv9a9QRm4CX" name="IMG_8330_169_169" alt="DJI Osmo Pocket 4P" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/299obnp7F8Lqv9a9QRm4CX-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4665" height="2624" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/299obnp7F8Lqv9a9QRm4CX-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: DJI )</span></figcaption></figure><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="DJI Osmo Pocket 4"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-might-also-like"><span>You might also like…</span></h3><p>Depending on what you're looking for, check out the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-cameras-for-vlogging">best cameras for vlogging</a> and the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-4k-camera-for-filmmaking">best cameras for filmmaking</a>.</p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ DJI’s Osmo Mobile 8P is its biggest mobile gimbal upgrade ever – here’s what’s new ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>DJI has just launched the teased Osmo Mobile 8P, or 'Pro' version of the phone gimbal series, and it comes with a significant new feature – a detachable touchscreen remote control with mirroring.</p><p>DJI's social post, showing a tiny piece of the new Osmo Mobile 8P, left <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/action-cameras/dji-teaser-sets-the-world-talking-is-it-just-me-or-does-dji-come-out-with-a-new-crazy-product-every-3-minutes">the world making wild guesses</a> as to what the now-released product would be (my personal favorite was the suggestion it might be a Tamagotchi-like toy). In practice, though, we saw a compact screen with a joystick and a record button below it.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="7CETbG8nBbTUJAbJa3neLC" name="DSC06320.JPG" alt="DJI Osmo Mobile 8P handle with box behind and remote in holder" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7CETbG8nBbTUJAbJa3neLC-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="6000" height="3376" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">DJI Osmo Mobile 8P handle with box behind and remote in holder </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The device features the 'Multifunction Module 2'. This is a built-in fill-light, and it can be directed to either face either direction, also including a camera which points in the same direction you're shooting.</p><p>This has two functions; firstly you can see it on the admittedly compact touchscreen interface and use it as a display (more use when you're using the display as a remote). Secondly, it is the 'eye' for the ActiveTrack system; the AI feature which keeps a subject in frame as you move the gimbal around.</p><p>The result is more precise framing, especially for selfies using your phone’s higher-quality rear cameras.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5625px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="x4aa6dVT9XUXXD78f57sB3" name="DSC06338.JPG" alt="Adam Juniper seen in Osmo Mobile 8P remote screen the other side of iPhone 17 Pro Max" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/v2/w:1920,t:0,l:0,cw:5625,ch:3164,q:80/x4aa6dVT9XUXXD78f57sB3.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6000" height="3376" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/v2/w:1920,t:0,l:0,cw:5625,ch:3164,q:80/x4aa6dVT9XUXXD78f57sB3.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">It isn't a massive screen for sure, but it lets me check the crop. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>There are other features too. I was pleased to find that the latest version of DJI Mimo – the iPhone / Android app which connects to DJI's consumer devices – now includes a Smart Teleprompter which can show you a script on screen as you record (it's not as 'smart' as I hoped; it doesn't listen in and scroll with AI, but you can choose the speed yourself).</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5793px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="qPMWfNSdamRppy6pNpuReS" name="Ari-with-8P" alt="Ariane Sherine Juniper with DJI Osmo Mobile 8P" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qPMWfNSdamRppy6pNpuReS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="5793" height="3260" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Features from prior Osmo Mobile devices that are still included are the Magnetic Phone Clamp 5, a phone charging cable, and this isn't the first generation to benefit from a direct phone connection for native tracking features (for example Apple's DockKit means some advanced features are available in Apple's Camera app).</p><p>The extending telescopic pole is also included, and supported by pop-out tripod legs, and it is easily possible to add a microphone like the DJI Mic 2 to the bottom, making your phone a very practical alternative to the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-cameras-for-vlogging">best vlogging camera</a>.</p><div data-widget-type="multimodelreview" data-model-name="DJI Osmo Mobile 8,DJI Osmo Mobile 8P"></div> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/gimbals/djis-osmo-mobile-8p-is-its-biggest-mobile-gimbal-upgrade-ever-heres-whats-new</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Today DJI changes its phone gimbal series with the biggest new feature in eight generations ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">Tjo3kPBcDAhBKUVXVbmVW6</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5KXBJK4WqGDDqN3cWisYKJ-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Thu, 07 May 2026 13:48:58 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Thu, 07 May 2026 14:05:41 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Gimbals]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ adam.juniper@futurenet.com (Adam Juniper) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Adam Juniper ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/72ckUfmgPdyE9rg429R7Md-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5KXBJK4WqGDDqN3cWisYKJ-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                        <media:description><![CDATA[DJI Osmo Mobile 8P remote in Adam Juniper&#039;s hand. A connection light and metal contacts visible on the gimbal&#039;s handle behind.]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Ariane Sherine Juniper with DJI Osmo Mobile 8P]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Ariane Sherine Juniper with DJI Osmo Mobile 8P]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5KXBJK4WqGDDqN3cWisYKJ-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>DJI has just launched the teased Osmo Mobile 8P, or 'Pro' version of the phone gimbal series, and it comes with a significant new feature – a detachable touchscreen remote control with mirroring.</p><p>DJI's social post, showing a tiny piece of the new Osmo Mobile 8P, left <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/action-cameras/dji-teaser-sets-the-world-talking-is-it-just-me-or-does-dji-come-out-with-a-new-crazy-product-every-3-minutes">the world making wild guesses</a> as to what the now-released product would be (my personal favorite was the suggestion it might be a Tamagotchi-like toy). In practice, though, we saw a compact screen with a joystick and a record button below it.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="7CETbG8nBbTUJAbJa3neLC" name="DSC06320.JPG" alt="DJI Osmo Mobile 8P handle with box behind and remote in holder" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/7CETbG8nBbTUJAbJa3neLC-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="6000" height="3376" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">DJI Osmo Mobile 8P handle with box behind and remote in holder </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The device features the 'Multifunction Module 2'. This is a built-in fill-light, and it can be directed to either face either direction, also including a camera which points in the same direction you're shooting.</p><p>This has two functions; firstly you can see it on the admittedly compact touchscreen interface and use it as a display (more use when you're using the display as a remote). Secondly, it is the 'eye' for the ActiveTrack system; the AI feature which keeps a subject in frame as you move the gimbal around.</p><p>The result is more precise framing, especially for selfies using your phone’s higher-quality rear cameras.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5625px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="x4aa6dVT9XUXXD78f57sB3" name="DSC06338.JPG" alt="Adam Juniper seen in Osmo Mobile 8P remote screen the other side of iPhone 17 Pro Max" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/v2/w:1920,t:0,l:0,cw:5625,ch:3164,q:80/x4aa6dVT9XUXXD78f57sB3.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6000" height="3376" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/v2/w:1920,t:0,l:0,cw:5625,ch:3164,q:80/x4aa6dVT9XUXXD78f57sB3.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">It isn't a massive screen for sure, but it lets me check the crop. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>There are other features too. I was pleased to find that the latest version of DJI Mimo – the iPhone / Android app which connects to DJI's consumer devices – now includes a Smart Teleprompter which can show you a script on screen as you record (it's not as 'smart' as I hoped; it doesn't listen in and scroll with AI, but you can choose the speed yourself).</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5793px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="qPMWfNSdamRppy6pNpuReS" name="Ari-with-8P" alt="Ariane Sherine Juniper with DJI Osmo Mobile 8P" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/qPMWfNSdamRppy6pNpuReS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="5793" height="3260" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Features from prior Osmo Mobile devices that are still included are the Magnetic Phone Clamp 5, a phone charging cable, and this isn't the first generation to benefit from a direct phone connection for native tracking features (for example Apple's DockKit means some advanced features are available in Apple's Camera app).</p><p>The extending telescopic pole is also included, and supported by pop-out tripod legs, and it is easily possible to add a microphone like the DJI Mic 2 to the bottom, making your phone a very practical alternative to the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-cameras-for-vlogging">best vlogging camera</a>.</p><div data-widget-type="multimodelreview" data-model-name="DJI Osmo Mobile 8,DJI Osmo Mobile 8P"></div>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ DJI Osmo Pocket 3 vs Pocket 4  - I've tried them both and I know which one I'd buy ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>I remember when I first tested a DJI Osmo Pocket camera. The idea was unusual, but now it's a camera type the world can't get enough of, and other manufacturers are racing to catch up to the standard set by DJI – especially by the Osmo Action 3, the edition which really seemed to take off.</p><p>Part action camera, part vlogging tool, this device brings everything DJI has learned about keeping video stable even in shaky drones and puts it into anyone's hand – almost like a tiny film rig. With the arrival of the Osmo Pocket 4, DJI hasn’t reinvented the formula, but it has refined it in ways that matter.</p><p>So how does the new model stack up against the already excellent Pocket 3? That camera took some big leaps (new image sensor size, big rotating touchscreen). This time there are serious questions – from asking is the (inevitably cheaper) Pocket 3 now better value, through to should you upgrade? </p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-comparison-table"><span>Comparison table</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5536px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="MEuvV2nFasSoSqtWZMMHjJ" name="DSC00921_169" alt="DJI Osmo Pocket 3 vs Pocket 4" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/MEuvV2nFasSoSqtWZMMHjJ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5536" height="3114" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/MEuvV2nFasSoSqtWZMMHjJ-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Chris George)</span></figcaption></figure><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol empty" ></td><td  ><p><strong>Pocket 3</strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong>Pocket 4</strong></p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Sensor</strong></p></td><td  ><p>1-inch CMOS<br>(12.7-bit dynamic range)</p></td><td  ><p>1-inch CMOS <br>(<strong>14-bit dynamic range</strong>)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Video (max)</strong></p></td><td  ><p>4K 120fps</p></td><td  ><p><strong>4K</strong> <strong>240fps</strong></p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Color</strong></p></td><td  ><p>10-bit HDR</p></td><td  ><p><strong>10-bit D-Log </strong></p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Screen</strong></p></td><td  ><p>2-inch touchscreen</p></td><td  ><p>2-inch touchscreen</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Stills resolution</strong></p></td><td  ><p>9MP</p></td><td  ><p><strong>37MP</strong></p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Storage</strong></p></td><td  ><p>MicroSD</p></td><td  ><p>MicroSD +<br><strong>107GB built-in</strong></p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Subject tracking</strong></p></td><td  ><p>ActiveTrack 6</p></td><td  ><p><strong>ActiveTrack</strong> <strong>7</strong></p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Battery life (approx)</strong></p></td><td  ><p>120 mins</p></td><td  ><p><strong>140 mins</strong></p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><div data-widget-type="multimodelreview" data-model-name="DJI OSMO Pocket 3,DJI Osmo Pocket 4"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-build-and-handling"><span>Build and handling</span></h3><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="FDMrB7Tgfmhh86wnmMKvqJ" name="DSC00915_169" alt="DJI Osmo Pocket 3 vs Pocket 4" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FDMrB7Tgfmhh86wnmMKvqJ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6400" height="3600" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FDMrB7Tgfmhh86wnmMKvqJ-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Chris George)</span></figcaption></figure><p>There is very little to tell the two devices apart. Both are simple and easy to use and can be extended at the base with a handle or a battery handle depending on your need. Rotating the screen acts as a switch, though it can also be asked to remain on in portrait mode for social-media creators.</p><p>The additional physical buttons do make for easier usability because there is less need to navigate the touchscreen menus which, in turn, have been slightly refined. A minor win for ergonomics – especially people who make regular use of the digital zoom – but no reason to buy a new device if you have a Pocket 3.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-video"><span>Video</span></h3><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5828px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="MGVVABMNhacTnsEvwAyXEH" name="DSC00912_169" alt="DJI Osmo Pocket 3 vs Pocket 4" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/MGVVABMNhacTnsEvwAyXEH-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5828" height="3278" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/MGVVABMNhacTnsEvwAyXEH-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Chris George)</span></figcaption></figure><p>If you're out shooting video during the day you will not see a huge distinction between the two cameras. They both comfortably capture 4K60 with good-looking color and even offer good slow motion, though only 120fps on the Pocket 3. It has to be said 240fps is more impressive, and I enjoyed trying this out.</p><p>For those more into the subtleties of color and editing, the option of a flat 10-bit D-Log HDR color profile, as well the HLG the Pocket 3 was limited to. Assorted filmic tones in the app is a definite improvement.</p><p>The difference in the actual quality in low light isn't all that much, as the sensor is the same, but DJI has managed to eek out 14-stops of dynamic range rather than 12.7-stops in the newer model.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-stills"><span>Stills</span></h3><div class="card card--standard card--rows-2 card--align-inline"><div class="card-image-widthsetter"><p class="vanilla-image-block"  style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img style="width: 100%" class="card__image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/oDyFzqMpUwJzHVnpj4wX6P.jpg" alt="Sample panorama image of DLR train in park"></p></div><div class="card__content"><div class="card__description-wrapper"><div class="card__description"><p>Pocket 4 sample</p></div></div></div></div><div class="card card--standard card--rows-2 card--align-inline"><div class="card-image-widthsetter"><p class="vanilla-image-block"  style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img style="width: 100%" class="card__image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zsMy49ApU5952wCHPdqqtC.jpg" alt="OSMP Pocket 3 Samples"></p></div><div class="card__content"><div class="card__description-wrapper"><div class="card__description"><p>Pocket 3 sample</p></div></div></div></div><p>The Pocket 4 can shoot significantly higher resolution images, at 37 megapixels (and correspondingly bigger panoramic images by automatically turning the gimbal and stitching shots).</p><p>In both cases (and in video) the camera handles lower light well thanks to the combination of a larger image sensor than some action cameras, and image processing algorithms.</p><p>In no case is the Pocket 4 going to be your main 'stills' camera, but if you have nothing else it'll leave you slightly happier than the Pocket 3. Both leave you a RAW file to tweak though.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-features"><span>Features</span></h3><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6786px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="UdfHrtiCncnD3srEqFrUtJ" name="DSC00924_169" alt="DJI Pocket 3 and Pocket 4 with accessories" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/UdfHrtiCncnD3srEqFrUtJ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6786" height="3817" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/UdfHrtiCncnD3srEqFrUtJ-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Chris George)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The arrival of a generous amount of internal storage does make the Pocket 4 camera easily grab-and-go, but it's not the only thing Vloggers will appreciate. Many will also notice the power for on-board handling of beauty modes and the slight but noticeable improvements to the subject tracking.</p><p>Microphone connectivity exists on both models, so it's easy to connect one of DJI's bluetooth mics – and while the Pocket 4 can theoretically record more channels so gets a slight win, the working process will likely be the same.</p><p>The Pocket 4 does boast the option of a clip-on fill light which rotates with the camera, however, which is handy for a lot more scenarios than you might imagine (especially if you want sparkling eyes in your vlogs).</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-battery-life"><span>Battery life</span></h3><p>Although the battery life is a little better on the Pocket 4, both cameras can shoot around two hours or more (in 1080P), so it doesn't feel like a massive leap to add an extra 20 minutes, especially since the camera can also be charged to 80% in that time and it is easy to swap the battery handle for high users.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-overall-verdict"><span>Overall verdict</span></h3><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6226px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="797yEgEJMwfsTYYE6rs7ZG" name="DSC00944_169" alt="DJI Osmo Pocket 3 vs Pocket 4" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/797yEgEJMwfsTYYE6rs7ZG-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6226" height="3502" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/797yEgEJMwfsTYYE6rs7ZG-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Chris George)</span></figcaption></figure><p>My advice is this. If you can get hold of it, the best advice is to get the Pocket 4 for the built-in memory, better slow-mo, and processing capability (hey, we'll all need beauty tools someday). </p><p>Yes, the Pocket 3 was the revolutionary device in this category, while the Pocket 4 is a refinement, but who wouldn't want refinements if they could have them?</p><p>However those refinements are very definitely non-essential – especially if you already have a Pocket 3 because, lets face it, you'll also already have a <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-memory-card">memory card</a>! </p><p>If, for any reason, you can't get the Pocket 4, then a Pocket 3 and a good memory card or two can will not seriously hold you back as a creative tool. And you will also benefit from a significant price saving if going for the older of the two models.</p><div data-widget-type="simple" data-model-name="DJI OSMO Pocket 3"></div><div data-widget-type="simple" data-model-name="DJI Osmo Pocket 4"></div> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/gimbals/dji-osmo-pocket-3-vs-pocket-4-ive-tried-them-both-and-i-know-which-one-id-buy</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ DJI Osmo Pocket 4 or DJI Osmo Pocket 3?Just how different are these gimbal cameras, and is there really a decision to be made? ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">R9qwiDHd8VggSWXsYdGAgZ</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6U7uZVSah7VeHbvY4X8yTH-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Sat, 02 May 2026 14:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Sun, 04 Oct 2026 10:09:45 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Gimbals]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ adam.juniper@futurenet.com (Adam Juniper) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Adam Juniper ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/72ckUfmgPdyE9rg429R7Md-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6U7uZVSah7VeHbvY4X8yTH-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Chris George]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[DJI Osmo Pocket 3 vs Pocket 4]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[DJI Osmo Pocket 3 vs Pocket 4]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[DJI Osmo Pocket 3 vs Pocket 4]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6U7uZVSah7VeHbvY4X8yTH-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>I remember when I first tested a DJI Osmo Pocket camera. The idea was unusual, but now it's a camera type the world can't get enough of, and other manufacturers are racing to catch up to the standard set by DJI – especially by the Osmo Action 3, the edition which really seemed to take off.</p><p>Part action camera, part vlogging tool, this device brings everything DJI has learned about keeping video stable even in shaky drones and puts it into anyone's hand – almost like a tiny film rig. With the arrival of the Osmo Pocket 4, DJI hasn’t reinvented the formula, but it has refined it in ways that matter.</p><p>So how does the new model stack up against the already excellent Pocket 3? That camera took some big leaps (new image sensor size, big rotating touchscreen). This time there are serious questions – from asking is the (inevitably cheaper) Pocket 3 now better value, through to should you upgrade? </p><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-comparison-table"><span>Comparison table</span></h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5536px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="MEuvV2nFasSoSqtWZMMHjJ" name="DSC00921_169" alt="DJI Osmo Pocket 3 vs Pocket 4" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/MEuvV2nFasSoSqtWZMMHjJ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5536" height="3114" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/MEuvV2nFasSoSqtWZMMHjJ-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Chris George)</span></figcaption></figure><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol empty" ></td><td  ><p><strong>Pocket 3</strong></p></td><td  ><p><strong>Pocket 4</strong></p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Sensor</strong></p></td><td  ><p>1-inch CMOS<br>(12.7-bit dynamic range)</p></td><td  ><p>1-inch CMOS <br>(<strong>14-bit dynamic range</strong>)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Video (max)</strong></p></td><td  ><p>4K 120fps</p></td><td  ><p><strong>4K</strong> <strong>240fps</strong></p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Color</strong></p></td><td  ><p>10-bit HDR</p></td><td  ><p><strong>10-bit D-Log </strong></p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Screen</strong></p></td><td  ><p>2-inch touchscreen</p></td><td  ><p>2-inch touchscreen</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Stills resolution</strong></p></td><td  ><p>9MP</p></td><td  ><p><strong>37MP</strong></p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Storage</strong></p></td><td  ><p>MicroSD</p></td><td  ><p>MicroSD +<br><strong>107GB built-in</strong></p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Subject tracking</strong></p></td><td  ><p>ActiveTrack 6</p></td><td  ><p><strong>ActiveTrack</strong> <strong>7</strong></p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Battery life (approx)</strong></p></td><td  ><p>120 mins</p></td><td  ><p><strong>140 mins</strong></p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><div data-widget-type="multimodelreview" data-model-name="DJI OSMO Pocket 3,DJI Osmo Pocket 4"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-build-and-handling"><span>Build and handling</span></h3><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="FDMrB7Tgfmhh86wnmMKvqJ" name="DSC00915_169" alt="DJI Osmo Pocket 3 vs Pocket 4" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FDMrB7Tgfmhh86wnmMKvqJ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6400" height="3600" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/FDMrB7Tgfmhh86wnmMKvqJ-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Chris George)</span></figcaption></figure><p>There is very little to tell the two devices apart. Both are simple and easy to use and can be extended at the base with a handle or a battery handle depending on your need. Rotating the screen acts as a switch, though it can also be asked to remain on in portrait mode for social-media creators.</p><p>The additional physical buttons do make for easier usability because there is less need to navigate the touchscreen menus which, in turn, have been slightly refined. A minor win for ergonomics – especially people who make regular use of the digital zoom – but no reason to buy a new device if you have a Pocket 3.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-video"><span>Video</span></h3><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5828px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="MGVVABMNhacTnsEvwAyXEH" name="DSC00912_169" alt="DJI Osmo Pocket 3 vs Pocket 4" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/MGVVABMNhacTnsEvwAyXEH-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5828" height="3278" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/MGVVABMNhacTnsEvwAyXEH-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Chris George)</span></figcaption></figure><p>If you're out shooting video during the day you will not see a huge distinction between the two cameras. They both comfortably capture 4K60 with good-looking color and even offer good slow motion, though only 120fps on the Pocket 3. It has to be said 240fps is more impressive, and I enjoyed trying this out.</p><p>For those more into the subtleties of color and editing, the option of a flat 10-bit D-Log HDR color profile, as well the HLG the Pocket 3 was limited to. Assorted filmic tones in the app is a definite improvement.</p><p>The difference in the actual quality in low light isn't all that much, as the sensor is the same, but DJI has managed to eek out 14-stops of dynamic range rather than 12.7-stops in the newer model.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-stills"><span>Stills</span></h3><div class="card card--standard card--rows-2 card--align-inline"><div class="card-image-widthsetter"><p class="vanilla-image-block"  style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img style="width: 100%" class="card__image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/oDyFzqMpUwJzHVnpj4wX6P.jpg" alt="Sample panorama image of DLR train in park"></p></div><div class="card__content"><div class="card__description-wrapper"><div class="card__description"><p>Pocket 4 sample</p></div></div></div></div><div class="card card--standard card--rows-2 card--align-inline"><div class="card-image-widthsetter"><p class="vanilla-image-block"  style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img style="width: 100%" class="card__image" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zsMy49ApU5952wCHPdqqtC.jpg" alt="OSMP Pocket 3 Samples"></p></div><div class="card__content"><div class="card__description-wrapper"><div class="card__description"><p>Pocket 3 sample</p></div></div></div></div><p>The Pocket 4 can shoot significantly higher resolution images, at 37 megapixels (and correspondingly bigger panoramic images by automatically turning the gimbal and stitching shots).</p><p>In both cases (and in video) the camera handles lower light well thanks to the combination of a larger image sensor than some action cameras, and image processing algorithms.</p><p>In no case is the Pocket 4 going to be your main 'stills' camera, but if you have nothing else it'll leave you slightly happier than the Pocket 3. Both leave you a RAW file to tweak though.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-features"><span>Features</span></h3><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6786px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="UdfHrtiCncnD3srEqFrUtJ" name="DSC00924_169" alt="DJI Pocket 3 and Pocket 4 with accessories" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/UdfHrtiCncnD3srEqFrUtJ-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6786" height="3817" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/UdfHrtiCncnD3srEqFrUtJ-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Chris George)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The arrival of a generous amount of internal storage does make the Pocket 4 camera easily grab-and-go, but it's not the only thing Vloggers will appreciate. Many will also notice the power for on-board handling of beauty modes and the slight but noticeable improvements to the subject tracking.</p><p>Microphone connectivity exists on both models, so it's easy to connect one of DJI's bluetooth mics – and while the Pocket 4 can theoretically record more channels so gets a slight win, the working process will likely be the same.</p><p>The Pocket 4 does boast the option of a clip-on fill light which rotates with the camera, however, which is handy for a lot more scenarios than you might imagine (especially if you want sparkling eyes in your vlogs).</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-battery-life"><span>Battery life</span></h3><p>Although the battery life is a little better on the Pocket 4, both cameras can shoot around two hours or more (in 1080P), so it doesn't feel like a massive leap to add an extra 20 minutes, especially since the camera can also be charged to 80% in that time and it is easy to swap the battery handle for high users.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-overall-verdict"><span>Overall verdict</span></h3><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6226px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="797yEgEJMwfsTYYE6rs7ZG" name="DSC00944_169" alt="DJI Osmo Pocket 3 vs Pocket 4" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/797yEgEJMwfsTYYE6rs7ZG-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6226" height="3502" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/797yEgEJMwfsTYYE6rs7ZG-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Chris George)</span></figcaption></figure><p>My advice is this. If you can get hold of it, the best advice is to get the Pocket 4 for the built-in memory, better slow-mo, and processing capability (hey, we'll all need beauty tools someday). </p><p>Yes, the Pocket 3 was the revolutionary device in this category, while the Pocket 4 is a refinement, but who wouldn't want refinements if they could have them?</p><p>However those refinements are very definitely non-essential – especially if you already have a Pocket 3 because, lets face it, you'll also already have a <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-memory-card">memory card</a>! </p><p>If, for any reason, you can't get the Pocket 4, then a Pocket 3 and a good memory card or two can will not seriously hold you back as a creative tool. And you will also benefit from a significant price saving if going for the older of the two models.</p><div data-widget-type="simple" data-model-name="DJI OSMO Pocket 3"></div><div data-widget-type="simple" data-model-name="DJI Osmo Pocket 4"></div>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Flexible mini tripods can climb trees – but this brand is building a full-sized tripod that clings to objects using a clever hook ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Flexible tabletop tripods take tiny camera supports higher by clinging to objects – but one photography accessory brand is building a full-size tripod that can cling to railings, trees, and other objects. </p><p>The Silence Corner Viperpod is a full-sized tripod that can hook onto vertical surfaces when space is limited, the ground is uneven, or the photographer needs to get an even higher perspective. </p><p>The Viperpod “defies gravity” with the same concept as <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/news/could-this-be-the-ultimate-street-photography-tripod">Silence Corner’s Mambapod</a> – a hook. Placing this hook over the top of a railing with the legs adding support on the sides allows photographers and videographers to shoot on narrow balconies, uneven terrain, and other scenarios where a traditional tripod may not work.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:680px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.18%;"><img id="mDN8anbV47Hb3bJgg8NoA4" name="viperpod-tree" alt="The Silence Corner Viperpod has a retractable hook for clinging to objects" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mDN8anbV47Hb3bJgg8NoA4-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="680" height="382" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mDN8anbV47Hb3bJgg8NoA4-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Silence Corner)</span></figcaption></figure><p>But unlike tabletop tripods like the Mambapod, when there’s plenty of space for a traditional tripod, the Viperpod can be used as a classic, full-height tripod. The Viperpod reaches up to 61.8 inches / 157 cm, while the smaller Viperpod Light sits at up to 51.2 inches / 130.1 cm.</p><p>The ability to cling to railings isn’t the only unusual design feature. The center column is an external one rather than sitting inside the center. This design allows the center column to tip forward for low angles, rather than requiring disassembly. The center column also doubles as a pan and tilt handle for the included ball head.</p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/T2fxaXpgGu9DQ3aC85AH74-1920-80.jpg" alt="The Silence Corner Viperpod has a retractable hook for clinging to objects" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Silence Corner</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2FDh4yzoBzvwthwSTyQvC4-1920-80.jpg" alt="The Silence Corner Viperpod has a retractable hook for clinging to objects" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Silence Corner</small></figcaption></figure></figure><p>Moving the center column to the exterior also allowed the designers to create a packed diameter that’s around 20 percent smaller than the tripod would have been with the more traditional design. Folded, the Viperpod measures 45 cm and weighs 2.55 lb /1.16 kg; the Light sits at 39.2 cm and 2.1 lb / .96 kg.</p><p>The tripods are built with five leg sections, which are adjusted with twist-style locks. Along with the hook to cling to objects, the tripod also has a hook on the center column for added support.</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/LAvbJLI-ozA" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>Like Silence Corner’s earlier products, the Viperpod is <a href="https://www.kickstarter.com/projects/silencecorner/viperpod/description" target="_blank" rel="sponsored">launching on Kickstarter</a>. If the project is successful, early backers could get the Viperpod Light for $279 / £207 / AU$390 / CA$382 or the Viperpod for $309 / £229 / AU$432 / CA$423.</p><p>All Kickstarter projects carry more risks than purchasing through reputable retailers. However, the Viperpod project has already surpassed the funding goal and follows five other successful crowdfunding campaigns from the California-based company.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-may-also-like"><span>You may also like</span></h3><p>Take a look at <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod">the best tripods</a> or the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-tripod">best travel tripods</a>.</p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/flexible-mini-tripods-can-climb-trees-but-this-brand-is-building-a-full-sized-tripod-that-clings-to-objects-using-a-clever-hook</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The Viperpod is the first full-sized tripod with a built-in hook for clinging to railings, trees, and other objects ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">GJAAQ3aF9EJfcQppYfbcfn</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/f9VPRZQhFufqMD7JnaGTB4-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Wed, 29 Apr 2026 15:35:38 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Tripods]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ hillary.grigonis@futurenet.com (Hillary K. Grigonis) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Hillary K. Grigonis ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aCfuiNGVeJZWn4UhcUL8aN-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;The US Editor of Digital Camera World, Hillary K. Grigonis has more than a decade of experience in journalism with a focus on photography and technology. Her work has appeared in Business Insider, Digital Trends, Pocket-lint, Rangefinder, The Phoblographer, and more. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;A current Fujifilm and former Nikon shooter, her background in reviewing camera gear means she’s handled everything from cheap Instax to medium format mirrorless. Her camera bag includes a wide range of gear from a DJI drone to a newly added vintage film SLR. &lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;On the weekends, she photographs portraits and weddings at Hillary K Photography. As a former photojournalist, her work favors a mix of documentary and posed styles. While she’s turned her passion for photography into a career, she still considers photowalks a break from work, while she also includes reading, hiking, kayaking, and camping among her most-loved hobbies.&lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/f9VPRZQhFufqMD7JnaGTB4-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Silence Corner]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[The Silence Corner Viperpod has a retractable hook for clinging to objects]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[The Silence Corner Viperpod has a retractable hook for clinging to objects]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[The Silence Corner Viperpod has a retractable hook for clinging to objects]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/f9VPRZQhFufqMD7JnaGTB4-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Flexible tabletop tripods take tiny camera supports higher by clinging to objects – but one photography accessory brand is building a full-size tripod that can cling to railings, trees, and other objects. </p><p>The Silence Corner Viperpod is a full-sized tripod that can hook onto vertical surfaces when space is limited, the ground is uneven, or the photographer needs to get an even higher perspective. </p><p>The Viperpod “defies gravity” with the same concept as <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/news/could-this-be-the-ultimate-street-photography-tripod">Silence Corner’s Mambapod</a> – a hook. Placing this hook over the top of a railing with the legs adding support on the sides allows photographers and videographers to shoot on narrow balconies, uneven terrain, and other scenarios where a traditional tripod may not work.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:680px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.18%;"><img id="mDN8anbV47Hb3bJgg8NoA4" name="viperpod-tree" alt="The Silence Corner Viperpod has a retractable hook for clinging to objects" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mDN8anbV47Hb3bJgg8NoA4-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="680" height="382" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mDN8anbV47Hb3bJgg8NoA4-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Silence Corner)</span></figcaption></figure><p>But unlike tabletop tripods like the Mambapod, when there’s plenty of space for a traditional tripod, the Viperpod can be used as a classic, full-height tripod. The Viperpod reaches up to 61.8 inches / 157 cm, while the smaller Viperpod Light sits at up to 51.2 inches / 130.1 cm.</p><p>The ability to cling to railings isn’t the only unusual design feature. The center column is an external one rather than sitting inside the center. This design allows the center column to tip forward for low angles, rather than requiring disassembly. The center column also doubles as a pan and tilt handle for the included ball head.</p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/T2fxaXpgGu9DQ3aC85AH74-1920-80.jpg" alt="The Silence Corner Viperpod has a retractable hook for clinging to objects" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Silence Corner</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/2FDh4yzoBzvwthwSTyQvC4-1920-80.jpg" alt="The Silence Corner Viperpod has a retractable hook for clinging to objects" /><figcaption><small role="credit">Silence Corner</small></figcaption></figure></figure><p>Moving the center column to the exterior also allowed the designers to create a packed diameter that’s around 20 percent smaller than the tripod would have been with the more traditional design. Folded, the Viperpod measures 45 cm and weighs 2.55 lb /1.16 kg; the Light sits at 39.2 cm and 2.1 lb / .96 kg.</p><p>The tripods are built with five leg sections, which are adjusted with twist-style locks. Along with the hook to cling to objects, the tripod also has a hook on the center column for added support.</p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/LAvbJLI-ozA" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p>Like Silence Corner’s earlier products, the Viperpod is <a href="https://www.kickstarter.com/projects/silencecorner/viperpod/description" target="_blank" rel="sponsored">launching on Kickstarter</a>. If the project is successful, early backers could get the Viperpod Light for $279 / £207 / AU$390 / CA$382 or the Viperpod for $309 / £229 / AU$432 / CA$423.</p><p>All Kickstarter projects carry more risks than purchasing through reputable retailers. However, the Viperpod project has already surpassed the funding goal and follows five other successful crowdfunding campaigns from the California-based company.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-may-also-like"><span>You may also like</span></h3><p>Take a look at <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod">the best tripods</a> or the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-tripod">best travel tripods</a>.</p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Why I finally stopped lugging around a tripod on every landscape photography shoot ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>I will admit that<a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod"> the best tripods</a> offer stability, help avoid  <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/features/what-is-camera-shake-and-why-does-it-happen">camera shake</a>, and allow you  to avoid losing image quality by shooting at low ISOs. These are all things that I've learned over time when it comes to shooting landscapes, but I’ve come to the conclusion that shooting handheld presents you with so many more opportunities.</p><p>My parents bought me my first <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-dslr-camera">DSLR camera</a>, a Canon EOS 700D (Rebel T5i), when I was around 15 years old studying photography at school. I had always been interested in <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/tutorials/landscape-photography-tips">landscape photography</a>, and this was my chance to finally give them a go. One of my first memories using this camera was atop Solsbury Hill in Bath, UK, near where I grew up, on a thick and foggy atmospheric morning. </p><p>I was clueless when it came to camera settings, but I tried my hand at capturing the fog nevertheless. I didn’t have a tripod at the time, so I took these images handheld, foolishly at a narrow aperture of f/18. When shooting handheld at this kind of aperture you really need to have steady hands if you want to avoid camera shake. <em>A total understatement that is!</em></p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="Y32PyHZUMzhmmEwnBwG9HT" name="IMG_2452_FINAL" alt="Landscape captured at Solsbury Hill" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Y32PyHZUMzhmmEwnBwG9HT-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Y32PyHZUMzhmmEwnBwG9HT-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">My first memory of trying landscape photography at a foggy Solsbury Hill (handheld at f/18) </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Craig Blackley)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Surprisingly, the images came out fine (as you can see above). Yes, if I had used a more suitable aperture I would have captured a crisper image, especially with the detail in the distance. But I was inexperienced, just learning the ropes. I enjoyed the experience in terms of being flexible, moving around freely and trying a variety of angles to shoot from.</p><p>As I got older, I eventually succumbed to purchasing a tripod as most landscape photographers that I saw had one. It was just a standard tripod, so it fitted nicely in my bag along with my camera. I had always assumed that for landscapes to be extremely detailed they needed to be taken on a tripod and at a narrow aperture of around f/18 – f/22. I soon realized this wasn’t the case. </p><p>There are benefits with using a tripod, but I also feel restricted when using one. The thought of carrying it around and adding weight to my bag instantly puts me off. When I shoot landscapes handheld I open my eyes more, I’m able to take images from various angles, angles which I can’t with a tripod. </p><p>When I found out that the aperture sweet spot for landscapes was between f/8 – f/13, this eliminated the need for a tripod for me. The image below supports this; it’s a very similar shot to my previous image but was taken at an aperture of f/10. Because of this I was able to use a faster shutter speed to eliminate camera shake, while avoiding diffraction, boosting the level of detail throughout.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="jXS5NEZnMmwPjpAssATPJT" name="IMG_4730_FINAL" alt="Landscape captured at Solsbury Hill" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jXS5NEZnMmwPjpAssATPJT-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jXS5NEZnMmwPjpAssATPJT-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Experience gained over time is invaluable. Image taken halfway up Solsbury Hill (handheld at f/10) </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Craig Blackley)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I prefer to travel light when going out on shoots, as I’m an avid walker. When I see an inviting scene to photograph, I instantly want to capture it. But with a tripod I’d have to get it out of my bag, set it up, then make sure it’s stable and at the right height. I’d recommend purchasing a tripod when starting out as you’ll be unfamiliar with what settings to use, what works and what doesn’t. </p><p>But when you gain experience, ditch the tripod and see for yourself, you’ll appreciate the freedom. Ultimately, I believe landscape shots taken handheld are better because you can position yourself and your camera wherever you want. When using a tripod, you’re at its mercy. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="4wBcKJr6wXb9HtoRsYVEKT" name="IMG_5001_FINAL" alt="Landscape captured at Solsbury Hill" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/4wBcKJr6wXb9HtoRsYVEKT-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/4wBcKJr6wXb9HtoRsYVEKT-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The freedom of going handheld (Taken at f/11) </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Craig Blackley)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The image above is a perfect example of this, I was walking around Solsbury Hill on another occasion and spotted this cow staring at me, perfectly placed composition wise. As I was shooting handheld, I could compose my shot and capture it instantly. But with a tripod on the other hand, this might not have worked. </p><p>This is because I was shooting on a slope at an angle, a tripod would have made this very difficult. And by the time I set up the legs, position, height, and attached the camera the cow would have likely moved and the opportunity would have been squandered. I also prefer to have my camera firmly in my grasp rather than in the hands of a tripod. </p><p><em>Do you agree? Maybe I’ve inspired you to ditch your tripod more often. Hands at the ready everyone!</em></p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-might-also-like"><span>You might also like... </span></h3><p>Want to eliminate camera shake? Then you'll need to know <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/photography/photo-technique/want-sharper-photos-i-still-use-the-outdated-reciprocal-rule-to-beat-camera-shake-heres-why">the reciprocal rule</a>. If you're still a tripod stalwart, ask yourself: <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/tutorials/are-you-using-the-right-tripod-head-for-landscape-photography">Are you using the right tripod head for landscape photography?</a> And if you're not quite ready to take control of all your camera settings, it's time to learn the<a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/photography/photo-technique/im-a-photography-expert-heres-how-i-learned-the-exposure-triangle-and-how-i-use-it-to-shoot-in-manual-mode"> exposure triangle</a>. </p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/why-i-finally-stopped-lugging-around-a-tripod-on-every-landscape-photography-shoot</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ When it comes to landscape photography, bringing along a tripod seems to be the norm. Here’s why I think shooting handheld is the better option ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">dL25MgXLNs5TJLL2FqqUgi</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zMFUEuJd8D5LX5RfLUYFKT-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Sun, 19 Apr 2026 07:05:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Tripods]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Craig Blackley ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HEttaebVmjKRRsBicF9oHm-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zMFUEuJd8D5LX5RfLUYFKT-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Craig Blackley]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                        <media:description><![CDATA[A tripod might be a landscape staple, but that doesn&#039;t mean it&#039;s always necessary... ]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Landscape captured at Solsbury Hill]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Landscape captured at Solsbury Hill]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zMFUEuJd8D5LX5RfLUYFKT-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>I will admit that<a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod"> the best tripods</a> offer stability, help avoid  <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/features/what-is-camera-shake-and-why-does-it-happen">camera shake</a>, and allow you  to avoid losing image quality by shooting at low ISOs. These are all things that I've learned over time when it comes to shooting landscapes, but I’ve come to the conclusion that shooting handheld presents you with so many more opportunities.</p><p>My parents bought me my first <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-dslr-camera">DSLR camera</a>, a Canon EOS 700D (Rebel T5i), when I was around 15 years old studying photography at school. I had always been interested in <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/tutorials/landscape-photography-tips">landscape photography</a>, and this was my chance to finally give them a go. One of my first memories using this camera was atop Solsbury Hill in Bath, UK, near where I grew up, on a thick and foggy atmospheric morning. </p><p>I was clueless when it came to camera settings, but I tried my hand at capturing the fog nevertheless. I didn’t have a tripod at the time, so I took these images handheld, foolishly at a narrow aperture of f/18. When shooting handheld at this kind of aperture you really need to have steady hands if you want to avoid camera shake. <em>A total understatement that is!</em></p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="Y32PyHZUMzhmmEwnBwG9HT" name="IMG_2452_FINAL" alt="Landscape captured at Solsbury Hill" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Y32PyHZUMzhmmEwnBwG9HT-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Y32PyHZUMzhmmEwnBwG9HT-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">My first memory of trying landscape photography at a foggy Solsbury Hill (handheld at f/18) </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Craig Blackley)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Surprisingly, the images came out fine (as you can see above). Yes, if I had used a more suitable aperture I would have captured a crisper image, especially with the detail in the distance. But I was inexperienced, just learning the ropes. I enjoyed the experience in terms of being flexible, moving around freely and trying a variety of angles to shoot from.</p><p>As I got older, I eventually succumbed to purchasing a tripod as most landscape photographers that I saw had one. It was just a standard tripod, so it fitted nicely in my bag along with my camera. I had always assumed that for landscapes to be extremely detailed they needed to be taken on a tripod and at a narrow aperture of around f/18 – f/22. I soon realized this wasn’t the case. </p><p>There are benefits with using a tripod, but I also feel restricted when using one. The thought of carrying it around and adding weight to my bag instantly puts me off. When I shoot landscapes handheld I open my eyes more, I’m able to take images from various angles, angles which I can’t with a tripod. </p><p>When I found out that the aperture sweet spot for landscapes was between f/8 – f/13, this eliminated the need for a tripod for me. The image below supports this; it’s a very similar shot to my previous image but was taken at an aperture of f/10. Because of this I was able to use a faster shutter speed to eliminate camera shake, while avoiding diffraction, boosting the level of detail throughout.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="jXS5NEZnMmwPjpAssATPJT" name="IMG_4730_FINAL" alt="Landscape captured at Solsbury Hill" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jXS5NEZnMmwPjpAssATPJT-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jXS5NEZnMmwPjpAssATPJT-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Experience gained over time is invaluable. Image taken halfway up Solsbury Hill (handheld at f/10) </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Craig Blackley)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I prefer to travel light when going out on shoots, as I’m an avid walker. When I see an inviting scene to photograph, I instantly want to capture it. But with a tripod I’d have to get it out of my bag, set it up, then make sure it’s stable and at the right height. I’d recommend purchasing a tripod when starting out as you’ll be unfamiliar with what settings to use, what works and what doesn’t. </p><p>But when you gain experience, ditch the tripod and see for yourself, you’ll appreciate the freedom. Ultimately, I believe landscape shots taken handheld are better because you can position yourself and your camera wherever you want. When using a tripod, you’re at its mercy. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="4wBcKJr6wXb9HtoRsYVEKT" name="IMG_5001_FINAL" alt="Landscape captured at Solsbury Hill" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/4wBcKJr6wXb9HtoRsYVEKT-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="2000" height="1125" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/4wBcKJr6wXb9HtoRsYVEKT-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The freedom of going handheld (Taken at f/11) </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Craig Blackley)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The image above is a perfect example of this, I was walking around Solsbury Hill on another occasion and spotted this cow staring at me, perfectly placed composition wise. As I was shooting handheld, I could compose my shot and capture it instantly. But with a tripod on the other hand, this might not have worked. </p><p>This is because I was shooting on a slope at an angle, a tripod would have made this very difficult. And by the time I set up the legs, position, height, and attached the camera the cow would have likely moved and the opportunity would have been squandered. I also prefer to have my camera firmly in my grasp rather than in the hands of a tripod. </p><p><em>Do you agree? Maybe I’ve inspired you to ditch your tripod more often. Hands at the ready everyone!</em></p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-might-also-like"><span>You might also like... </span></h3><p>Want to eliminate camera shake? Then you'll need to know <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/photography/photo-technique/want-sharper-photos-i-still-use-the-outdated-reciprocal-rule-to-beat-camera-shake-heres-why">the reciprocal rule</a>. If you're still a tripod stalwart, ask yourself: <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/tutorials/are-you-using-the-right-tripod-head-for-landscape-photography">Are you using the right tripod head for landscape photography?</a> And if you're not quite ready to take control of all your camera settings, it's time to learn the<a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/photography/photo-technique/im-a-photography-expert-heres-how-i-learned-the-exposure-triangle-and-how-i-use-it-to-shoot-in-manual-mode"> exposure triangle</a>. </p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ DJI Osmo Pocket 4 Pro leaks in less than a day –shortest time in the limelight ever for the new gimbal camera? ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>The serial DJI news leaker Igor Bogdanov has posted a clip of what appears to be a DJI Osmo Pocket 4P, or Pro, a version of the Pocket 4 with a dual camera system. This video is being shared on the same day the real <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/gimbals/dji-osmo-pocket-4-review">DJI Osmo Pocket 4</a> is launched.</p><div class="see-more see-more--clipped"><figure><blockquote class="twitter-tweet hawk-ignore" data-lang="en" cite="https://twitter.com/cantworkitout/status/2044768431329652845"><p lang="en" dir="ltr">Время битвы с @insta360 . @DJI Pocket 4 Pro против Insta360 Luna😁 pic.twitter.com/Dv4JapWo1c<a href="https://twitter.com/cantworkitout/status/2044768431329652845">April 16, 2026</a></p></blockquote></figure><div class="see-more__filter"></div></div><p>The new DJI Osmo Pocket 4 Pro, which was definitely released today, features a single camera with a 1-inch CMOS sensor, though boosted to 14-stops of dynamic range and offering 10-bit D-Log color, an improvement over its predecessor.</p><p>The camera on the top is mounted on a 3-axis gimbal, and has 2x lossless zoom, as well as a 107Gb of built-in storage and a 800MB/S transfer speeds, and updated ActiveTrack. You can read more about it in my full Osmo Pocket 4 review or </p><p>The wider community, however, has long expected that DJI would launch either a dual-camera system as the Pocket 4, or two different versions, one with a dual camera system.</p><p>The expectation is that there will be a 1-inch sensor for the main camera, as well as a 3x optical zoom as the additional camera inside the gimbal head. This would work in a similar way to the extra cameras in the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/dji-air-3s-review">DJI Air 3S</a> or most serious photography-leaning mobile phones. (The iPhone Pro Max, for example, which I use, has three cameras on the back at different focal lengths.)</p><p>Now, as soon as DJI has announced the Pocket 4 – and nothing else – the rumor community, in the form of Igor Bogdanov, has stepped in to show what a DJI dual camera version might look like.</p><p>Is it plausible? It certainly isn't beyond the bounds of possibility, and the same poster alludes to the reason in his post: Luna, which Insta360 has not been shy about:</p><div class="see-more see-more--clipped"><figure><blockquote class="twitter-tweet hawk-ignore" data-lang="en" cite="https://twitter.com/cantworkitout/status/2044734288902631438"><p lang="en" dir="ltr">まだだった...? pic.twitter.com/jEt5QwLqo3<a href="https://twitter.com/cantworkitout/status/2044734288902631438">April 16, 2026</a></p></blockquote></figure><div class="see-more__filter"></div></div><p>Luna is Insta360's anticipated entry into this same market, and the company has shared teasers via some social media accounts and at events already, including the blocky design above on their Japanese X column.</p><p>What will be the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/action-cameras/best-pocket-gimbal-cameras">best pocket gimbal camera</a> in the next few months seems very much open to debate.</p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/gimbals/dji-osmo-pocket-4-pro-leaks-in-less-than-a-day-shortest-time-in-the-limelight-ever-for-the-new-gimbal-camera</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ DJI Osmo Pocket 4 could get a massive upgrade within hours of launch – if this leak is right, anyway... ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">vuxukQBeAyHnK6jHRmtHcP</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zgHEDR6Xmi8xTFubTxSdSR-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Thu, 16 Apr 2026 15:44:34 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Gimbals]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ adam.juniper@futurenet.com (Adam Juniper) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Adam Juniper ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/72ckUfmgPdyE9rg429R7Md-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zgHEDR6Xmi8xTFubTxSdSR-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Igor Bogdanov]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Possible DJI Pocket 4P]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Possible DJI Pocket 4P]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Possible DJI Pocket 4P]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zgHEDR6Xmi8xTFubTxSdSR-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>The serial DJI news leaker Igor Bogdanov has posted a clip of what appears to be a DJI Osmo Pocket 4P, or Pro, a version of the Pocket 4 with a dual camera system. This video is being shared on the same day the real <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/gimbals/dji-osmo-pocket-4-review">DJI Osmo Pocket 4</a> is launched.</p><div class="see-more see-more--clipped"><figure><blockquote class="twitter-tweet hawk-ignore" data-lang="en" cite="https://twitter.com/cantworkitout/status/2044768431329652845"><p lang="en" dir="ltr">Время битвы с @insta360 . @DJI Pocket 4 Pro против Insta360 Luna😁 pic.twitter.com/Dv4JapWo1c<a href="https://twitter.com/cantworkitout/status/2044768431329652845">April 16, 2026</a></p></blockquote></figure><div class="see-more__filter"></div></div><p>The new DJI Osmo Pocket 4 Pro, which was definitely released today, features a single camera with a 1-inch CMOS sensor, though boosted to 14-stops of dynamic range and offering 10-bit D-Log color, an improvement over its predecessor.</p><p>The camera on the top is mounted on a 3-axis gimbal, and has 2x lossless zoom, as well as a 107Gb of built-in storage and a 800MB/S transfer speeds, and updated ActiveTrack. You can read more about it in my full Osmo Pocket 4 review or </p><p>The wider community, however, has long expected that DJI would launch either a dual-camera system as the Pocket 4, or two different versions, one with a dual camera system.</p><p>The expectation is that there will be a 1-inch sensor for the main camera, as well as a 3x optical zoom as the additional camera inside the gimbal head. This would work in a similar way to the extra cameras in the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/dji-air-3s-review">DJI Air 3S</a> or most serious photography-leaning mobile phones. (The iPhone Pro Max, for example, which I use, has three cameras on the back at different focal lengths.)</p><p>Now, as soon as DJI has announced the Pocket 4 – and nothing else – the rumor community, in the form of Igor Bogdanov, has stepped in to show what a DJI dual camera version might look like.</p><p>Is it plausible? It certainly isn't beyond the bounds of possibility, and the same poster alludes to the reason in his post: Luna, which Insta360 has not been shy about:</p><div class="see-more see-more--clipped"><figure><blockquote class="twitter-tweet hawk-ignore" data-lang="en" cite="https://twitter.com/cantworkitout/status/2044734288902631438"><p lang="en" dir="ltr">まだだった...? pic.twitter.com/jEt5QwLqo3<a href="https://twitter.com/cantworkitout/status/2044734288902631438">April 16, 2026</a></p></blockquote></figure><div class="see-more__filter"></div></div><p>Luna is Insta360's anticipated entry into this same market, and the company has shared teasers via some social media accounts and at events already, including the blocky design above on their Japanese X column.</p><p>What will be the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/action-cameras/best-pocket-gimbal-cameras">best pocket gimbal camera</a> in the next few months seems very much open to debate.</p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ DJI Osmo Pocket 4 review:Can the best vlogging camera get better in an unexpected way? ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>The Pocket 4 has a job to do – to follow up on the Pocket 3. That camera managed to make, somehow, the third iteration into the definitive camera of DJI's handheld vlogging camera. So far, anyway.</p><p>Until then, the device was a weird niche, sticking one of DJI's drone-like camera gimbals ontop of a handle. After that it was the must-have tool for content creators, capturing amazingly stable shots with all kinds of motion. The Steadicam alternative for the TikTok era.</p><p>You'd see everyone carrying them on vacation, or when making movies, and there were good reasons why. For many lone creators, it was like having a friend to film, who has the skills to pick up rotating shots and follow subjects – just as you need to stand out from the crowd online.</p><p>We've waited two years for a new model, and such is the popularity of the camera that there have been pages and pages devoted to rumors about it. Is this what we were hoping for?</p><div class="instagram-embed"><blockquote class="instagram-media"  data-instgrm-version="6" style="width:99.375%; width:-webkit-calc(100% - 2px); width:calc(100% - 2px);"><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/p/DXMRxM6iuSt/" target="_blank">A post shared by Digital Camera World (@digitalcameraworldofficial)</a></p><p>A photo posted by </p></blockquote></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-price"><span>Price</span></h3><p>The Osmo Pocket 4 starts at £445 for the standard combo and £549 for the Creator Combo with the Mic 3 TX, the fill light and a big enough carrying bag! In both cases, that seems like equally fair value to the camera's predecessor.</p><p>Thankfully, that's nothing like the price jump from the Pocket 2 (at $349) to the Pocket 3 (at $519), but there was a significant jump in specs on that occasion, and it clearly paid off.</p><div data-widget-type="merchantlink" data-model-name="DJI Osmo Pocket 4"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-specs"><span>Specs</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol empty" ></td><td  ><p><strong>Pocket 4</strong></p></td><td  ><p><em><strong>Pocket 3</strong></em></p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Sensor</strong></p></td><td  ><p>1-inch CMOS</p></td><td  ><p><em>1-inch CMOS</em></p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Video (max)</strong></p></td><td  ><p>4K / 240fps</p><p>10-Bit D-Log</p></td><td  ><p><em>4K / 120fps</em></p><p><em>HLG D-Log M</em></p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Stills (max)</strong></p></td><td  ><p>37MP (7680 x 4320)</p></td><td  ><p><em>9.4MP</em></p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Photo formats</strong></p></td><td  ><p>JPEG / DNG</p></td><td  ><p>JPEG / DNG</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Battery</strong></p></td><td  ><p>1545 mAh / 240 mins</p></td><td  ><p>1,300 mAh</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Screen</strong></p></td><td  ><p>2-inch / 1,000 nits</p></td><td  ><p><em>2-Inch</em></p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Storage</strong></p></td><td  ><p>107GB + MicroSD</p></td><td  ><p><em>MicroSD only</em></p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>EFL</strong></p></td><td  ><p>20mm</p></td><td  ><p><em>20mm</em></p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Filters</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Beauty Filters + App Glamour Effects</p></td><td  ><p>App Glamour Effects</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Weight</strong></p></td><td  ><p>190.5g</p></td><td  ><p><em>179g</em></p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6556px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="wLoHpTapAqY7QEoBzZqbXe" name="DJI-Pocket4-DSC05966" alt="DJI Osmo pocket 4" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wLoHpTapAqY7QEoBzZqbXe-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="6556" height="3687" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-build-and-handling"><span>Build and Handling</span></h3><p>The idea is that the Pocket 4 is a stabilized camera on a simple handle – controlled with a couple of buttons. Simple.</p><p>In practice, things are a little more complex, which in fact is why one of the most noticeable changes between this camera and its predecessor is the arrival of two physical buttons beneath the rotating 2-inch touchscreen that, when open, provide tactile control for zoom and a customizable option.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:7111px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="gwhUfgWNaueFps83vux2We" name="DJI-Pocket4-DSC05963" alt="DJI Osmo pocket 4" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/gwhUfgWNaueFps83vux2We-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="7111" height="4000" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The screen on the DJI Pocket 4 rotates from straight in line with the device's body to horizontal, making it as big as reasonably possible. It also acts as an on switch and (depending on your settings) a horizontal/portrait switch.</p><p>The camera in the gimbal does not rotate, but you can rotate the screen back to portrait format to shoot for TikTok etc. and the camera now switches to the best cropped resolution it can manage – 3K – which seems adequate.</p><p>There are a lot of other settings available via the camera's touchscreen, which operates a 'swipe from the side' approach which is simple on the face of it, but can get quite in depth.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="3UrycA4kJgqWNyizefPMTe" name="DJI-Pocket4-DSC05960" alt="DJI Osmo pocket 4" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3UrycA4kJgqWNyizefPMTe-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="6000" height="3375" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Some of the more complicated screens come with tool tips </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>To keep this in the 'compact camera' class, while offering flexibility when it comes to battery, DJI makes the bottom of the grip removable. The standard handle – which just extends it to the length needed for my big hands – can be removed by pressing a button on the front and replaced by a 'Battery Grip' to offer more life (at the cost of more weight).</p><p>Without one or the other fitted, though, you find yourself without a tripod thread at the base of the camera; a USB-C port is there instead. That port allows transfers of up to 800Mb/s from the built-in 107Gb of storage that renders a MicroSD card very much optional with this version of the device – one more step toward easier usability.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3990px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="5Z8ypRrnxhapnGNV3dorVD" name="DSC06030.JPG" alt="DJI Osmo Pocket 4 adding grip" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/v2/w:1920,t:0,l:394,cw:3990,ch:2244,q:80/5Z8ypRrnxhapnGNV3dorVD.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6000" height="3376" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/v2/w:1920,t:0,l:394,cw:3990,ch:2244,q:80/5Z8ypRrnxhapnGNV3dorVD.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Plugging in the grip. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The camera's 2-inch screen, at 16:9, still isn't massive, but it seems big enough to feature all the controls. It is slightly easier, too, to control the zoom – which is at least lossless at 2x – using the new buttons beneath the screen.</p><p>The trick is to get used to swiping from the sides of the screen and the other hope for the bulky-fingered is that the DJI Mimo app can act as your friend; you have remote control of the device via your phone, as well as the ability to view and download content.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="i5u3xLH2vxAjGoPCMrZYFn" name="DSC06015.JPG" alt="Adam pointing at the screen on the DJI Osmo Pocket 4" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/i5u3xLH2vxAjGoPCMrZYFn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6000" height="3376" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/i5u3xLH2vxAjGoPCMrZYFn-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The camera's ActiveTrack is following me – look at the gimbal at the top and the 2-inch screen shows what it's concentrating on! </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Content creators will be very pleased by the arrival of low light capture that works with the ActiveTrack feature, as well as the improved frame rate for slow motion.</p><p>Other features which are brilliant fun and offer great variety are the switchable modes, like the FPV mode, which can create cool rotating shots – the one down side being that the gimbal cannot turn 360-degrees so it cannot spin infinitely.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4032px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="4aacEXLbWUAtMnNy6sUVuk" name="DJI-Pocket-4-controls-DSC05996" alt="DJI Osmo Pocket 4" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/4aacEXLbWUAtMnNy6sUVuk-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="4032" height="2268" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The 5D joystick is one of the many controls which can also be double-pressed for an additional result </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The camera also has some significant new features for new creators – built in AI glamour effects (skin smoothing options) – and some film effects. These are actually pretty impressive, and might be a good reason to buy for a lot of vloggers.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-performance"><span>Performance</span></h3><p>In the few weeks I've been testing the camera, it has been apparent to me that there are real improvements available here to vloggers, even without the long-anticipated second camera.</p><p>If I were looking for issues (and, you know, that is my job), I'd say that on some of the pans where the camera follows a slow subject – I had it follow a clipper boat up the Thames – it seems to judder ever so slightly. That's because the very smooth movement of the subject exposes the motion of the motors, but you don't see it at other times.</p><iframe src="https://content.jwplatform.com/players/wEFSL9ZN.html" id="wEFSL9ZN" title="Testing DJI Osmo Pocket 4" width="1920" height="1080" frameborder="0" scrolling="auto" allowfullscreen></iframe><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-sample-images"><span>Sample images</span></h3><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:7680px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="oDyFzqMpUwJzHVnpj4wX6P" name="Pocket-4-Sample-1-DJI_20260408101926_0032_D" alt="Sample panorama image of DLR train in park" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/oDyFzqMpUwJzHVnpj4wX6P-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="7680" height="4320" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">7680x4320 image (31.9MP) panorama from the Pocket 4 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3840px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="39reWnEAwcVKkS2k82CKCn" name="DJI_20260408101745_0029_D.JPG" alt="Sample image of Thames Barrier" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/39reWnEAwcVKkS2k82CKCn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="3840" height="2160" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-overall-verdict"><span>Overall verdict</span></h3><p>Taken on its own, the Pocket 4 remains an amazing camera, and it's easy to see why DJI has chosen to make refinements rather than go with the large-scale changes that some predicted. If it isn't broken, why fix it?</p><p>The answer to that question might come from a competitor soon enough, but for now, there isn't one – just this vague suspicion many had that a second camera was the solution (after all, it happened to their phones, didn't it, not to mention the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/dji-air-3s-review">DJI Air 3S</a> drone).</p><p>For now, though, the image sensor does a good job, with great standard colors, so despite the ability to apply a profile to Log I found myself perfectly happy using the camera defaults. The subject tracking was quick and responsive. Focusing can be close enough to make this a good vlogging device too – unlike some action cameras.</p><p>So, this camera comes along in a category DJI has defined and gets everything right. It doesn't make a huge leap forward, so it might not make much sense on an upgrade list for Pocket 3 owners, but for anyone else, the brilliant smoothing is hard to argue and given the price is still well below full-frame vlogging cameras, this seems a natural first choice.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong><br>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>With 10-Bit video recording, generous built-in storage, simple microphone connection, and so much more this can feel like a mobile TV studio for the post-TV generation.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong><br>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>So long as you accept that a protruding, mototrized camera is a bit of a risk, this design has a lot to mitigate it and a lot to help ease of use.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong><br>★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Low-light performance, slow-mo and other imaging is striking given the size of the camera. Perhaps only slow smooth pans give away the tech.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong><br><strong>★★★★</strong></p></td><td  ><p>This is not the cheapest of technologies, but it does offer flexibility which might save money so long as you're not proposing the kind of risk that a traditional action cam devotee might!</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="c45ff279-4c88-4c54-a853-64b4213c2aaf" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="DJI Osmo Pocket 3" data-dimension48="DJI Osmo Pocket 3" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3442px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="iiPhQS5QV225fHf7ANTkDd" name="Pocket3-06.jpg" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/iiPhQS5QV225fHf7ANTkDd-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="3442" height="1936" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>Expect to see a few reasonable prices on the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/dji-osmo-pocket-3-review" data-dimension112="c45ff279-4c88-4c54-a853-64b4213c2aaf" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="DJI Osmo Pocket 3" data-dimension48="DJI Osmo Pocket 3" data-dimension25=""><strong>DJI Osmo Pocket 3</strong></a> camera now that its sequel is on sale, and they might be worth seriously considering. This is still a 4K camera with a 1-inch sensor, a 2-inch touch screen and very similar gimbal. It might lack slightly in terms of slow-mo frame rate, low-light performance, and controls, but not too much. <a class="view-deal button" href="" target="_blank" rel="nofollow" data-dimension112="c45ff279-4c88-4c54-a853-64b4213c2aaf" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="DJI Osmo Pocket 3" data-dimension48="DJI Osmo Pocket 3" data-dimension25="">View Deal</a></p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="e587ba5a-6173-4cdd-816f-65413b0c5072" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Feiyu Pocket 3" data-dimension48="Feiyu Pocket 3" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2788px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="tK74Mc9JuGgY4YRq7iPBPS" name="1585698977_1553490 copy.jpg" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tK74Mc9JuGgY4YRq7iPBPS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2788" height="1568" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/gimbals/feiyu-pocket-3-review" data-dimension112="e587ba5a-6173-4cdd-816f-65413b0c5072" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Feiyu Pocket 3" data-dimension48="Feiyu Pocket 3" data-dimension25=""><strong>Feiyu Pocket 3</strong></a> is also going after DJI's crown but, well, in our review, we were not as impressed. The spec sheet couldn't compete, there was no support for external microphones and the face detection wasn't up to much!<a class="view-deal button" href="" target="_blank" rel="nofollow" data-dimension112="e587ba5a-6173-4cdd-816f-65413b0c5072" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Feiyu Pocket 3" data-dimension48="Feiyu Pocket 3" data-dimension25="">View Deal</a></p></div> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/gimbals/dji-osmo-pocket-4-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The self-stabilized camera everyone has been waiting for – but is it what you expected? ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">aCdSYpbzSjd93pWdPpMMh3</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aWCSzoBiQnoPKxHrFkMWXR-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Thu, 16 Apr 2026 12:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Sat, 18 Apr 2026 11:27:50 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Gimbals]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ adam.juniper@futurenet.com (Adam Juniper) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Adam Juniper ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/72ckUfmgPdyE9rg429R7Md-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aWCSzoBiQnoPKxHrFkMWXR-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[DJI Osmo pocket 4]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[DJI Osmo pocket 4]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[DJI Osmo pocket 4]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/aWCSzoBiQnoPKxHrFkMWXR-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>The Pocket 4 has a job to do – to follow up on the Pocket 3. That camera managed to make, somehow, the third iteration into the definitive camera of DJI's handheld vlogging camera. So far, anyway.</p><p>Until then, the device was a weird niche, sticking one of DJI's drone-like camera gimbals ontop of a handle. After that it was the must-have tool for content creators, capturing amazingly stable shots with all kinds of motion. The Steadicam alternative for the TikTok era.</p><p>You'd see everyone carrying them on vacation, or when making movies, and there were good reasons why. For many lone creators, it was like having a friend to film, who has the skills to pick up rotating shots and follow subjects – just as you need to stand out from the crowd online.</p><p>We've waited two years for a new model, and such is the popularity of the camera that there have been pages and pages devoted to rumors about it. Is this what we were hoping for?</p><div class="instagram-embed"><blockquote class="instagram-media"  data-instgrm-version="6" style="width:99.375%; width:-webkit-calc(100% - 2px); width:calc(100% - 2px);"><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/p/DXMRxM6iuSt/" target="_blank">A post shared by Digital Camera World (@digitalcameraworldofficial)</a></p><p>A photo posted by </p></blockquote></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-price"><span>Price</span></h3><p>The Osmo Pocket 4 starts at £445 for the standard combo and £549 for the Creator Combo with the Mic 3 TX, the fill light and a big enough carrying bag! In both cases, that seems like equally fair value to the camera's predecessor.</p><p>Thankfully, that's nothing like the price jump from the Pocket 2 (at $349) to the Pocket 3 (at $519), but there was a significant jump in specs on that occasion, and it clearly paid off.</p><div data-widget-type="merchantlink" data-model-name="DJI Osmo Pocket 4"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-specs"><span>Specs</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol empty" ></td><td  ><p><strong>Pocket 4</strong></p></td><td  ><p><em><strong>Pocket 3</strong></em></p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Sensor</strong></p></td><td  ><p>1-inch CMOS</p></td><td  ><p><em>1-inch CMOS</em></p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Video (max)</strong></p></td><td  ><p>4K / 240fps</p><p>10-Bit D-Log</p></td><td  ><p><em>4K / 120fps</em></p><p><em>HLG D-Log M</em></p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Stills (max)</strong></p></td><td  ><p>37MP (7680 x 4320)</p></td><td  ><p><em>9.4MP</em></p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Photo formats</strong></p></td><td  ><p>JPEG / DNG</p></td><td  ><p>JPEG / DNG</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Battery</strong></p></td><td  ><p>1545 mAh / 240 mins</p></td><td  ><p>1,300 mAh</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Screen</strong></p></td><td  ><p>2-inch / 1,000 nits</p></td><td  ><p><em>2-Inch</em></p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Storage</strong></p></td><td  ><p>107GB + MicroSD</p></td><td  ><p><em>MicroSD only</em></p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>EFL</strong></p></td><td  ><p>20mm</p></td><td  ><p><em>20mm</em></p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Filters</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Beauty Filters + App Glamour Effects</p></td><td  ><p>App Glamour Effects</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Weight</strong></p></td><td  ><p>190.5g</p></td><td  ><p><em>179g</em></p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6556px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="wLoHpTapAqY7QEoBzZqbXe" name="DJI-Pocket4-DSC05966" alt="DJI Osmo pocket 4" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wLoHpTapAqY7QEoBzZqbXe-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="6556" height="3687" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-build-and-handling"><span>Build and Handling</span></h3><p>The idea is that the Pocket 4 is a stabilized camera on a simple handle – controlled with a couple of buttons. Simple.</p><p>In practice, things are a little more complex, which in fact is why one of the most noticeable changes between this camera and its predecessor is the arrival of two physical buttons beneath the rotating 2-inch touchscreen that, when open, provide tactile control for zoom and a customizable option.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:7111px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="gwhUfgWNaueFps83vux2We" name="DJI-Pocket4-DSC05963" alt="DJI Osmo pocket 4" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/gwhUfgWNaueFps83vux2We-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="7111" height="4000" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The screen on the DJI Pocket 4 rotates from straight in line with the device's body to horizontal, making it as big as reasonably possible. It also acts as an on switch and (depending on your settings) a horizontal/portrait switch.</p><p>The camera in the gimbal does not rotate, but you can rotate the screen back to portrait format to shoot for TikTok etc. and the camera now switches to the best cropped resolution it can manage – 3K – which seems adequate.</p><p>There are a lot of other settings available via the camera's touchscreen, which operates a 'swipe from the side' approach which is simple on the face of it, but can get quite in depth.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="3UrycA4kJgqWNyizefPMTe" name="DJI-Pocket4-DSC05960" alt="DJI Osmo pocket 4" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/3UrycA4kJgqWNyizefPMTe-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="6000" height="3375" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Some of the more complicated screens come with tool tips </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>To keep this in the 'compact camera' class, while offering flexibility when it comes to battery, DJI makes the bottom of the grip removable. The standard handle – which just extends it to the length needed for my big hands – can be removed by pressing a button on the front and replaced by a 'Battery Grip' to offer more life (at the cost of more weight).</p><p>Without one or the other fitted, though, you find yourself without a tripod thread at the base of the camera; a USB-C port is there instead. That port allows transfers of up to 800Mb/s from the built-in 107Gb of storage that renders a MicroSD card very much optional with this version of the device – one more step toward easier usability.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3990px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="5Z8ypRrnxhapnGNV3dorVD" name="DSC06030.JPG" alt="DJI Osmo Pocket 4 adding grip" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/v2/w:1920,t:0,l:394,cw:3990,ch:2244,q:80/5Z8ypRrnxhapnGNV3dorVD.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6000" height="3376" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/v2/w:1920,t:0,l:394,cw:3990,ch:2244,q:80/5Z8ypRrnxhapnGNV3dorVD.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Plugging in the grip. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The camera's 2-inch screen, at 16:9, still isn't massive, but it seems big enough to feature all the controls. It is slightly easier, too, to control the zoom – which is at least lossless at 2x – using the new buttons beneath the screen.</p><p>The trick is to get used to swiping from the sides of the screen and the other hope for the bulky-fingered is that the DJI Mimo app can act as your friend; you have remote control of the device via your phone, as well as the ability to view and download content.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="i5u3xLH2vxAjGoPCMrZYFn" name="DSC06015.JPG" alt="Adam pointing at the screen on the DJI Osmo Pocket 4" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/i5u3xLH2vxAjGoPCMrZYFn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6000" height="3376" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/i5u3xLH2vxAjGoPCMrZYFn-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The camera's ActiveTrack is following me – look at the gimbal at the top and the 2-inch screen shows what it's concentrating on! </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Content creators will be very pleased by the arrival of low light capture that works with the ActiveTrack feature, as well as the improved frame rate for slow motion.</p><p>Other features which are brilliant fun and offer great variety are the switchable modes, like the FPV mode, which can create cool rotating shots – the one down side being that the gimbal cannot turn 360-degrees so it cannot spin infinitely.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4032px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="4aacEXLbWUAtMnNy6sUVuk" name="DJI-Pocket-4-controls-DSC05996" alt="DJI Osmo Pocket 4" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/4aacEXLbWUAtMnNy6sUVuk-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="4032" height="2268" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The 5D joystick is one of the many controls which can also be double-pressed for an additional result </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The camera also has some significant new features for new creators – built in AI glamour effects (skin smoothing options) – and some film effects. These are actually pretty impressive, and might be a good reason to buy for a lot of vloggers.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-performance"><span>Performance</span></h3><p>In the few weeks I've been testing the camera, it has been apparent to me that there are real improvements available here to vloggers, even without the long-anticipated second camera.</p><p>If I were looking for issues (and, you know, that is my job), I'd say that on some of the pans where the camera follows a slow subject – I had it follow a clipper boat up the Thames – it seems to judder ever so slightly. That's because the very smooth movement of the subject exposes the motion of the motors, but you don't see it at other times.</p><iframe src="https://content.jwplatform.com/players/wEFSL9ZN.html" id="wEFSL9ZN" title="Testing DJI Osmo Pocket 4" width="1920" height="1080" frameborder="0" scrolling="auto" allowfullscreen></iframe><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-sample-images"><span>Sample images</span></h3><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:7680px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="oDyFzqMpUwJzHVnpj4wX6P" name="Pocket-4-Sample-1-DJI_20260408101926_0032_D" alt="Sample panorama image of DLR train in park" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/oDyFzqMpUwJzHVnpj4wX6P-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="7680" height="4320" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">7680x4320 image (31.9MP) panorama from the Pocket 4 </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3840px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="39reWnEAwcVKkS2k82CKCn" name="DJI_20260408101745_0029_D.JPG" alt="Sample image of Thames Barrier" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/39reWnEAwcVKkS2k82CKCn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="3840" height="2160" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-overall-verdict"><span>Overall verdict</span></h3><p>Taken on its own, the Pocket 4 remains an amazing camera, and it's easy to see why DJI has chosen to make refinements rather than go with the large-scale changes that some predicted. If it isn't broken, why fix it?</p><p>The answer to that question might come from a competitor soon enough, but for now, there isn't one – just this vague suspicion many had that a second camera was the solution (after all, it happened to their phones, didn't it, not to mention the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/dji-air-3s-review">DJI Air 3S</a> drone).</p><p>For now, though, the image sensor does a good job, with great standard colors, so despite the ability to apply a profile to Log I found myself perfectly happy using the camera defaults. The subject tracking was quick and responsive. Focusing can be close enough to make this a good vlogging device too – unlike some action cameras.</p><p>So, this camera comes along in a category DJI has defined and gets everything right. It doesn't make a huge leap forward, so it might not make much sense on an upgrade list for Pocket 3 owners, but for anyone else, the brilliant smoothing is hard to argue and given the price is still well below full-frame vlogging cameras, this seems a natural first choice.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong><br>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>With 10-Bit video recording, generous built-in storage, simple microphone connection, and so much more this can feel like a mobile TV studio for the post-TV generation.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong><br>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>So long as you accept that a protruding, mototrized camera is a bit of a risk, this design has a lot to mitigate it and a lot to help ease of use.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong><br>★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Low-light performance, slow-mo and other imaging is striking given the size of the camera. Perhaps only slow smooth pans give away the tech.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong><br><strong>★★★★</strong></p></td><td  ><p>This is not the cheapest of technologies, but it does offer flexibility which might save money so long as you're not proposing the kind of risk that a traditional action cam devotee might!</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="c45ff279-4c88-4c54-a853-64b4213c2aaf" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="DJI Osmo Pocket 3" data-dimension48="DJI Osmo Pocket 3" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3442px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="iiPhQS5QV225fHf7ANTkDd" name="Pocket3-06.jpg" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/iiPhQS5QV225fHf7ANTkDd-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="3442" height="1936" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>Expect to see a few reasonable prices on the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/dji-osmo-pocket-3-review" data-dimension112="c45ff279-4c88-4c54-a853-64b4213c2aaf" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="DJI Osmo Pocket 3" data-dimension48="DJI Osmo Pocket 3" data-dimension25=""><strong>DJI Osmo Pocket 3</strong></a> camera now that its sequel is on sale, and they might be worth seriously considering. This is still a 4K camera with a 1-inch sensor, a 2-inch touch screen and very similar gimbal. It might lack slightly in terms of slow-mo frame rate, low-light performance, and controls, but not too much. <a class="view-deal button" href="" target="_blank" rel="nofollow" data-dimension112="c45ff279-4c88-4c54-a853-64b4213c2aaf" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="DJI Osmo Pocket 3" data-dimension48="DJI Osmo Pocket 3" data-dimension25="">View Deal</a></p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="e587ba5a-6173-4cdd-816f-65413b0c5072" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Feiyu Pocket 3" data-dimension48="Feiyu Pocket 3" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2788px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="tK74Mc9JuGgY4YRq7iPBPS" name="1585698977_1553490 copy.jpg" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tK74Mc9JuGgY4YRq7iPBPS-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2788" height="1568" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/gimbals/feiyu-pocket-3-review" data-dimension112="e587ba5a-6173-4cdd-816f-65413b0c5072" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Feiyu Pocket 3" data-dimension48="Feiyu Pocket 3" data-dimension25=""><strong>Feiyu Pocket 3</strong></a> is also going after DJI's crown but, well, in our review, we were not as impressed. The spec sheet couldn't compete, there was no support for external microphones and the face detection wasn't up to much!<a class="view-deal button" href="" target="_blank" rel="nofollow" data-dimension112="e587ba5a-6173-4cdd-816f-65413b0c5072" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Feiyu Pocket 3" data-dimension48="Feiyu Pocket 3" data-dimension25="">View Deal</a></p></div>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ One-eyed DJI Osmo Pocket 4 pocket gimbal camera arrives –is this the change we were hoping for? ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>DJI has just announced its latest gimbal camera, the Osmo Pocket 4, as teased last week. The camera is mounted on a 3-axis gimbal, similar to some DJI drones, helping you get smooth shots all the time, and previous models became very popular with vloggers.</p><p>Boasting upgraded features over its hit predecessor, the new camera still has a 1-inch CMOS sensor, but is now capable of 14 stops of dynamic range, or 10-bit D-Log HDR. The camera also boasts faster 4K/240fps slow motion (double the previous frame rate), and gesture control, so the automatic subject tracking can be initiated by a hand gesture or the 'peace' sign.</p><p>This comes under the heading of a step from ActiveTrack 6 to ActiveTrack 7 in DJI's linguistics.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5047px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="sHMZ3dyoMJrqPQcLzs4fdW" name="DJI-Osmo-Pocket-4_Vlogging_landscape-locked" alt="DJI Osmo Pocket 4 in hand" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sHMZ3dyoMJrqPQcLzs4fdW-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="5047" height="2839" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: DJI)</span></figcaption></figure><p>In terms of image quality improvements, there are a number of changes, including in-camera AI Beauty effects which can tweak the subject's skin smoothness – this kind of feature has proven very popular with vloggers in my reviews of <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-webcam-for-home-working">the best webcams</a>.</p><p>The new design adds two new physical buttons, tucked behind the touchscreen until it is rotated to switch on the device. One allows switching between zoom presets (1x, 2x, 4x) and the other is a customisable button.</p><p>A significant change that is less obvious – because there is still a MicroSD card slot – is that the Pocket 4 boasts 107Gb of on-board storage for video or images. These can be transferred at up to 800MB/s to an attached computer via USB-C, or wirelessly to the DJI Mimo app.</p><p>Stills photo resolution is also 33MP rather than the previous 7MP. In addition, the accessory range now includes an attachable fill light as well as a battery handle.</p><p>The Osmo Pocket 4 Standard Combo goes on sale for £445 / €499 today (though officially will not ship until April 22), while the upgraded Creator Combo (including the same plus a wide-angle lens, Mic 3 transmitter & charger, mini tripod and a carrying bag (as well as the carrying pouch).</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="DJI Osmo Pocket 4"></div> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/gimbals/embargo-13-00-16th-one-eyed-dji-osmo-pocket-4-is-this-the-change-we-were-hoping-for</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Egg on rumor-mongers faces as DJI chooses to hide the upgrades under the surface with the new Osmo Pocket 4 gimbal camera ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">QMJEFxfm9BWwXndt3ECJbW</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mczSXYT73TajmmwDLDYwW3-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Thu, 16 Apr 2026 12:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Thu, 16 Apr 2026 13:02:05 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Gimbals]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ adam.juniper@futurenet.com (Adam Juniper) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Adam Juniper ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/72ckUfmgPdyE9rg429R7Md-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mczSXYT73TajmmwDLDYwW3-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[DJI]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[DJI Osmo Pocket 4 on tripod attachement]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[DJI Osmo Pocket 4 on tripod attachement]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[DJI Osmo Pocket 4 on tripod attachement]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mczSXYT73TajmmwDLDYwW3-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>DJI has just announced its latest gimbal camera, the Osmo Pocket 4, as teased last week. The camera is mounted on a 3-axis gimbal, similar to some DJI drones, helping you get smooth shots all the time, and previous models became very popular with vloggers.</p><p>Boasting upgraded features over its hit predecessor, the new camera still has a 1-inch CMOS sensor, but is now capable of 14 stops of dynamic range, or 10-bit D-Log HDR. The camera also boasts faster 4K/240fps slow motion (double the previous frame rate), and gesture control, so the automatic subject tracking can be initiated by a hand gesture or the 'peace' sign.</p><p>This comes under the heading of a step from ActiveTrack 6 to ActiveTrack 7 in DJI's linguistics.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5047px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="sHMZ3dyoMJrqPQcLzs4fdW" name="DJI-Osmo-Pocket-4_Vlogging_landscape-locked" alt="DJI Osmo Pocket 4 in hand" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/sHMZ3dyoMJrqPQcLzs4fdW-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="5047" height="2839" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: DJI)</span></figcaption></figure><p>In terms of image quality improvements, there are a number of changes, including in-camera AI Beauty effects which can tweak the subject's skin smoothness – this kind of feature has proven very popular with vloggers in my reviews of <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-webcam-for-home-working">the best webcams</a>.</p><p>The new design adds two new physical buttons, tucked behind the touchscreen until it is rotated to switch on the device. One allows switching between zoom presets (1x, 2x, 4x) and the other is a customisable button.</p><p>A significant change that is less obvious – because there is still a MicroSD card slot – is that the Pocket 4 boasts 107Gb of on-board storage for video or images. These can be transferred at up to 800MB/s to an attached computer via USB-C, or wirelessly to the DJI Mimo app.</p><p>Stills photo resolution is also 33MP rather than the previous 7MP. In addition, the accessory range now includes an attachable fill light as well as a battery handle.</p><p>The Osmo Pocket 4 Standard Combo goes on sale for £445 / €499 today (though officially will not ship until April 22), while the upgraded Creator Combo (including the same plus a wide-angle lens, Mic 3 transmitter & charger, mini tripod and a carrying bag (as well as the carrying pouch).</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="DJI Osmo Pocket 4"></div>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ "Luna Ultra" has nothing to do with Artemis 3 – but it might be a worry for DJI's Osmo Pocket 4... ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>While not confirmed, several relatively dependable online sources are showing versions of the Insta360 Luna – a camera seemingly coming to challenge DJI's Pocket 4, the update to the massively popular gimbal camera we now know will be announced tomorrow.</p><p>While there has been discussion of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/action-cameras/insta360-ceo-officially-announces-luna-a-dual-camera-threat-to-djis-osmo-pocket-dominance">Insta360 Luna</a> for a while, debate is now crystallising around the possibility of two models – a Luna and a Luna Ultra, as suggested by Igor Blogdanov (QuadroNews).</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1834px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="i3tAQJtGtJ2a5cpgTCWFgi" name="Insta360-pocket" alt="Insta360 annual conference presentation where JK shows the Luna" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/i3tAQJtGtJ2a5cpgTCWFgi-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1834" height="1032" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The camera we now think is the Luna Ultra being presented by Insta360 CEO Liu Jingkang </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: QuadroNews post / twitter/x)</span></figcaption></figure><p>We've been pretty confident that the two-eyed version is on the way for a while thanks to the presentation by Insta360's own CEO, Liu Jingkang (or 'JK'), at the company's annual conference. At that time, though, the DJI Osmo Pocket 4 was just a rumor – now we know from DJI's social posts that it will be announced tomorrow.</p><p>This is also the point at which JK shared the name 'Luna' with the audience.</p><p>We also can't be sure, with only a few seconds of promotional video to look at, but it looks a lot like the Osmo Pocket 4 is going to have a single camera, leaving the goal wide open for Luna's dual camera setup.</p><p>Other specs, not to mention quality and user experience, will be relevant to buyers too, but I understand the pull of an extra optical camera. You wouldn't catch me upgrading my phone to a model with fewer cameras.</p><p>Some rumor-mongers do have an answer for that too, of course. It has been suggested that a DJI Osmo Pocket 4 Pro might be on the cards at some future date, though there has been no firm evidence about that (certainly ont a release date) from DJI.</p><p>In fact, in most cases, the camera that people had presumed was the future Pocket 4 from DJI has turned out to be a sighting of the Luna being tested. But not all of them. There are definitely tweets like this from <a href="https://x.com/Quadro_News/status/2028910028791423092?ref_src=twsrc%5Etfw%7Ctwcamp%5Etweetembed%7Ctwterm%5E2028910028791423092%7Ctwgr%5E948a27bfba33113e4e30a8ed52b7c4c8173c576e%7Ctwcon%5Es1_&ref_url=https%3A%2F%2Fpublish.twitter.com%2F%3Furl%3Dhttps%3A%2F%2Ftwitter.com%2FQuadro_News%2Fstatus%2F2028910028791423092" target="_blank">Igor Bogdanov</a> that seem to show images of two different variants of the Pocket 4 camera on a similar handle – and one of them has dual lenses (arranged very differently from the Luna).</p><div class="see-more see-more--clipped"><figure><blockquote class="twitter-tweet hawk-ignore" data-lang="en" cite="https://twitter.com/cantworkitout/status/2028910028791423092"><p lang="en" dir="ltr">👉The best Osmo Pocket 4 Pro photo you haven't seen yet...🫣Yes, @DJIGlobal ? I wish we could meet with @insta360 Luna sooner.)#osmopocket4pro pic.twitter.com/hfurh6dWI6<a href="https://twitter.com/cantworkitout/status/2028910028791423092">March 3, 2026</a></p></blockquote></figure><div class="see-more__filter"></div></div><p>So there we have the scene set for the DJI Osmo Pocket 4 announcement, and we also imagine that a little bit more will be discovered about Luna very soon afterward – though whether there will be a one-camera version isn't known yet.</p><p>Some online have suggested 'Luna Ultra' for the dual camera, likely because the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/action-cameras/insta360-go-ultra-review">Go Ultra</a> is the newest and highest spec version of that tiny camera, but that is speculation. We have seen 'Luna' next to the dual camera version (and no 'Ultra') already, so perhaps that's it?</p><p>When will we know for sure? April 19. Why? Insta360 more or less told us that NAB will have news in this not-too-subtle posting:</p><div class="see-more see-more--clipped"><figure><blockquote class="twitter-tweet hawk-ignore" data-lang="en" cite="https://twitter.com/cantworkitout/status/2043676094369554831"><p lang="en" dir="ltr">BE THE FIRST 🥇 🎥 Get an exclusive sneak peek at our upcoming Insta360 releases:⬆️ Your new creative companion👀 Sneak peek at our upcoming product line📍 Booth #C4608, Central Hall, LVCC📆 April 19–22What are you most excited to see at NAB this year?#Insta360NAB… pic.twitter.com/TEMt2eageK<a href="https://twitter.com/cantworkitout/status/2043676094369554831">April 13, 2026</a></p></blockquote></figure><div class="see-more__filter"></div></div><p>Which will be on sale soonest? Which will be the best on DCW's list of <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/action-cameras/best-pocket-gimbal-cameras">best gimbal cameras</a>? It's hard to know. but we'll keep watching.</p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/gimbals/luna-ultra-has-nothing-to-do-with-artemis-3-but-it-might-be-a-worry-for-djis-osmo-pocket-4</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The rumoured Insta360 Luna Ultra might be the multi-lens camera we were expecting the DJI Pocket 4 to be... ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">uEV7qcebyemXA5bRqDtKJ4</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/v4MK7vBbJWJzngbxATXJWe-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Wed, 15 Apr 2026 16:09:17 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Gimbals]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ adam.juniper@futurenet.com (Adam Juniper) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Adam Juniper ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/72ckUfmgPdyE9rg429R7Md-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/v4MK7vBbJWJzngbxATXJWe-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Igor Bogdanov]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Leaked image of Insta360 Luna Ultra]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Leaked image of Insta360 Luna Ultra]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Leaked image of Insta360 Luna Ultra]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/v4MK7vBbJWJzngbxATXJWe-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>While not confirmed, several relatively dependable online sources are showing versions of the Insta360 Luna – a camera seemingly coming to challenge DJI's Pocket 4, the update to the massively popular gimbal camera we now know will be announced tomorrow.</p><p>While there has been discussion of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/action-cameras/insta360-ceo-officially-announces-luna-a-dual-camera-threat-to-djis-osmo-pocket-dominance">Insta360 Luna</a> for a while, debate is now crystallising around the possibility of two models – a Luna and a Luna Ultra, as suggested by Igor Blogdanov (QuadroNews).</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1834px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="i3tAQJtGtJ2a5cpgTCWFgi" name="Insta360-pocket" alt="Insta360 annual conference presentation where JK shows the Luna" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/i3tAQJtGtJ2a5cpgTCWFgi-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1834" height="1032" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The camera we now think is the Luna Ultra being presented by Insta360 CEO Liu Jingkang </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: QuadroNews post / twitter/x)</span></figcaption></figure><p>We've been pretty confident that the two-eyed version is on the way for a while thanks to the presentation by Insta360's own CEO, Liu Jingkang (or 'JK'), at the company's annual conference. At that time, though, the DJI Osmo Pocket 4 was just a rumor – now we know from DJI's social posts that it will be announced tomorrow.</p><p>This is also the point at which JK shared the name 'Luna' with the audience.</p><p>We also can't be sure, with only a few seconds of promotional video to look at, but it looks a lot like the Osmo Pocket 4 is going to have a single camera, leaving the goal wide open for Luna's dual camera setup.</p><p>Other specs, not to mention quality and user experience, will be relevant to buyers too, but I understand the pull of an extra optical camera. You wouldn't catch me upgrading my phone to a model with fewer cameras.</p><p>Some rumor-mongers do have an answer for that too, of course. It has been suggested that a DJI Osmo Pocket 4 Pro might be on the cards at some future date, though there has been no firm evidence about that (certainly ont a release date) from DJI.</p><p>In fact, in most cases, the camera that people had presumed was the future Pocket 4 from DJI has turned out to be a sighting of the Luna being tested. But not all of them. There are definitely tweets like this from <a href="https://x.com/Quadro_News/status/2028910028791423092?ref_src=twsrc%5Etfw%7Ctwcamp%5Etweetembed%7Ctwterm%5E2028910028791423092%7Ctwgr%5E948a27bfba33113e4e30a8ed52b7c4c8173c576e%7Ctwcon%5Es1_&ref_url=https%3A%2F%2Fpublish.twitter.com%2F%3Furl%3Dhttps%3A%2F%2Ftwitter.com%2FQuadro_News%2Fstatus%2F2028910028791423092" target="_blank">Igor Bogdanov</a> that seem to show images of two different variants of the Pocket 4 camera on a similar handle – and one of them has dual lenses (arranged very differently from the Luna).</p><div class="see-more see-more--clipped"><figure><blockquote class="twitter-tweet hawk-ignore" data-lang="en" cite="https://twitter.com/cantworkitout/status/2028910028791423092"><p lang="en" dir="ltr">👉The best Osmo Pocket 4 Pro photo you haven't seen yet...🫣Yes, @DJIGlobal ? I wish we could meet with @insta360 Luna sooner.)#osmopocket4pro pic.twitter.com/hfurh6dWI6<a href="https://twitter.com/cantworkitout/status/2028910028791423092">March 3, 2026</a></p></blockquote></figure><div class="see-more__filter"></div></div><p>So there we have the scene set for the DJI Osmo Pocket 4 announcement, and we also imagine that a little bit more will be discovered about Luna very soon afterward – though whether there will be a one-camera version isn't known yet.</p><p>Some online have suggested 'Luna Ultra' for the dual camera, likely because the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/action-cameras/insta360-go-ultra-review">Go Ultra</a> is the newest and highest spec version of that tiny camera, but that is speculation. We have seen 'Luna' next to the dual camera version (and no 'Ultra') already, so perhaps that's it?</p><p>When will we know for sure? April 19. Why? Insta360 more or less told us that NAB will have news in this not-too-subtle posting:</p><div class="see-more see-more--clipped"><figure><blockquote class="twitter-tweet hawk-ignore" data-lang="en" cite="https://twitter.com/cantworkitout/status/2043676094369554831"><p lang="en" dir="ltr">BE THE FIRST 🥇 🎥 Get an exclusive sneak peek at our upcoming Insta360 releases:⬆️ Your new creative companion👀 Sneak peek at our upcoming product line📍 Booth #C4608, Central Hall, LVCC📆 April 19–22What are you most excited to see at NAB this year?#Insta360NAB… pic.twitter.com/TEMt2eageK<a href="https://twitter.com/cantworkitout/status/2043676094369554831">April 13, 2026</a></p></blockquote></figure><div class="see-more__filter"></div></div><p>Which will be on sale soonest? Which will be the best on DCW's list of <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/action-cameras/best-pocket-gimbal-cameras">best gimbal cameras</a>? It's hard to know. but we'll keep watching.</p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Manfrotto ONE Photo tripod review: a Chesney Hawkes kind of tripod that aims to be the ‘one and only’ for all your photo needs ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Think tripods, and Manfrotto is a name that trips off the tongue. The legendary Italian company set out to make some of the best tripods on the market in the 1970s, and is still one of the best and most innovative manufacturers in its field, half a century later. As if to ram home the point, the company launched the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/manfrotto-one-hybrid-tripod-and-500x-fluid-head-review">Manfrotto ONE Hybrid Tripod and 500X Fluid Head</a> kit in the fall of 2025. I tested this new tripod kit at length and found that it gave solid, stable support, while living up to its ‘hybrid’ claims of being very versatile, enabling quick and easy swapping between stills and video capture with speed and ease.</p><p>That’s all very well, but as photographers, we haven’t all become ‘hybrid’ content creators just yet, and I hope it stays that way. For those of us who specialize in stills, or shoot still images exclusively, the ONE Hybrid Tripod is more complex than necessary, and that added complexity comes with an inflated price tag, forcing you to pay for stuff you don’t need. Enter the pared-down ONE Photo Tripod, aiming to give photographers what they want at a keen and more affordable price. With that in mind, it aims to be one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod">best tripods for photographers</a>, instead of doubling up as one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-video-tripod">best tripods for videographers</a> to boot.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5629px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="vACdYD6AWdBRR8afoEreU4" name="M1P 01 intro 0524.JPG" alt="Manfrotto ONE Photo tripod product shot" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vACdYD6AWdBRR8afoEreU4-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5629" height="3166" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vACdYD6AWdBRR8afoEreU4-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The legs are made from aluminum rather than up-market carbon fiber but are immaculately turned out with a black anodized finish. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-manfrotto-one-photo-tripod-specifications"><span>Manfrotto ONE Photo tripod: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Material</p></td><td  ><p>Aluminum</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Folded height</p></td><td  ><p>65.5cm / 25.8in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Maximum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>164cm / 64.6in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Minimum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>10cm / 3.9in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Pivot center column</p></td><td  ><p>Yes</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight</p></td><td  ><p>3.1kg / 6.9lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Load rating</p></td><td  ><p>12kg / 26.5lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Sections per leg/center column</p></td><td  ><p>3 / 1</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Maximum leg section diameter</p></td><td  ><p>N/A</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Locking leg angles</p></td><td  ><p>3</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Feet</p></td><td  ><p>Rubber pads (interchangeable)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Case/bag included</p></td><td  ><p>None</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-manfrotto-one-photo-tripod-price"><span>Manfrotto ONE Photo tripod: Price</span></h3><p>When it comes to pricing, please indulge me a moment while I set the scene. A set of Manfrotto ONE Hybrid aluminum legs will set you back $500 / £375 / AU$900, or a pricier $720 / £539 / AU$1,250 if you trade up to carbon fiber. Add the Manfrotto 500X Fluid Head and the complete aluminum or carbon fiber kits cost around $680 / £519 / AU$1,200 or $880 / £669 / AU$1,500, respectively. Suffice it to say, they get pretty pricey, pretty quickly.</p><p>The ONE Photo legs are only currently available in aluminum but by shedding some of the ‘hybrid’ components that are more necessary for leveling the legs and swapping between different heads, the price comes down to a relatively affordable $329 / £269 / AU$675. Again, kits are also available so you can add either the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/manfrotto-xpro-ball-head-with-top-lock-review">Manfrotto XPRO Ball Head</a> or <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/manfrotto-x-pro-3-way-head-review-tilt-pan-and-swivel-in-fine-style">Manfrotto XPRO 3-Way Head</a>, for a total price of $515 / £399 / AU$999 for either option. There are considerable savings to be had.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Manfrotto ONE Photo"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-manfrotto-one-photo-tripod-design-handling"><span>Manfrotto ONE Photo tripod: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>Travel tripods are all the rage nowadays, and I’ve tested plenty of <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-tripod">the best travel tripods</a> on the market over the last few years. Sure enough, I like the way they fold down to such conveniently compact dimensions and are so easy to carry around, but setup tends to be a genuinely time-consuming chore. Take a travel tripod with 5-section legs and a 2-section center column, for example. This requires loosening and retightening up to 14 individual twist- or flip-action clamps. And then you have to go through the whole process again to pack the tripod away afterwards. By stark contrast, the Manfrotto ONE Photo couldn’t be quicker and easier to use.</p><p>The big trick in the design is that the ONE Photo features Manfrotto’s new XTEND system. It’s broadly similar to the mechanism in each of the legs of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/manfrotto-504x-635-fast-single-leg-carbon-review">Manfrotto 504X Fluid Video Head with 635 Fast Single Leg Carbon Tripod</a> that I tested a few years ago. The killer feature is that there’s only one single flip-action clamp in each leg. Flipping the clamp open or shut releases or locks all three of the sections in the leg, making it lightning fast to extend them for use and retract them again when your work is done.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5629px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="LkYSLxoA2G9sSKiV5sHHV4" name="M1P 0526.JPG" alt="Manfrotto ONE Photo tripod product shot" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LkYSLxoA2G9sSKiV5sHHV4-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5629" height="3166" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LkYSLxoA2G9sSKiV5sHHV4-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">There’s just one single flip-action clamp in each leg, that enables you to release and lock all three of its telescoping sections. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Playing all the angles, it’s similarly quick, simple, and intuitive to engage any of the three lockable angles for each of the legs. Each leg has a sliding lever at the top, which you can operate with your thumb to give instant access to any of the 20, 50, or 81.5 degree leg angles on offer. Wider angles from the vertical are advantageous for low-level shooting, not only lowering the head but also giving greater stability with less risk of the tripod toppling over if it gets accidentally knocked. Using different legs at different angles can also be helpful when shooting on tricky, uneven terrain and for working around obstacles.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5254px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="vUSPHysPS6tkLZinsxHdU4" name="M1P 0527.JPG" alt="Manfrotto ONE Photo tripod product shot" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vUSPHysPS6tkLZinsxHdU4-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5254" height="2955" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vUSPHysPS6tkLZinsxHdU4-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The angle locks for each leg are based on a spring-loaded lever that you can easily operate with a finger or thumb. Again, it’s a quick and easy arrangement. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Okay, so the inclusion of multiple locking leg angles certainly isn’t an innovation and has been featured in most tripods for many years now. Many recent tripods have also featured a pivoting center column. Even so, the relatively new Q90 system in the ONE Photo tripod is supremely simple to use. Release the center column locking screw, raise the column to its maximum height, press a button at the bottom, and hey presto, you can flip it through 90 degrees for use as a horizontal boom. Why would you want to? Well, it’s great for ultra-low-level shooting as well as for macro photography. It’s also really useful for shooting with ultra-wide-angle or fisheye lenses, so that the tripod feet don’t creep into the shot.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5254px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="mWY5FQ5cBwUjiHzDPTBQP4" name="M1P 0529.JPG" alt="Manfrotto ONE Photo tripod product shot" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mWY5FQ5cBwUjiHzDPTBQP4-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5254" height="2955" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mWY5FQ5cBwUjiHzDPTBQP4-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Q90 mechanism enables you to flip the center column and use it as a horizontal boom, as well as sliding back and forth to achieve the optimum balance or to make critical adjustments in macro shooting. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Weighing in at 3.1kg / 6.9lb and measuring 65.5cm / 25.8in when folded, I certainly wouldn’t class the Manfrotto ONE as a travel tripod. It’s relatively big and chunky, but with that comes a beefy 12kg / 26.5lb maximum payload rating. Another interesting feature of the design is that the leg sections all have a rounded rectangular profile, rather than being circular, designed to keep unwanted flexing to a minimum, thus maximizing rigidity and resistance to vibrations.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5265px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="z6iAhN4XYXMvSJW4x6kZQ4" name="M1P 0530.JPG" alt="Manfrotto ONE Photo tripod product shot" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/z6iAhN4XYXMvSJW4x6kZQ4-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5265" height="2961" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/z6iAhN4XYXMvSJW4x6kZQ4-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Instead of being circular, each of the leg sections has a rounded rectangular profile, which aids stiffness and rigidity. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Other design flourishes include Manfrotto’s Easy Link system, based on a threaded connection socket with anti-rotation protection. This is for adding accessories like a microphone, monitor and photographic lighting, either directly to the tripod or via an extending, adjustable arm.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5265px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="TKRajAvYDgo2dKETjjQ5U4" name="M1P 0531.JPG" alt="Manfrotto ONE Photo tripod product shot" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TKRajAvYDgo2dKETjjQ5U4-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5265" height="2961" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TKRajAvYDgo2dKETjjQ5U4-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Easy Link socket is threaded and has an anti-rotation facility, ideal for adding a variety of accessories to the tripod and holding them securely. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>There’s also a neat bubble level to help with leveling the legs. Situated on the spider of the tripod, the bubble level is built into a holder that you can rotate through an entire 360 degrees, so it’s easily visible from any angle. Down below the spider, a weight hook is built into the tripod, so you can hang some ballast to add stability without hampering the action of the pivoting center column.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5265px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="mYQQBHXGupkHhY3SCEkpQ4" name="M1P 0532.JPG" alt="Manfrotto ONE Photo tripod product shot" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mYQQBHXGupkHhY3SCEkpQ4-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5265" height="2961" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mYQQBHXGupkHhY3SCEkpQ4-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The bubble level shown here is mounted in a holder that enables you to rotate it through a complete 360 degrees, putting it in the best viewing position. Down below, there’s a weight hook for adding ballast. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Naturally, you might already have a perfectly good tripod head that you want to use with the legs. There’s a mounting platform with a circular base that has a fairly standard 60mm / 2.4in diameter. And if you don’t have something suitable, the ONE Photo tripod is available as a complete kit with either the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/manfrotto-x-pro-3-way-head-review-tilt-pan-and-swivel-in-fine-style">Manfrotto XPRO 3-Way Head</a> or <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/manfrotto-xpro-ball-head-with-top-lock-review">Manfrotto XPRO Ball Head</a>. They’re among the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-pan-and-tilt-tripod-heads">best pan and tilt heads</a> and the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-ball-heads-for-tripods">best ball heads</a>, respectively.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5678px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="wCAD9HDWLEkAUsm7M6CTT4" name="M1P 0534.JPG" alt="Manfrotto ONE Photo tripod product shot" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wCAD9HDWLEkAUsm7M6CTT4-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5678" height="3193" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wCAD9HDWLEkAUsm7M6CTT4-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">One of the complete kit options comes with a Manfrotto XPRO 3-Way Head, which is ideal for making precise, critical adjustments when shooting the likes of architecture or extreme close-ups. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As I mentioned at the start, the money-saving opportunities in the ONE Photo Tripod and complete kits are thanks to some of the more ‘hybrid’ oriented features being stripped out. For example, leveling the tripod legs rather than just leveling the camera is most important if you’re going to be panning while shooting video rather than stills. The ONE Photo Tripod, therefore, doesn’t include the leveling component and modular center column that you get with the ONE Hybrid kits.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5678px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="cytCKXaVbrHD6XSeFACYT4" name="M1P 0535.JPG" alt="Manfrotto ONE Photo tripod product shot" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/cytCKXaVbrHD6XSeFACYT4-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5678" height="3193" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/cytCKXaVbrHD6XSeFACYT4-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Don’t fancy a 3-way head? An alternative complete kit includes the superb Manfrotto XPRO Ball Head, which, as far as I’m concerned, has long been one of the very best ball heads on the market. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>You also don’t get the XCHANGE quick-release system that’s included with the ONE Hybrid kit, for quickly and easily swapping between a video head and a photographic head. Even so, the XCHANGE unit is available to buy separately and, for my money, I think it’s well worth it if you have multiple photographic heads. For example, you might want to swap between one of the best <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-ball-heads-for-tripods">ball heads</a>, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-pan-and-tilt-tripod-heads">3-way heads</a>, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-geared-tripod-head">geared heads,</a> and <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/news/best-gimbal-heads-for-tripods">gimbal heads</a>, depending on what you’re shooting and how you’re shooting it.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4363px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="DEkrcMnbm7XaToYJ7qycN4" name="M1P 0536.JPG" alt="Manfrotto ONE Photo tripod product shot" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DEkrcMnbm7XaToYJ7qycN4-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4363" height="2454" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DEkrcMnbm7XaToYJ7qycN4-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Manfrotto XCHANGE system makes it a doddle to swap between multiple heads, with a simple twist of the locking/release ring. Unlike with the ONE Hybrid Tripod, it’s sold as an optional extra in this case, which helps keep the initial cost down, as you might well not need it. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The XCHANGE system is like a quick-release system for swapping between heads, rather than just mounting your camera or lens to a particular head. It costs around $54 /£39 / AU$89 for a complete kit plus $22 / £16 / AU$43 for additional CHANGE Plates. The way it works is very similar to the excellent but now-discontinued <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/manfrotto-move-quick-release-system-review">Manfrotto Move Quick Release Catcher System</a> that I’ve tested in the past, enabling you to fit or remove a head with a simple twist of the locking ring.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4363px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="JuxTmYdPYHH6mAC9QJcbN4" name="M1P 0537.JPG" alt="Manfrotto ONE Photo tripod product shot" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JuxTmYdPYHH6mAC9QJcbN4-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4363" height="2454" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JuxTmYdPYHH6mAC9QJcbN4-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The rubber pad feet that come with the tripod are interchangeable, so that you can fit alternative footwear. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>One thing that does follow through from the ONE Hybrid Tripod is that the supplied feet are interchangeable. You can therefore swap out the default rubber pads for metal spikes, the latter being more suitable for loose ground and soft surfaces.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-manfrotto-one-photo-tripod-performance"><span>Manfrotto ONE Photo tripod: Performance</span></h3><p>For many photo opportunities, timing is everything. There’s no point in ensuring the best possible image quality by using a tripod if the moment has passed by the time you’ve finished setting it up. A key performance benefit of the Manfrotto ONE Photo is that it’s so massively quick to deploy. Not only is it relatively rapid to adjust the overall height, but also to level the legs using just one locking/release clamp per leg, which works with all of the incumbent sections.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5265px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="CTvhTeigwaayorKPrKWmX4" name="M1P 0538.JPG" alt="Manfrotto ONE Photo tripod product shot" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CTvhTeigwaayorKPrKWmX4-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5265" height="2962" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CTvhTeigwaayorKPrKWmX4-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">All of the adjustments required for setting up and fine-tuning the tripod position work with smooth efficiency, in double-quick time. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Naturally, being able to set up a tripod quickly is a moot point if its rigidity isn’t up to muster. The rectangular-profile leg sections pay dividends here, and I found the Manfrotto to be entirely stable and rigid in use, right up to its maximum height with the center column fully extended. Aluminum sometimes gets a bad press for being less resistant to vibrations than carbon fiber, but I found the ONE Photo to be at least as good as many leading carbon fiber tripods in this respect, and better than some.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5265px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="S5T4RgNVSmY6YKRoQfaEY4" name="M1P 0541.JPG" alt="Manfrotto ONE Photo tripod product shot" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/S5T4RgNVSmY6YKRoQfaEY4-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5265" height="2962" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/S5T4RgNVSmY6YKRoQfaEY4-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Although the ONE Photo doesn’t feature the modular center column of the ONE Hybrid edition, the Q90 pivoting center column still enables ultra-low-level shooting. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-manfrotto-one-photo-tripod-verdict"><span>Manfrotto ONE Photo tripod: Verdict</span></h3><p>I’d sort of assumed that the Manfrotto ONE Hybrid tripod got its ‘ONE’ title for being a single tripod that worked equally well for shooting stills and video. The ONE Photo has made me think again, as it’s more of a stills specialist but is nevertheless ‘one’ tripod that works equally well in the studio, out on the road, and pretty much anywhere and everywhere I’d want to use a tripod. And of course, there’s that innovative ‘one’ locking clamp per leg that acts on all three of its sections.</p><p>The main advantages, to my mind, are the relatively speedy setup and pack-away times, coupled with rock-solid support. Neat extras include the 90-degree pivoting center column, the accessory attachment system, and the interchangeable feet. For my personal requirements, I wish that the XCHANGE quick-release system were included with the legs and as part of either of the kits that include a ball head or 3-way head. However, that’s just because I personally like to shoot with different types of head in different situations. It actually makes more sense to be able to buy into the XCHANGE system as an optional extra, if and when you want to actually use it.</p><p>All in all, both of the full Manfrotto ONE Photo kits and the legs on their own are great buys, but I’ll be interested to see if Manfrotto subsequently launches a more luxurious carbon fiber option.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Useful features include ‘XTEND’ legs that are relatively quick and easy to set up, the Q90 pivoting center column system and multiple leg angles.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★½</p></td><td  ><p>It’s a clever design that takes most of the time and effort out of using a tripod, and it’s really well engineered and finished, although there’s currently no carbon fiber option.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Performance is excellent, combining speedy setup with superb stability and resistance to flexing and vibrations.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>The legs on their own as well as the complete kits with ball or 3-way heads don’t come cheap, but stripping out some of the non-essential ‘ONE’ components drives down the price.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5557px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.86%;"><img id="zYuQbvsxzqCKEyXFZsBtX4" name="M1P 00 hero 0523.JPG" alt="Manfrotto ONE Photo tripod product shot" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zYuQbvsxzqCKEyXFZsBtX4-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5557" height="2382" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zYuQbvsxzqCKEyXFZsBtX4-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="f88bf70e-108c-4da1-bff1-f7c50e7d60c4" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Manfrotto ONE Hybrid Tripod and 500X Fluid Head" data-dimension48="Manfrotto ONE Hybrid Tripod and 500X Fluid Head" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/manfrotto-one-hybrid-tripod-and-500x-fluid-head-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2906px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="VUy7X7WYd8XmpyCvXU2yJk" name="Manfrotto ONE Hybrid Tripod and 500X Fluid Head square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VUy7X7WYd8XmpyCvXU2yJk-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2906" height="2906" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/manfrotto-one-hybrid-tripod-and-500x-fluid-head-review" data-dimension112="f88bf70e-108c-4da1-bff1-f7c50e7d60c4" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Manfrotto ONE Hybrid Tripod and 500X Fluid Head" data-dimension48="Manfrotto ONE Hybrid Tripod and 500X Fluid Head" data-dimension25=""><strong>Manfrotto ONE Hybrid Tripod and 500X Fluid Head</strong></a> kit lives up to its name, being a truly ‘hybrid’ kit that’s ideal for both stills and video. And unlike the ONE Photo edition, the ONE Hybrid is available in both aluminum and carbon fiber options.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="26721096-3c73-4277-9c44-8057da5b8393" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Vanguard VEO 3+ 303CBS" data-dimension48="Vanguard VEO 3+ 303CBS" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/vanguard-veo-3-303cbs-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2250px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="eFGnxSToGSCZdjDXxHW6q5" name="Vanguard VEO 3+ 303CBS square.JPG" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/eFGnxSToGSCZdjDXxHW6q5-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2250" height="2250" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/vanguard-veo-3-303cbs-review" data-dimension112="26721096-3c73-4277-9c44-8057da5b8393" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Vanguard VEO 3+ 303CBS" data-dimension48="Vanguard VEO 3+ 303CBS" data-dimension25=""><strong>Vanguard VEO 3+ 303CBS</strong></a> is billed as being one of the company’s most versatile tripods ever. It comes with a pivoting center column and a neat range of extras that enable mounting two cameras rather than just one.</p></div> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/manfrotto-one-photo-tripod-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The Manfrotto ONE Photo tripod is a suitably singular affair, especially when it comes to extending or retracting the legs ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">a2CgBZPgucS3dccwdXjVMc</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zYuQbvsxzqCKEyXFZsBtX4-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Fri, 03 Apr 2026 11:05:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Tripods]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Matthew Richards ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jDd3HmNtNWfRUREZztFrQo-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zYuQbvsxzqCKEyXFZsBtX4-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Matthew Richards]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Manfrotto ONE Photo tripod product shot]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Manfrotto ONE Photo tripod product shot]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Manfrotto ONE Photo tripod product shot]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zYuQbvsxzqCKEyXFZsBtX4-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Think tripods, and Manfrotto is a name that trips off the tongue. The legendary Italian company set out to make some of the best tripods on the market in the 1970s, and is still one of the best and most innovative manufacturers in its field, half a century later. As if to ram home the point, the company launched the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/manfrotto-one-hybrid-tripod-and-500x-fluid-head-review">Manfrotto ONE Hybrid Tripod and 500X Fluid Head</a> kit in the fall of 2025. I tested this new tripod kit at length and found that it gave solid, stable support, while living up to its ‘hybrid’ claims of being very versatile, enabling quick and easy swapping between stills and video capture with speed and ease.</p><p>That’s all very well, but as photographers, we haven’t all become ‘hybrid’ content creators just yet, and I hope it stays that way. For those of us who specialize in stills, or shoot still images exclusively, the ONE Hybrid Tripod is more complex than necessary, and that added complexity comes with an inflated price tag, forcing you to pay for stuff you don’t need. Enter the pared-down ONE Photo Tripod, aiming to give photographers what they want at a keen and more affordable price. With that in mind, it aims to be one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-tripod">best tripods for photographers</a>, instead of doubling up as one of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-video-tripod">best tripods for videographers</a> to boot.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5629px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="vACdYD6AWdBRR8afoEreU4" name="M1P 01 intro 0524.JPG" alt="Manfrotto ONE Photo tripod product shot" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vACdYD6AWdBRR8afoEreU4-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5629" height="3166" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vACdYD6AWdBRR8afoEreU4-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The legs are made from aluminum rather than up-market carbon fiber but are immaculately turned out with a black anodized finish. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-manfrotto-one-photo-tripod-specifications"><span>Manfrotto ONE Photo tripod: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Material</p></td><td  ><p>Aluminum</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Folded height</p></td><td  ><p>65.5cm / 25.8in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Maximum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>164cm / 64.6in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Minimum operating height</p></td><td  ><p>10cm / 3.9in</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Pivot center column</p></td><td  ><p>Yes</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight</p></td><td  ><p>3.1kg / 6.9lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Load rating</p></td><td  ><p>12kg / 26.5lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Sections per leg/center column</p></td><td  ><p>3 / 1</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Maximum leg section diameter</p></td><td  ><p>N/A</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Locking leg angles</p></td><td  ><p>3</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Feet</p></td><td  ><p>Rubber pads (interchangeable)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Case/bag included</p></td><td  ><p>None</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-manfrotto-one-photo-tripod-price"><span>Manfrotto ONE Photo tripod: Price</span></h3><p>When it comes to pricing, please indulge me a moment while I set the scene. A set of Manfrotto ONE Hybrid aluminum legs will set you back $500 / £375 / AU$900, or a pricier $720 / £539 / AU$1,250 if you trade up to carbon fiber. Add the Manfrotto 500X Fluid Head and the complete aluminum or carbon fiber kits cost around $680 / £519 / AU$1,200 or $880 / £669 / AU$1,500, respectively. Suffice it to say, they get pretty pricey, pretty quickly.</p><p>The ONE Photo legs are only currently available in aluminum but by shedding some of the ‘hybrid’ components that are more necessary for leveling the legs and swapping between different heads, the price comes down to a relatively affordable $329 / £269 / AU$675. Again, kits are also available so you can add either the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/manfrotto-xpro-ball-head-with-top-lock-review">Manfrotto XPRO Ball Head</a> or <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/manfrotto-x-pro-3-way-head-review-tilt-pan-and-swivel-in-fine-style">Manfrotto XPRO 3-Way Head</a>, for a total price of $515 / £399 / AU$999 for either option. There are considerable savings to be had.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Manfrotto ONE Photo"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-manfrotto-one-photo-tripod-design-handling"><span>Manfrotto ONE Photo tripod: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>Travel tripods are all the rage nowadays, and I’ve tested plenty of <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-travel-tripod">the best travel tripods</a> on the market over the last few years. Sure enough, I like the way they fold down to such conveniently compact dimensions and are so easy to carry around, but setup tends to be a genuinely time-consuming chore. Take a travel tripod with 5-section legs and a 2-section center column, for example. This requires loosening and retightening up to 14 individual twist- or flip-action clamps. And then you have to go through the whole process again to pack the tripod away afterwards. By stark contrast, the Manfrotto ONE Photo couldn’t be quicker and easier to use.</p><p>The big trick in the design is that the ONE Photo features Manfrotto’s new XTEND system. It’s broadly similar to the mechanism in each of the legs of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/manfrotto-504x-635-fast-single-leg-carbon-review">Manfrotto 504X Fluid Video Head with 635 Fast Single Leg Carbon Tripod</a> that I tested a few years ago. The killer feature is that there’s only one single flip-action clamp in each leg. Flipping the clamp open or shut releases or locks all three of the sections in the leg, making it lightning fast to extend them for use and retract them again when your work is done.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5629px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="LkYSLxoA2G9sSKiV5sHHV4" name="M1P 0526.JPG" alt="Manfrotto ONE Photo tripod product shot" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LkYSLxoA2G9sSKiV5sHHV4-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5629" height="3166" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LkYSLxoA2G9sSKiV5sHHV4-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">There’s just one single flip-action clamp in each leg, that enables you to release and lock all three of its telescoping sections. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Playing all the angles, it’s similarly quick, simple, and intuitive to engage any of the three lockable angles for each of the legs. Each leg has a sliding lever at the top, which you can operate with your thumb to give instant access to any of the 20, 50, or 81.5 degree leg angles on offer. Wider angles from the vertical are advantageous for low-level shooting, not only lowering the head but also giving greater stability with less risk of the tripod toppling over if it gets accidentally knocked. Using different legs at different angles can also be helpful when shooting on tricky, uneven terrain and for working around obstacles.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5254px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="vUSPHysPS6tkLZinsxHdU4" name="M1P 0527.JPG" alt="Manfrotto ONE Photo tripod product shot" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vUSPHysPS6tkLZinsxHdU4-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5254" height="2955" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vUSPHysPS6tkLZinsxHdU4-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The angle locks for each leg are based on a spring-loaded lever that you can easily operate with a finger or thumb. Again, it’s a quick and easy arrangement. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Okay, so the inclusion of multiple locking leg angles certainly isn’t an innovation and has been featured in most tripods for many years now. Many recent tripods have also featured a pivoting center column. Even so, the relatively new Q90 system in the ONE Photo tripod is supremely simple to use. Release the center column locking screw, raise the column to its maximum height, press a button at the bottom, and hey presto, you can flip it through 90 degrees for use as a horizontal boom. Why would you want to? Well, it’s great for ultra-low-level shooting as well as for macro photography. It’s also really useful for shooting with ultra-wide-angle or fisheye lenses, so that the tripod feet don’t creep into the shot.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5254px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="mWY5FQ5cBwUjiHzDPTBQP4" name="M1P 0529.JPG" alt="Manfrotto ONE Photo tripod product shot" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mWY5FQ5cBwUjiHzDPTBQP4-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5254" height="2955" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mWY5FQ5cBwUjiHzDPTBQP4-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Q90 mechanism enables you to flip the center column and use it as a horizontal boom, as well as sliding back and forth to achieve the optimum balance or to make critical adjustments in macro shooting. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Weighing in at 3.1kg / 6.9lb and measuring 65.5cm / 25.8in when folded, I certainly wouldn’t class the Manfrotto ONE as a travel tripod. It’s relatively big and chunky, but with that comes a beefy 12kg / 26.5lb maximum payload rating. Another interesting feature of the design is that the leg sections all have a rounded rectangular profile, rather than being circular, designed to keep unwanted flexing to a minimum, thus maximizing rigidity and resistance to vibrations.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5265px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="z6iAhN4XYXMvSJW4x6kZQ4" name="M1P 0530.JPG" alt="Manfrotto ONE Photo tripod product shot" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/z6iAhN4XYXMvSJW4x6kZQ4-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5265" height="2961" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/z6iAhN4XYXMvSJW4x6kZQ4-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Instead of being circular, each of the leg sections has a rounded rectangular profile, which aids stiffness and rigidity. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Other design flourishes include Manfrotto’s Easy Link system, based on a threaded connection socket with anti-rotation protection. This is for adding accessories like a microphone, monitor and photographic lighting, either directly to the tripod or via an extending, adjustable arm.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5265px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="TKRajAvYDgo2dKETjjQ5U4" name="M1P 0531.JPG" alt="Manfrotto ONE Photo tripod product shot" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TKRajAvYDgo2dKETjjQ5U4-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5265" height="2961" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/TKRajAvYDgo2dKETjjQ5U4-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Easy Link socket is threaded and has an anti-rotation facility, ideal for adding a variety of accessories to the tripod and holding them securely. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>There’s also a neat bubble level to help with leveling the legs. Situated on the spider of the tripod, the bubble level is built into a holder that you can rotate through an entire 360 degrees, so it’s easily visible from any angle. Down below the spider, a weight hook is built into the tripod, so you can hang some ballast to add stability without hampering the action of the pivoting center column.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5265px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="mYQQBHXGupkHhY3SCEkpQ4" name="M1P 0532.JPG" alt="Manfrotto ONE Photo tripod product shot" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mYQQBHXGupkHhY3SCEkpQ4-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5265" height="2961" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mYQQBHXGupkHhY3SCEkpQ4-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The bubble level shown here is mounted in a holder that enables you to rotate it through a complete 360 degrees, putting it in the best viewing position. Down below, there’s a weight hook for adding ballast. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Naturally, you might already have a perfectly good tripod head that you want to use with the legs. There’s a mounting platform with a circular base that has a fairly standard 60mm / 2.4in diameter. And if you don’t have something suitable, the ONE Photo tripod is available as a complete kit with either the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/manfrotto-x-pro-3-way-head-review-tilt-pan-and-swivel-in-fine-style">Manfrotto XPRO 3-Way Head</a> or <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/manfrotto-xpro-ball-head-with-top-lock-review">Manfrotto XPRO Ball Head</a>. They’re among the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-pan-and-tilt-tripod-heads">best pan and tilt heads</a> and the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-ball-heads-for-tripods">best ball heads</a>, respectively.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5678px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="wCAD9HDWLEkAUsm7M6CTT4" name="M1P 0534.JPG" alt="Manfrotto ONE Photo tripod product shot" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wCAD9HDWLEkAUsm7M6CTT4-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5678" height="3193" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/wCAD9HDWLEkAUsm7M6CTT4-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">One of the complete kit options comes with a Manfrotto XPRO 3-Way Head, which is ideal for making precise, critical adjustments when shooting the likes of architecture or extreme close-ups. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>As I mentioned at the start, the money-saving opportunities in the ONE Photo Tripod and complete kits are thanks to some of the more ‘hybrid’ oriented features being stripped out. For example, leveling the tripod legs rather than just leveling the camera is most important if you’re going to be panning while shooting video rather than stills. The ONE Photo Tripod, therefore, doesn’t include the leveling component and modular center column that you get with the ONE Hybrid kits.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5678px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="cytCKXaVbrHD6XSeFACYT4" name="M1P 0535.JPG" alt="Manfrotto ONE Photo tripod product shot" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/cytCKXaVbrHD6XSeFACYT4-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5678" height="3193" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/cytCKXaVbrHD6XSeFACYT4-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Don’t fancy a 3-way head? An alternative complete kit includes the superb Manfrotto XPRO Ball Head, which, as far as I’m concerned, has long been one of the very best ball heads on the market. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>You also don’t get the XCHANGE quick-release system that’s included with the ONE Hybrid kit, for quickly and easily swapping between a video head and a photographic head. Even so, the XCHANGE unit is available to buy separately and, for my money, I think it’s well worth it if you have multiple photographic heads. For example, you might want to swap between one of the best <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-ball-heads-for-tripods">ball heads</a>, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-pan-and-tilt-tripod-heads">3-way heads</a>, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-geared-tripod-head">geared heads,</a> and <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/news/best-gimbal-heads-for-tripods">gimbal heads</a>, depending on what you’re shooting and how you’re shooting it.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4363px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="DEkrcMnbm7XaToYJ7qycN4" name="M1P 0536.JPG" alt="Manfrotto ONE Photo tripod product shot" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DEkrcMnbm7XaToYJ7qycN4-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4363" height="2454" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DEkrcMnbm7XaToYJ7qycN4-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Manfrotto XCHANGE system makes it a doddle to swap between multiple heads, with a simple twist of the locking/release ring. Unlike with the ONE Hybrid Tripod, it’s sold as an optional extra in this case, which helps keep the initial cost down, as you might well not need it. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The XCHANGE system is like a quick-release system for swapping between heads, rather than just mounting your camera or lens to a particular head. It costs around $54 /£39 / AU$89 for a complete kit plus $22 / £16 / AU$43 for additional CHANGE Plates. The way it works is very similar to the excellent but now-discontinued <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/manfrotto-move-quick-release-system-review">Manfrotto Move Quick Release Catcher System</a> that I’ve tested in the past, enabling you to fit or remove a head with a simple twist of the locking ring.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4363px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="JuxTmYdPYHH6mAC9QJcbN4" name="M1P 0537.JPG" alt="Manfrotto ONE Photo tripod product shot" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JuxTmYdPYHH6mAC9QJcbN4-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4363" height="2454" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JuxTmYdPYHH6mAC9QJcbN4-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The rubber pad feet that come with the tripod are interchangeable, so that you can fit alternative footwear. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>One thing that does follow through from the ONE Hybrid Tripod is that the supplied feet are interchangeable. You can therefore swap out the default rubber pads for metal spikes, the latter being more suitable for loose ground and soft surfaces.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-manfrotto-one-photo-tripod-performance"><span>Manfrotto ONE Photo tripod: Performance</span></h3><p>For many photo opportunities, timing is everything. There’s no point in ensuring the best possible image quality by using a tripod if the moment has passed by the time you’ve finished setting it up. A key performance benefit of the Manfrotto ONE Photo is that it’s so massively quick to deploy. Not only is it relatively rapid to adjust the overall height, but also to level the legs using just one locking/release clamp per leg, which works with all of the incumbent sections.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5265px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="CTvhTeigwaayorKPrKWmX4" name="M1P 0538.JPG" alt="Manfrotto ONE Photo tripod product shot" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CTvhTeigwaayorKPrKWmX4-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5265" height="2962" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/CTvhTeigwaayorKPrKWmX4-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">All of the adjustments required for setting up and fine-tuning the tripod position work with smooth efficiency, in double-quick time. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Naturally, being able to set up a tripod quickly is a moot point if its rigidity isn’t up to muster. The rectangular-profile leg sections pay dividends here, and I found the Manfrotto to be entirely stable and rigid in use, right up to its maximum height with the center column fully extended. Aluminum sometimes gets a bad press for being less resistant to vibrations than carbon fiber, but I found the ONE Photo to be at least as good as many leading carbon fiber tripods in this respect, and better than some.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5265px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="S5T4RgNVSmY6YKRoQfaEY4" name="M1P 0541.JPG" alt="Manfrotto ONE Photo tripod product shot" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/S5T4RgNVSmY6YKRoQfaEY4-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5265" height="2962" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/S5T4RgNVSmY6YKRoQfaEY4-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Although the ONE Photo doesn’t feature the modular center column of the ONE Hybrid edition, the Q90 pivoting center column still enables ultra-low-level shooting. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-manfrotto-one-photo-tripod-verdict"><span>Manfrotto ONE Photo tripod: Verdict</span></h3><p>I’d sort of assumed that the Manfrotto ONE Hybrid tripod got its ‘ONE’ title for being a single tripod that worked equally well for shooting stills and video. The ONE Photo has made me think again, as it’s more of a stills specialist but is nevertheless ‘one’ tripod that works equally well in the studio, out on the road, and pretty much anywhere and everywhere I’d want to use a tripod. And of course, there’s that innovative ‘one’ locking clamp per leg that acts on all three of its sections.</p><p>The main advantages, to my mind, are the relatively speedy setup and pack-away times, coupled with rock-solid support. Neat extras include the 90-degree pivoting center column, the accessory attachment system, and the interchangeable feet. For my personal requirements, I wish that the XCHANGE quick-release system were included with the legs and as part of either of the kits that include a ball head or 3-way head. However, that’s just because I personally like to shoot with different types of head in different situations. It actually makes more sense to be able to buy into the XCHANGE system as an optional extra, if and when you want to actually use it.</p><p>All in all, both of the full Manfrotto ONE Photo kits and the legs on their own are great buys, but I’ll be interested to see if Manfrotto subsequently launches a more luxurious carbon fiber option.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Useful features include ‘XTEND’ legs that are relatively quick and easy to set up, the Q90 pivoting center column system and multiple leg angles.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★½</p></td><td  ><p>It’s a clever design that takes most of the time and effort out of using a tripod, and it’s really well engineered and finished, although there’s currently no carbon fiber option.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Performance is excellent, combining speedy setup with superb stability and resistance to flexing and vibrations.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>The legs on their own as well as the complete kits with ball or 3-way heads don’t come cheap, but stripping out some of the non-essential ‘ONE’ components drives down the price.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5557px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.86%;"><img id="zYuQbvsxzqCKEyXFZsBtX4" name="M1P 00 hero 0523.JPG" alt="Manfrotto ONE Photo tripod product shot" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zYuQbvsxzqCKEyXFZsBtX4-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5557" height="2382" attribution="" endorsement="" class="expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/zYuQbvsxzqCKEyXFZsBtX4-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Matthew Richards)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="f88bf70e-108c-4da1-bff1-f7c50e7d60c4" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Manfrotto ONE Hybrid Tripod and 500X Fluid Head" data-dimension48="Manfrotto ONE Hybrid Tripod and 500X Fluid Head" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/manfrotto-one-hybrid-tripod-and-500x-fluid-head-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2906px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="VUy7X7WYd8XmpyCvXU2yJk" name="Manfrotto ONE Hybrid Tripod and 500X Fluid Head square" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VUy7X7WYd8XmpyCvXU2yJk-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2906" height="2906" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/manfrotto-one-hybrid-tripod-and-500x-fluid-head-review" data-dimension112="f88bf70e-108c-4da1-bff1-f7c50e7d60c4" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Manfrotto ONE Hybrid Tripod and 500X Fluid Head" data-dimension48="Manfrotto ONE Hybrid Tripod and 500X Fluid Head" data-dimension25=""><strong>Manfrotto ONE Hybrid Tripod and 500X Fluid Head</strong></a> kit lives up to its name, being a truly ‘hybrid’ kit that’s ideal for both stills and video. And unlike the ONE Photo edition, the ONE Hybrid is available in both aluminum and carbon fiber options.</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="26721096-3c73-4277-9c44-8057da5b8393" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Vanguard VEO 3+ 303CBS" data-dimension48="Vanguard VEO 3+ 303CBS" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/vanguard-veo-3-303cbs-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2250px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="eFGnxSToGSCZdjDXxHW6q5" name="Vanguard VEO 3+ 303CBS square.JPG" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/eFGnxSToGSCZdjDXxHW6q5-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2250" height="2250" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/vanguard-veo-3-303cbs-review" data-dimension112="26721096-3c73-4277-9c44-8057da5b8393" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Vanguard VEO 3+ 303CBS" data-dimension48="Vanguard VEO 3+ 303CBS" data-dimension25=""><strong>Vanguard VEO 3+ 303CBS</strong></a> is billed as being one of the company’s most versatile tripods ever. It comes with a pivoting center column and a neat range of extras that enable mounting two cameras rather than just one.</p></div>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ FeiyuTech Scorp-C2 review: a highly capable mirrorless/DSLR camera gimbal  ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Stabilisers like the Feiyu Scorp-C2  are designed to keep your camera’s horizon level as you perform a wide range of handheld pans, tilts, and low-to-high angle tracking shots. They also enable you to shoot tripod-steady handheld shots without the burden of having to carry and set up a classic tripod (though you can rest a stabiliser on its own mini tripod and perform smooth pans and tilts using its built-in joystick).  Unlike the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-iphone-camera-grips">handheld cages and rigs, </a>gimbals have three motorised arms that enable you to pan, tilt, and roll your camera smoothly. The downside of using a gimbal is that you need to balance your camera and lens (the payload) carefully before each shoot. An unbalanced payload puts strain on the stabiliser’s motors, which can cause camera shake (or even force the gimbal to shut down to protect its motors!). With a cage/rig, you are the motor, so no time-consuming balancing is required. </p><p>I’ve rested and reviewed a few Scorp gimbals for Digital Camera World, starting with the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/feiyutech-scorp-mini-review">Feiyu Scorp Mini</a><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/gimbals/feiyutech-scorp-mini-3-pro-kit-an-agile-stabilizer-for-mirrorless-and-smartphone-movie-makershttps://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/feiyutech-scorp-mini-review">,</a> followed by the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/feiyutech-scorp-2-review">Scorp 2</a>. All the gimbals in Feiyu’s Scorp range share one key design feature - a hooked sling handle that looks like the tail of a scorpion - hence the branding ‘Scorp’. I’m a big fan of this design feature as it enables me to easily glide the gimbal-mounted camera very close to the ground to follow a subject and then crane it up to head height in one smooth motion. To enjoy a smartphone-friendly version of the Scorp, check out my review of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/gimbals/feiyutech-scorp-mini-3-pro-kit-an-agile-stabilizer-for-mirrorless-and-smartphone-movie-makers">Scorp Mini 3 Pro</a>.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5712px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="XZrDKDzBMNh2bBU3J8GUQE" name="Vertical" alt="Camera mounted vertically on a handheld gimbal with a lens attached indoors" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XZrDKDzBMNh2bBU3J8GUQE-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="5712" height="3213" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The quick release plate enables you to shoot horizontal landscape clips, then detach the plate and slide the camera into the gimbal with a vertical orientation.  </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: George Cairns / Digital Camera World)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-feiyutech-scorp-c2-specifications"><span>FeiyuTech Scorp-C2: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Mechanical Range</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Pan: 360° rotation</p><p>Roll: 320° </p><p>Tilt: 320° </p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Payload</strong></p></td><td  ><p>3.5 kg / 7.7 lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Battery Life</strong></p></td><td  ><p>20 hours</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Connectivity </strong></p></td><td  ><p>USB-C / Bluetooth</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Compatible phone width </strong></p></td><td  ><p>58 to 90mm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Display </strong></p></td><td  ><p>Fixed Non-Touchscreen OLED</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Dimensions</strong></p></td><td  ><p>10 x 2.6 x 2.6" / 299 x 253 x 66 mm (Folded)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Weight</strong></p></td><td  ><p>2.91 lbs / 1.32 kg (without Tripod)</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-feiyutech-scorp-c2-price"><span>FeiyuTech Scorp-C2: Price</span></h3><p>Back in September 2025, I tested and reviewed the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/gimbals/feiyu-scorp-3-review">Scorp 3</a>, which was capable of carrying payloads of up to 3.5 Kg for the price of around $400/£439. The newer Scorp-C2 can also carry payloads up to 3.5 Kg, but at the far more affordable price of $250/£269. I was therefore intrigued to discover how the Scorp-C2 differed compared to its more expensive cousin and whether its reduced price would equate to inferior performance in functionality and features. Cut to the chase - in my test, the Scorp-C2 outperformed its more expensive cousin when it came to making a wide range of smooth camera moves.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="FeiyuTech Scorp-C2"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-feiyutech-scorp-c2-design-handling"><span>FeiyuTech Scorp-C2: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>As you’d expect from its name, the Scorp-C2 is an updated version of the original Scorp-C. The newer model features several improvements to its design, such as a more effective built-in face tracking module. The Scorp-C2’s AI tracking module version 4.0 delivers a 15% wider field of view than its predecessor, and it can track your face up to a distance of 18 metres away. The Scorp-C2’s mounting camera platform is more spacious, too, which makes it easier for you to mount your DSLR/mirrorless camera on the gimbal.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4032px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="gvoLMVTo24TZmkd5LPB2pD" name="Ai" alt="Close-up of a gimbal motor and blue control dial beside a mounted camera" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/gvoLMVTo24TZmkd5LPB2pD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="4032" height="2268" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The blue-ringed AI tracker on the front of the Feiyu Scorp-C2 flashes green when it recognises the OK gesture. It will then pan and tilt to track the subject’s every move. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: George Cairns / Digital Camera World)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Like the more expensive Scorp 3, the Scorp-C2 can also handle lens and camera payloads up to a weight of 3.5 Kg, whereas the older Scorp-C could only cope with 2.5kg. My Sony A7 and lens weighed in at 1.046kg, so it was well within the Scorp-C2’s 3.5kg carrying capacity. Saying that, I used the same payload on the Hohem iSteady MT3 Pro, which can carry a maximum of only 2.5 KG, and the Hohem found it a bit of a burden, especially when trying to roll the camera - check out my review: (Link to be added on publication). As you’ll see from the Performance section, the cheaper yet more powerful Feiyu Scorp-C2 had no trouble putting my Sony A7 through moves that the more expensive Hohem iSteady MT3 Pro found challenging.</p><p>So we’ve already established that the cheaper Scorp-C2 can carry the same payload as the more expensive flagship in the Scorp range - the Scorp 3. This Scorp-C2 affordability is made possible by removing some of the high-end features found in the Scorp 3, such as the option to detach the end of the sling handle and use it to remotely control the Scorp 3’s pan, tilt, and roll axes.  Another missing feature in the Scorp-C2 is the absence of the touch-sensitive display found on the Scorp 3’s handle. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4032px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="RRaJv3r45eEfb3HB5K9xhD" name="IMG_8766" alt="Close-up of a gimbal control handle with screen, joystick, and mode buttons" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/RRaJv3r45eEfb3HB5K9xhD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="4032" height="2268" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Physical buttons open the handle offer tactile ways to change gimbal modes or trigger a recording via Bluetooth.  </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: George Cairns / Digital Camera World)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Personally, I didn’t miss the absence of touchscreen controllability on the Scorp-C2. I preferred toggling between its PF, PTF, and FPV shooting modes by tapping its physical mode button - more on these modes in the Performance section. You can see which mode has been selected on a much smaller LCD display at the rear of the handle, and status lights on the gimbal's shaft also indicate the chosen mode. The control wheel on the side of the gimbal can be configured by a physical button to enable you to fine-tune a tilt, roll, or pan with a physical twiddle. I usually assign the roll axis to the control wheel as this enables me to ensure that the horizon is always level.</p><p>The touchscreen on the more expensive Scorp 3 enables you to access menu features such as performing a calibration to make sure that the camera is balanced correctly. With the Scorp-C2, you can access all these sub-menus via the Feiyu Scorp app, so in effect, you have touchscreen control courtesy of your iPhone. The app is great, and it shows you exactly how successfully you’ve balanced the camera using colour-coded indicators for each axis. As long as each axis displays a green value, you’re good to go.</p><p>Balancing a gimbal is always a challenge, but it’s an essential part of the shoot. The Scorp-C2 has a handy control dial that enables you to balance the tilt arm with precise incremental control. It’s a shame that the other axes don’t benefit from this easy-to-adjust feature, as I’ll explain in the next section.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4032px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="NtQ6uQyJ8qREqXsVMmovpF" name="Tripod" alt="Fold-out mini tripod legs extended beneath the base of the gimbal handle" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NtQ6uQyJ8qREqXsVMmovpF-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="4032" height="2268" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The detachable mini tripod is very handy when using the Scorp-C2’s Ai tracking module. You can also collapse the tripod and use it as an extended handle.  </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: George Cairns / Digital Camera World)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-feiyutech-scorp-c2-performance"><span>FeiyuTech Scorp-C2: Performance</span></h3><p>To test the Scorp-C2 stabiliser, I took it (and my Sony A7) to London’s Tower Bridge. The upper metal walkways crossing the Shad Thames street make a suitably cinematic backdrop to testing the stabilizer’s different modes. For foreground interest, I’d hired an Italian model/actress (Insta: @Antonia_sabato) to make some moves that I could follow with my camera mounted on the Scorp-C2. </p><iframe src="https://content.jwplatform.com/players/hV3W16EN.html" id="hV3W16EN" title="Scorp C2 Video" width="1920" height="1080" frameborder="0" scrolling="auto" allowfullscreen></iframe><p>On any shoot, I tend to arrive early, especially when shooting with a gimbal. As my model was paid by the hour, I didn’t want to waste time trying to balance a gimbal after she had arrived, so I popped into Starbucks and set the gimbal onto its mini tripod to begin the balancing process. The little balancing control wheel that I mentioned in the Design section made it quick and easy to balance the tilt axis, but the roll axis was very stiff to adjust, so this took more to-ing and fro-ing until I could get it balanced. On the whole, though, it took me around 10 minutes to balance my payload on the Scorp-C2, which is pretty good going, and when calibrating the gimbal via the Feiyu Scope app on my iPhone 16 Pro, I had a reassuring range of green balance indicators for the Pan, Tilt and Roll axes, so I was confident that the gimbal would perform well during the shoot.</p><p>I then met up with Antonia (whom I hadn’t worked with before), and since the tide was currently rising in the Thames, I decided to film her on the river’s rocky ‘beach’ with Tower Bridge as a spectacular backdrop. Luckily, Antonia was wearing sturdy boots rather than pointy heels, so she was able to negotiate the slippery, mossy steps leading down to the beach. I popped the Scorp-C2 into PTF mode. This enabled me to tilt the Sony A7 to follow Antonia with a tilt as she walked down the steps and then pan with her as she started her stroll along the rocky beach. The sling handle (and the extra handle produced by the closed mini-tripod) gave me a good two-handed grip on the gimbal, and I was able to glide it smoothly to follow Antonia, without any wobbles or bumps caused by walking over the slippery and uneven terrain. I can describe my camera moves in detail, but I strongly suggest that you watch the supporting video that accompanies this review, as you’ll see how effective the Scorp-C2 is in a variety of locations.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3840px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="9v6cZp2sNarvbmnSfRnEUD" name="Sling" alt="Low-angle view of a man filming a spinning subject with a gimbal in a narrow street" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9v6cZp2sNarvbmnSfRnEUD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="3840" height="2160" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The scorpion tale shaped sling handle makes it easy to capture low angle shots or capture ‘Inception’ style rolling camera moves. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: George Cairns / Digital Camera World)</span></figcaption></figure><p>We then headed to the Shad Thames street (as seen in the TV show Doctor Who and the first Highlander movie back in the 1980s). Here, I was keen to try out the Scorp-C2’s FPV mode, which, unlike the other modes, enables you to roll the camera as well as pan and tilt it. This is great for POV (point of view) shots that mimic the more organic moves of a person as they look around their environment. It performed these POV shoots nice and smoothly, as you’ll see in my supporting video.</p><p>The control unit on the Scorp-C2’s handle has three buttons designed to help you roll the camera when it is held horizontally. Many gimbals call this ‘Inception’ mode after the spectacular rotating corridor fight sequence in the movie of the same name. I tend to view this mode as a bit gimmicky, but since I had the three buttons to play with, I went for it! The central button causes the camera to tilt forward (and parallel with the ground). The other two buttons enable you to trigger a continuous rolling action (either clockwise or counterclockwise). You dimply tap a button to change the speed of the rotation. I enjoyed tracking Antonia from the front and behind while she walked, while the camera rolled. I was then able to cut between the two angles as she rotated in the frame, creating a dynamic and disorienting walking sequence. Go on, check out the video!</p><p>After a successful London shoot, I returned home to digitise and edit the footage. I then set up the Scorp-C2 in my local woods to test out the AI tracking module. While mounted on its mini tripod, the Scorp-C2  was able to smoothly pan and tilt the camera to follow my every move (even when I tripped and fell over a tree stump!).  I was impressed at how quickly the Scorp-C2’s AI tracker recognised and responded to my hand gestures. Most gimbals tend to place you in the centre of the frame, which is fine for most talking to the camera scenarios. However, you can usually make a re-frame gesture that enables you to offset your position so that you’re standing frame left or frame right (which is handy if you want to gesture towards a particular background landmark, for example). I’ve struggled in the past to get some gimbals to recognise this ‘re-frame’ hand gesture, but the Scorp-C2 gave a reassuring three green flashes every time I made the gesture, so it gets a big thumbs up in relation to its AI tracker.</p><p>Oh, one last point! Normally, when shooting with a mirrorless camera mounted on a gimbal, I don’t bother to wire it up to the camera via a USB-C cable so that I can trigger the shutter button via the gimbal. However, the Feiyu Scorp smartphone app made it very easy to link the Scorp-C2 to my Sony A7 via Bluetooth. I then enjoyed being able to trigger video recording by pressing the tactile red record button on the gimbal's handle.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4032px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="34YLyskyhWCaK52HKYTNqD" name="App" alt="Gimbal handle with control screen and joystick, shown alongside the companion app interface" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/34YLyskyhWCaK52HKYTNqD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="4032" height="2268" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The OLED screen is very small, but you can still see what mode you’re working with. The Feiyu Scorp app gives you access to a ways to customise the gimbal’s behaviours. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: George Cairns / Digital Camera World)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-feiyutech-scorp-c2-verdict"><span>FeiyuTech Scorp-C2: Verdict</span></h3><p>I thoroughly enjoyed testing the Scorp-C2 because it worked! I liked the fact that I could trigger different modes quickly by using a physical button (and the Feiyu Scorp smartphone app enabled me to dig deeper into sub menus that customised things such as motor follow speed). I’d previously used the same Sony A7 payload to test the Hohem iSteady MT3 Pro, but that stabiliser couldn’t roll my camera without drooping. The Scorp-C2 happily tilted, panned, and rolled my gear effortlessly, which means I’d favour it for a future creative shoot. As a solo shooter who needs to walk and talk to camera, I also appreciated how the updated AI module tuned the Scorp-C2 into a skilled camera operator who could smoothly follow my every move.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>An updated Ai tracker helps keep you in the picture, and the quick release mount enables you to switch from shooting in horizontal (landscape) to vertical (portrait) orientation in a few seconds.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>Like other Scorp models, the Feiyu Scorp-C2’s handle boasts the hooked-shaped (scorpion tail) design that enables low angle moves, </p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>The Feiyu Scorp-C2 carried my 1.046 Kg payload smoothly and effortlessly, making it a ‘go to’ gimbal for professional shoots. The Ai tracking was impressive too.  </p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>The Feiyu Scorp-C2 has the same heavy-lifting ability (up to 3.5 Kg) as the flagship Scorp 3, but  it costs considerably less.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="f3b6ce9a-0250-4ee7-8fc2-9ace605df866" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Hohem iSteady MT3" data-dimension48="Hohem iSteady MT3" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/gimbals/hohem-isteady-mt3-review-great-for-phones-and-compact-cameras-but-mind-the-payload-promises" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5472px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="LQc3BEt7JMttMWsEAJNS3G" name="Hohem iSteady MT3_1" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LQc3BEt7JMttMWsEAJNS3G-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="5472" height="3078" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/gimbals/hohem-isteady-mt3-review-great-for-phones-and-compact-cameras-but-mind-the-payload-promises" data-dimension112="f3b6ce9a-0250-4ee7-8fc2-9ace605df866" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Hohem iSteady MT3" data-dimension48="Hohem iSteady MT3" data-dimension25=""><strong>Hohem iSteady MT3</strong></a></p><p>This pro kit includes a Spot Mini Motor that enables you to use the wheel on the gimbal to zoom or focus your gimbal-mounted mirrorless camera. However, if you use Auto focus and shoot with a prime lens, you won’t need that accessory (and can save yourself over $200 by buying the cheaper non-pro version of the MT3)</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="efca8b71-15f7-491d-b174-4e8507577390" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="DJI RS4 Pro" data-dimension48="DJI RS4 Pro" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/dji-rs-4-pro-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1182px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.35%;"><img id="JsX2rjB34m8D4C4WRdjNmD" name="RS4Pro_Guide.jpeg" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JsX2rjB34m8D4C4WRdjNmD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1182" height="666" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/dji-rs-4-pro-review" data-dimension112="efca8b71-15f7-491d-b174-4e8507577390" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="DJI RS4 Pro" data-dimension48="DJI RS4 Pro" data-dimension25=""><strong>DJI RS4 Pro</strong></a></p><p>If you need to lift a heavier payload (up to 4.5 Kg), then the DJI RS4 Pro will do the job (compared to the Scorp-C2’s 3.5kg maximum). Additional features such as auto-locking and unlocking on the tilt, pan, and roll axes make this model a luxury item! On the downside, it doesn’t have the AI tracking powers of the Feiyu Scorp-C2.</p></div> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/gimbals/feiyutech-scorp-c2-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Make reliably smooth moves with this quality-built stabiliser and enjoy effective AI-powered tracking ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">DbonhnerGbxjssEz53C3Vi</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/AfqovyYwrAYeSGXA5E9q8F-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Tue, 31 Mar 2026 11:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Gimbals]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ George Cairns ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Se4df8ceTntcYUdPVeRK4o-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/AfqovyYwrAYeSGXA5E9q8F-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[George Cairns / Digital Camera World]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Man holding a camera mounted on a handheld gimbal in a cobbled street]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Man holding a camera mounted on a handheld gimbal in a cobbled street]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Man holding a camera mounted on a handheld gimbal in a cobbled street]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/AfqovyYwrAYeSGXA5E9q8F-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Stabilisers like the Feiyu Scorp-C2  are designed to keep your camera’s horizon level as you perform a wide range of handheld pans, tilts, and low-to-high angle tracking shots. They also enable you to shoot tripod-steady handheld shots without the burden of having to carry and set up a classic tripod (though you can rest a stabiliser on its own mini tripod and perform smooth pans and tilts using its built-in joystick).  Unlike the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-iphone-camera-grips">handheld cages and rigs, </a>gimbals have three motorised arms that enable you to pan, tilt, and roll your camera smoothly. The downside of using a gimbal is that you need to balance your camera and lens (the payload) carefully before each shoot. An unbalanced payload puts strain on the stabiliser’s motors, which can cause camera shake (or even force the gimbal to shut down to protect its motors!). With a cage/rig, you are the motor, so no time-consuming balancing is required. </p><p>I’ve rested and reviewed a few Scorp gimbals for Digital Camera World, starting with the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/feiyutech-scorp-mini-review">Feiyu Scorp Mini</a><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/gimbals/feiyutech-scorp-mini-3-pro-kit-an-agile-stabilizer-for-mirrorless-and-smartphone-movie-makershttps://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/feiyutech-scorp-mini-review">,</a> followed by the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/feiyutech-scorp-2-review">Scorp 2</a>. All the gimbals in Feiyu’s Scorp range share one key design feature - a hooked sling handle that looks like the tail of a scorpion - hence the branding ‘Scorp’. I’m a big fan of this design feature as it enables me to easily glide the gimbal-mounted camera very close to the ground to follow a subject and then crane it up to head height in one smooth motion. To enjoy a smartphone-friendly version of the Scorp, check out my review of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/gimbals/feiyutech-scorp-mini-3-pro-kit-an-agile-stabilizer-for-mirrorless-and-smartphone-movie-makers">Scorp Mini 3 Pro</a>.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5712px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="XZrDKDzBMNh2bBU3J8GUQE" name="Vertical" alt="Camera mounted vertically on a handheld gimbal with a lens attached indoors" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/XZrDKDzBMNh2bBU3J8GUQE-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="5712" height="3213" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The quick release plate enables you to shoot horizontal landscape clips, then detach the plate and slide the camera into the gimbal with a vertical orientation.  </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: George Cairns / Digital Camera World)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-feiyutech-scorp-c2-specifications"><span>FeiyuTech Scorp-C2: Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Mechanical Range</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Pan: 360° rotation</p><p>Roll: 320° </p><p>Tilt: 320° </p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Payload</strong></p></td><td  ><p>3.5 kg / 7.7 lb</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Battery Life</strong></p></td><td  ><p>20 hours</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Connectivity </strong></p></td><td  ><p>USB-C / Bluetooth</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Compatible phone width </strong></p></td><td  ><p>58 to 90mm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Display </strong></p></td><td  ><p>Fixed Non-Touchscreen OLED</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Dimensions</strong></p></td><td  ><p>10 x 2.6 x 2.6" / 299 x 253 x 66 mm (Folded)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Weight</strong></p></td><td  ><p>2.91 lbs / 1.32 kg (without Tripod)</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-feiyutech-scorp-c2-price"><span>FeiyuTech Scorp-C2: Price</span></h3><p>Back in September 2025, I tested and reviewed the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/gimbals/feiyu-scorp-3-review">Scorp 3</a>, which was capable of carrying payloads of up to 3.5 Kg for the price of around $400/£439. The newer Scorp-C2 can also carry payloads up to 3.5 Kg, but at the far more affordable price of $250/£269. I was therefore intrigued to discover how the Scorp-C2 differed compared to its more expensive cousin and whether its reduced price would equate to inferior performance in functionality and features. Cut to the chase - in my test, the Scorp-C2 outperformed its more expensive cousin when it came to making a wide range of smooth camera moves.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="FeiyuTech Scorp-C2"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-feiyutech-scorp-c2-design-handling"><span>FeiyuTech Scorp-C2: Design & Handling</span></h3><p>As you’d expect from its name, the Scorp-C2 is an updated version of the original Scorp-C. The newer model features several improvements to its design, such as a more effective built-in face tracking module. The Scorp-C2’s AI tracking module version 4.0 delivers a 15% wider field of view than its predecessor, and it can track your face up to a distance of 18 metres away. The Scorp-C2’s mounting camera platform is more spacious, too, which makes it easier for you to mount your DSLR/mirrorless camera on the gimbal.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4032px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="gvoLMVTo24TZmkd5LPB2pD" name="Ai" alt="Close-up of a gimbal motor and blue control dial beside a mounted camera" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/gvoLMVTo24TZmkd5LPB2pD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="4032" height="2268" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The blue-ringed AI tracker on the front of the Feiyu Scorp-C2 flashes green when it recognises the OK gesture. It will then pan and tilt to track the subject’s every move. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: George Cairns / Digital Camera World)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Like the more expensive Scorp 3, the Scorp-C2 can also handle lens and camera payloads up to a weight of 3.5 Kg, whereas the older Scorp-C could only cope with 2.5kg. My Sony A7 and lens weighed in at 1.046kg, so it was well within the Scorp-C2’s 3.5kg carrying capacity. Saying that, I used the same payload on the Hohem iSteady MT3 Pro, which can carry a maximum of only 2.5 KG, and the Hohem found it a bit of a burden, especially when trying to roll the camera - check out my review: (Link to be added on publication). As you’ll see from the Performance section, the cheaper yet more powerful Feiyu Scorp-C2 had no trouble putting my Sony A7 through moves that the more expensive Hohem iSteady MT3 Pro found challenging.</p><p>So we’ve already established that the cheaper Scorp-C2 can carry the same payload as the more expensive flagship in the Scorp range - the Scorp 3. This Scorp-C2 affordability is made possible by removing some of the high-end features found in the Scorp 3, such as the option to detach the end of the sling handle and use it to remotely control the Scorp 3’s pan, tilt, and roll axes.  Another missing feature in the Scorp-C2 is the absence of the touch-sensitive display found on the Scorp 3’s handle. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4032px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="RRaJv3r45eEfb3HB5K9xhD" name="IMG_8766" alt="Close-up of a gimbal control handle with screen, joystick, and mode buttons" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/RRaJv3r45eEfb3HB5K9xhD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="4032" height="2268" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Physical buttons open the handle offer tactile ways to change gimbal modes or trigger a recording via Bluetooth.  </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: George Cairns / Digital Camera World)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Personally, I didn’t miss the absence of touchscreen controllability on the Scorp-C2. I preferred toggling between its PF, PTF, and FPV shooting modes by tapping its physical mode button - more on these modes in the Performance section. You can see which mode has been selected on a much smaller LCD display at the rear of the handle, and status lights on the gimbal's shaft also indicate the chosen mode. The control wheel on the side of the gimbal can be configured by a physical button to enable you to fine-tune a tilt, roll, or pan with a physical twiddle. I usually assign the roll axis to the control wheel as this enables me to ensure that the horizon is always level.</p><p>The touchscreen on the more expensive Scorp 3 enables you to access menu features such as performing a calibration to make sure that the camera is balanced correctly. With the Scorp-C2, you can access all these sub-menus via the Feiyu Scorp app, so in effect, you have touchscreen control courtesy of your iPhone. The app is great, and it shows you exactly how successfully you’ve balanced the camera using colour-coded indicators for each axis. As long as each axis displays a green value, you’re good to go.</p><p>Balancing a gimbal is always a challenge, but it’s an essential part of the shoot. The Scorp-C2 has a handy control dial that enables you to balance the tilt arm with precise incremental control. It’s a shame that the other axes don’t benefit from this easy-to-adjust feature, as I’ll explain in the next section.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4032px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="NtQ6uQyJ8qREqXsVMmovpF" name="Tripod" alt="Fold-out mini tripod legs extended beneath the base of the gimbal handle" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/NtQ6uQyJ8qREqXsVMmovpF-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="4032" height="2268" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The detachable mini tripod is very handy when using the Scorp-C2’s Ai tracking module. You can also collapse the tripod and use it as an extended handle.  </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: George Cairns / Digital Camera World)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-feiyutech-scorp-c2-performance"><span>FeiyuTech Scorp-C2: Performance</span></h3><p>To test the Scorp-C2 stabiliser, I took it (and my Sony A7) to London’s Tower Bridge. The upper metal walkways crossing the Shad Thames street make a suitably cinematic backdrop to testing the stabilizer’s different modes. For foreground interest, I’d hired an Italian model/actress (Insta: @Antonia_sabato) to make some moves that I could follow with my camera mounted on the Scorp-C2. </p><iframe src="https://content.jwplatform.com/players/hV3W16EN.html" id="hV3W16EN" title="Scorp C2 Video" width="1920" height="1080" frameborder="0" scrolling="auto" allowfullscreen></iframe><p>On any shoot, I tend to arrive early, especially when shooting with a gimbal. As my model was paid by the hour, I didn’t want to waste time trying to balance a gimbal after she had arrived, so I popped into Starbucks and set the gimbal onto its mini tripod to begin the balancing process. The little balancing control wheel that I mentioned in the Design section made it quick and easy to balance the tilt axis, but the roll axis was very stiff to adjust, so this took more to-ing and fro-ing until I could get it balanced. On the whole, though, it took me around 10 minutes to balance my payload on the Scorp-C2, which is pretty good going, and when calibrating the gimbal via the Feiyu Scope app on my iPhone 16 Pro, I had a reassuring range of green balance indicators for the Pan, Tilt and Roll axes, so I was confident that the gimbal would perform well during the shoot.</p><p>I then met up with Antonia (whom I hadn’t worked with before), and since the tide was currently rising in the Thames, I decided to film her on the river’s rocky ‘beach’ with Tower Bridge as a spectacular backdrop. Luckily, Antonia was wearing sturdy boots rather than pointy heels, so she was able to negotiate the slippery, mossy steps leading down to the beach. I popped the Scorp-C2 into PTF mode. This enabled me to tilt the Sony A7 to follow Antonia with a tilt as she walked down the steps and then pan with her as she started her stroll along the rocky beach. The sling handle (and the extra handle produced by the closed mini-tripod) gave me a good two-handed grip on the gimbal, and I was able to glide it smoothly to follow Antonia, without any wobbles or bumps caused by walking over the slippery and uneven terrain. I can describe my camera moves in detail, but I strongly suggest that you watch the supporting video that accompanies this review, as you’ll see how effective the Scorp-C2 is in a variety of locations.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3840px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="9v6cZp2sNarvbmnSfRnEUD" name="Sling" alt="Low-angle view of a man filming a spinning subject with a gimbal in a narrow street" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/9v6cZp2sNarvbmnSfRnEUD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="3840" height="2160" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The scorpion tale shaped sling handle makes it easy to capture low angle shots or capture ‘Inception’ style rolling camera moves. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: George Cairns / Digital Camera World)</span></figcaption></figure><p>We then headed to the Shad Thames street (as seen in the TV show Doctor Who and the first Highlander movie back in the 1980s). Here, I was keen to try out the Scorp-C2’s FPV mode, which, unlike the other modes, enables you to roll the camera as well as pan and tilt it. This is great for POV (point of view) shots that mimic the more organic moves of a person as they look around their environment. It performed these POV shoots nice and smoothly, as you’ll see in my supporting video.</p><p>The control unit on the Scorp-C2’s handle has three buttons designed to help you roll the camera when it is held horizontally. Many gimbals call this ‘Inception’ mode after the spectacular rotating corridor fight sequence in the movie of the same name. I tend to view this mode as a bit gimmicky, but since I had the three buttons to play with, I went for it! The central button causes the camera to tilt forward (and parallel with the ground). The other two buttons enable you to trigger a continuous rolling action (either clockwise or counterclockwise). You dimply tap a button to change the speed of the rotation. I enjoyed tracking Antonia from the front and behind while she walked, while the camera rolled. I was then able to cut between the two angles as she rotated in the frame, creating a dynamic and disorienting walking sequence. Go on, check out the video!</p><p>After a successful London shoot, I returned home to digitise and edit the footage. I then set up the Scorp-C2 in my local woods to test out the AI tracking module. While mounted on its mini tripod, the Scorp-C2  was able to smoothly pan and tilt the camera to follow my every move (even when I tripped and fell over a tree stump!).  I was impressed at how quickly the Scorp-C2’s AI tracker recognised and responded to my hand gestures. Most gimbals tend to place you in the centre of the frame, which is fine for most talking to the camera scenarios. However, you can usually make a re-frame gesture that enables you to offset your position so that you’re standing frame left or frame right (which is handy if you want to gesture towards a particular background landmark, for example). I’ve struggled in the past to get some gimbals to recognise this ‘re-frame’ hand gesture, but the Scorp-C2 gave a reassuring three green flashes every time I made the gesture, so it gets a big thumbs up in relation to its AI tracker.</p><p>Oh, one last point! Normally, when shooting with a mirrorless camera mounted on a gimbal, I don’t bother to wire it up to the camera via a USB-C cable so that I can trigger the shutter button via the gimbal. However, the Feiyu Scorp smartphone app made it very easy to link the Scorp-C2 to my Sony A7 via Bluetooth. I then enjoyed being able to trigger video recording by pressing the tactile red record button on the gimbal's handle.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4032px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="34YLyskyhWCaK52HKYTNqD" name="App" alt="Gimbal handle with control screen and joystick, shown alongside the companion app interface" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/34YLyskyhWCaK52HKYTNqD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="4032" height="2268" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The OLED screen is very small, but you can still see what mode you’re working with. The Feiyu Scorp app gives you access to a ways to customise the gimbal’s behaviours. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: George Cairns / Digital Camera World)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-feiyutech-scorp-c2-verdict"><span>FeiyuTech Scorp-C2: Verdict</span></h3><p>I thoroughly enjoyed testing the Scorp-C2 because it worked! I liked the fact that I could trigger different modes quickly by using a physical button (and the Feiyu Scorp smartphone app enabled me to dig deeper into sub menus that customised things such as motor follow speed). I’d previously used the same Sony A7 payload to test the Hohem iSteady MT3 Pro, but that stabiliser couldn’t roll my camera without drooping. The Scorp-C2 happily tilted, panned, and rolled my gear effortlessly, which means I’d favour it for a future creative shoot. As a solo shooter who needs to walk and talk to camera, I also appreciated how the updated AI module tuned the Scorp-C2 into a skilled camera operator who could smoothly follow my every move.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>An updated Ai tracker helps keep you in the picture, and the quick release mount enables you to switch from shooting in horizontal (landscape) to vertical (portrait) orientation in a few seconds.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>Like other Scorp models, the Feiyu Scorp-C2’s handle boasts the hooked-shaped (scorpion tail) design that enables low angle moves, </p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>The Feiyu Scorp-C2 carried my 1.046 Kg payload smoothly and effortlessly, making it a ‘go to’ gimbal for professional shoots. The Ai tracking was impressive too.  </p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>The Feiyu Scorp-C2 has the same heavy-lifting ability (up to 3.5 Kg) as the flagship Scorp 3, but  it costs considerably less.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="f3b6ce9a-0250-4ee7-8fc2-9ace605df866" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Hohem iSteady MT3" data-dimension48="Hohem iSteady MT3" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/gimbals/hohem-isteady-mt3-review-great-for-phones-and-compact-cameras-but-mind-the-payload-promises" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5472px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="LQc3BEt7JMttMWsEAJNS3G" name="Hohem iSteady MT3_1" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/LQc3BEt7JMttMWsEAJNS3G-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="5472" height="3078" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/gimbals/hohem-isteady-mt3-review-great-for-phones-and-compact-cameras-but-mind-the-payload-promises" data-dimension112="f3b6ce9a-0250-4ee7-8fc2-9ace605df866" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Hohem iSteady MT3" data-dimension48="Hohem iSteady MT3" data-dimension25=""><strong>Hohem iSteady MT3</strong></a></p><p>This pro kit includes a Spot Mini Motor that enables you to use the wheel on the gimbal to zoom or focus your gimbal-mounted mirrorless camera. However, if you use Auto focus and shoot with a prime lens, you won’t need that accessory (and can save yourself over $200 by buying the cheaper non-pro version of the MT3)</p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="efca8b71-15f7-491d-b174-4e8507577390" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="DJI RS4 Pro" data-dimension48="DJI RS4 Pro" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/dji-rs-4-pro-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1182px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.35%;"><img id="JsX2rjB34m8D4C4WRdjNmD" name="RS4Pro_Guide.jpeg" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JsX2rjB34m8D4C4WRdjNmD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1182" height="666" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/dji-rs-4-pro-review" data-dimension112="efca8b71-15f7-491d-b174-4e8507577390" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="DJI RS4 Pro" data-dimension48="DJI RS4 Pro" data-dimension25=""><strong>DJI RS4 Pro</strong></a></p><p>If you need to lift a heavier payload (up to 4.5 Kg), then the DJI RS4 Pro will do the job (compared to the Scorp-C2’s 3.5kg maximum). Additional features such as auto-locking and unlocking on the tilt, pan, and roll axes make this model a luxury item! On the downside, it doesn’t have the AI tracking powers of the Feiyu Scorp-C2.</p></div>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ DJI RS 5 review – are tripods just a bit last century now? ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Shooting smooth video with a mirrorless camera is still harder than it should be, but DJI may have just changed that. With built-in AI tracking finally arriving for “proper” cameras, the RS 5 promises to do more than stabilize your shots. It could change how you shoot entirely.</p><p>Since the gimbal doesn't have access to the sensors and TTL cleverness of the camera, the previous <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/gimbals/dji-rs-4-mini-review">DJI RS 4 Mini</a> brought a tracking module, which has its own camera to identify the subject of your shot and that has moved up the chain to the RS 5.</p><p>Other key gear seeing significant updates are the automated locks; the process of safely putting the device away is now almost completely automatic.</p><p>AI intelligent tracking, a new guide for camera operators so they know the limits of their step, premium quality components, compatibility with more cameras, and a new briefcase handle might all offer something to filmmakers – but is it enough?</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-rs5-price"><span>RS5: Price</span></h3><p>With two price options, at £485 (about $650) for the gimbal (including all the essential accessories like the battery grip, tripod base, quick-release plates ) and £619 (about $830) for the RS 5 combo I tested here, which adds the AI tracking module and briefcase handle this isn't the cheapest of gimbals, but DJI has always been a premium player in this space. The RS 5 also takes a high payload and, price-wise, is essentially the same as a <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/zhiyun-crane-4-review">Zhiyun Crane 4</a>, for example, despite the RS 5's better features, so still seems like a value win.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="DJI RS 5"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-rs5-specs"><span>RS5: Specs</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Payload</p></td><td  ><p>3Kg / 6.6 pound</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Standby time</p></td><td  ><p>14h</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Standby with battery grip</p></td><td  ><p>30h</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Touchscreen</p></td><td  ><p>1.8-inch</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Controls</p></td><td  ><p>2 x toggle, joystick, 3 x button </p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight</p></td><td  ><p>1.46 kg (3.21 lbs)</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-rs5-build-and-handling"><span>RS5: Build and handling</span></h3><p>The RS 5 feels suited to serious tasks right from the unboxing. Specifically I tested the RS 5 Combo edition, which arrived in an excellent zip-able hard case which has just enough flex in it that, when it comes to packing up at the end of a long shoot, you don't have to worry too much about getting everything just right, but also just enough padding that you can be confident of the RS 5's future (with pockets for your battery, tripod, and other screw-in parts).</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="46d9Ry7bDGmmiAR9ZwmcUd" name="DSC09446.JPG" alt="RS 5 and box" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/46d9Ry7bDGmmiAR9ZwmcUd-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6000" height="3376" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/46d9Ry7bDGmmiAR9ZwmcUd-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>After unboxing, you'll need to pair the device with your phone and camera, so don't expect to have things working immediately the first minute on set. Why your phone, you ask? Because this is the means of firmware updates.</p><p>I'm testing the combo with the RS Enhanced Intelligent Tracking Module, which includes a camera so the AI can watch humans (up to 10m away). It clips easily but firmly onto the top of the Ronin with two hinged clips, and contacts on its base do the rest. At the front a LED ring around the lens indicates whether it has acquired a tracking lock or not, so the talent can know what is going on.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3952px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="GG3SV5LAVd86aFnvpr8e97" name="DSC09457-TrackingModule" alt="Ronin RS 5 Tracking module in hand" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GG3SV5LAVd86aFnvpr8e97-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3952" height="2224" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GG3SV5LAVd86aFnvpr8e97-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Intelligent Tracking Module. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The tracking module works via the 1.8-inch touchscreen, accessed via with a right-swipe (I found the size fine). </p><p>Thanks to gesture recognition, it also works the other way by holding your palm to initiate things (and you get a clear indicator light). You can shoot on your own and have the camera follow you – not something easily possible with a mirrorless cam before. Solo content creators were often forced to use either a tripod (no motion) or a clever gimbal on a phone for the lack of a tracking module. DJI has sovled this, and done so well.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4620px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="D2GrfDELnBPQVymipis9LH" name="RS-5-DSC05853" alt="DJI RS 5 gimbal being used" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/D2GrfDELnBPQVymipis9LH-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4620" height="2600" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/D2GrfDELnBPQVymipis9LH-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The RS 5 in use – I'm holding the folded up tripod attachment in my left hand and the main battery grip in my right. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Of course this is still a gimbal you need to take the camera on and off of. Balancing the camera is never the easiest part of life with a gimbal. Again it's something you need to follow the instructions for step by step if you're doing it for the first time.</p><p>Wouldn't it be awesome if DJI's plate fitted my tripod so I didn't have to unscrew it and swap when it came time to do tripod shots? Not a fault of the Ronin – there are a lot of different tripod base plates – just occurred to me!) On the plus side, it is easy to re-fit thanks to the supplied screws and the design with a lens center guide.</p><p>DJI also do a lot to make the balancing as easy as possible, too, with a video tutorial and the presence of DJI's crisp display which can indicate a lack of balance. The final stage is an automated auto-balancing which is fun to watch – just rest the camera on a surface, put the feet of the included tripod attachment out, and let it do its thing for a few moments.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="5wMvPu3mkBpZSbirhK7AH4" name="DSC09451.JPG" alt="RS 5 in locked position" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5wMvPu3mkBpZSbirhK7AH4-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6000" height="3376" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5wMvPu3mkBpZSbirhK7AH4-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The gimbal has a grip beneath and the option to attach a "Briefcase handle" at almost any angle you choose, yet it still has a working Gimbal and camera control (and one I didn't detect lag on). </p><p>That means, in practical terms, you can set it up to hold the RS 5 and your favoured camera like a top-held movie camera (say a Sony Venice) and get swooping cinematic shots from low to the ground.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5455px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="fXXYAspyYMqtsBUef2hVLH" name="RS-5-DSC05854" alt="DJI RS 5 gimbal being used" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/fXXYAspyYMqtsBUef2hVLH-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5455" height="3069" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/fXXYAspyYMqtsBUef2hVLH-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Using the briefcase handle mode. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The design's also replaces the battery grip from the RS 4, the new one charging in less than half the time – just an hour – and I found that I was able to shoot continuously for several hours, certainly a lot longer than my arm is happy supporting a camera, lens, and gimbal. I have little problem believing that it'll get close to 14h.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-performance"><span>Performance</span></h3><p>In terms of stability, I had very little by the way of complaints. I am, I admit, the kind of operator who will – from time to time – balance quickly and tolerate the orange warning or (as you'll see in the video) not even take the camera strap off. Despite this naughty laziness on my part (and so long as I ensured the strap had free movement), the DJI managed to cope with the extra strain.</p><p>This can be the advantage of a powerful device and a long battery life – the option to operate beyond the ideals for expediency. </p><iframe src="https://content.jwplatform.com/players/yjfupZQT.html" id="yjfupZQT" title="RS5 - Samples" width="1920" height="1080" frameborder="0" scrolling="auto" allowfullscreen></iframe><p>The Intelligent Tracking impressed me a great deal when I was acting as operator and using the screen. The RS 5 was quick to identify humans (or pets or cars) near the camera for me to tap on and track.</p><p>Despite the screen size, it was also easy enough to draw a square around objects that the AI doesn't automatically suggest. This makes a nice walk past shot, like a close orbit, easy to achieve.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="8bzUvzmxYSwAeVYRYr5Vaa" name="DSC05845.JPG" alt="DJI RS 5 touchscreen" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8bzUvzmxYSwAeVYRYr5Vaa-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="6000" height="3376" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The tracking module detects humans (or pets or cars) – a simple tap and the camera will track. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I also found essentially zero issues when it came to connecting my camera's Bluetooth and using the RS 5's record button.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4575px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="HjveBS6aDmwHAYHmncQqCH" name="RS-5-DSC05850" alt="DJI RS 5 gimbal being used" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HjveBS6aDmwHAYHmncQqCH-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4575" height="2574" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HjveBS6aDmwHAYHmncQqCH-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The green circle indicates the tracking module is locked onto a target. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-overall-verdict"><span>Overall verdict</span></h3><p>Strictly reviewing the 'RS 5 Combo', including the tracking module and briefcase handle, I feel like I'm reviewing the camera gimbal to replace all gimbals. Often products are just iterative steps along a product line, but here there is a genuinely significant improvement – combined with a series of iterations too. There is no previous generation that wouldn't benefit from the RS 5 as an update (though, to be fair, the tracking module can be bought for the RS 4).</p><p>Getting used to using a gimbal takes a little time, especially if your camera or lens are less able to communicate, but this is the easiest to balance and now supports Canon, Fujifilm, Nikon, Panasonic Lumix, and Sony. The AI tracking is incredibly intuitive, too. Admittedly, when you're thinking about your camera settings too, all the mode toggles can be overwhelming, but you'll welcome having simple physical switches rather than menus to tap through.</p><p>Ultimately, the RS 5 is a great gimbal, and the RS 5 Combo – with that handle and the tracking module – can empower an operator to achieve a lot more than they might have imagined. The reliable battery (a whole day's work is unlikely to be an issue) plus a firm mechanism make it close to perfect.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>The automatic locking system, tracking module and touch-screen (plus effective AI) all make this a premium and effective device.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>The robust design makes use as simple as I've found any gimbal; even setup was painless. </p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Battery life is excellent, even with slightly weighty lenses the motors seemed not to struggle. Subject tracking, too, comfortably exceeded expectations.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>The fact you need to spend more for the 'Combo' to get that tracking module costs a star here, but in truth this device has the power to help capture a lot of amazing video.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="299322cd-1fa3-4af7-a1a6-351033a7ea50" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="RS 4 Mini" data-dimension48="RS 4 Mini" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1824px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="5cLWi7KUy6VRazCGyE9gJX" name="DJI RS 4 Mini" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5cLWi7KUy6VRazCGyE9gJX-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1824" height="1824" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/gimbals/dji-rs-4-mini-review" data-dimension112="299322cd-1fa3-4af7-a1a6-351033a7ea50" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="RS 4 Mini" data-dimension48="RS 4 Mini" data-dimension25=""><strong>RS 4 Mini</strong></a>, is built for lighter cameras, and even mobile phones (with the use of an adapter). It is offered in a gray color, and still boasts the option of DJI's tracking tech via the optional module.<a class="view-deal button" href="" target="_blank" rel="nofollow" data-dimension112="299322cd-1fa3-4af7-a1a6-351033a7ea50" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="RS 4 Mini" data-dimension48="RS 4 Mini" data-dimension25="">View Deal</a></p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="f89af10c-5cfd-4176-ae93-4660e97da55e" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="WEEBILL 3S" data-dimension48="WEEBILL 3S" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2500px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="WKsBnW2JuyvtikaPEuYACn" name="_LAC1734.jpg" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/WKsBnW2JuyvtikaPEuYACn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2500" height="2500" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/zhiyun-weebill-3s-review" data-dimension112="f89af10c-5cfd-4176-ae93-4660e97da55e" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="WEEBILL 3S" data-dimension48="WEEBILL 3S" data-dimension25=""><strong>Zhiyun Weebill 3S</strong></a> offers comfortable use and lower pricing than DJI, and still boasts features like Bluetooth shutter control, though there is not the same degree of subject tracking. There is, however, still an app for fine-tuning settings.<a class="view-deal button" href="" target="_blank" rel="nofollow" data-dimension112="f89af10c-5cfd-4176-ae93-4660e97da55e" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="WEEBILL 3S" data-dimension48="WEEBILL 3S" data-dimension25="">View Deal</a></p></div><p><strong>See our full guide to the </strong><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-dslr-gimbals"><strong>best gimbals for DSLRs and mirrorless cameras</strong></a><strong>. </strong><br><strong>We also have separate guides for the </strong><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-smartphone-gimbals-for-iphones"><strong>Best gimbal for smartphones</strong></a><strong>, </strong><br><strong>and for the </strong><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-gopro-gimbal"><strong>best gimbals for GoPros</strong></a></p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-how-i-tested-the-dji-rs-5-combo"><span>How I tested the DJI RS 5 Combo</span></h3><p>I tested the RS 5 over a couple of weeks in different locations. For the most part, I used my Sony A7 III camera, connecting using the Bluetooth. This included attempting to move around a small studio and capture shots of Ariane X for a music video, by hand and using the AI tracking.</p><p>DJI loaned me the Combo kit to test.</p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/gimbals/dji-rs-5-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Testing the DJI RS 5 Comobo – has this AI gimbal made everything else a thing of the past? ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">dyNhmEQqZKTYro9rpkvcNH</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DKNmZHWYzpFbrqCEj82HLH-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Wed, 25 Mar 2026 16:45:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Gimbals]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ adam.juniper@futurenet.com (Adam Juniper) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Adam Juniper ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/72ckUfmgPdyE9rg429R7Md-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;&lt;br&gt;&lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DKNmZHWYzpFbrqCEj82HLH-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[DJI RS 5 gimbal being used]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[DJI RS 5 gimbal being used]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[DJI RS 5 gimbal being used]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DKNmZHWYzpFbrqCEj82HLH-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Shooting smooth video with a mirrorless camera is still harder than it should be, but DJI may have just changed that. With built-in AI tracking finally arriving for “proper” cameras, the RS 5 promises to do more than stabilize your shots. It could change how you shoot entirely.</p><p>Since the gimbal doesn't have access to the sensors and TTL cleverness of the camera, the previous <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/gimbals/dji-rs-4-mini-review">DJI RS 4 Mini</a> brought a tracking module, which has its own camera to identify the subject of your shot and that has moved up the chain to the RS 5.</p><p>Other key gear seeing significant updates are the automated locks; the process of safely putting the device away is now almost completely automatic.</p><p>AI intelligent tracking, a new guide for camera operators so they know the limits of their step, premium quality components, compatibility with more cameras, and a new briefcase handle might all offer something to filmmakers – but is it enough?</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-rs5-price"><span>RS5: Price</span></h3><p>With two price options, at £485 (about $650) for the gimbal (including all the essential accessories like the battery grip, tripod base, quick-release plates ) and £619 (about $830) for the RS 5 combo I tested here, which adds the AI tracking module and briefcase handle this isn't the cheapest of gimbals, but DJI has always been a premium player in this space. The RS 5 also takes a high payload and, price-wise, is essentially the same as a <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/zhiyun-crane-4-review">Zhiyun Crane 4</a>, for example, despite the RS 5's better features, so still seems like a value win.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="DJI RS 5"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-rs5-specs"><span>RS5: Specs</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Payload</p></td><td  ><p>3Kg / 6.6 pound</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Standby time</p></td><td  ><p>14h</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Standby with battery grip</p></td><td  ><p>30h</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Touchscreen</p></td><td  ><p>1.8-inch</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Controls</p></td><td  ><p>2 x toggle, joystick, 3 x button </p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p>Weight</p></td><td  ><p>1.46 kg (3.21 lbs)</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-rs5-build-and-handling"><span>RS5: Build and handling</span></h3><p>The RS 5 feels suited to serious tasks right from the unboxing. Specifically I tested the RS 5 Combo edition, which arrived in an excellent zip-able hard case which has just enough flex in it that, when it comes to packing up at the end of a long shoot, you don't have to worry too much about getting everything just right, but also just enough padding that you can be confident of the RS 5's future (with pockets for your battery, tripod, and other screw-in parts).</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="46d9Ry7bDGmmiAR9ZwmcUd" name="DSC09446.JPG" alt="RS 5 and box" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/46d9Ry7bDGmmiAR9ZwmcUd-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6000" height="3376" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/46d9Ry7bDGmmiAR9ZwmcUd-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>After unboxing, you'll need to pair the device with your phone and camera, so don't expect to have things working immediately the first minute on set. Why your phone, you ask? Because this is the means of firmware updates.</p><p>I'm testing the combo with the RS Enhanced Intelligent Tracking Module, which includes a camera so the AI can watch humans (up to 10m away). It clips easily but firmly onto the top of the Ronin with two hinged clips, and contacts on its base do the rest. At the front a LED ring around the lens indicates whether it has acquired a tracking lock or not, so the talent can know what is going on.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:3952px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="GG3SV5LAVd86aFnvpr8e97" name="DSC09457-TrackingModule" alt="Ronin RS 5 Tracking module in hand" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GG3SV5LAVd86aFnvpr8e97-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="3952" height="2224" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GG3SV5LAVd86aFnvpr8e97-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Intelligent Tracking Module. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The tracking module works via the 1.8-inch touchscreen, accessed via with a right-swipe (I found the size fine). </p><p>Thanks to gesture recognition, it also works the other way by holding your palm to initiate things (and you get a clear indicator light). You can shoot on your own and have the camera follow you – not something easily possible with a mirrorless cam before. Solo content creators were often forced to use either a tripod (no motion) or a clever gimbal on a phone for the lack of a tracking module. DJI has sovled this, and done so well.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4620px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.28%;"><img id="D2GrfDELnBPQVymipis9LH" name="RS-5-DSC05853" alt="DJI RS 5 gimbal being used" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/D2GrfDELnBPQVymipis9LH-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4620" height="2600" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/D2GrfDELnBPQVymipis9LH-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The RS 5 in use – I'm holding the folded up tripod attachment in my left hand and the main battery grip in my right. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Of course this is still a gimbal you need to take the camera on and off of. Balancing the camera is never the easiest part of life with a gimbal. Again it's something you need to follow the instructions for step by step if you're doing it for the first time.</p><p>Wouldn't it be awesome if DJI's plate fitted my tripod so I didn't have to unscrew it and swap when it came time to do tripod shots? Not a fault of the Ronin – there are a lot of different tripod base plates – just occurred to me!) On the plus side, it is easy to re-fit thanks to the supplied screws and the design with a lens center guide.</p><p>DJI also do a lot to make the balancing as easy as possible, too, with a video tutorial and the presence of DJI's crisp display which can indicate a lack of balance. The final stage is an automated auto-balancing which is fun to watch – just rest the camera on a surface, put the feet of the included tripod attachment out, and let it do its thing for a few moments.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="5wMvPu3mkBpZSbirhK7AH4" name="DSC09451.JPG" alt="RS 5 in locked position" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5wMvPu3mkBpZSbirhK7AH4-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="6000" height="3376" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5wMvPu3mkBpZSbirhK7AH4-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The gimbal has a grip beneath and the option to attach a "Briefcase handle" at almost any angle you choose, yet it still has a working Gimbal and camera control (and one I didn't detect lag on). </p><p>That means, in practical terms, you can set it up to hold the RS 5 and your favoured camera like a top-held movie camera (say a Sony Venice) and get swooping cinematic shots from low to the ground.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5455px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="fXXYAspyYMqtsBUef2hVLH" name="RS-5-DSC05854" alt="DJI RS 5 gimbal being used" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/fXXYAspyYMqtsBUef2hVLH-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5455" height="3069" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/fXXYAspyYMqtsBUef2hVLH-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Using the briefcase handle mode. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The design's also replaces the battery grip from the RS 4, the new one charging in less than half the time – just an hour – and I found that I was able to shoot continuously for several hours, certainly a lot longer than my arm is happy supporting a camera, lens, and gimbal. I have little problem believing that it'll get close to 14h.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-performance"><span>Performance</span></h3><p>In terms of stability, I had very little by the way of complaints. I am, I admit, the kind of operator who will – from time to time – balance quickly and tolerate the orange warning or (as you'll see in the video) not even take the camera strap off. Despite this naughty laziness on my part (and so long as I ensured the strap had free movement), the DJI managed to cope with the extra strain.</p><p>This can be the advantage of a powerful device and a long battery life – the option to operate beyond the ideals for expediency. </p><iframe src="https://content.jwplatform.com/players/yjfupZQT.html" id="yjfupZQT" title="RS5 - Samples" width="1920" height="1080" frameborder="0" scrolling="auto" allowfullscreen></iframe><p>The Intelligent Tracking impressed me a great deal when I was acting as operator and using the screen. The RS 5 was quick to identify humans (or pets or cars) near the camera for me to tap on and track.</p><p>Despite the screen size, it was also easy enough to draw a square around objects that the AI doesn't automatically suggest. This makes a nice walk past shot, like a close orbit, easy to achieve.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:6000px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.27%;"><img id="8bzUvzmxYSwAeVYRYr5Vaa" name="DSC05845.JPG" alt="DJI RS 5 touchscreen" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8bzUvzmxYSwAeVYRYr5Vaa-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="6000" height="3376" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The tracking module detects humans (or pets or cars) – a simple tap and the camera will track. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>I also found essentially zero issues when it came to connecting my camera's Bluetooth and using the RS 5's record button.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4575px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="HjveBS6aDmwHAYHmncQqCH" name="RS-5-DSC05850" alt="DJI RS 5 gimbal being used" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HjveBS6aDmwHAYHmncQqCH-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4575" height="2574" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HjveBS6aDmwHAYHmncQqCH-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The green circle indicates the tracking module is locked onto a target. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-overall-verdict"><span>Overall verdict</span></h3><p>Strictly reviewing the 'RS 5 Combo', including the tracking module and briefcase handle, I feel like I'm reviewing the camera gimbal to replace all gimbals. Often products are just iterative steps along a product line, but here there is a genuinely significant improvement – combined with a series of iterations too. There is no previous generation that wouldn't benefit from the RS 5 as an update (though, to be fair, the tracking module can be bought for the RS 4).</p><p>Getting used to using a gimbal takes a little time, especially if your camera or lens are less able to communicate, but this is the easiest to balance and now supports Canon, Fujifilm, Nikon, Panasonic Lumix, and Sony. The AI tracking is incredibly intuitive, too. Admittedly, when you're thinking about your camera settings too, all the mode toggles can be overwhelming, but you'll welcome having simple physical switches rather than menus to tap through.</p><p>Ultimately, the RS 5 is a great gimbal, and the RS 5 Combo – with that handle and the tracking module – can empower an operator to achieve a lot more than they might have imagined. The reliable battery (a whole day's work is unlikely to be an issue) plus a firm mechanism make it close to perfect.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>The automatic locking system, tracking module and touch-screen (plus effective AI) all make this a premium and effective device.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>The robust design makes use as simple as I've found any gimbal; even setup was painless. </p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★★</p></td><td  ><p>Battery life is excellent, even with slightly weighty lenses the motors seemed not to struggle. Subject tracking, too, comfortably exceeded expectations.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>The fact you need to spend more for the 'Combo' to get that tracking module costs a star here, but in truth this device has the power to help capture a lot of amazing video.</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="299322cd-1fa3-4af7-a1a6-351033a7ea50" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="RS 4 Mini" data-dimension48="RS 4 Mini" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1824px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="5cLWi7KUy6VRazCGyE9gJX" name="DJI RS 4 Mini" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5cLWi7KUy6VRazCGyE9gJX-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1824" height="1824" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/gimbals/dji-rs-4-mini-review" data-dimension112="299322cd-1fa3-4af7-a1a6-351033a7ea50" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="RS 4 Mini" data-dimension48="RS 4 Mini" data-dimension25=""><strong>RS 4 Mini</strong></a>, is built for lighter cameras, and even mobile phones (with the use of an adapter). It is offered in a gray color, and still boasts the option of DJI's tracking tech via the optional module.<a class="view-deal button" href="" target="_blank" rel="nofollow" data-dimension112="299322cd-1fa3-4af7-a1a6-351033a7ea50" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="RS 4 Mini" data-dimension48="RS 4 Mini" data-dimension25="">View Deal</a></p></div><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="f89af10c-5cfd-4176-ae93-4660e97da55e" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="WEEBILL 3S" data-dimension48="WEEBILL 3S" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2500px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:100.00%;"><img id="WKsBnW2JuyvtikaPEuYACn" name="_LAC1734.jpg" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/WKsBnW2JuyvtikaPEuYACn-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2500" height="2500" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p>The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/zhiyun-weebill-3s-review" data-dimension112="f89af10c-5cfd-4176-ae93-4660e97da55e" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="WEEBILL 3S" data-dimension48="WEEBILL 3S" data-dimension25=""><strong>Zhiyun Weebill 3S</strong></a> offers comfortable use and lower pricing than DJI, and still boasts features like Bluetooth shutter control, though there is not the same degree of subject tracking. There is, however, still an app for fine-tuning settings.<a class="view-deal button" href="" target="_blank" rel="nofollow" data-dimension112="f89af10c-5cfd-4176-ae93-4660e97da55e" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="WEEBILL 3S" data-dimension48="WEEBILL 3S" data-dimension25="">View Deal</a></p></div><p><strong>See our full guide to the </strong><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-dslr-gimbals"><strong>best gimbals for DSLRs and mirrorless cameras</strong></a><strong>. </strong><br><strong>We also have separate guides for the </strong><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-smartphone-gimbals-for-iphones"><strong>Best gimbal for smartphones</strong></a><strong>, </strong><br><strong>and for the </strong><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-gopro-gimbal"><strong>best gimbals for GoPros</strong></a></p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-how-i-tested-the-dji-rs-5-combo"><span>How I tested the DJI RS 5 Combo</span></h3><p>I tested the RS 5 over a couple of weeks in different locations. For the most part, I used my Sony A7 III camera, connecting using the Bluetooth. This included attempting to move around a small studio and capture shots of Ariane X for a music video, by hand and using the AI tracking.</p><p>DJI loaned me the Combo kit to test.</p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Hohem iSteady MT3 review: great for phones and compact cameras, but mind the payload promises ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>The iSteady MT3 is a 4-in-1 gimbal capable of mounting smartphones, action cameras, compact cameras, and lightweight DSLR/mirrorless cameras. It's designed to be a versatile stabilizer for the modern content creator using lightweight camera devices rather than heavy and bulky cameras.</p><p>Professional users will benefit from choosing the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/gimbals/hohem-isteady-mt3-pro-review">iSteady MT3 Pro</a>, which has a greater payload capacity, more AI tracking options, and an innovative remote control system. This remote is also capable of showing a low-latency live feed of what the camera sees, allowing you to frame shots even when you aren't behind the camera.</p><p>But not everyone needs these pro features, and that's where the MT3 comes in. Offering excellent stability and solid build quality, you're essentially getting a fuss-free entry-level gimbal without worrying about additional features and hardware that most people won't need.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5472px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="ddVs8yzdGWJYiovxcREL5G" name="Hohem iSteady MT3_18" alt="Hohem iSteady MT3" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ddVs8yzdGWJYiovxcREL5G-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="5472" height="3078" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / Paul Hatton)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-specifications"><span>Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Display</strong> </p></td><td  ><p>0.4-inch OLED (Fixed, Non-touch)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Mechanical Range</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Pan: 360° (Infinite) / Roll: 200° / Tilt: 270°</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Compatible phone width </strong></p></td><td  ><p>58mm – 98mm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Connectivity</strong> </p></td><td  ><p>USB-C / Bluetooth</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Payload</strong></p></td><td  ><p>1.4 kg / 3.08 lbs</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Weight</strong></p></td><td  ><p>765 g / 1.7 lbs</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Battery Life</strong></p></td><td  ><p>17 hours</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Dimensions</strong></p></td><td  ><p>317 x 149 x 149 mm / 12.5 x 5.9 x 5.9 in</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-price"><span>Price</span></h3><p>The Hohem iSteady MT3 is priced at $329 in the US, approximately £270 in the UK, and $510 in Australia. This makes it $120 (US) cheaper than the Pro version, which features a higher payload capacity, a Spot Mini motor and gear ring, a detachable remote for flexible shooting, and more extensive tracking options. Direct competitors include the DJI RS 4 Mini and <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/zhiyun-crane-m-3s-review-small-and-powerful-handheld-stabilization">Zhiyun Crane M3S</a>, or if you'd like a more budget-friendly alternative, then the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/gimbals/zhiyun-smooth-q5-ultra-review">Zhiyun Smooth Q5 Ultra review</a> is worth a look.</p><div data-widget-type="merchantlink" data-model-name="Hohem iSteady MT3"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-design-handling"><span>Design & Handling</span></h3><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5472px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="DQa8wuXNp4ibgjjxAtRCpF" name="Hohem iSteady MT3_5" alt="Hohem iSteady MT3" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DQa8wuXNp4ibgjjxAtRCpF-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="5472" height="3078" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / Paul Hatton)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The Hohem iSteady MT3 features a professional-grade hybrid build, combining aircraft-grade aluminum arms for structural rigidity with high-strength polycarbonates to keep the total weight at a portable 765 g. It feels solid enough to handle a few knocks and even low-level drops. It also looks the part with a two-tone color palette of dark grey and bright red.</p><p>The textured rubberized grip provides a secure, non-slip hold, but on longer shoots, I was left craving a softer rubber finish. Hohem could offer this as an additional wrap-around or bake it into the design of the handle. The axes are coated in Teflon, which delivers excellent friction-free balancing.</p><p>The payload capacity (1.4 kg / 3.1  lbs) and motor torque have both been increased and improved upon compared to the MT2. These are backed up by the iSteady 10.0 algorithm, which allows it to handle small mirrorless setups, like the Sony A7 series or Canon R10. If you have a larger payload, then the bigger brother, the MT3 Pro, supports up to 2.5 kg, 5.51 lbs.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5472px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="GvVagJz3RTbgmL3FRqCC5G" name="Hohem iSteady MT3_11" alt="Hohem iSteady MT3" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GvVagJz3RTbgmL3FRqCC5G-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="5472" height="3078" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / Paul Hatton)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The MT3 now boasts an integrated 2MP AI vision sensor rather than the detachable modules found in previous models. This built-in camera enables autonomous human tracking directly from the gimbal hardware, meaning you no longer need to rely on the Hohem Joy smartphone app. In addition to human tracking, this gimbal is capable of recognizing simple hand gestures to start tracking or recompose a shot.</p><p>Further improvements have been made in the area of mounting and switching between camera types. To support modern media production in various formats, Hohem has developed a new Multi 5.0 Quick Release System. This allows users to switch between horizontal and vertical orientation by loosening a knob and sliding the mounting base. Doing this on older models would have required a full motor recalibration, so this change is very welcome.</p><p>Despite these improvements, I still found operating the MT3 a little overcomplicated. There are so many latches, dials, and locks that it can be tricky to know which ones control what. After a while I became more familiar with how it worked, but the design meant that this took longer than it really needed to.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5472px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="GL75Hp35BCcBTUuL4qyQjF" name="Hohem iSteady MT3_12" alt="Hohem iSteady MT3" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GL75Hp35BCcBTUuL4qyQjF-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="5472" height="3078" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / Paul Hatton)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-performance"><span>Performance</span></h3><p>The iSteady MT3 is a lightweight gimbal designed to handle payloads up to 1.4 kg (3.1 lbs). I was keen to test this claim, so I dug out my Canon 6D with a 24-105 mm lens, which is almost equivalent to the maximum limit. I mounted it onto the gimbal, but it couldn't handle it at all, rolling forward on account of the lens. In fact, even with only the DSLR mounted (770 g), it was only just able to perform the necessary stabilization.</p><p>Interestingly, our reviewer had similar payload problems with the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/gimbals/hohem-isteady-mt3-pro-review">iSteady MT3 Pro</a>, especially when he was attempting to perform roll movements using a medium-weight mirrorless camera setup. If your payload is anywhere near the advertised amounts, then I'd steer clear.</p><p>I therefore readjusted my expectations and mounted my iPhone. The gimbal was, of course, able to handle the weight of this, although it did initially judder and shake because it couldn't accurately detect the weight. This problem was quickly resolved, though, by performing a manual payload check. From then on, I had no issues.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5472px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="HEuh6tsPe5ZBXvyo6VDatF" name="Hohem iSteady MT3_8" alt="Hohem iSteady MT3" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HEuh6tsPe5ZBXvyo6VDatF-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="5472" height="3078" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / Paul Hatton)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The gimbal offers four different modes: PF (pan follow), OTF (pan, tilt, follow), L (all lock), and POV (all follow). Cycling through these modes is as simple as pressing the 'M' button. PF is ideal for walking shots, PTF for looking up at buildings or down at a subject, L for zoom or trucking shots, and POV for first-person-style footage where you want the viewer to "feel" every movement. Choosing the right mode is essential for capturing the type of movement you desire.</p><p>Every single mode performed excellently during testing. The correct locks were maintained, and movements were smooth with no micro-twitches experienced. It was possible to capture most shots with the built-in handle, although there were a few moments when the additional tripod grip proved invaluable. This allowed me to get more dynamic shots and reach about 15 cm higher/further than I would have been able to with just the built-in handle.</p><iframe src="https://content.jwplatform.com/players/DKPt3oZ0.html" id="DKPt3oZ0" title="Hohem MT3 Gimbal" width="1920" height="1080" frameborder="0" scrolling="auto" allowfullscreen></iframe><p>One of the standout features of this gimbal is the AI tracking, which supports human tracking (no object tracking, I'm afraid). It wasn't perfect, and at times it took an unnecessarily long time to "lock on", but I quickly adapted to its idiosyncrasies. In short, I wouldn't rely on it to perfectly track a human without keeping an eye on what it's doing.</p><p>In addition to AI tracking, the AI camera allows for hands-free operation courtesy of a series of supported gestures. I found the "shaka" gesture to be the most useful, with the gesture acting as a remote shutter. Second to that, using two thumbs for switching between landscape and portrait modes was also helpful.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5472px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="KyQ62FDnZjW7Ncde8FMZVF" name="Hohem iSteady MT3_3" alt="Hohem iSteady MT3" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KyQ62FDnZjW7Ncde8FMZVF-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="5472" height="3078" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / Paul Hatton)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-verdict"><span>Verdict</span></h3><p>The Hohem iSteady MT3 is an entry-level gimbal that makes it possible to perform cinematic camera movements such as pan, tilt, and follow. It does this effortlessly, smoothly, and reliably. The advertised payload capacity is a little unrealistic, with testing proving that the gimbal is only suited to very lightweight mirrorless camera setups and smartphones.</p><p>Switching between camera types and between horizontal and vertical orientations is made possible through a new quick-release mechanism. It's perfectly functional, although unnecessarily fiddly on account of the overcomplicated design. That said, once the camera or smartphone is locked in position, the latches hold it firmly in place.</p><p>The AI camera makes it possible to track humans, although it's not perfect, with the gimbal sometimes taking a little too long to lock onto a face. It also couldn't handle more complicated human movements where the human wasn't nicely positioned in the shot.</p><p>Cheaper gimbals are available, but if you're looking for a reliable smartphone stabilizer that's built to last, then the iSteady MT3 is a safe bet.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>AI tracking and a quick release system help to elevate this gimbal beyond the basic.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>A well-built gimbal with an unnecessarily complex design.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>Will only support the lightest of mirrorless cameras, but it performs stabilized movements perfectly.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>Cheaper alternatives are available but not with this set of features.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Overall</strong></p></td><td  ><p>★★★★☆</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="efca8b71-15f7-491d-b174-4e8507577390" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Zhiyun Smooth Q5 Ultra review" data-dimension48="Zhiyun Smooth Q5 Ultra review" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/gimbals/zhiyun-smooth-q5-ultra-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4240px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.85%;"><img id="G4Xr7eAvSWrkMgMDBQSiUW" name="Zhiyun Smooth Q5 Ultra gimbal_hero" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/G4Xr7eAvSWrkMgMDBQSiUW-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="4240" height="1817" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/gimbals/zhiyun-smooth-q5-ultra-review" data-dimension112="efca8b71-15f7-491d-b174-4e8507577390" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Zhiyun Smooth Q5 Ultra review" data-dimension48="Zhiyun Smooth Q5 Ultra review" data-dimension25=""><strong>Zhiyun Smooth Q5 Ultra review</strong></a><strong></strong></p><p>If you're only ever going to be filming with a smartphone, then this gimbal from Zhiyun will do the job perfectly. Its feature set is a little more basic, and it won't work on action or mirrorless cameras, but at only $99, it's incredibly affordable.</p></div> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/gimbals/hohem-isteady-mt3-review-great-for-phones-and-compact-cameras-but-mind-the-payload-promises</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Mobile, mirrorless, vertical, or horizontal: The Hohem iSteady MT3 does it all but not perfectly ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">bGr4pY3Dk6GKakoviFHnMg</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mGw8pLHHswCm9WihD6EoWL-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Wed, 25 Mar 2026 15:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Gimbals]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ paulo.n.hatton@gmail.com (Paul Hatton) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Paul Hatton ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/vrzjBP4CoUBpQxKznZvGXh-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mGw8pLHHswCm9WihD6EoWL-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Future / Paul Hatton]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Hohem iSteady MT3]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Hohem iSteady MT3]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Hohem iSteady MT3]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/mGw8pLHHswCm9WihD6EoWL-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>The iSteady MT3 is a 4-in-1 gimbal capable of mounting smartphones, action cameras, compact cameras, and lightweight DSLR/mirrorless cameras. It's designed to be a versatile stabilizer for the modern content creator using lightweight camera devices rather than heavy and bulky cameras.</p><p>Professional users will benefit from choosing the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/gimbals/hohem-isteady-mt3-pro-review">iSteady MT3 Pro</a>, which has a greater payload capacity, more AI tracking options, and an innovative remote control system. This remote is also capable of showing a low-latency live feed of what the camera sees, allowing you to frame shots even when you aren't behind the camera.</p><p>But not everyone needs these pro features, and that's where the MT3 comes in. Offering excellent stability and solid build quality, you're essentially getting a fuss-free entry-level gimbal without worrying about additional features and hardware that most people won't need.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5472px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="ddVs8yzdGWJYiovxcREL5G" name="Hohem iSteady MT3_18" alt="Hohem iSteady MT3" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/ddVs8yzdGWJYiovxcREL5G-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="5472" height="3078" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / Paul Hatton)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-specifications"><span>Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Display</strong> </p></td><td  ><p>0.4-inch OLED (Fixed, Non-touch)</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Mechanical Range</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Pan: 360° (Infinite) / Roll: 200° / Tilt: 270°</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Compatible phone width </strong></p></td><td  ><p>58mm – 98mm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Connectivity</strong> </p></td><td  ><p>USB-C / Bluetooth</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Payload</strong></p></td><td  ><p>1.4 kg / 3.08 lbs</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Weight</strong></p></td><td  ><p>765 g / 1.7 lbs</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Battery Life</strong></p></td><td  ><p>17 hours</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Dimensions</strong></p></td><td  ><p>317 x 149 x 149 mm / 12.5 x 5.9 x 5.9 in</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-price"><span>Price</span></h3><p>The Hohem iSteady MT3 is priced at $329 in the US, approximately £270 in the UK, and $510 in Australia. This makes it $120 (US) cheaper than the Pro version, which features a higher payload capacity, a Spot Mini motor and gear ring, a detachable remote for flexible shooting, and more extensive tracking options. Direct competitors include the DJI RS 4 Mini and <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/zhiyun-crane-m-3s-review-small-and-powerful-handheld-stabilization">Zhiyun Crane M3S</a>, or if you'd like a more budget-friendly alternative, then the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/gimbals/zhiyun-smooth-q5-ultra-review">Zhiyun Smooth Q5 Ultra review</a> is worth a look.</p><div data-widget-type="merchantlink" data-model-name="Hohem iSteady MT3"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-design-handling"><span>Design & Handling</span></h3><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5472px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="DQa8wuXNp4ibgjjxAtRCpF" name="Hohem iSteady MT3_5" alt="Hohem iSteady MT3" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DQa8wuXNp4ibgjjxAtRCpF-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="5472" height="3078" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / Paul Hatton)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The Hohem iSteady MT3 features a professional-grade hybrid build, combining aircraft-grade aluminum arms for structural rigidity with high-strength polycarbonates to keep the total weight at a portable 765 g. It feels solid enough to handle a few knocks and even low-level drops. It also looks the part with a two-tone color palette of dark grey and bright red.</p><p>The textured rubberized grip provides a secure, non-slip hold, but on longer shoots, I was left craving a softer rubber finish. Hohem could offer this as an additional wrap-around or bake it into the design of the handle. The axes are coated in Teflon, which delivers excellent friction-free balancing.</p><p>The payload capacity (1.4 kg / 3.1  lbs) and motor torque have both been increased and improved upon compared to the MT2. These are backed up by the iSteady 10.0 algorithm, which allows it to handle small mirrorless setups, like the Sony A7 series or Canon R10. If you have a larger payload, then the bigger brother, the MT3 Pro, supports up to 2.5 kg, 5.51 lbs.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5472px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="GvVagJz3RTbgmL3FRqCC5G" name="Hohem iSteady MT3_11" alt="Hohem iSteady MT3" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GvVagJz3RTbgmL3FRqCC5G-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="5472" height="3078" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / Paul Hatton)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The MT3 now boasts an integrated 2MP AI vision sensor rather than the detachable modules found in previous models. This built-in camera enables autonomous human tracking directly from the gimbal hardware, meaning you no longer need to rely on the Hohem Joy smartphone app. In addition to human tracking, this gimbal is capable of recognizing simple hand gestures to start tracking or recompose a shot.</p><p>Further improvements have been made in the area of mounting and switching between camera types. To support modern media production in various formats, Hohem has developed a new Multi 5.0 Quick Release System. This allows users to switch between horizontal and vertical orientation by loosening a knob and sliding the mounting base. Doing this on older models would have required a full motor recalibration, so this change is very welcome.</p><p>Despite these improvements, I still found operating the MT3 a little overcomplicated. There are so many latches, dials, and locks that it can be tricky to know which ones control what. After a while I became more familiar with how it worked, but the design meant that this took longer than it really needed to.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5472px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="GL75Hp35BCcBTUuL4qyQjF" name="Hohem iSteady MT3_12" alt="Hohem iSteady MT3" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/GL75Hp35BCcBTUuL4qyQjF-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="5472" height="3078" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / Paul Hatton)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-performance"><span>Performance</span></h3><p>The iSteady MT3 is a lightweight gimbal designed to handle payloads up to 1.4 kg (3.1 lbs). I was keen to test this claim, so I dug out my Canon 6D with a 24-105 mm lens, which is almost equivalent to the maximum limit. I mounted it onto the gimbal, but it couldn't handle it at all, rolling forward on account of the lens. In fact, even with only the DSLR mounted (770 g), it was only just able to perform the necessary stabilization.</p><p>Interestingly, our reviewer had similar payload problems with the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/gimbals/hohem-isteady-mt3-pro-review">iSteady MT3 Pro</a>, especially when he was attempting to perform roll movements using a medium-weight mirrorless camera setup. If your payload is anywhere near the advertised amounts, then I'd steer clear.</p><p>I therefore readjusted my expectations and mounted my iPhone. The gimbal was, of course, able to handle the weight of this, although it did initially judder and shake because it couldn't accurately detect the weight. This problem was quickly resolved, though, by performing a manual payload check. From then on, I had no issues.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5472px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="HEuh6tsPe5ZBXvyo6VDatF" name="Hohem iSteady MT3_8" alt="Hohem iSteady MT3" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HEuh6tsPe5ZBXvyo6VDatF-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="5472" height="3078" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / Paul Hatton)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The gimbal offers four different modes: PF (pan follow), OTF (pan, tilt, follow), L (all lock), and POV (all follow). Cycling through these modes is as simple as pressing the 'M' button. PF is ideal for walking shots, PTF for looking up at buildings or down at a subject, L for zoom or trucking shots, and POV for first-person-style footage where you want the viewer to "feel" every movement. Choosing the right mode is essential for capturing the type of movement you desire.</p><p>Every single mode performed excellently during testing. The correct locks were maintained, and movements were smooth with no micro-twitches experienced. It was possible to capture most shots with the built-in handle, although there were a few moments when the additional tripod grip proved invaluable. This allowed me to get more dynamic shots and reach about 15 cm higher/further than I would have been able to with just the built-in handle.</p><iframe src="https://content.jwplatform.com/players/DKPt3oZ0.html" id="DKPt3oZ0" title="Hohem MT3 Gimbal" width="1920" height="1080" frameborder="0" scrolling="auto" allowfullscreen></iframe><p>One of the standout features of this gimbal is the AI tracking, which supports human tracking (no object tracking, I'm afraid). It wasn't perfect, and at times it took an unnecessarily long time to "lock on", but I quickly adapted to its idiosyncrasies. In short, I wouldn't rely on it to perfectly track a human without keeping an eye on what it's doing.</p><p>In addition to AI tracking, the AI camera allows for hands-free operation courtesy of a series of supported gestures. I found the "shaka" gesture to be the most useful, with the gesture acting as a remote shutter. Second to that, using two thumbs for switching between landscape and portrait modes was also helpful.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5472px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="KyQ62FDnZjW7Ncde8FMZVF" name="Hohem iSteady MT3_3" alt="Hohem iSteady MT3" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/KyQ62FDnZjW7Ncde8FMZVF-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="5472" height="3078" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Future / Paul Hatton)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-verdict"><span>Verdict</span></h3><p>The Hohem iSteady MT3 is an entry-level gimbal that makes it possible to perform cinematic camera movements such as pan, tilt, and follow. It does this effortlessly, smoothly, and reliably. The advertised payload capacity is a little unrealistic, with testing proving that the gimbal is only suited to very lightweight mirrorless camera setups and smartphones.</p><p>Switching between camera types and between horizontal and vertical orientations is made possible through a new quick-release mechanism. It's perfectly functional, although unnecessarily fiddly on account of the overcomplicated design. That said, once the camera or smartphone is locked in position, the latches hold it firmly in place.</p><p>The AI camera makes it possible to track humans, although it's not perfect, with the gimbal sometimes taking a little too long to lock onto a face. It also couldn't handle more complicated human movements where the human wasn't nicely positioned in the shot.</p><p>Cheaper gimbals are available, but if you're looking for a reliable smartphone stabilizer that's built to last, then the iSteady MT3 is a safe bet.</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>AI tracking and a quick release system help to elevate this gimbal beyond the basic.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>A well-built gimbal with an unnecessarily complex design.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>Will only support the lightest of mirrorless cameras, but it performs stabilized movements perfectly.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>Cheaper alternatives are available but not with this set of features.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Overall</strong></p></td><td  ><p>★★★★☆</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="efca8b71-15f7-491d-b174-4e8507577390" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Zhiyun Smooth Q5 Ultra review" data-dimension48="Zhiyun Smooth Q5 Ultra review" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/gimbals/zhiyun-smooth-q5-ultra-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4240px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:42.85%;"><img id="G4Xr7eAvSWrkMgMDBQSiUW" name="Zhiyun Smooth Q5 Ultra gimbal_hero" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/G4Xr7eAvSWrkMgMDBQSiUW-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="4240" height="1817" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/gimbals/zhiyun-smooth-q5-ultra-review" data-dimension112="efca8b71-15f7-491d-b174-4e8507577390" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="Zhiyun Smooth Q5 Ultra review" data-dimension48="Zhiyun Smooth Q5 Ultra review" data-dimension25=""><strong>Zhiyun Smooth Q5 Ultra review</strong></a><strong></strong></p><p>If you're only ever going to be filming with a smartphone, then this gimbal from Zhiyun will do the job perfectly. Its feature set is a little more basic, and it won't work on action or mirrorless cameras, but at only $99, it's incredibly affordable.</p></div>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Hohem iSteady MT3 Pro review: make cinematic moves with your mirrorless camera ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>I’m a fan of Hohem’s line of camera stabilisers (or gimbals), having tested and reviewed five models for Digital Camera World, starting with the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/hohem-isteady-mt2-gimbal-review">Hohem iSteady MT2</a> back in 2023. Most of the gimbals in the Hohem iSteady range target the needs of smartphone content creators, though the original MT2 could carry a payload of a mirrorless camera and lens up to the weight of 1.2kg, and the new MT3 Pro has a maximum payload of 2.5kg. </p><p>It has been interesting to see the Hohem iSteady range evolve, and a key stage in this evolution appeared in July 2024, in the shape of a detachable remote control panel (that enabled you to tilt and pan the gimbal from a distance) on the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/hohem-isteady-v3-gimbal-review">iSteady V3</a>. This detachable remote control panel got a major upgrade with the release of the Hohem iSteady M7 in March 2025, as you could now transmit a live video feed from the built-in camera on the gimbal’s front-mounted AI tracker to the detachable remote’s display. This useful feature enabled you to compose your shots more easily, especially when operating the tripod-mounted gimbal from a distance.</p><p>Fast forward to 2026, and the original iSteady MT2 has had several major upgrades, incorporating handy gadgets such as the detachable video-monitoring remote control panel introduced with the M7. The latest Hohem stabiliser is available in two versions - the Hohem iSteady MT3 and the Hohem iSteady MT3 Pro. At first glance, the main difference is that the Pro kit ships with extra accessories, such as a Spot Mini Motor. This mounts onto the gimbal to enable you to adjust focus and zoom via the wireless remote. A gear ring, motor holder, and cable are also included. However, there are other differences between the Pro and standard versions of the MT3, as we’ll explain.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4032px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="PzksRGry3FTTehaHviFi9G" name="AI" alt="Close-up of a Sony mirrorless camera mounted on a Hohem MT3 3-axis gimbal, showing the AI tracking module attached beside the camera body." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PzksRGry3FTTehaHviFi9G-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="4032" height="2268" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The AI tracker on the front of the Hohem iSteady MT3 Pro flashes green when it recognises the OK gesture. It will then pan and tilt to track the subject’s every move. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: George Cairns / Future)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-specifications"><span>Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Display</strong> </p></td><td  ><p>1.4-inch LCD full-color detachable touchscreen remote</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Mechanical Range</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Pan: 360° rotation</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Compatible phone width </strong></p></td><td  ><p>58 to 90mm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Connectivity</strong> </p></td><td  ><p>USB-C / Bluetooth</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Payload</strong></p></td><td  ><p>2.5Kg, 5.51lbs</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Weight</strong></p></td><td  ><p>1.07 Kg, 2.36 lbs</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Battery Life</strong></p></td><td  ><p>20 hours</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Dimensions</strong></p></td><td  ><p>338 x 150 x 199 mm Unfolded</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-price"><span>Price</span></h3><p>The MT3 Pro is currently available for preorder from $449, while the non-pro version - the iSteady MT3 - costs $329.99. If you shoot on a variety of cameras, from smartphone to mirrorless, then the Pro version is worth considering, especially if you want to control a mirrorless camera’s zoom or focus settings via the Pro kit’s Spot Mini Motor and gear ring. The iSteady MT3 Pro can also carry a heavier payload of  2.5Kg, 5.51lbs, compared to the cheaper iSteady MT3’s capacity of 1.4kg (3.1 lbs). So if you only shoot on a smartphone or action camera (or tend to shoot with your mirrorless camera set to auto focus), then you can save yourself just over $200 by going for the cheaper MT3.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Hohem iSteady MT3 Pro"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-design-handling"><span>Design & Handling</span></h3><p>The newly released Hohem iSteady MT3 Pro and the cheaper Hohem iSteady MT3 differ in their build as well as their accessories. The Hohem iSteady MT3 has a maximum payload of 1.4kg (3.1 lbs), so you might think twice about buying it if you want to carry a mirrorless camera and a heavy lens that weighs close to that payload limit. The Hohem iSteady MT3 Pro can shift a camera/lens payload up to a weight of 2.5Kg, 5.51 lbs, so I felt confident that it could smoothly carry my Sony A7 and a Sony FE 1.4/24 GM lens, which weighed in at 1.05kg - well below the stabiliser’s maximum payload threshold.</p><p>At the time of writing, I’ve tested 25 gimbals for Digital Camera World, varying from the smartphone-friendly <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/insta360-flow-2-pro-review">Insta360 Flow 2 Pro</a> to the heavy-lifting <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/dji-rs-4-pro-review">DJI RS4 Pro</a>. I like shooting with smartphones because you can usually clamp your device in the gimbal and start shooting! With a heavier mirrorless or DSLR camera, you need to balance the payload on the stabiliser. This involves the time-consuming process of separately adjusting the pan, tilt, and roll axes of the stabiliser so that the camera is perfectly balanced. If the camera/lens payload isn’t balanced correctly, then this puts stress on the gimbal’s tilt, pan, and roll motors, which can cause a stabiliser to judder and shake instead of giving you smooth tilts, pans, and rolls. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:8064px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="Wp5J88aoztQKDbqTpzxk4H" name="Case" alt="Person carrying a black Hohem MT3 hard carry case with textured ridges while walking up indoor stairs." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Wp5J88aoztQKDbqTpzxk4H-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="8064" height="4536" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Hohem iSteady MT3 Pro kit ships in this robust carry case. Additional accessories such as the Dual Twist Handle and the focus/zoom motor are stored in webbed sections in one half, with the gimbal in the other. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: George Cairns / Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>It took me around 10 minutes to balance my Sony A7 on the Hohem MT3 Pro. This is about average when it comes to balancing a mirrorless camera on a stabiliser (once you know what you’re doing!). To get an axis arm balanced perfectly, you have to move its arm by a few millimetres. The pan and roll arms on the MT3 Pro were quite stiff to adjust, so I would often overshoot when trying to make alterations in tiny increments. The tilt arm, however, has a handy cog wheel that I could rotate until this axis was perfectly balanced. It would be nice to have similar wheel controls on the roll axis, especially for faster balancing. </p><p>Once you’ve manually balanced a camera on the MT3 Pro, you can use the 1.4” display’s auto calibration menu to check that the payload is balanced correctly. You also get a handy colour-coded diagnostic display that shows you if the tilt, pan, or roll axes are being strained by an incorrectly balanced payload. This is a very welcome design feature as there’s nothing more annoying than a gimbal starting to judder when you’re filming a model (and paying them by the hour!). I’m happy to say that I had no issues with the gimbal’s performance once I’d spent time balancing it. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:8064px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="jTSyJX9Xip26Yh9sPg4xwG" name="Remote" alt="Hohem MT3 detachable remote controller held in hand beside the mounted camera and gimbal stabilizer." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jTSyJX9Xip26Yh9sPg4xwG-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="8064" height="4536" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The touchscreen, joystick and mode button can all be accessed on the removable remote control unit. The remote can be held hands-free, or slotted into the end of the Dual Twist Handle for easier access when using that accessory. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: George Cairns / Future)</span></figcaption></figure><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4032px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="8SrsyjRn24VHR3DJujdnCG" name="Mode" alt="Close-up of the Hohem MT3 remote controller screen showing gimbal modes and camera preview while a hand adjusts the control dial." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8SrsyjRn24VHR3DJujdnCG-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="4032" height="2268" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">You can access a wide range of settings and menu options by swiping the remote’s touchscreen display. A physical button also enables you to toggle between gimbal modes such as PTF (Pant, Tilt, Follow) and POC (Point of View). </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: George Cairns / Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A common mistake when using gimbals is to forget to unlock the tilt, pan, and roll axes before shooting. The MT3 Pro’s three axes each have physical sliders that you need to push to unlock them, so it’s possible you might forget to unlock one of them, leading to the gimbal not performing correctly. The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/dji-rs-4-pro-review">DJI RS4 Pro</a> has motorised axes locking/unlocking, so it’s ready to shoot without you having to manually check each axis, but that costs around $200 more than the Hohem iSteady MT3 Pro. As they say, you get what you pay for, and automatically unlocking axes on a gimbal is a luxury item that you shouldn’t really need once you get used to unlocking them manually.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-performance"><span>Performance</span></h3><p>To test the Hohem iSteady MT3 Pro, I took it to London’s Barbican Centre, a location with plenty of towers and corridors that made it perfect for performing a wide range of stabiliser-powered cinematic tilts, pans, and tracks. I was also there to test a wireless microphone (review to follow), and I planned to do that by interviewing Maryna about her job as a full-time model (Insta @gluecklichmarinalp). </p><p>I planned to use the Hohem iSteady MT3 Pro to capture cutaway clips of Maryna trundling her suitcase full of clothes to the location and then performing a range of poses in different outfits. Maryna was booked for the shoot at 9:00 am, so I arrived at 8:00 am, which gave me plenty of time to rebalance my Sony A7 and Sony FE 1.4/24 GM lens on the MT3 Pro. </p><iframe src="https://content.jwplatform.com/players/NvmWlUcV.html" id="NvmWlUcV" title="Hohem iSteady MT3 Pro" width="1920" height="1080" frameborder="0" scrolling="auto" allowfullscreen></iframe><p>I used a prime lens because its wide f1.4 aperture would enable me to capture great-looking shots in low light and provide an attractive background bokeh to complement my model. I also used a prime lens because it couldn’t zoom in or out. When adjusting a lens’s focal length, it changes the way the camera is balanced on the gimbal, so you’d need to rebalance the payload every time you zoom in or out. To get closer to Maryna, I simply tracked (or dollied) forward. Because my lens was a prime lens with no zoom function (and I was shooting on auto-focus), I didn’t need to add the kit’s supplied Spot Mini Motor and gear ring to the stabiliser and camera during my test shoot. </p><p>Normally, when I shoot a model in the Barbican Centre, I don’t get moved on by security. This is because I tend to use a smartphone, which has a less ‘pro’ photographer profile. However, I have been asked to move on a couple of times at the Barbican when using a tripod. On this shoot, I was worried about being interrupted because I was shooting a pro model with a more serious-looking mirrorless camera and stabiliser rig, but the two-hour shoot went smoothly - even when filming in the private interior of the Barbican Centre, with its beautiful brutalist architecture as a backdrop to my posing model.</p><p>I found it very liberating to capture footage on the gimbal-mounted Sony A7. I was able to toggle easily between shooting modes by tapping the M button on the control panel. PTF (Pan, Tilt, Follow) enabled me to frame the top of a tower, tilt down to introduce Maryna, and then pan to follow her as she trundled her trolley full of outfits towards the shoot location. The horizon stayed perfectly level during the tilt and the pan. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4032px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="Pr6n6TyEPKQWoH94BvMVPG" name="Sling" alt="Side view of the Hohem MT3 gimbal holding a Sony mirrorless camera with lens attached, suspended from the gimbal arm." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Pr6n6TyEPKQWoH94BvMVPG-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="4032" height="2268" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Hohem iSteady MT3 Pro kit ships with a Dual Twist Handle that makes it easier to perform two handed low-angle tracking shots or low-to-high cinematic crane moves. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: George Cairns / Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The Hohem MT3 Pro ships with an attachable bidirectional Dual Twist Handle. This gives you a better and more stable two-handed grip in the gimbal. I especially enjoyed attaching it in briefcase mode so I could easily perform low-to-high angle crane shots while tracking my walking subject using the (PF) Pan Follow mode.  I also experimented with the POV (Point of View) mode. This adds a roll to the pan and tilt to capture a more organic floating look. However, I found that my payload was just too heavy, and the camera would flop down when the gimbal tried to roll it. POV with a smartphone is smooth and gliding, but the Hohem MT3 Pro couldn’t perform this move, despite the 1.046 Kg payload weighing in at far lighter than its maximum 2.5. On the plus side, I rarely want the camera to roll, as I like to keep my horizon nice and level. </p><p>Another disappointing discovery on my test shoot related to the gimbal’s ability to let me swap from shooting in a horizontal (landscape) orientation to a vertical (portrait) one. I was easily able to slide the quickly releasing plate out of the gimbal and re-insert it so the camera was printed vertically. However, the camera would then slowly droop forward due to the fact that I couldn’t screw it tightly enough onto the Hohem’s tripod plate. Now, this could be a fault of the Sony camera’s thread or the gimbal plate’s screw. I don’t know for sure, but I failed to shoot any social media-friendly vertical reels.  Personally, this wasn’t a big issue as I tend to shoot horizontally in 4K and then crop the footage in post if I need a vertical version.</p><p>As I said earlier, I tend to use gimbals to carry smartphones. The combined weight of the 1.046 Kg Sony camera payload and the 1.07 Kg was heavier than I was used to, but with the additional sling handle and the main grip, I could easily perform a wide range of moves with little effort. </p><p>I appreciate that describing gimbal-powered camera moves isn’t that helpful, so do check out my supporting video that shows a range of the MT3 Pro’s moves in action (once you’ve watched the advert at the start!). While most of the camera moves are relatively smooth, I did notice some micro ‘twitches’ on occasion, which is something that’s far less noticeable or prevalent when using a smartphone on a Hohem stabiliser. </p><p>A key strength of all Hohem gimbals is their ability to be deployed on their mini tripod so that you can get them to pan and tilt the camera using the gimbal’s built-in AI tracker. I asked Maryna to make an OK gesture to trigger AI tracking, and the gimbal smoothly tilted and opened to follow her every move. She then made the palm-up gesture to stop the tracking process and walked out of shot. Despite having to pan and tilt a relatively heavy payload, the Hohem iSteady MT3 Pro did a smooth job, worthy of a human camera operator. </p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-verdict"><span>Verdict</span></h3><p>The Hohem iSteady MT3 Pro enables you to ‘run and gun’ with your mirrorless camera in any location, making it almost effortless to perform a wide range of professional camera moves such as pans, tilts, and tracking shots. The addition of pro accessories such as the Dual Twist Handle makes it even easier to manoeuvre (especially if you want to perform low to high-angle crane shots). The detachable remote control with a built-in video feed is also very useful in helping you compose shots (especially if you’re tracking a model while walking backwards down a flight of stairs), and it's a nice design touch that this remote can also be mounted on the end of the Dual Twist Handle for easier access to changing modes, for example.</p><p>This is the first time I’ve tested a Hohem gimbal with a mirrorless camera, and I found that the camera moves weren’t always as smooth as those performed with a smartphone. The occasional ‘twitch’ of the pan motor meant that some shots weren’t quite as smooth as I’d have liked, so this loses it half a star. And I was disappointed that my camera dropped when in vertical orientation. But as you’ll see from my supporting video footage, I was able to perform a range of pro camera moves while filming a model making hers!</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>The Hohem iSteady MT3 Pro ships with a detachable handle that makes it easier to perform pro camera moves, plus a motor enables manual control over focus or zoom on a mirrorless camera.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>The joystick, touchscreen panel and video display can be detached to use as a remote control when the Hohem iSteady MT3 Pro is mounted on its tripod legs.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p><strong>★★★½☆</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Some moves were not  always as smooth as we’d  have expected, though the remote’s live video feed enables you to compose shots with more precision.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>It costs around $100 more than the base iSteady MT3 model, but this does give you the essential sling handle and the option to control mirrorless zooms or focus via the gimbal</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Overall</strong></p></td><td  ><p>★★★★☆</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="efca8b71-15f7-491d-b174-4e8507577390" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="DJI RS4 Pro" data-dimension48="DJI RS4 Pro" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/dji-rs-4-pro-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1182px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.35%;"><img id="JsX2rjB34m8D4C4WRdjNmD" name="RS4Pro_Guide.jpeg" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JsX2rjB34m8D4C4WRdjNmD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1182" height="666" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/dji-rs-4-pro-review" data-dimension112="efca8b71-15f7-491d-b174-4e8507577390" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="DJI RS4 Pro" data-dimension48="DJI RS4 Pro" data-dimension25=""><strong>DJI RS4 Pro</strong></a></p><p>If you need to lift a heavy payload (up to 4.5 Kg) then the DJI RS4 Pro will do the job (compared to the iSteady MT3 Pro’s 2.5 Kg maximum). Additional features such as Auto locking and unlocking on the tilt, pan and roll axes make this model a luxury item! On the downside it doesn’t have the AI tracking powers of the Hohem iSteady MT3 Pro.</p></div> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/gimbals/hohem-isteady-mt3-pro-review</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Hohem’s top-of-the-range gimbal kit offers heavy lifting and AI-tracking to professional videographers ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">jGPLDJBpghjmpgPHUQGTBo</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tpVAJYNtpXoLyzUoHzyJ9G-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Sat, 14 Mar 2026 16:00:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Gimbals]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ George Cairns ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Se4df8ceTntcYUdPVeRK4o-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tpVAJYNtpXoLyzUoHzyJ9G-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[George Cairns / Future]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Close-up of a Sony mirrorless camera mounted on a Hohem MT3 3-axis gimbal, showing the AI tracking module attached beside the camera body.]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Close-up of a Sony mirrorless camera mounted on a Hohem MT3 3-axis gimbal, showing the AI tracking module attached beside the camera body.]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Close-up of a Sony mirrorless camera mounted on a Hohem MT3 3-axis gimbal, showing the AI tracking module attached beside the camera body.]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/tpVAJYNtpXoLyzUoHzyJ9G-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>I’m a fan of Hohem’s line of camera stabilisers (or gimbals), having tested and reviewed five models for Digital Camera World, starting with the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/hohem-isteady-mt2-gimbal-review">Hohem iSteady MT2</a> back in 2023. Most of the gimbals in the Hohem iSteady range target the needs of smartphone content creators, though the original MT2 could carry a payload of a mirrorless camera and lens up to the weight of 1.2kg, and the new MT3 Pro has a maximum payload of 2.5kg. </p><p>It has been interesting to see the Hohem iSteady range evolve, and a key stage in this evolution appeared in July 2024, in the shape of a detachable remote control panel (that enabled you to tilt and pan the gimbal from a distance) on the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/hohem-isteady-v3-gimbal-review">iSteady V3</a>. This detachable remote control panel got a major upgrade with the release of the Hohem iSteady M7 in March 2025, as you could now transmit a live video feed from the built-in camera on the gimbal’s front-mounted AI tracker to the detachable remote’s display. This useful feature enabled you to compose your shots more easily, especially when operating the tripod-mounted gimbal from a distance.</p><p>Fast forward to 2026, and the original iSteady MT2 has had several major upgrades, incorporating handy gadgets such as the detachable video-monitoring remote control panel introduced with the M7. The latest Hohem stabiliser is available in two versions - the Hohem iSteady MT3 and the Hohem iSteady MT3 Pro. At first glance, the main difference is that the Pro kit ships with extra accessories, such as a Spot Mini Motor. This mounts onto the gimbal to enable you to adjust focus and zoom via the wireless remote. A gear ring, motor holder, and cable are also included. However, there are other differences between the Pro and standard versions of the MT3, as we’ll explain.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4032px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="PzksRGry3FTTehaHviFi9G" name="AI" alt="Close-up of a Sony mirrorless camera mounted on a Hohem MT3 3-axis gimbal, showing the AI tracking module attached beside the camera body." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/PzksRGry3FTTehaHviFi9G-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="4032" height="2268" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The AI tracker on the front of the Hohem iSteady MT3 Pro flashes green when it recognises the OK gesture. It will then pan and tilt to track the subject’s every move. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: George Cairns / Future)</span></figcaption></figure><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-specifications"><span>Specifications</span></h3><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Display</strong> </p></td><td  ><p>1.4-inch LCD full-color detachable touchscreen remote</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Mechanical Range</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Pan: 360° rotation</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Compatible phone width </strong></p></td><td  ><p>58 to 90mm</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Connectivity</strong> </p></td><td  ><p>USB-C / Bluetooth</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Payload</strong></p></td><td  ><p>2.5Kg, 5.51lbs</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Weight</strong></p></td><td  ><p>1.07 Kg, 2.36 lbs</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Battery Life</strong></p></td><td  ><p>20 hours</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Dimensions</strong></p></td><td  ><p>338 x 150 x 199 mm Unfolded</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-price"><span>Price</span></h3><p>The MT3 Pro is currently available for preorder from $449, while the non-pro version - the iSteady MT3 - costs $329.99. If you shoot on a variety of cameras, from smartphone to mirrorless, then the Pro version is worth considering, especially if you want to control a mirrorless camera’s zoom or focus settings via the Pro kit’s Spot Mini Motor and gear ring. The iSteady MT3 Pro can also carry a heavier payload of  2.5Kg, 5.51lbs, compared to the cheaper iSteady MT3’s capacity of 1.4kg (3.1 lbs). So if you only shoot on a smartphone or action camera (or tend to shoot with your mirrorless camera set to auto focus), then you can save yourself just over $200 by going for the cheaper MT3.</p><div data-widget-type="review" data-model-name="Hohem iSteady MT3 Pro"></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-design-handling"><span>Design & Handling</span></h3><p>The newly released Hohem iSteady MT3 Pro and the cheaper Hohem iSteady MT3 differ in their build as well as their accessories. The Hohem iSteady MT3 has a maximum payload of 1.4kg (3.1 lbs), so you might think twice about buying it if you want to carry a mirrorless camera and a heavy lens that weighs close to that payload limit. The Hohem iSteady MT3 Pro can shift a camera/lens payload up to a weight of 2.5Kg, 5.51 lbs, so I felt confident that it could smoothly carry my Sony A7 and a Sony FE 1.4/24 GM lens, which weighed in at 1.05kg - well below the stabiliser’s maximum payload threshold.</p><p>At the time of writing, I’ve tested 25 gimbals for Digital Camera World, varying from the smartphone-friendly <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/insta360-flow-2-pro-review">Insta360 Flow 2 Pro</a> to the heavy-lifting <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/dji-rs-4-pro-review">DJI RS4 Pro</a>. I like shooting with smartphones because you can usually clamp your device in the gimbal and start shooting! With a heavier mirrorless or DSLR camera, you need to balance the payload on the stabiliser. This involves the time-consuming process of separately adjusting the pan, tilt, and roll axes of the stabiliser so that the camera is perfectly balanced. If the camera/lens payload isn’t balanced correctly, then this puts stress on the gimbal’s tilt, pan, and roll motors, which can cause a stabiliser to judder and shake instead of giving you smooth tilts, pans, and rolls. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:8064px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="Wp5J88aoztQKDbqTpzxk4H" name="Case" alt="Person carrying a black Hohem MT3 hard carry case with textured ridges while walking up indoor stairs." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Wp5J88aoztQKDbqTpzxk4H-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="8064" height="4536" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Hohem iSteady MT3 Pro kit ships in this robust carry case. Additional accessories such as the Dual Twist Handle and the focus/zoom motor are stored in webbed sections in one half, with the gimbal in the other. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: George Cairns / Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>It took me around 10 minutes to balance my Sony A7 on the Hohem MT3 Pro. This is about average when it comes to balancing a mirrorless camera on a stabiliser (once you know what you’re doing!). To get an axis arm balanced perfectly, you have to move its arm by a few millimetres. The pan and roll arms on the MT3 Pro were quite stiff to adjust, so I would often overshoot when trying to make alterations in tiny increments. The tilt arm, however, has a handy cog wheel that I could rotate until this axis was perfectly balanced. It would be nice to have similar wheel controls on the roll axis, especially for faster balancing. </p><p>Once you’ve manually balanced a camera on the MT3 Pro, you can use the 1.4” display’s auto calibration menu to check that the payload is balanced correctly. You also get a handy colour-coded diagnostic display that shows you if the tilt, pan, or roll axes are being strained by an incorrectly balanced payload. This is a very welcome design feature as there’s nothing more annoying than a gimbal starting to judder when you’re filming a model (and paying them by the hour!). I’m happy to say that I had no issues with the gimbal’s performance once I’d spent time balancing it. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:8064px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="jTSyJX9Xip26Yh9sPg4xwG" name="Remote" alt="Hohem MT3 detachable remote controller held in hand beside the mounted camera and gimbal stabilizer." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jTSyJX9Xip26Yh9sPg4xwG-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="8064" height="4536" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The touchscreen, joystick and mode button can all be accessed on the removable remote control unit. The remote can be held hands-free, or slotted into the end of the Dual Twist Handle for easier access when using that accessory. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: George Cairns / Future)</span></figcaption></figure><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4032px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="8SrsyjRn24VHR3DJujdnCG" name="Mode" alt="Close-up of the Hohem MT3 remote controller screen showing gimbal modes and camera preview while a hand adjusts the control dial." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/8SrsyjRn24VHR3DJujdnCG-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="4032" height="2268" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">You can access a wide range of settings and menu options by swiping the remote’s touchscreen display. A physical button also enables you to toggle between gimbal modes such as PTF (Pant, Tilt, Follow) and POC (Point of View). </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: George Cairns / Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>A common mistake when using gimbals is to forget to unlock the tilt, pan, and roll axes before shooting. The MT3 Pro’s three axes each have physical sliders that you need to push to unlock them, so it’s possible you might forget to unlock one of them, leading to the gimbal not performing correctly. The <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/dji-rs-4-pro-review">DJI RS4 Pro</a> has motorised axes locking/unlocking, so it’s ready to shoot without you having to manually check each axis, but that costs around $200 more than the Hohem iSteady MT3 Pro. As they say, you get what you pay for, and automatically unlocking axes on a gimbal is a luxury item that you shouldn’t really need once you get used to unlocking them manually.</p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-performance"><span>Performance</span></h3><p>To test the Hohem iSteady MT3 Pro, I took it to London’s Barbican Centre, a location with plenty of towers and corridors that made it perfect for performing a wide range of stabiliser-powered cinematic tilts, pans, and tracks. I was also there to test a wireless microphone (review to follow), and I planned to do that by interviewing Maryna about her job as a full-time model (Insta @gluecklichmarinalp). </p><p>I planned to use the Hohem iSteady MT3 Pro to capture cutaway clips of Maryna trundling her suitcase full of clothes to the location and then performing a range of poses in different outfits. Maryna was booked for the shoot at 9:00 am, so I arrived at 8:00 am, which gave me plenty of time to rebalance my Sony A7 and Sony FE 1.4/24 GM lens on the MT3 Pro. </p><iframe src="https://content.jwplatform.com/players/NvmWlUcV.html" id="NvmWlUcV" title="Hohem iSteady MT3 Pro" width="1920" height="1080" frameborder="0" scrolling="auto" allowfullscreen></iframe><p>I used a prime lens because its wide f1.4 aperture would enable me to capture great-looking shots in low light and provide an attractive background bokeh to complement my model. I also used a prime lens because it couldn’t zoom in or out. When adjusting a lens’s focal length, it changes the way the camera is balanced on the gimbal, so you’d need to rebalance the payload every time you zoom in or out. To get closer to Maryna, I simply tracked (or dollied) forward. Because my lens was a prime lens with no zoom function (and I was shooting on auto-focus), I didn’t need to add the kit’s supplied Spot Mini Motor and gear ring to the stabiliser and camera during my test shoot. </p><p>Normally, when I shoot a model in the Barbican Centre, I don’t get moved on by security. This is because I tend to use a smartphone, which has a less ‘pro’ photographer profile. However, I have been asked to move on a couple of times at the Barbican when using a tripod. On this shoot, I was worried about being interrupted because I was shooting a pro model with a more serious-looking mirrorless camera and stabiliser rig, but the two-hour shoot went smoothly - even when filming in the private interior of the Barbican Centre, with its beautiful brutalist architecture as a backdrop to my posing model.</p><p>I found it very liberating to capture footage on the gimbal-mounted Sony A7. I was able to toggle easily between shooting modes by tapping the M button on the control panel. PTF (Pan, Tilt, Follow) enabled me to frame the top of a tower, tilt down to introduce Maryna, and then pan to follow her as she trundled her trolley full of outfits towards the shoot location. The horizon stayed perfectly level during the tilt and the pan. </p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4032px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="Pr6n6TyEPKQWoH94BvMVPG" name="Sling" alt="Side view of the Hohem MT3 gimbal holding a Sony mirrorless camera with lens attached, suspended from the gimbal arm." src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Pr6n6TyEPKQWoH94BvMVPG-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="4032" height="2268" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Hohem iSteady MT3 Pro kit ships with a Dual Twist Handle that makes it easier to perform two handed low-angle tracking shots or low-to-high cinematic crane moves. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: George Cairns / Future)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The Hohem MT3 Pro ships with an attachable bidirectional Dual Twist Handle. This gives you a better and more stable two-handed grip in the gimbal. I especially enjoyed attaching it in briefcase mode so I could easily perform low-to-high angle crane shots while tracking my walking subject using the (PF) Pan Follow mode.  I also experimented with the POV (Point of View) mode. This adds a roll to the pan and tilt to capture a more organic floating look. However, I found that my payload was just too heavy, and the camera would flop down when the gimbal tried to roll it. POV with a smartphone is smooth and gliding, but the Hohem MT3 Pro couldn’t perform this move, despite the 1.046 Kg payload weighing in at far lighter than its maximum 2.5. On the plus side, I rarely want the camera to roll, as I like to keep my horizon nice and level. </p><p>Another disappointing discovery on my test shoot related to the gimbal’s ability to let me swap from shooting in a horizontal (landscape) orientation to a vertical (portrait) one. I was easily able to slide the quickly releasing plate out of the gimbal and re-insert it so the camera was printed vertically. However, the camera would then slowly droop forward due to the fact that I couldn’t screw it tightly enough onto the Hohem’s tripod plate. Now, this could be a fault of the Sony camera’s thread or the gimbal plate’s screw. I don’t know for sure, but I failed to shoot any social media-friendly vertical reels.  Personally, this wasn’t a big issue as I tend to shoot horizontally in 4K and then crop the footage in post if I need a vertical version.</p><p>As I said earlier, I tend to use gimbals to carry smartphones. The combined weight of the 1.046 Kg Sony camera payload and the 1.07 Kg was heavier than I was used to, but with the additional sling handle and the main grip, I could easily perform a wide range of moves with little effort. </p><p>I appreciate that describing gimbal-powered camera moves isn’t that helpful, so do check out my supporting video that shows a range of the MT3 Pro’s moves in action (once you’ve watched the advert at the start!). While most of the camera moves are relatively smooth, I did notice some micro ‘twitches’ on occasion, which is something that’s far less noticeable or prevalent when using a smartphone on a Hohem stabiliser. </p><p>A key strength of all Hohem gimbals is their ability to be deployed on their mini tripod so that you can get them to pan and tilt the camera using the gimbal’s built-in AI tracker. I asked Maryna to make an OK gesture to trigger AI tracking, and the gimbal smoothly tilted and opened to follow her every move. She then made the palm-up gesture to stop the tracking process and walked out of shot. Despite having to pan and tilt a relatively heavy payload, the Hohem iSteady MT3 Pro did a smooth job, worthy of a human camera operator. </p><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-verdict"><span>Verdict</span></h3><p>The Hohem iSteady MT3 Pro enables you to ‘run and gun’ with your mirrorless camera in any location, making it almost effortless to perform a wide range of professional camera moves such as pans, tilts, and tracking shots. The addition of pro accessories such as the Dual Twist Handle makes it even easier to manoeuvre (especially if you want to perform low to high-angle crane shots). The detachable remote control with a built-in video feed is also very useful in helping you compose shots (especially if you’re tracking a model while walking backwards down a flight of stairs), and it's a nice design touch that this remote can also be mounted on the end of the Dual Twist Handle for easier access to changing modes, for example.</p><p>This is the first time I’ve tested a Hohem gimbal with a mirrorless camera, and I found that the camera moves weren’t always as smooth as those performed with a smartphone. The occasional ‘twitch’ of the pan motor meant that some shots weren’t quite as smooth as I’d have liked, so this loses it half a star. And I was disappointed that my camera dropped when in vertical orientation. But as you’ll see from my supporting video footage, I was able to perform a range of pro camera moves while filming a model making hers!</p><div ><table><tbody><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Features</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>The Hohem iSteady MT3 Pro ships with a detachable handle that makes it easier to perform pro camera moves, plus a motor enables manual control over focus or zoom on a mirrorless camera.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Design</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>The joystick, touchscreen panel and video display can be detached to use as a remote control when the Hohem iSteady MT3 Pro is mounted on its tripod legs.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Performance</strong></p><p><strong>★★★½☆</strong></p></td><td  ><p>Some moves were not  always as smooth as we’d  have expected, though the remote’s live video feed enables you to compose shots with more precision.</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Value</strong></p><p>★★★★☆</p></td><td  ><p>It costs around $100 more than the base iSteady MT3 model, but this does give you the essential sling handle and the option to control mirrorless zooms or focus via the gimbal</p></td></tr><tr><td class="firstcol " ><p><strong>Overall</strong></p></td><td  ><p>★★★★☆</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><h3 class="article-body__section" id="section-alternatives"><span>Alternatives</span></h3><div class="product"><a data-dimension112="efca8b71-15f7-491d-b174-4e8507577390" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="DJI RS4 Pro" data-dimension48="DJI RS4 Pro" href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/dji-rs-4-pro-review" target="_blank" rel="nofollow"><figure class="van-image-figure "  ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1182px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.35%;"><img id="JsX2rjB34m8D4C4WRdjNmD" name="RS4Pro_Guide.jpeg" caption="" alt="" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/JsX2rjB34m8D4C4WRdjNmD-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1182" height="666" attribution="" endorsement="" credit="" class=""></p></div></div></figure></a><p><a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/dji-rs-4-pro-review" data-dimension112="efca8b71-15f7-491d-b174-4e8507577390" data-action="Deal Block" data-label="DJI RS4 Pro" data-dimension48="DJI RS4 Pro" data-dimension25=""><strong>DJI RS4 Pro</strong></a></p><p>If you need to lift a heavy payload (up to 4.5 Kg) then the DJI RS4 Pro will do the job (compared to the iSteady MT3 Pro’s 2.5 Kg maximum). Additional features such as Auto locking and unlocking on the tilt, pan and roll axes make this model a luxury item! On the downside it doesn’t have the AI tracking powers of the Hohem iSteady MT3 Pro.</p></div>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Vanguard launches its first tripod without an integrated center column ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Vanguard has launched three new tripods aimed at enthusiast and pro photographers. All use carbon fibre for their legs and are designed to support heavy camera gear.</p><h2 id="alta-pro-3-263-alta-pro-3-303">Alta Pro 3 263Alta Pro 3 303</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:12516px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="e2FhiphBmmJgyjJz9Ph5ee" name="ALTA PRO 3 303CLBPS (1)" alt="Vanguard Alta Pro 3 303" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/e2FhiphBmmJgyjJz9Ph5ee-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="12516" height="7040" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/e2FhiphBmmJgyjJz9Ph5ee-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Vanguard)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The two new Alta Pro 3 tripods are a traditional tripod design, with an extendable center column and a built-in low-angle adaptor. The key difference between the two models is their leg diameter, which is either 26mm or 30mm. Both use 3-section legs, which should offer greater stability and rigidity compared to a 4-section design, albeit with an inevitable portability trade-off (folded length is 69.5cm for the Alta Pro 3 263, and 72.5cm for the Alta Pro 3 303).</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5521px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="L4QWkt3CrQFEnLSjPjcuQJ" name="ALTA PRO 3 263CLBPS (10)" alt="Vanguard Alta Pro 3 263" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/L4QWkt3CrQFEnLSjPjcuQJ-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5521" height="3105" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/L4QWkt3CrQFEnLSjPjcuQJ-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Vanguard)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The legs have three angle settings, which when combined with the low-angle adaptor means you can shoot as low as 24cm from the ground. Each new Alta Pro 3 incorporates an aluminium central column with a hexagonal cross-section that allows the legs to fold closed to a diameter of under 10cm. Maximum extended height for the Alta Pro 3 303 is 150cm, or 176cm with the center column extended; the Alta Pro 3 263 is around 5cm shorter for both settings.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:14049px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="Jzg2cbUkd8oEYnkgeNFvhK" name="ALTA PRO 3X 304CLBPS (5)" alt="Vanguard Alta Pro 3X" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Jzg2cbUkd8oEYnkgeNFvhK-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="14049" height="7903" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Jzg2cbUkd8oEYnkgeNFvhK-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Vanguard)</span></figcaption></figure><p>But where the new Alta Pro 3 tripods really make a case for themselves is their ability to support a serious amount of weight. Even the smaller Alta Pro 3 263 is rated to carry 20kg of gear, while the 303 will stand strong under a whopping 25kg. Despite this sturdiness, the Alta Pro 3 303 weighs a manageable 2kg, and the 263 is just 1.65kg.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:11004px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="HyYBBRyd8PGaYVNfS8KpJK" name="ALTA PRO 3 263CLBPS (3)" alt="Vanguard Alta Pro 3 263" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HyYBBRyd8PGaYVNfS8KpJK-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="11004" height="6190" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HyYBBRyd8PGaYVNfS8KpJK-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Vanguard)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Both tripods are supplied with Vanguard's LBP-55S ball head - a professional quality, low-profile dual-axis design that features an oversized ball for maximum grip, and a friction control lock for increased control. This makes the head suitable even for longer lenses, while the dual axis allows you to easily level your camera on any terrain, then pan/reframe your shot using the top axis.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4998px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="up7FXHg4T6bGBwgyU4PddK" name="ALTA PRO 3X 304CLBPS (12)" alt="Vanguard Alta Pro 3X" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/up7FXHg4T6bGBwgyU4PddK-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4998" height="2811" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/up7FXHg4T6bGBwgyU4PddK-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Vanguard)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Vanguard supplies the Alta Pro 3 263 and 303 with a padded tripod bag, and the tripod is backed by a 2-year warranty (extendable to 10 years if registered with Vanguard). Both are available to buy now: the Alta Pro 3 263 is priced at £350, and the 303 is £400 (US pricing as yet unknown).</p><h2 id="alta-pro-3x-304">Alta Pro 3X 304</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:14042px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="Zqq8HX6YLDZbUViSPc6QZK" name="ALTA PRO 3X 304CLBPS (8)" alt="Vanguard Alta Pro 3X" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Zqq8HX6YLDZbUViSPc6QZK-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="14042" height="7898" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Zqq8HX6YLDZbUViSPc6QZK-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Vanguard)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The third tripod in the new Alta Pro 3 range is the Alta Pro 3X 304. This is also constructed from carbon fibre and has the same generous 30mm leg diameter as the Alta Pro 3 303, along with 23-, 50- and 80-degree leg angle settings. It differs from the other tripods by not having an integral center column. Instead, Vanguard supplies a separate column which can be fitted directly to the tripod&apos;s canopy to extend overall height from 150cm to 182cm.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5712px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="upTWsrBAgEYWXJg5UCDJYK" name="Alta Pro 3X 304CLBPS - Liam Yule - River 04" alt="Vanguard Alta Pro 3X" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/upTWsrBAgEYWXJg5UCDJYK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5712" height="3213" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/upTWsrBAgEYWXJg5UCDJYK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Vanguard)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The advantage to keeping the center column separate is the legs can fold tighter together when packed, resulting in an 8.5cm folded diameter. Packed length is also shorter than the other Alta Pro 3 tripods at 61cm, thanks to the Alta Pro 3X having 4-section legs rather than 3. Overall weight is a reasonable 1.68kg. What&apos;s more, despite having an additional leg section, which can sometimes compromise rigidity, the Alta Pro 3X can still support a mighty 25kg of kit. </p><p>As with the other Alta Pro 3 tripods, the 3X 304 is supplied with a LBP-55S ball head and a padded tripod bag. RRP is £350 (US pricing not yet known).</p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/vanguard-launches-its-first-tripod-without-an-integrated-centre-column</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Plus another two new models designed to support extreme camera loads ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">cGSLV7NQtNf8WoMfKGcVEo</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5bCTQoyK42SzrGPnGKzPkJ-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Wed, 11 Mar 2026 21:12:23 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Thu, 12 Mar 2026 08:13:35 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Tripods]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ ben.andrews@futurenet.com (Ben Andrews) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Ben Andrews ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hA7SxTHVsLt7fQ5XhWWbX4-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5bCTQoyK42SzrGPnGKzPkJ-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Vanguard]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Vanguard Alta Pro 3X]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Vanguard Alta Pro 3X]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Vanguard Alta Pro 3X]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5bCTQoyK42SzrGPnGKzPkJ-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Vanguard has launched three new tripods aimed at enthusiast and pro photographers. All use carbon fibre for their legs and are designed to support heavy camera gear.</p><h2 id="alta-pro-3-263-alta-pro-3-303">Alta Pro 3 263Alta Pro 3 303</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:12516px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="e2FhiphBmmJgyjJz9Ph5ee" name="ALTA PRO 3 303CLBPS (1)" alt="Vanguard Alta Pro 3 303" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/e2FhiphBmmJgyjJz9Ph5ee-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="12516" height="7040" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/e2FhiphBmmJgyjJz9Ph5ee-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Vanguard)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The two new Alta Pro 3 tripods are a traditional tripod design, with an extendable center column and a built-in low-angle adaptor. The key difference between the two models is their leg diameter, which is either 26mm or 30mm. Both use 3-section legs, which should offer greater stability and rigidity compared to a 4-section design, albeit with an inevitable portability trade-off (folded length is 69.5cm for the Alta Pro 3 263, and 72.5cm for the Alta Pro 3 303).</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5521px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="L4QWkt3CrQFEnLSjPjcuQJ" name="ALTA PRO 3 263CLBPS (10)" alt="Vanguard Alta Pro 3 263" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/L4QWkt3CrQFEnLSjPjcuQJ-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5521" height="3105" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/L4QWkt3CrQFEnLSjPjcuQJ-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Vanguard)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The legs have three angle settings, which when combined with the low-angle adaptor means you can shoot as low as 24cm from the ground. Each new Alta Pro 3 incorporates an aluminium central column with a hexagonal cross-section that allows the legs to fold closed to a diameter of under 10cm. Maximum extended height for the Alta Pro 3 303 is 150cm, or 176cm with the center column extended; the Alta Pro 3 263 is around 5cm shorter for both settings.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:14049px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="Jzg2cbUkd8oEYnkgeNFvhK" name="ALTA PRO 3X 304CLBPS (5)" alt="Vanguard Alta Pro 3X" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Jzg2cbUkd8oEYnkgeNFvhK-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="14049" height="7903" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Jzg2cbUkd8oEYnkgeNFvhK-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Vanguard)</span></figcaption></figure><p>But where the new Alta Pro 3 tripods really make a case for themselves is their ability to support a serious amount of weight. Even the smaller Alta Pro 3 263 is rated to carry 20kg of gear, while the 303 will stand strong under a whopping 25kg. Despite this sturdiness, the Alta Pro 3 303 weighs a manageable 2kg, and the 263 is just 1.65kg.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:11004px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="HyYBBRyd8PGaYVNfS8KpJK" name="ALTA PRO 3 263CLBPS (3)" alt="Vanguard Alta Pro 3 263" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HyYBBRyd8PGaYVNfS8KpJK-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="11004" height="6190" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/HyYBBRyd8PGaYVNfS8KpJK-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Vanguard)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Both tripods are supplied with Vanguard's LBP-55S ball head - a professional quality, low-profile dual-axis design that features an oversized ball for maximum grip, and a friction control lock for increased control. This makes the head suitable even for longer lenses, while the dual axis allows you to easily level your camera on any terrain, then pan/reframe your shot using the top axis.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:4998px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.24%;"><img id="up7FXHg4T6bGBwgyU4PddK" name="ALTA PRO 3X 304CLBPS (12)" alt="Vanguard Alta Pro 3X" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/up7FXHg4T6bGBwgyU4PddK-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="4998" height="2811" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/up7FXHg4T6bGBwgyU4PddK-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Vanguard)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Vanguard supplies the Alta Pro 3 263 and 303 with a padded tripod bag, and the tripod is backed by a 2-year warranty (extendable to 10 years if registered with Vanguard). Both are available to buy now: the Alta Pro 3 263 is priced at £350, and the 303 is £400 (US pricing as yet unknown).</p><h2 id="alta-pro-3x-304">Alta Pro 3X 304</h2><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:14042px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="Zqq8HX6YLDZbUViSPc6QZK" name="ALTA PRO 3X 304CLBPS (8)" alt="Vanguard Alta Pro 3X" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Zqq8HX6YLDZbUViSPc6QZK-1920-80.png" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="14042" height="7898" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Zqq8HX6YLDZbUViSPc6QZK-1920-80.png' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Vanguard)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The third tripod in the new Alta Pro 3 range is the Alta Pro 3X 304. This is also constructed from carbon fibre and has the same generous 30mm leg diameter as the Alta Pro 3 303, along with 23-, 50- and 80-degree leg angle settings. It differs from the other tripods by not having an integral center column. Instead, Vanguard supplies a separate column which can be fitted directly to the tripod&apos;s canopy to extend overall height from 150cm to 182cm.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:5712px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="upTWsrBAgEYWXJg5UCDJYK" name="Alta Pro 3X 304CLBPS - Liam Yule - River 04" alt="Vanguard Alta Pro 3X" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/upTWsrBAgEYWXJg5UCDJYK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="5712" height="3213" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/upTWsrBAgEYWXJg5UCDJYK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Vanguard)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The advantage to keeping the center column separate is the legs can fold tighter together when packed, resulting in an 8.5cm folded diameter. Packed length is also shorter than the other Alta Pro 3 tripods at 61cm, thanks to the Alta Pro 3X having 4-section legs rather than 3. Overall weight is a reasonable 1.68kg. What&apos;s more, despite having an additional leg section, which can sometimes compromise rigidity, the Alta Pro 3X can still support a mighty 25kg of kit. </p><p>As with the other Alta Pro 3 tripods, the 3X 304 is supplied with a LBP-55S ball head and a padded tripod bag. RRP is £350 (US pricing not yet known).</p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Manfrotto finally launches the ONE tripod to suit all photographers! ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>In the fall of 2025, we brought you a full review of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/manfrotto-one-hybrid-tripod-and-500x-fluid-head-review">Manfrotto One Hybrid tripod</a>, a brand new offering from the legendary tripod manufacturer, aiming to give solid, stable but versatile support to hybrid creators swapping back and forth between stills and video capture. Various kits were launched, featuring either aluminum or carbon fiber legs and a choice of heads (or no head at all if you’d rather use your own).</p><p>Following up on the ‘Hybrid’ kits, Manfrotto is now launching a more stills-centric, aluminum ONE Photo tripod range at this year's <a href="https://www.photographyshow.com/">The Photography & Video Show</a> in the UK. Design highlights inherited from the original Hybrid sticks include Manfrotto’s XCHANGE quick-release system for quickly and easily swapping between heads on a single set of legs. </p><p>Hybrid shooters would generally use this for alternating between photo and video heads but, in the context of stills photography, you might well want to swap between, say, one of the best <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-ball-heads-for-tripods">ball heads</a>, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-pan-and-tilt-tripod-heads">3-way heads</a>, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-geared-tripod-head">geared heads</a> and <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/news/best-gimbal-heads-for-tripods">gimbal heads</a>.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.29%;"><img id="6zjhQ2ZdqXUdsgRGmrkc6L" name="top-down-product-shots (1)_169.jpg" alt="Manfrotto ONE Photo tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6zjhQ2ZdqXUdsgRGmrkc6L-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1400" height="788" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6zjhQ2ZdqXUdsgRGmrkc6L-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Q90 mechanism enables you to pivot the center column for top-down shooting and ground-level shooting. It's also ideal for macro photography. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Manfrotto)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Another inherited feature is the Q90 mechanism, which enables similarly quick and easy pivoting of the center column, so you can use it as a horizontal boom that’s more ideal for ultra-low-level shooting and macro photography. Next up, there’s the same XTEND Leg System, which allows you to alter the working length of multiple leg sections with a single lock/release clamp. The idea here is that it can be a whole lot faster to set the height of your tripod and level it off, compared with using a whole bunch of conventional, individual twist-locks or flip-locks.</p><p>Again, a core strength (so to speak) of the Manfrotto One Photo range is that the tripod legs have an oval profile to enhance rigidity and stability. An integral bubble level assists with setup, and modular rubber pads and spiked feet give you a firm footing on different types of terrain.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.29%;"><img id="rF5fbXqB8ZcH5KupuQiAzK" name="capturing-kitchen-photography-manfrotto-one-photo (1)_169.jpg" alt="Manfrotto ONE Photo tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rF5fbXqB8ZcH5KupuQiAzK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1400" height="788" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rF5fbXqB8ZcH5KupuQiAzK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Manfrotto’s XCHANGE quick-release system enables you to swap not just cameras but the whole head on the tripod, so you can quickly fit the ideal head for the shooting conditions. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Manfrotto)</span></figcaption></figure><p>With so many similarities, you might be wondering what the differences are between the ONE Hybrid and ONE Photo designs. The main change is that the ONE Photo does away with the modular center column and leveling components, both of which are of more use in videography than for shooting stills. The net results are that the ONE Photo is simpler to use and less expensive to buy.</p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VYopwr4a2hMj9KEcXYEQCL-1920-80.jpg" alt="Manfrotto ONE Photo tripod" /><figcaption>Manfrotto ONE Photo Tripod kit with XPRO 3-Way Head<small role="credit">Manfrotto</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/iHhR9XLJPKhSxpJzHX9Y9L-1920-80.jpg" alt="Manfrotto ONE Photo tripod" /><figcaption>Manfrotto ONE Photo Tripod kit with XPRO Ball Head<small role="credit">Manfrotto</small></figcaption></figure></figure><p>Speaking of which, whereas the aluminum edition of the ONE Hybrid Aluminum Tripod legs costs $499 / £375, the ONE Photo Aluminum Tripod legs represent a significant cost saving at $329 / £269, and it’s $515 / £399 for a complete ONE Photo kit that includes either a <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/manfrotto-x-pro-3-way-head-review-tilt-pan-and-swivel-in-fine-style">Manfrotto XPRO 3-Way Head</a> or a <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/manfrotto-xpro-ball-head-with-top-lock-review">Manfrotto XPRO Ball Head</a>, as shown in the two images in the gallery above. All in all, they promise to be high-quality tripod kits at keen prices.</p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/manfrotto-launches-the-one-tripod-to-suit-all-photographers</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ Even more singular than the Manfrotto One Hybrid tripod, the new Manfrotto One Photo edition is aimed more exclusively at stills photographers rather than hybrid content creators ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">5LKAuGj4aXrBM7oF2yZ7Qm</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/di3xFedP739bGCDKWRDyHL-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Tue, 10 Mar 2026 13:11:03 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                <updated>Tue, 10 Mar 2026 13:22:56 +0000</updated>
                                                                                                                                            <category><![CDATA[Tripods]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Matthew Richards ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/jDd3HmNtNWfRUREZztFrQo-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/di3xFedP739bGCDKWRDyHL-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Manfrotto]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Manfrotto ONE Photo tripod]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Manfrotto ONE Photo tripod]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Manfrotto ONE Photo tripod]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/di3xFedP739bGCDKWRDyHL-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>In the fall of 2025, we brought you a full review of the <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/manfrotto-one-hybrid-tripod-and-500x-fluid-head-review">Manfrotto One Hybrid tripod</a>, a brand new offering from the legendary tripod manufacturer, aiming to give solid, stable but versatile support to hybrid creators swapping back and forth between stills and video capture. Various kits were launched, featuring either aluminum or carbon fiber legs and a choice of heads (or no head at all if you’d rather use your own).</p><p>Following up on the ‘Hybrid’ kits, Manfrotto is now launching a more stills-centric, aluminum ONE Photo tripod range at this year's <a href="https://www.photographyshow.com/">The Photography & Video Show</a> in the UK. Design highlights inherited from the original Hybrid sticks include Manfrotto’s XCHANGE quick-release system for quickly and easily swapping between heads on a single set of legs. </p><p>Hybrid shooters would generally use this for alternating between photo and video heads but, in the context of stills photography, you might well want to swap between, say, one of the best <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-ball-heads-for-tripods">ball heads</a>, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/the-best-pan-and-tilt-tripod-heads">3-way heads</a>, <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-geared-tripod-head">geared heads</a> and <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/news/best-gimbal-heads-for-tripods">gimbal heads</a>.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.29%;"><img id="6zjhQ2ZdqXUdsgRGmrkc6L" name="top-down-product-shots (1)_169.jpg" alt="Manfrotto ONE Photo tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6zjhQ2ZdqXUdsgRGmrkc6L-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1400" height="788" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/6zjhQ2ZdqXUdsgRGmrkc6L-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Q90 mechanism enables you to pivot the center column for top-down shooting and ground-level shooting. It's also ideal for macro photography. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Manfrotto)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Another inherited feature is the Q90 mechanism, which enables similarly quick and easy pivoting of the center column, so you can use it as a horizontal boom that’s more ideal for ultra-low-level shooting and macro photography. Next up, there’s the same XTEND Leg System, which allows you to alter the working length of multiple leg sections with a single lock/release clamp. The idea here is that it can be a whole lot faster to set the height of your tripod and level it off, compared with using a whole bunch of conventional, individual twist-locks or flip-locks.</p><p>Again, a core strength (so to speak) of the Manfrotto One Photo range is that the tripod legs have an oval profile to enhance rigidity and stability. An integral bubble level assists with setup, and modular rubber pads and spiked feet give you a firm footing on different types of terrain.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1400px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.29%;"><img id="rF5fbXqB8ZcH5KupuQiAzK" name="capturing-kitchen-photography-manfrotto-one-photo (1)_169.jpg" alt="Manfrotto ONE Photo tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rF5fbXqB8ZcH5KupuQiAzK-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1400" height="788" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/rF5fbXqB8ZcH5KupuQiAzK-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">Manfrotto’s XCHANGE quick-release system enables you to swap not just cameras but the whole head on the tripod, so you can quickly fit the ideal head for the shooting conditions. </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Manfrotto)</span></figcaption></figure><p>With so many similarities, you might be wondering what the differences are between the ONE Hybrid and ONE Photo designs. The main change is that the ONE Photo does away with the modular center column and leveling components, both of which are of more use in videography than for shooting stills. The net results are that the ONE Photo is simpler to use and less expensive to buy.</p><figure role="gallery"><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/VYopwr4a2hMj9KEcXYEQCL-1920-80.jpg" alt="Manfrotto ONE Photo tripod" /><figcaption>Manfrotto ONE Photo Tripod kit with XPRO 3-Way Head<small role="credit">Manfrotto</small></figcaption></figure><figure><img src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/iHhR9XLJPKhSxpJzHX9Y9L-1920-80.jpg" alt="Manfrotto ONE Photo tripod" /><figcaption>Manfrotto ONE Photo Tripod kit with XPRO Ball Head<small role="credit">Manfrotto</small></figcaption></figure></figure><p>Speaking of which, whereas the aluminum edition of the ONE Hybrid Aluminum Tripod legs costs $499 / £375, the ONE Photo Aluminum Tripod legs represent a significant cost saving at $329 / £269, and it’s $515 / £399 for a complete ONE Photo kit that includes either a <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/manfrotto-x-pro-3-way-head-review-tilt-pan-and-swivel-in-fine-style">Manfrotto XPRO 3-Way Head</a> or a <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/reviews/manfrotto-xpro-ball-head-with-top-lock-review">Manfrotto XPRO Ball Head</a>, as shown in the two images in the gallery above. All in all, they promise to be high-quality tripod kits at keen prices.</p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ This self-driving dolly turns your tripod into a robotic camera operator that will smoothly track your video shoots ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>The unfortunate drawback of being a human being and a videographer is that having just two legs and two arms limits you to producing static content. By the way, if by some ungodly means you’ve figured out a way to be in the frame while operating the camera, please let me know.</p><p>Anyway… Edelkrone, a producer of high-end cinematography gear, has been trying to solve this corporeal issue for some time, and, for some creators, may have with its latest release, the DollyONE V2, a railless, self-driving camera dolly. </p><p>I say <em>some </em>creators as the DollyONE V2 certainly isn’t geared towards low-budget beginners producing entry-level content, nor does the device handle bumpy surfaces well or shots requiring speedy movements.</p><p>However, the DollyONE V2 could just be the tool needed for solo creators looking to take their already-polished videography skills to more immersive heights without having to splash a ton of cash.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1245px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="DDKHXN3sv7i96hqQmVQseV" name="dollyone-2nd_54d0502a-cb2e-423e-a2e2-63eadfae3103_169" alt="Edelkrone DollyOne v2" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DDKHXN3sv7i96hqQmVQseV-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1245" height="700" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DDKHXN3sv7i96hqQmVQseV-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Edelkrone DollyOne v2 can move in a trajectory consisting of up to six plotted points </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Edelkrone)</span></figcaption></figure><p>For $1,200 / £902 / AU$1,379, you get some pretty nifty features. Particularly useful is the ability to create a trajectory for the DollyONE to follow by programming up to six points on the ground using the Edelkrone app that controls the DollyONE V2's every move. </p><p>I also like that the DollyONE V2 can move in a linear and arc fashion and I can imagine the arc movement being especially useful for building tension in scenes. </p><p>While you get a respectable amount of trajectory versatility, the DollyONE V2 is limited to smooth, flat surfaces and has a maximum speed of one foot per second . Edelkrone states it handles “minor imperfections" such as shallow seams and small cracks well, but early tests from YouTubers show otherwise.</p><p>Although unwanted movement in footage does seem to be introduced by the motor too, which is another critique, but to the motor’s credit, it does reportedly work silently. </p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/cEtox7obbMA" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p><strong>Above: Watch Brandon Li's video review of the Edelkrone DollyONE V2</strong></p><p>Unlike other manufacturers that have a nasty habit of locking you into their systems with add-on after add-on that need to be purchased separately, Edelkrone has made the DollyONE V2 compatible with third-party tripods. </p><p>You will need to purchase the HeadOne V2 – which controls tilt and pan – and an Edelkrone X self-adjusting tripod separately to unlock the DollyONE V2’s full capabilities. This’ll set you back substantially more, but it’s not necessary if you just need self-driving functionality.</p><div data-widget-type="multimodelreview" data-model-name="Edelkrone DollyONE V2,Edelkrone Tripod X,edelkrone JibONE v2,Edelkrone SliderOne V2,Edelkrone SliderPlus v5,Edelkrone Slider Plus Compact" data-widget-title="The best Edelkrone gear deals today!"></div><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-might-also-like"><span>You might also like…</span></h2><p>Looking for a slider to add camera movements to your video productions? Then check out our expert guide to <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-camera-sliders">the best camera sliders</a>, which handily includes our take on the best smartphone dolly too. </p> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/camera-supports/this-self-driving-dolly-turns-your-tripod-into-a-robotic-camera-operator-that-will-smoothly-track-your-video-shoots</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ The Edelkrone DollyONE V2 is a railless, self-driving camera dolly that turns static solo content into dynamic cinematography, but it’s not without limitations ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">eHi8zhCJjfTuoYTL7644r7</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Jr9V4PMwiTbxEsBcmzVAyP-1920-80.gif" type="image/gif" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Wed, 04 Mar 2026 09:25:00 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                                                                                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Alan Palazon ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Zf7tYsbRE9JKvfVjebG5Cn-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ &lt;p&gt;I’ve been writing professionally since 2021 and joined Digital Camera World as a staff writer in 2026. My previous role was as a junior editor for a careers advice publisher and I’ve freelanced in the sustainability and travel and tourism niches.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;In 2025, I became a qualified journalist completing my training remotely while traveling through Latin America. The experience melded my love for words and photography, and expanded my photographic interest into international photojournalism. Capturing the world’s incredible landscapes and cultures through the lens is what most inspires me.&lt;/p&gt;&lt;p&gt;I started out on a Nikon D3500, which was the ideal entry-level digital camera, but have since upgraded to Sony’s Alpha system. My go-to setup is the A7III (and later A7 models) paired with the 24-105 F4 G lens. In all honesty, cameras are so advanced these days that I don’t think it matters what make or model you use.&lt;/p&gt; ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/gif" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Jr9V4PMwiTbxEsBcmzVAyP-1920-80.gif">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Edelkrone]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Edelkrone DollyOne v2]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Edelkrone DollyOne v2]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Edelkrone DollyOne v2]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Jr9V4PMwiTbxEsBcmzVAyP-1920-80.gif" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>The unfortunate drawback of being a human being and a videographer is that having just two legs and two arms limits you to producing static content. By the way, if by some ungodly means you’ve figured out a way to be in the frame while operating the camera, please let me know.</p><p>Anyway… Edelkrone, a producer of high-end cinematography gear, has been trying to solve this corporeal issue for some time, and, for some creators, may have with its latest release, the DollyONE V2, a railless, self-driving camera dolly. </p><p>I say <em>some </em>creators as the DollyONE V2 certainly isn’t geared towards low-budget beginners producing entry-level content, nor does the device handle bumpy surfaces well or shots requiring speedy movements.</p><p>However, the DollyONE V2 could just be the tool needed for solo creators looking to take their already-polished videography skills to more immersive heights without having to splash a ton of cash.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1245px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.22%;"><img id="DDKHXN3sv7i96hqQmVQseV" name="dollyone-2nd_54d0502a-cb2e-423e-a2e2-63eadfae3103_169" alt="Edelkrone DollyOne v2" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DDKHXN3sv7i96hqQmVQseV-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="1" width="1245" height="700" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline expandable"><a href='https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/DDKHXN3sv7i96hqQmVQseV-1920-80.jpg' target='_blank' class='expand-button icon-expand-image icon' ></a></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="caption-text">The Edelkrone DollyOne v2 can move in a trajectory consisting of up to six plotted points </span><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Edelkrone)</span></figcaption></figure><p>For $1,200 / £902 / AU$1,379, you get some pretty nifty features. Particularly useful is the ability to create a trajectory for the DollyONE to follow by programming up to six points on the ground using the Edelkrone app that controls the DollyONE V2's every move. </p><p>I also like that the DollyONE V2 can move in a linear and arc fashion and I can imagine the arc movement being especially useful for building tension in scenes. </p><p>While you get a respectable amount of trajectory versatility, the DollyONE V2 is limited to smooth, flat surfaces and has a maximum speed of one foot per second . Edelkrone states it handles “minor imperfections" such as shallow seams and small cracks well, but early tests from YouTubers show otherwise.</p><p>Although unwanted movement in footage does seem to be introduced by the motor too, which is another critique, but to the motor’s credit, it does reportedly work silently. </p><div class="youtube-video" data-nosnippet ><div class="video-aspect-box"><iframe data-lazy-priority="low" data-lazy-src="https://www.youtube-nocookie.com/embed/cEtox7obbMA" allowfullscreen></iframe></div></div><p><strong>Above: Watch Brandon Li's video review of the Edelkrone DollyONE V2</strong></p><p>Unlike other manufacturers that have a nasty habit of locking you into their systems with add-on after add-on that need to be purchased separately, Edelkrone has made the DollyONE V2 compatible with third-party tripods. </p><p>You will need to purchase the HeadOne V2 – which controls tilt and pan – and an Edelkrone X self-adjusting tripod separately to unlock the DollyONE V2’s full capabilities. This’ll set you back substantially more, but it’s not necessary if you just need self-driving functionality.</p><div data-widget-type="multimodelreview" data-model-name="Edelkrone DollyONE V2,Edelkrone Tripod X,edelkrone JibONE v2,Edelkrone SliderOne V2,Edelkrone SliderPlus v5,Edelkrone Slider Plus Compact" data-widget-title="The best Edelkrone gear deals today!"></div><h2 class="article-body__section" id="section-you-might-also-like"><span>You might also like…</span></h2><p>Looking for a slider to add camera movements to your video productions? Then check out our expert guide to <a href="https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/buying-guides/best-camera-sliders">the best camera sliders</a>, which handily includes our take on the best smartphone dolly too. </p>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
                                <item>
                                                            <title><![CDATA[ Here's what happens when you cross a tripod with a crab ]]></title>
                                                                                                <dc:content><![CDATA[ <p>Mini / tabletop tripods don't often stand out, but here's a distinctive new model from Leofoto. The MT-03mini is actually the smallest in a range of three 'crab leg' tripod offerings from the brand and weighs a mere 130g. Thanks to its folding legs, it packs down to just 105mm long (without head), but with the two-section legs unfolded, you get a maximum height of 170mm.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2279px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="5KyB8bgZDZjtKp8E5egQBV" name="leofoto1" alt="Leofoto MT-03mini tabletop tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5KyB8bgZDZjtKp8E5egQBV-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2279" height="1282" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Leofoto)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The legs have three angle settings and can lower the shooting height to just 65mm. Combined with those 'crab' feet, the tripod can cope with very uneven surfaces. Multiple 1/4-20 mounting points along each leg enable fitment of small accessories like LED lights. Four color options are available: black, silver, green and orange.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2277px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="SohcbwjL3EPFxmsEg8DaBV" name="leofoto3" alt="Leofoto MT-03mini tabletop tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/SohcbwjL3EPFxmsEg8DaBV-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2277" height="1281" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Leofoto)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Pricing is <a href="https://dc.watch.impress.co.jp/docs/news/2086368.html" target="_blank">quoted</a> at 21,120 Yen, which converts to $136. That's a lot for a mini tripod, and far more than the larger MT-03 model currently sells for (around $70). We'd surprised if the new baby version ends up costing more than its bigger sibling. So if you want a mini tripod that's as flexible as a GorillaPod but looks sleeker, check out the Leofoto MT-03mini.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1910px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="Au8ckB9RJCFRLuHAGBDZBV" name="leofoto5" alt="Leofoto MT-03mini tabletop tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Au8ckB9RJCFRLuHAGBDZBV-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1910" height="1074" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Leofoto)</span></figcaption></figure> ]]></dc:content>
                                                                                                                                            <link>https://www.digitalcameraworld.com/cameras/tripods/heres-what-happens-when-you-cross-a-tripod-with-a-crab</link>
                                                                            <description>
                            <![CDATA[ A rare example of an inovative tabletop tripod ]]>
                                                                                                            </description>
                                                                                                                                <guid isPermaLink="false">RWd6D9iLnTkTYkJnAyVmfP</guid>
                                                                                                <enclosure url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/stcj24Md5cm2MuUM5LLS2V-1920-80.jpg" type="image/jpeg" length="0"></enclosure>
                                                                        <pubDate>Thu, 19 Feb 2026 09:58:06 +0000</pubDate>                                                                                                                                                                                                                                <category><![CDATA[Tripods]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Cameras]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Accessories]]></category>
                                                    <category><![CDATA[Camera Supports]]></category>
                                                                                                <author><![CDATA[ ben.andrews@futurenet.com (Ben Andrews) ]]></author>                    <dc:creator><![CDATA[ Ben Andrews ]]></dc:creator>                                                                                    <dc:source><![CDATA[ https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/hA7SxTHVsLt7fQ5XhWWbX4-320-70.jpg ]]></dc:source>
                                                                <dc:description><![CDATA[ null ]]></dc:description>
                                                                                                                                <cf:isSponsored>false</cf:isSponsored>
                <cf:hasAffiliateLinks>false</cf:hasAffiliateLinks>
                <cf:isPaid>false</cf:isPaid>
                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:content type="image/jpeg" url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/stcj24Md5cm2MuUM5LLS2V-1920-80.jpg">
                                                            <media:credit><![CDATA[Leofoto]]></media:credit>
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    <media:description><![CDATA[Leofoto MT-03mini tabletop tripod]]></media:description>                                                            <media:text><![CDATA[Leofoto MT-03mini tabletop tripod]]></media:text>
                                <media:title type="plain"><![CDATA[Leofoto MT-03mini tabletop tripod]]></media:title>
                                                    </media:content>
                                                    <media:thumbnail url="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/stcj24Md5cm2MuUM5LLS2V-1920-80.jpg" />
                                                                                                                                                                    <content:encoded >
                            <![CDATA[
                            <article>
                                <p>Mini / tabletop tripods don't often stand out, but here's a distinctive new model from Leofoto. The MT-03mini is actually the smallest in a range of three 'crab leg' tripod offerings from the brand and weighs a mere 130g. Thanks to its folding legs, it packs down to just 105mm long (without head), but with the two-section legs unfolded, you get a maximum height of 170mm.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2279px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.25%;"><img id="5KyB8bgZDZjtKp8E5egQBV" name="leofoto1" alt="Leofoto MT-03mini tabletop tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/5KyB8bgZDZjtKp8E5egQBV-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2279" height="1282" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Leofoto)</span></figcaption></figure><p>The legs have three angle settings and can lower the shooting height to just 65mm. Combined with those 'crab' feet, the tripod can cope with very uneven surfaces. Multiple 1/4-20 mounting points along each leg enable fitment of small accessories like LED lights. Four color options are available: black, silver, green and orange.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:2277px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.26%;"><img id="SohcbwjL3EPFxmsEg8DaBV" name="leofoto3" alt="Leofoto MT-03mini tabletop tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/SohcbwjL3EPFxmsEg8DaBV-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="2277" height="1281" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Leofoto)</span></figcaption></figure><p>Pricing is <a href="https://dc.watch.impress.co.jp/docs/news/2086368.html" target="_blank">quoted</a> at 21,120 Yen, which converts to $136. That's a lot for a mini tripod, and far more than the larger MT-03 model currently sells for (around $70). We'd surprised if the new baby version ends up costing more than its bigger sibling. So if you want a mini tripod that's as flexible as a GorillaPod but looks sleeker, check out the Leofoto MT-03mini.</p><figure class="van-image-figure  inline-layout" data-bordeaux-image-check ><div class='image-full-width-wrapper'><div class='image-widthsetter' style="max-width:1910px;"><p class="vanilla-image-block" style="padding-top:56.23%;"><img id="Au8ckB9RJCFRLuHAGBDZBV" name="leofoto5" alt="Leofoto MT-03mini tabletop tripod" src="https://cdn.mos.cms.futurecdn.net/Au8ckB9RJCFRLuHAGBDZBV-1920-80.jpg" mos="" align="middle" fullscreen="" width="1910" height="1074" attribution="" endorsement="" class="inline"></p></div></div><figcaption itemprop="caption description" class=" inline-layout"><span class="credit" itemprop="copyrightHolder">(Image credit: Leofoto)</span></figcaption></figure>
                                                            </article>
                            ]]>
                        </content:encoded>
                                                </item>
            </channel>
</rss>